CRJ 700-900 Mel TR 19-02

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18
Chapter SOR: 700/900 MEL/CDL Revision 3
Page Revision Comments

2-1 Revised Example pictorial.
D
2-2 Revised definition of NAME/DESCRIPTION, updated description to account for nose numbers
TE
2-3 Revised definition of (M) and (O) PROCEDURES
05-1 Added new chapter, 05 for Mx procedures. International Operations
21-1 thru Title Change
IN
21-7
21-8 Added 700 section to 21-22-1 split off 900 procedures
PR
21-9 Title Change
21-10 Updated Placard Location to MM01 Logbook cover
21-11
EN
21-12 Title Change
21-13 O procedure revised for clarification
H
21-14 Added MEL not to be used in conjunction with
21-15 Modified 21-24-7 to reference tech supplement, changed “will” to “may” added 700 Location,
W
reworded note 3 and added warning.
PY
21-18
21-19 Updated reference to QRH
21-20
O

C
21-23
ED
21-25
21-30
LL

21-32
O

21-34
TR

N
21-38
O
21-39 Split 700 and 900 repair categories and denoted 900 only steps. Denoted note pertaining to 900
21-40 Only for deferral, added MEL’s for not to be used in conjunction with
C
21-41 Split 700 and 900 repair categories and denoted 900 only steps. Denoted note pertaining to 900
N
only for deferral, added MELs for not to be used in conjunction with.
21-42 Re-labeled 900 Only steps
U
21-43 Title Change

21-44 21-51-1D and 21-51-1E 900 Single Pack to FL250, added placard locations for additional
21-45 MELs, Denoted note pertaining to 900 only for deferral
CRJ 700/900 Series MEL MEL System SOR-1

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18 CRJ 700/900 Series MEL

21-46 Modified O procedures to account for new MEL 1D. Updated flight planning block.
21-47
21-48 Modified O procedures to account for new MEL 1E. Updated flight planning block.
D
21-49
21-50 Title Change
TE
21-52 Denoted steps pertaining to 900 only, split repair category for 700 and 900
IN
21-53 Note for deferral of MEL
21-54 Denoted steps pertaining to 900 only, split repair category for 700 and 900. Denoted note
PR
pertaining to 900 Only for deferral
21-55 Denoted 900 only steps
21-56 Added MEL 21-51-2D for 900 Only Cat C deferral. Added note for deferral.
EN
21-57 Added MEL 21-51-2E for 900 Only Cat C deferral, Added note for deferral. updated placard
location blocks
H
21-58 thru Modified M and O procedures to account for 21-51-2D (E). Updated flight planning block
21-61 accordingly. Updated reference to QRH
W
21-62 Added 21-52-1E to the note. Updated reference to QRH
21-63 Denoted 900 only step in flight planning block. Updated reference to QRH
PY
21-67
21-68 Denoted steps pertaining to 900 only, split repair category for 700 and 900, added note for MEL
O
deferral
C
21-69 Updated Proviso to match MMEL

21-70 Added 21-52-1C for 900 Cat C deferral, Added note for deferral. Placard location update.
ED
Added note for deferral.

21-71 Title Change
21-72 Updated reference to QRH, edited step to account for 900 only requirement, updated flight
LL
planning block
21-73 Title Change
O
21-74 updated reference to QRH

TR
21-75 Updated flight planning block

21-80
N
21-81 Update 900 Only Items formatting

O
21-82 Update list of items not to be used in conjunction with

C

21-85
N
21-86 Updated MELs in the notes

U
21-87 Title Change

21-88
21-89 and 21-90 Update Mel references in procedures
MEL System SOR-2

Revision: 3
CRJ 700/900 Series MEL Date: 15 Feb 18

21-91 thru Title change
21-96
D
22-8
TE
22-9 Updated to ODH
22-10 thru 22- Title Change
IN
13
22-14 Updated to ODH
PR
22-20
EN
23-6
23-7 Updated Name of CFM
23-8
H
W
23-13
23-14 Updated reference to CFM
PY
23-24
23-25 Added 700’s to tail numbers and EV 900s to tail numbers
O
23-26
23-27 Added 700’s to tail numbers, removed PQ reference as they do not have a standby tuning unit.
C
23-28
23-29 Added 700’s to tail numbers
ED
23-30
LL
24-11
24-12 PSU call lights inoperative 34-31-1
O

24-22
TR

21-8
N
25-9 Added seat number differences

25-10 Title Change
O
25-11 Added seat number differences

C

25-16
N
25-17 Removed the O proviso label. 25-23-1A

U

25-25
25-26 Added associated Equipment
MEL System SOR-3

Revision: 3

25-28
25-29 Added 25-51-4D and 900 only MEL’s
D
25-44
TE
ATA 26 Title Change
IN
27-17
27-18 Added AMM Task for no force gauge
PR
27-22
23-1 Title Change
EN
23-2
28-3 Updated reference to ODH
H
28-36
W
28-37 Correctly Labeled MEL to Wing
PY
28-60
29-9
O
29-10 Denoted 900 only Steps

C
29-11 Updated Flight planning Block for 900 only restriction.

ED
29-16
30-16
LL
30-17 Updated Note for MELs not o be used with

30-18 Updated Note for MELs not o be used with
O
30-19 thru Updated Note for MELs not o be used with

30-54
TR
ATA 31 Title Change

32-1 Title Change
N
32-2
O

32-4
C

N
32-7
32-8 Denoted 900 only step
U
32-9 Updated reference and relabeled to ODH

32-10 Updated flight plan block to denote 900 only restriction
MEL System SOR-4

Revision: 3

32-13
D
32-15 Title Change
TE
32-16 Inserted 700 Quick turn chart
32-24
IN
33-3
PR
33-4 Added 901-954 to aircraft
33-24
EN
33-25 Provided splits for 700 and 900 differences.
33-26 700 and 900 only steps also corrected CM conversion
H
33-27 Title Change
33-28 Provided splits for 700 and 900 differences.
W
33-29 Title Change
33-30
PY
34-22
34-23 Number Required Updated to match MMEL
O

C
34-33
34-34 MEL not to be used in conjunction with
ED

34-42
34-43 thru Denoted 900 only procedures, added FMS MEL for 700
LL
34-46
ATA 35 Title Change
O
36-1 Title Change

TR
36-2 thru split 700 900 category difference. Denoted 900 only step. Added notes for deferral.
36-5
36-6 thru Added MELs 36-11-2C and 36-11-2D for 900 Cat C deferral to FL250. Updated M and O
N
36-11 procedures and updated references.Added notes for deferral.

O
36-12 thru split 700 900 category difference. Denoted 900 only step. Added notes for deferral
36-15
C
36-16 thru Added MELs 36-11-3C and 36-11-3D for 900 Cat C deferral to FL250. Added notes for
N
36-20 deferral. Updated M and O procedures and updated references. Added notes for deferral
U
36-21 Title Change

36-22 thru Split 700 900 category difference. Denoted 900 only step. Added notes for deferral, Added
36-26 MELs 36-12-2Afor 900 Cat C deferral to FL250. Updated M and O procedures and updated
references and flight planning block
MEL System SOR-5

Revision: 3
Date: 15Feb18 CRJ 700/900 Series MEL

36-27 Update Notes
26-28
36-29 thru split 700 900 category difference. Denoted 900 only step. Added notes for deferral, updated lists
D
36-40 for MELS not to be used in conjunction with. Added MELs 36-21-6G and 36-21-6H for 900 Cat
C deferral to FL250. Updated M and O procedures and updated references and flight planning
TE
block
IN
ATA 38 Title Change
ATA 45 Title Change
PR
49-1 Title Change
49-3
EN
49-6
H
W
49-12
PY
49-22
52-8 Split for 700
O
52-22 Removed AC effective due to completion of campaign

ATA 73 Title Change
C
ATA 74 Title Change

ED
ATA 76 Title Change

ATA 78 Title Change
ATA 79 Title Change
LL

O
CDL
TR
CDL Relabeled all 900 CDLs to have “900” in title.

700 CDL Added a 700 CDL as a stand alone document
4-1 Updated introduction for inclusions of 700
N
23-1 Updated 23-61 for fleet difference to include aircraft without the mod.
O
C
N
U
MEL System SOR-6

D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
CRJ-700/900
ED
Series
LL
O
MEL / CDL
TR
N
O
C
N
U
Printed in U.S.A. © 2015 Endeavor Air, Inc.

D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
Intentionally
Intentionally
Left Left
W
BlankBlank
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18
Record of Revisions
Rev. Rev. Rev.

Effective Date Effective Date Effective Date
No. No. No.
D
30 Aug 13 20 40
TE
0
1 16 Mar 16 21 41
IN
2 20 Nov 17 22 42
PR
3 15 Feb 18 23 43
EN
4 24 44
5 25 45
H
W
6 26 46
PY
7 27 47
8 28 48
O
C
9 29 49
ED
10 30 50
11 31 51
LL
12 32 52
O
TR
13 33 53
14 34 54
N
O
15 35 55
C
16 36 56
N
37 57
U
17
18 38 58
19 39 59
CRJ 700/900 Series MEL/CDL ROR-i

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18 CRJ 700/900 Series MEL/CDL
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
Intentionally Left Blank
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
ROR-ii Record of Revisions

Revision: TR 19-02
Date: 11 Jun 19
List of Temporary Revisions
TR Effective Filing Date

Subject
No. Date Instructions Removed
D
19-02 11 Jun 19 • Revision of MEL 34-54-2B Removing Remove and replace
TE
the requirement of operational modes of associated pages.
transponder. Added XPDR FAIL(1)2
message on RTU.
IN
19-01 22 May 19 • 34-34: 34-51-1A(B) - Added note for Remove and replace
PR
clarification on ILS components. associated pages.
• 38-1,2: 38-1-1C, 38-1-1D, 38-1-1E,38-
1-1F - Corrected Repair Category to
EN
CAT C
18-02 29 Oct 18 • 29-10: 29-12-1 - Added note stating Remove and replace
H
MEL must not be applied as method to associated pages.
stop a leak
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
CRJ 700/900 Series MEL/CDL LTR-iii

Revision: TR 19-02
Date: 11 Jun 19 CRJ 700/900 Series MEL/CDL
TR Effective Filing Date

Subject
No. Date Instructions Removed
18-01 01 Aug 18 • 21-9: 21-22-1 Corrected Typo Remove and replace
• 21-13: 21-24-2 Modified O procedures associated pages.
D
• 21-41: 21-51-1B Corrected Typo to
TE
match MMEL
• 22-19: 22-22-1 Added note for CAT II
ACI
IN
• 23-14: 23-40-1A thru M Clarified
placard locations
PR
• 25-20: 25-23-1A(B) Reformatted
procedures and added steps for
covering/removing sharp edges
EN
• 30-41: 30-42-1 Updated dispatch table
to allow for no speed restriction
• 33-14: 33-41-1B(D) Added note
H
clarifying location of landing
W
lights
• 33-15: 33-41-2A(B) Added note
clarifying location of taxi/
PY
recognition lights
• 34-15: 34-41-2A(B) Clarified aircraft
effectivity for this MEL allowing
O
for fleet changes

C
• 38-4: 38-10-1B M procedures allowing

for deferral of either or systems
ED
per MMEL
• 900CDL 57-1: 57-20 Added note for
proper application of 900
LL
CDL.
• 700CDL 57-1: 57-20 Added note for
O
proper application of
700 CDL.
TR
N
O
C
N
U
LTR-iv List of Temporary Revisions

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18
List of Effective Pages

This MEL/CDL is current with Revision 19 of the Master MEL dated September 30, 2016.
Page Revision Effective Page Revision Effective Page Revision Effective
No. No. Date No. No. Date No. No. Date
D
700/900 MEL/CDL 2-6 3 15 Feb 18 21-26 3 15 Feb 18
TE
Revision 3 2-7 3 15 Feb 18 21-27 3 15 Feb 18
SOR-1 3 15 Feb 18 2-8 3 15 Feb 18 21-28 3 15 Feb 18
2-9 3 15 Feb 18 21-29 3 15 Feb 18
IN
SOR-2 3 15 Feb 18
SOR-3 3 15 Feb 18 2-10 3 15 Feb 18 21-30 3 15 Feb 18
SOR-4 3 15 Feb 18 2-11 3 15 Feb 18 21-31 3 15 Feb 18
PR
SOR-5 3 15 Feb 18 2-12 3 15 Feb 18 21-32 3 15 Feb 18
SOR-6 3 15Feb18 2-13 3 15 Feb 18 21-33 3 15 Feb 18
2-14 3 15 Feb 18 21-34 3 15 Feb 18
Record of Revisions 21-35 3 15 Feb 18
ATA - 05 - TOC
EN
ROR-i 3 15 Feb 18 21-36 3 15 Feb 18
ROR-ii 3 15 Feb 18 05-i 3 15 Feb 18 21-37 3 15 Feb 18
05-ii 3 15 Feb 18 21-38 3 15 Feb 18
List of Temporary
H
ATA - 05 21-39 3 15 Feb 18
Revisions 21-40 3 15 Feb 18
W
LTR-iii TR 19-02 11 Jun 19 05-1 3 15 Feb 18 21-41 TR 18-01 01 Aug
LTR-iv TR 19-02 11 Jun 19 05-2 3 15 Feb 18 18
List of Effective Pages ATA - 21 - TOC 21-42 3 15 Feb 18
PY
21-43 3 15 Feb 18
LEP-v 3 15 Feb 18 21-i 3 15 Feb 18
21-44 3 15 Feb 18
LEP-vi 3 15 Feb 18 21-ii 3 15 Feb 18
21-45 3 15 Feb 18
LEP-vii 3 15 Feb 18
O
LEP-viii 3 15 Feb 18
ATA - 21 21-46 3 15 Feb 18
21-1 3 15 Feb 18 21-47 3 15 Feb 18
C
LEP-ix 3 15 Feb 18
21-2 3 15 Feb 18 21-48 3 15 Feb 18
LEP-x 3 15 Feb 18
21-3 3 15 Feb 18 21-49 3 15 Feb 18
LEP-xi 3 15 Feb 18
ED
21-4 3 15 Feb 18 21-50 3 15 Feb 18

LEP-xii 3 15 Feb 18
21-5 3 15 Feb 18 21-51 3 15 Feb 18
Master Table of Contents 21-6 3 15 Feb 18 21-52 3 15 Feb 18
21-53 3 15 Feb 18
LL
MTOC-xiii 3 15 Feb 18 21-7 3 15 Feb 18

MTOC-xiv 3 15 Feb 18 21-8 3 15 Feb 18 21-54 3 15 Feb 18
21-9 TR 18-01 01 Aug 21-55 3 15 Feb 18
Chapter 1: Reserved - TOC
O
18 21-56 3 15 Feb 18
1-i 3 15 Feb 18 21-10 3 15 Feb 18 21-57 3 15 Feb 18
TR
1-ii 3 15 Feb 18 21-11 3 15 Feb 18 21-58 3 15 Feb 18

21-12 3 15 Feb 18 21-59 3 15 Feb 18
Reserved 21-60 3 15 Feb 18
21-13 TR 18-01 01 Aug
N
1-1 3 15 Feb 18 21-61 3 15 Feb 18

18
1-2 3 15 Feb 18 21-62 3 15 Feb 18
21-14 3 15 Feb 18
O
Chapter 2: General Section 21-15 3 15 Feb 18 21-63 3 15 Feb 18

21-64 3 15 Feb 18
C
- TOC 21-16 3 15 Feb 18

21-17 3 15 Feb 18 21-65 3 15 Feb 18
2-i 3 15 Feb 18
N
21-18 3 15 Feb 18 21-66 3 15 Feb 18

2-ii 3 15 Feb 18 21-67 3 15 Feb 18
21-19 3 15 Feb 18
U
General Section 21-20 3 15 Feb 18 21-68 3 15 Feb 18

21-21 3 15 Feb 18 21-69 3 15 Feb 18
2-1 3 15 Feb 18
21-22 2 15 Feb 18 21-70 3 15 Feb 18
2-2 3 15 Feb 18
21-23 3 15 Feb 18 21-71 3 15 Feb 18
2-3 3 15 Feb 18
21-24 3 15 Feb 18 21-72 3 15 Feb 18
2-4 3 15 Feb 18
21-25 3 15 Feb 18 21-73 3 15 Feb 18
2-5 3 15 Feb 18
21-74 3 15 Feb 18
CRJ 700/900 Series MEL/CDL LEP-v

Revision: 3
21-75 3 15 Feb 18 ATA - 23 24-16 3 15 Feb 18
21-76 3 15 Feb 18 23-1 3 15 Feb 15 24-17 3 15 Feb 18
21-77 3 15 Feb 18 24-18 3 15 Feb 18
D
23-2 3 15 Feb 18
21-78 3 15 Feb 18 23-3 3 15 Feb 15 24-19 3 15 Feb 18
TE
21-79 3 15 Feb 18 23-4 3 15 Feb 18 24-20 3 15 Feb 18
21-80 3 15 Feb 18 23-5 3 15 Feb 18 24-21 3 15 Feb 18
21-81 3 15 Feb 18 23-6 3 15 Feb 18 24-22 3 15 Feb 18
IN
21-82 3 15 Feb 18 23-7 3 15 Feb 18
21-83 3 15 Feb 18
ATA - 25 - TOC
23-8 3 15 Feb 18
21-84 3 15 Feb 18 25-i 3 15 Feb 18
PR
23-9 3 15 Feb 18
21-85 3 15 Feb 18 25-ii 3 15 Feb 18
23-10 3 15 Feb 18
21-86 3 15 Feb 18 23-11 3 15 Feb 18 ATA - 25
21-87 3 15 Feb 18 23-12 3 15 Feb 18
21-88 3 15 Feb 18 25-1 3 15 Feb 18
EN
23-13 3 15 Feb 18 25-2 3 15 Feb 18
21-89 3 15 Feb 18 23-14 TR 18-01 01 Aug
21-90 3 15 Feb 18 25-3 3 15 Feb 18
18 25-4 3 15 Feb 18
21-91 3 15 Feb 18
H
23-15 3 15 Feb 18 25-5 3 15 Feb 18
21-92 3 15 Feb 18 23-16 3 15 Feb 18
21-93 3 15 Feb 18 25-6 3 15 Feb 18
W
23-17 3 15 Feb 18 25-7 3 15 Feb 18
21-94 3 15 Feb 18 23-18 3 15 Feb 18 25-8 3 15 Feb 18
ATA - 22 - TOC 23-19 3 15 Feb 18 25-9 3 15 Feb 18
PY
23-20 3 15 Feb 18 25-10 3 15 Feb 18
22-i 3 15 Feb 18
23-21 3 15 Feb 18 25-11 3 15 Feb 18
22-ii 3 15 Feb 18
23-22 3 15 Feb 18 25-12 3 15 Feb 18
O
ATA - 22 23-23 3 15 Feb 18 25-13 3 15 Feb 18

22-1 3 15 Feb 18 23-24 3 15 Feb 18 25-14 3 15 Feb 18
C
22-2 3 15 Feb 18 23-25 3 15 Feb 18 25-15 3 15 Feb 18

22-3 3 15 Feb 18 23-26 3 15 Feb 18 25-16 3 15 Feb 18
ED
22-4 3 15 Feb 18 23-27 3 15 Feb 18 25-17 3 15 Feb 18

22-5 3 15 Feb 18 23-28 3 15 Feb 18 25-18 3 15 Feb 18
22-6 3 15 Feb 18 23-29 3 15 Feb 18 25-19 3 15 Feb 18
23-30 3 15 Feb 18
LL
22-7 3 15 Feb 18 25-20 TR 18-01 01 Aug

22-8 3 15 Feb 18 ATA - 24 - TOC 18
22-9 3 15 Feb 18 25-21 3 15 Feb 18
24-i 3 15 Feb 18
O
22-10 3 15 Feb 18 25-22 3 15 Feb 18

24-ii 3 15 Feb 18
22-11 3 15 Feb 18 25-23 3 15 Feb 18
TR
22-12 3 15 Feb 18 ATA - 24 25-24 3 15 Feb 18

22-13 3 15 Feb 18 24-1 3 15 Feb 18 25-25 3 15 Feb 18
22-14 3 15 Feb 18 24-2 3 15 Feb 18 25-26 3 15 Feb 18
N
22-15 3 15 Feb 18 24-3 3 15 Feb 18 25-27 3 15 Feb 18

22-16 3 15 Feb 18 25-28 3 15 Feb 18
O
24-4 3 15 Feb 18
22-17 3 15 Feb 18 24-5 3 15 Feb 18 25-29 3 15 Feb 18
22-18 3 15 Feb 18 25-30 3 15 Feb 18
C
24-6 3 15 Feb 18
22-19 TR 18-01 01 Aug 24-7 3 15 Feb 18 25-31 3 15 Feb 18
N
18 24-8 3 15 Feb 18 25-32 3 15 Feb 18

22-20 3 15 Feb 18 24-9 3 15 Feb 18 25-33 3 15 Feb 18
U
22-21 22-22 ATA 24-10 3 15 Feb 18 25-34 3 15 Feb 18

- 23 - TOC 24-11 3 15 Feb 18 25-35 3 15 Feb 18
23-i 3 15 Feb 18 24-12 3 15 Feb 18 25-36 3 15 Feb 18
23-ii 3 15 Feb 18 24-13 3 15 Feb 18 25-37 3 15 Feb 18
24-14 3 15 Feb 18 25-38 3 15 Feb 18
24-15 3 15 Feb 18 25-39 3 15 Feb 18
LEP-vi List of Effective Pages

Revision: 3
CRJ 700/900 Series MEL/CDL Date: 15 Feb 18

25-40 3 15 Feb 18 27-12 3 15 Feb 18 28-37 3 15 Feb 18

25-41 3 15 Feb 18 27-13 3 15 Feb 18 28-38 3 15 Feb 18
25-42 3 15 Feb 18 27-14 3 15 Feb 18 28-39 3 15 Feb 18
D
25-43 3 15 Feb 18 27-15 3 15 Feb 18 28-40 3 15 Feb 18
TE
25-44 3 15 Feb 18 27-16 3 15 Feb 18 28-41 3 15 Feb 18
27-17 3 15 Feb 18 28-42 3 15 Feb 18
ATA - 26 - TOC 27-18 3 15 Feb 18 28-43 3 15 Feb 18
IN
26-i 3 15 Feb 18 27-19 3 15 Feb 18 28-44 3 15 Feb 18
26-ii 3 15 Feb 18 27-20 3 15 Feb 18 28-45 3 15 Feb 18
27-21 3 15 Feb 18 28-46 3 15 Feb 18
PR
ATA - 26
27-22 3 15 Feb 18 28-47 3 15 Feb 18
26-1 3 15 Feb 18 28-48 3 15 Feb 18
26-2 3 15 Feb 18 ATA - 28 - TOC 28-49 3 15 Feb 18
26-3 3 15 Feb 18 28-i 3 15 Feb 18 28-50 3 15 Feb 18
EN
26-4 3 15 Feb 18 28-ii 3 15 Feb 18 28-51 3 15 Feb 18
26-5 3 15 Feb 18 28-52 3 15 Feb 18
26-6 3 15 Feb 18 ATA - 28
28-53 3 15 Feb 18
H
26-7 3 15 Feb 18 28-1 3 15 Feb 18 28-54 3 15 Feb 18
26-8 3 15 Feb 18 28-2 3 15 Feb 18 28-55 3 15 Feb 18
W
26-9 3 15 Feb 18 28-3 3 15 Feb 18 28-56 3 15 Feb 18
26-10 3 15 Feb 18 28-4 3 15 Feb 18 28-57 3 15 Feb 18
26-11 3 15 Feb 18 28-5 3 15 Feb 18
PY
28-58 3 15 Feb 18
26-12 3 15 Feb 18 28-6 3 15 Feb 18 28-59 3 15 Feb 18
26-13 3 15 Feb 18 28-7 3 15 Feb 18 28-60 3 15 Feb 18
26-14 3 15 Feb 18 28-8 3 15 Feb 18
O
26-15 3 15 Feb 18 28-9 3 15 Feb 18 ATA - 29 - TOC

26-16 3 15 Feb 18 28-10 3 15 Feb 18 29-i 3 15 Feb 18
C
26-17 3 15 Feb 18 28-11 3 15 Feb 18 29-ii 3 15 Feb 18

26-18 3 15 Feb 18 28-12 3 15 Feb 18
ATA - 29
ED
26-19 3 15 Feb 18 28-13 3 15 Feb 18

26-20 3 15 Feb 18 28-14 3 15 Feb 18 29-1 3 15 Feb 18
26-21 3 15 Feb 18 28-15 3 15 Feb 18 29-2 3 15 Feb 18
LL
26-22 3 15 Feb 18 28-16 3 15 Feb 18 29-3 3 15 Feb 18

26-23 3 15 Feb 18 28-17 3 15 Feb 18 29-4 3 15 Feb 18
26-24 3 15 Feb 18 28-18 3 15 Feb 18 29-5 3 15 Feb 18
O
26-25 3 15 Feb 18 28-19 3 15 Feb 18 29-6 3 15 Feb 18

26-26 3 15 Feb 18 28-20 3 15 Feb 18 29-7 3 15 Feb 18
TR
28-21 3 15 Feb 18 29-8 3 15 Feb 18

ATA - 27 - TOC 28-22 3 15 Feb 18 29-9 3 15 Feb 18
27-i 3 15 Feb 18 28-23 3 15 Feb 18 29-10 TR 18-02 29 Oct
N
27-ii 3 15 Feb 18 28-24 3 15 Feb 18 2018

28-25 3 15 Feb 18 29-11 3 15 Feb 18
O
ATA - 27
28-26 3 15 Feb 18 29-12 3 15 Feb 18
27-1 3 15 Feb 18 28-27 3 15 Feb 18 29-13 3 15 Feb 18
C
27-2 3 15 Feb 18 28-28 3 15 Feb 18 29-14 3 15 Feb 18

27-3 3 15 Feb 18
N
28-29 3 15 Feb 18 29-15 3 15 Feb 18

27-4 3 15 Feb 18 28-30 3 15 Feb 18 29-16 3 15 Feb 18
U
27-5 3 15 Feb 18 28-31 3 15 Feb 18

27-6 3 15 Feb 18 28-32 3 15 Feb 18
ATA - 30 - TOC
27-7 2 15 Feb 18 28-33 3 15 Feb 18 30-i 3 15 Feb 18
27-8 3 15 Feb 18 28-34 3 15 Feb 18 30-ii 3 15 Feb 18
27-9 3 15 Feb 18 28-35 3 15 Feb 18
27-10 3 15 Feb 18 ATA - 30
28-36 3 15 Feb 18
27-11 3 15 Feb 18 30-1 3 15 Feb 18
List of Effective Pages LEP-vii

Revision: 3
30-2 3 15 Feb 18 30-54 3 15 Feb 18 ATA - 33
30-3 3 15 Feb 18 33-1 3 15 Feb 18
30-4 3 15 Feb 18
ATA - 31 - TOC
D
33-2 3 15 Feb 18
30-5 3 15 Feb 18 31-i 3 15 Feb 18
33-3 3 15 Feb 18
TE
30-6 3 15 Feb 18 31-ii 3 15 Feb 18
33-4 3 15 Feb 18
30-7 3 15 Feb 18 ATA - 31 33-5 3 15 Feb 18
30-8 3 15 Feb 18 33-6 3 15 Feb 18
31-1 3 15 Feb 18
IN
30-9 3 15 Feb 18 33-7 3 15 Feb 18
30-10 3 15 Feb 18 31-2 3 15 Feb 18
31-3 3 15 Feb 18 33-8 3 15 Feb 18
30-11 3 15 Feb 18
PR
31-4 3 15 Feb 18 33-9 3 15 Feb 18
30-12 3 15 Feb 18 33-10 3 15 Feb 18
30-13 3 15 Feb 18 31-5 3 15 Feb 18
31-6 3 15 Feb 18 33-11 3 15 Feb 18
30-14 3 15 Feb 18 33-12 3 15 Feb 18
30-15 3 15 Feb 18 31-7 3 15 Feb 18
EN
31-8 3 15 Feb 18 33-13 3 15 Feb 18
30-16 3 15 Feb 18 33-14 TR 18-01 01 Aug
30-17 3 15 Feb 18 31-9 3 15 Feb 18
31-10 3 15 Feb 18 18
30-18 3 15 Feb 18
H
31-11 3 15 Feb 18 33-15 TR 18-01 01 Aug
30-19 3 15 Feb 18 2018
30-20 3 15 Feb 18 31-12 3 15 Feb 18
W
33-16 3 15 Feb 18
30-21 3 15 Feb 18 ATA - 32 - TOC 33-17 3 15 Feb 18
30-22 3 15 Feb 18 33-18 3 15 Feb 18
32-i 3 15 Feb 18
PY
30-23 3 15 Feb 18 33-19 3 15 Feb 18
32-ii 3 15 Feb 18
30-24 3 15 Feb 18 33-20 3 15 Feb 18
30-25 3 15 Feb 18 ATA - 32 33-21 3 15 Feb 18
30-26 3 15 Feb 18
O
32-1 3 15 Feb 18 33-22 3 15 Feb 18

30-27 3 15 Feb 18 32-2 3 15 Feb 18 33-23 3 15 Feb 18
C
30-28 3 15 Feb 18 32-3 3 15 Feb 18 33-24 3 15 Feb 18

30-29 3 15 Feb 18 32-4 3 15 Feb 18 33-25 3 15 Feb 18
30-30 3 15 Feb 18
ED
32-5 3 15 Feb 18 33-26 3 15 Feb 18

30-31 3 15 Feb 18 32-6 3 15 Feb 18 33-27 3 15 Feb 18
30-32 3 15 Feb 18 32-7 3 15 Feb 18 33-28 3 15 Feb 18
30-33 3 15 Feb 18 32-8 3 15 Feb 18 33-29 3 15 Feb 18
LL
30-34 3 15 Feb 18 32-9 3 15 Feb 18 33-30 3 15 Feb 18

30-35 3 15 Feb 18 32-10 3 15 Feb 18
30-36 3 15 Feb 18 ATA - 34 - TOC
O
32-11 3 15 Feb 18
30-37 3 15 Feb 18 32-12 3 15 Feb 18 34-i 3 15 Feb 18
30-38 3 15 Feb 18
TR
32-13 3 15 Feb 18 34-ii 3 15 Feb 18

30-39 3 15 Feb 18 32-14 3 15 Feb 18
30-40 3 15 Feb 18 ATA - 34
32-15 3 15 Feb 18
30-41 TR 18-01 01 Aug 34-1 3 15 Feb 18
N
32-16 3 15 Feb 18
18 32-17 3 15 Feb 18 34-2 3 15 Feb 18
O
30-42 3 15 Feb 18 32-18 3 15 Feb 18 34-3 3 15 Feb 18

30-43 3 15 Feb 18 32-19 3 15 Feb 18 34-4 3 15 Feb 18
C
30-44 3 15 Feb 18 32-20 3 15 Feb 18 34-5 3 15 Feb 18

30-45 3 15 Feb 18 32-21 3 15 Feb 18 34-6 3 15 Feb 18
N
30-46 3 15 Feb 18 32-22 3 15 Feb 18 34-7 2 15 Feb 18

30-47 3 15 Feb 18 34-8 2 15 Feb 18
U
32-23 3 15 Feb 18
30-48 3 15 Feb 18 32-24 3 15 Feb 18 34-9 2 15 Feb 18
30-49 3 15 Feb 18 34-10 2 15 Feb 18
30-50 3 15 Feb 18 ATA - 33 - TOC 34-11 3 15 Feb 18
30-51 3 15 Feb 18 33-i 3 15 Feb 18 34-12 3 15 Feb 18
30-52 3 15 Feb 18 33-ii 3 15 Feb 18 34-13 3 15 Feb 18
30-53 3 15 Feb 18 34-14 3 15 Feb 18
LEP-viii List of Effective Pages

Revision: 3

34-15 TR 18-01 01 Aug 35-15 3 15 Feb 18 ATA - 38 - TOC

18 35-16 3 15 Feb 18 38-i 3 15 Feb 18
34-16 3 15 Feb 18 35-17 3 15 Feb 18
D
38-ii 3 15 Feb 18
34-17 3 15 Feb 18 35-18 3 15 Feb 18
ATA - 38
TE
34-18 3 15 Feb 18 35-19 3 15 Feb 18
34-19 3 15 Feb 18 35-20 3 15 Feb 18 38-1 TR 19-01 22 May
34-20 3 15 Feb 18 35-21 3 15 Feb 18 19
IN
34-21 3 15 Feb 18 35-22 3 15 Feb 18 38-2 TR 19-01 22 May
34-22 3 15 Feb 18 19
34-23 3 15 Feb 18
ATA - 36 - TOC
PR
38-3 3 15 Feb 18
34-24 3 15 Feb 18 36-i 3 15 Feb 18 38-4 TR 18-01 01 Aug
34-25 3 15 Feb 18 36-ii 3 15 Feb 18 18
34-26 3 15 Feb 18 ATA - 36 38-5 3 15 Feb 18
34-27 3 15 Feb 18
EN
38-6 3 15 Feb 18
34-28 3 15 Feb 18 36-1 3 15 Feb 18
38-7 3 15 Feb 18
34-29 3 15 Feb 18 36-2 3 15 Feb 18
38-8 3 15 Feb 18
34-30 3 15 Feb 18 36-3 3 15 Feb 18
38-9 3 15 Feb 18
H
34-31 3 15 Feb 18 36-4 3 15 Feb 18
38-10 3 15 Feb 18
34-32 3 15 Feb 18 36-5 3 15 Feb 18
W
38-11 3 15 Feb 18
34-33 3 15 Feb 18 36-6 3 15 Feb 18
38-12 3 15 Feb 18
34-34 TR 19-01 22 May 36-7 3 15 Feb 18
38-13 3 15 Feb 18
36-8 3 15 Feb 18
PY
19 38-14 3 15 Feb 18
34-35 3 15 Feb 18 36-9 3 15 Feb 18
34-36 3 15 Feb 18 36-10 3 15 Feb 18 ATA - 45 - TOC
34-37 3 15 Feb 18 36-11 3 15 Feb 18 45-i 3 15 Feb 18
O
34-38 3 15 Feb 18 36-12 3 15 Feb 18 45-ii 3 15 Feb 18

36-13 3 15 Feb 18
C
34-39 3 15 Feb 18
34-40 3 15 Feb 18 36-14 3 15 Feb 18 ATA - 45
34-41 TR 19-02 11 Jun 19 36-15 3 15 Feb 18 45-1 3 15 Feb 18
ED
34-42 TR 19-02 11 Jun 19 36-16 3 15 Feb 18 45-2 3 15 Feb 18

34-43 3 15 Feb 18 36-17 3 15 Feb 18
36-18 3 15 Feb 18 ATA - 49 - TOC
34-44 3 15 Feb 18
LL
34-45 3 15 Feb 18 36-19 3 15 Feb 18 49-i 3 15 Feb 18

34-46 3 15 Feb 18 36-20 3 15 Feb 18 49-ii 3 15 Feb 18
36-21 3 15 Feb 18
ATA - 49
O
ATA - 35 - TOC 36-22 3 15 Feb 18

35-i 3 15 Feb 18 36-23 3 15 Feb 18 49-1 3 15 Feb 18
TR
35-ii 3 15 Feb 18 36-24 3 15 Feb 18 49-2 3 15 Feb 18

36-25 3 15 Feb 18 49-3 3 15 Feb 18
ATA - 35 36-26 3 15 Feb 18 49-4 3 15 Feb 18
N
35-1 3 15 Feb 18 36-27 3 15 Feb 18 49-5 3 15 Feb 18

35-2 3 15 Feb 18 36-28 3 15 Feb 18 49-6 3 15 Feb 18
O
35-3 3 15 Feb 18 36-29 3 15 Feb 18 49-7 3 15 Feb 18

35-4 3 15 Feb 18 36-30 3 15 Feb 18 49-8 3 15 Feb 18
C
35-5 3 15 Feb 18 36-31 3 15 Feb 18 49-9 3 15 Feb 18

N
35-6 3 15 Feb 18 36-32 3 15 Feb 18 49-10 3 15 Feb 18

35-7 3 15 Feb 18 36-33 3 15 Feb 18 49-11 3 15 Feb 18
U
35-8 3 15 Feb 18 36-34 3 15 Feb 18 49-12 3 15 Feb 18

35-9 3 15 Feb 18 36-35 3 15 Feb 18 49-13 3 15 Feb 18
35-10 3 15 Feb 18 36-36 3 15 Feb 18 49-14 3 15 Feb 18
35-11 3 15 Feb 18 36-37 3 15 Feb 18 49-15 3 15 Feb 18
35-12 3 15 Feb 18 36-38 3 15 Feb 18 49-16 3 15 Feb 18
35-13 3 15 Feb 18 36-39 3 15 Feb 18 49-17 3 15 Feb 18
35-14 3 15 Feb 18 36-40 3 15 Feb 18 49-18 3 15 Feb 18
List of Effective Pages LEP-ix

Revision: 3
49-19 3 15 Feb 18 74-3 3 15 Feb 18 Chapter 4: Configuration
49-20 3 15 Feb 18 74-4 3 15 Feb 18 Deviation List Introduction
49-21 3 15 Feb 18
D
ATA - 76 - TOC - TOC
49-22 3 15 Feb 18
4-i 3 15 Feb 18
TE
76-i 3 15 Feb 18
ATA - 52 - TOC 76-ii 3 15 Feb 18 4-ii 3 15 Feb 18
52-i 3 15 Feb 18 Configuration Deviation
ATA - 76
IN
52-ii 3 15 Feb 18 List Introduction
76-1 3 15 Feb 18
ATA - 52 76-2 3 15 Feb 18 4-1 3 15 Feb 18
PR
52-1 3 15 Feb 18 4-2 3 15 Feb 18
ATA - 77 - TOC
52-2 3 15 Feb 18 CDL Table of Contents
52-3 3 15 Feb 18 77-i 3 15 Feb 18
CDL-1 3 15 Feb 18
52-4 3 15 Feb 18 77-ii 3 15 Feb 18
EN
CDL-2 3 15 Feb 18
52-5 3 15 Feb 18 ATA - 77 CDL-3 3 15 Feb 18
52-6 3 15 Feb 18 CDL-4 3 15 Feb 18
52-7 3 15 Feb 18 77-1 3 15 Feb 18
H
52-8 3 15 Feb 18 77-2 3 15 Feb 18 ATA - CDL - TOC
52-9 3 15 Feb 18 ATA - 78 - TOC
W
52-10 3 15 Feb 18
ATA - CDL - TOC
78-i 3 15 Feb 18 CDL-5 3 15 Feb 18
52-11 3 15 Feb 18
78-ii 3 15 Feb 18 CDL-6 3 15 Feb 18
52-12 3 15 Feb 18
PY
52-13 3 15 Feb 18 ATA - 78 ATA - 21
52-14 3 15 Feb 18 78-1 3 15 Feb 18
52-15 2 15 Feb 18 21-1 3 15 Feb 18
78-2 3 15 Feb 18
O
52-16 3 15 Feb 18 21-2 3 15 Feb 18

78-3 3 15 Feb 18
52-17 3 15 Feb 18 ATA - 23
C
78-4 3 15 Feb 18
52-18 3 15 Feb 18
ATA - 79 - TOC 23-1 3 15 Feb 18
52-19 3 15 Feb 18
23-2 3 15 Feb 18
ED
52-20 3 15 Feb 18 79-i 3 15 Feb 18 23-3 3 15 Feb 18

52-21 3 15 Feb 18 79-ii 3 15 Feb 18 23-4 3 15 Feb 18
52-22 3 15 Feb 18
ATA - 79 23-5 3 15 Feb 18
LL
52-23 3 15 Feb 18
23-6 3 15 Feb 18
52-24 3 15 Feb 18 79-1 3 15 Feb 18
79-2 3 15 Feb 18 ATA - 27
ATA - 73 - TOC
O
79-3 3 15 Feb 18 27-1 3 15 Feb 18

73-i 3 15 Feb 18 79-4 3 15 Feb 18 27-2 3 15 Feb 18
TR
73-ii 3 15 Feb 18 79-5 3 15 Feb 18 27-3 3 15 Feb 18

ATA - 73 79-6 3 15 Feb 18 27-4 3 15 Feb 18
79-7 3 15 Feb 18 27-5 3 15 Feb 18
N
73-1 3 15 Feb 18 79-8 3 15 Feb 18

73-2 3 15 Feb 18 27-6 3 15 Feb 18
79-9 3 15 Feb 18
O
73-3 3 15 Feb 18 27-7 3 15 Feb 18

79-10 3 15 Feb 18 27-8 3 15 Feb 18
73-4 3 15 Feb 18
C
73-5 3 15 Feb 18 ATA - 80 - TOC 27-9 3 15 Feb 18

73-6 3 15 Feb 18 27-10 3 15 Feb 18
N
80-i 3 15 Feb 18
27-11 3 15 Feb 18
ATA - 74 - TOC 80-ii 3 15 Feb 18
27-12 3 15 Feb 18
U
74-i 3 15 Feb 18 ATA - 80 27-13 3 15 Feb 18

74-ii 3 15 Feb 18 80-1 3 15 Feb 18 27-14 3 15 Feb 18
80-2 3 15 Feb 18 27-15 3 15 Feb 18
ATA - 74 27-16 3 15 Feb 18
80-3 3 15 Feb 18
74-1 3 15 Feb 18 80-4 3 15 Feb 18 27-17 3 15 Feb 18
74-2 3 15 Feb 18 27-18 3 15 Feb 18
LEP-x List of Effective Pages

Revision: 3

27-19 3 15 Feb 18 18 ATA - 32

27-20 3 15 Feb 18 57-2 3 15 Feb 18 32-1 3 15 Feb 18
57-3 3 15 Feb 18
D
ATA - 28 32-2 3 15 Feb 18
57-4 3 15 Feb 18 32-3 3 15 Feb 18
TE
28-1 3 15 Feb 18 57-5 3 15 Feb 18 32-4 3 15 Feb 18
28-2 3 15 Feb 18 57-6 3 15 Feb 18 32-5 3 15 Feb 18
ATA - 32 57-7 3 15 Feb 18 32-6 3 15 Feb 18
IN
57-8 3 15 Feb 18
32-1 3 15 Feb 18 57-9 3 15 Feb 18 ATA - 33
32-2 3 15 Feb 18 57-10 3 15 Feb 18
PR
33-1 3 15 Feb 18
32-3 3 15 Feb 18
ATA - 78 33-2 3 15 Feb 18
32-4 3 15 Feb 18
33-3 3 15 Feb 18
32-5 3 15 Feb 18 78-1 3 15 Feb 18 33-4 3 15 Feb 18
32-6 3 15 Feb 18 78-2 3 15 Feb 18
EN
33-5 3 15 Feb 18
ATA - 33 ATA - 21 33-6 3 15 Feb 18
33-1 3 15 Feb 18 33-7 3 15 Feb 18
21-1 3 15 Feb 18
33-8 3 15 Feb 18
H
33-2 3 15 Feb 18 21-2 3 15 Feb 18
33-3 3 15 Feb 18 33-9 3 15 Feb 18
W
33-4 3 15 Feb 18 ATA - 23 33-10 3 15 Feb 18
33-5 3 15 Feb 18 23-1 3 15 Feb 18 33-11 3 15 Feb 18
33-6 3 15 Feb 18 23-2 3 15 Feb 18 33-12 3 15 Feb 18
PY
33-7 3 15 Feb 18 23-3 3 15 Feb 18 ATA - 51
33-8 3 15 Feb 18 23-4 3 15 Feb 18
51-1 3 15 Feb 18
33-9 3 15 Feb 18 23-5 3 15 Feb 18
51-2 3 15 Feb 18
O
33-10 3 15 Feb 18 23-6 3 15 Feb 18

51-3 3 15 Feb 18
33-11 3 15 Feb 18
ATA - 27
C
51-4 3 15 Feb 18
33-12 3 15 Feb 18
27-1 3 15 Feb 18 ATA - 52
ATA - 51
ED
27-2 3 15 Feb 18
52-1 3 15 Feb 18
51-1 3 15 Feb 18 27-3 3 15 Feb 18
52-2 3 15 Feb 18
51-2 3 15 Feb 18 27-4 3 15 Feb 18
52-3 3 15 Feb 18
51-3 3 15 Feb 18 27-5 3 15 Feb 18
LL
52-4 3 15 Feb 18
51-4 3 15 Feb 18 27-6 3 15 Feb 18
27-7 3 15 Feb 18 ATA - 53
ATA - 52
O
27-8 3 15 Feb 18 53-1 3 15 Feb 18

52-1 3 15 Feb 18 27-9 3 15 Feb 18 53-2 3 15 Feb 18
TR
52-2 3 15 Feb 18 27-10 3 15 Feb 18 53-3 3 15 Feb 18

52-3 3 15 Feb 18 27-11 3 15 Feb 18 53-4 3 15 Feb 18
52-4 3 15 Feb 18 27-12 3 15 Feb 18 53-5 3 15 Feb 18
N
ATA - 53 27-13 3 15 Feb 18 53-6 3 15 Feb 18

27-14 3 15 Feb 18
O
53-1 3 15 Feb 18 27-15 3 15 Feb 18 ATA - 55

53-2 3 15 Feb 18 27-16 3 15 Feb 18 55-1 3 15 Feb 18
C
53-3 3 15 Feb 18 27-17 3 15 Feb 18 55-2 3 15 Feb 18

53-4 3 15 Feb 18 27-18 3 15 Feb 18
N
53-5 3 15 Feb 18 27-19 3 15 Feb 18 ATA - 57

53-6 3 15 Feb 18
U
27-20 3 15 Feb 18 57-1 TR 18-01 01 Aug

ATA - 55 18
ATA - 28 57-2 3 15 Feb 18
55-1 3 15 Feb 18 28-1 3 15 Feb 18 57-3 3 15 Feb 18
55-2 3 15 Feb 18 28-2 3 15 Feb 18 57-4 3 15 Feb 18
ATA - 57 57-5 3 15 Feb 18
57-1 TR 18-01 01 Aug 57-6 3 15 Feb 18
List of Effective Pages LEP-xi

Revision: 3
57-7 3 15 Feb 18
57-8 3 15 Feb 18
57-9 3 15 Feb 18
D
57-10 3 15 Feb 18
TE
ATA - 78
78-1 3 15 Feb 18
IN
78-2 3 15 Feb 18
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
LEP-xii List of Effective Pages

Revision: 3
Master Table of Contents
Chapter 1: Reserved ....................................................................................................... 1-1

Reserved ......................................................................................................................... 1-1
D
Chapter 2: General Section ........................................................................................... 2-1
TE
MEL Instructions .............................................................................................................. 2-1
MEL Items and Sub-Items ........................................................................................... 2-1
Pull And Secure Circuit Breakers .................................................................................. 2-3
IN
Placard Instruction Table............................................................................................. 2-4
Dispatch Procedures Table .......................................................................................... 2-5
PR
(M) Procedures, (O) Procedures, and Dispatch Table Procedures.................................... 2-5
Deactivation Procedures .............................................................................................. 2-6
Cargo Loading Restrictions .......................................................................................... 2-6
EICAS Indications ....................................................................................................... 2-6
EN
Minimum Equipment List (MEL) Management................................................................ 2-6
MEL Status During a Revision ...................................................................................... 2-6
Manual Revision Process ............................................................................................. 2-6
H
Definitions ....................................................................................................................... 2-8
Preamble ........................................................................................................................2-12
ATA Sections
W
PY
05 - Maintenance Control Items ...................................................................................ATA 05
21 - Air Conditioning....................................................................................................ATA 21
22- Auto Flight ............................................................................................................ATA 22
O
23 - Communications...................................................................................................ATA 23
24 - Electrical Power....................................................................................................ATA 24
C
25 - Equipment/Furnishings .........................................................................................ATA 25
26 - Fire Protection......................................................................................................ATA 26
ED
27 - Flight Controls......................................................................................................ATA 27
28 - Fuel.....................................................................................................................ATA 28
29 - Hydraulic Power ...................................................................................................ATA 29
LL
30 - Ice and Rain Protection.........................................................................................ATA 30

31 - Indicating / Recording Systems .............................................................................ATA 31
O
32 - Landing Gear .......................................................................................................ATA 32

33 - Lights ..................................................................................................................ATA 33
TR
34 - Navigation ...........................................................................................................ATA 34
35 - Oxygen................................................................................................................ATA 35
36 - Pneumatic ...........................................................................................................ATA 36
N
38 - Lavatory ..............................................................................................................ATA 38
45 - Central Maintenance Computer..............................................................................ATA 45
O
49 - APU.....................................................................................................................ATA 49
C
52 - Doors ..................................................................................................................ATA 52
73 - Engine Fuel and Control........................................................................................ATA 73
N
74 - Ignition ...............................................................................................................ATA 74
U
76 - Engine Controls....................................................................................................ATA 76
77 - Engine Indicating .................................................................................................ATA 77
78 - Engine Exhaust ....................................................................................................ATA 78
79 - Engine Oil ............................................................................................................ATA 79
80 - Starting ...............................................................................................................ATA 80
Master Table of Contents MTOC-xiii

Revision: 3
Chapter 4: Configuration Deviation List Introduction.............................................. 4-1
General Limitations ........................................................................................................... 4-1
Definitions........................................................................................................................ 4-1
CDL Sections
D
21 - Air Conditioning (900) .......................................................................................... ATA 21
TE
23 - Communications (900) ......................................................................................... ATA 23
27 - Flight Controls (900) ............................................................................................ ATA 27
28 - Fuel (900) ........................................................................................................... ATA 28
IN
32 - Landing Gear (900).............................................................................................. ATA 32
33 - Lighting (900) ..................................................................................................... ATA 33
PR
51 - Structures (900) .................................................................................................. ATA 51
52 - Doors (900)......................................................................................................... ATA 52
53 - Fuselage (900) .................................................................................................... ATA 53
55 - Stabilizer (900) .................................................................................................... ATA 55
EN
57 - Wing (900).......................................................................................................... ATA 57
78 - Exhaust (900)...................................................................................................... ATA 78
21 - Air Conditioning (700) .......................................................................................... ATA 21
H
23 - Communications (700) ......................................................................................... ATA 23
W
27 - Flight Controls (700) ............................................................................................ ATA 27
28 - Fuel (700) ........................................................................................................... ATA 28
32 - Landing Gear (700).............................................................................................. ATA 32
PY
33 - Lighting (700) ..................................................................................................... ATA 33
51 - Structures (700) .................................................................................................. ATA 51
52 - Doors (700)......................................................................................................... ATA 52
O
53 - Fuselage (700) .................................................................................................... ATA 53

55 - Stabilizer (700) .................................................................................................... ATA 55
C
57 - Wing (700).......................................................................................................... ATA 57

78 - Exhaust (700)...................................................................................................... ATA 78
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
MTOC-xiv Master Table of Contents

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18
Chapter 1: Reserved
Reserved .......................................................................................................................... 1-1
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
CRJ 900 Series MEL/CDL 1-i

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18 CRJ 900 Series MEL/CDL
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
1-ii Chapter 1: Reserved

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18
Chapter 1: Reserved
Reserved
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
CRJ 700/900 Series MEL/CDL 1-1

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
1-2 Chapter 1: Reserved

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18
Chapter 2: General Section
MEL Instructions.............................................................................................................. 2-1

MEL Items and Sub-Items ............................................................................................................ 2-1
D
Pull And Secure Circuit Breakers ................................................................................................... 2-3
Placard Instruction Table ............................................................................................................. 2-4
TE
Dispatch Procedures Table ........................................................................................................... 2-5
(M) Procedures, (O) Procedures, and Dispatch Table Procedures .................................................... 2-5
Cargo Loading Restrictions ........................................................................................................... 2-6
IN
EICAS Indications ........................................................................................................................ 2-6
Minimum Equipment List (MEL) Management ................................................................................ 2-6
PR
MEL Status During a Revision ....................................................................................................... 2-6
Manual Revision Process .............................................................................................................. 2-6
Maintenance Programs................................................................................................................. 2-7
EN
Endeavor Air, Inc. Maintenance Stations ....................................................................... 2-7
H
Definitions........................................................................................................................ 2-8
W
Preamble ........................................................................................................................ 2-12
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
CRJ 900 Series MEL/CDL 2-i

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18 CRJ 900 Series MEL/CDL
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
2-ii Chapter 2: General Section

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18
Chapter 2: General Section
14 CFR: 91.213(a,c) 121.153(a)(2) 121.303(d)(1-2) 121.628(a)(1-2) 121.628(a)(3)(i)

14 CFR: 121.628(a)(3)(ii) 121.628(a)(5) 121.628(b)(1-3)
D
OPS SPEC: A003 D095
TE
CEME: H13
MEL Instructions
IN
The items on the Minimum Equipment List/Configuration Deviation List (MEL/CDL) are presented in
PR
accordance with the ATA chapter numbering system, and are coded by a six digit number. Under each ATA
chapter code, the items are listed in a column by numerical sequence.
EN
MEL Items and Sub-Items
Within the complete MEL item, each associated sub-item is designated by a letter (I and O are not used) after
each item number ex. (30-12-1A, 30-12-1B, etc.). A sub-item may denote one or more of the following:
H
• Two or more alternatives available for dispatch (“or” item)
W
• Sub-system(s) of the Main MEL item
PY
• Types of operation for the MEL item (icing, no-icing, etc.)
The following provides an explanation of the scope and use of each of the columns as titled:
O
FOR EXAMPLE ONLY:

C
NUMBER INSTALLED NUMBER REQUIRED FOR DISPATCH

ED
FLIGHT CREW MAY PLACARD REPAIR category
ITEM NO. NAME / DESCRIPTION 4 6 REMARKS OR EXCEPTIONS 7

3 5
LL
8
21-00-XX Air Conditioning Packs (M) (O) Both may be inoperative
provided flight is conducted in
O
1 2 an unpressurized
CRJ-900 Y 2 0 B configuration.
a)*CRJ-900 Only: Maximum
TR
CRJ-700 Y 2 0 C number of cabin occupants

(including Flight Attendants) is
equal to or less than 82.
N
O
1. ITEM NO. - This column lists the MEL Number in ATA Number format.
C
NOTE:
N
Administrative control items are categorized under the specific ATA chapter. It can be identified with
U
a 00 after the ATA code e.g. 34-00-01 Category II approach capability.
CRJ 700/900 Series MEL/CDL 2-1

Revision: 3
2. NAME/DESCRIPTION - Below the manufacturer's name of an item, the commonly used
terminology for an item may be included in parenthesis. When there are multiple configurations of an
item aircraft nose numbers may be provided, however, that lack of the nose number does not preclude
the use of the MEL when the configuration can be positively verified. When fleet differences occur in
column 3,4,5, or 6 the aircraft type will be listed below the manufacturer’s name of an item.
D
3. FLIGHT CREW MAY PLACARD - This column serves as additional reference for items that qualify
TE
for Flight Crew Placarding/Deferral. These items will be identified by the letter “Y”. Items NOT
available for Flight Crew Placarding/Deferral will be identified by the letter “N”. A “Y*” in the Flight
Crew May Placard column indicates all (M) or (O) PROCEDURES for that item may be performed
IN
or managed by the pilots (see MEL Definitions), however (M) PROCEDURES completed by the
pilot must be accomplished under the direction of Maintenance Control. If the Procedure calls for the
PR
flight crew to secure a circuit breaker and no collars are available you may pull the circuit breaker and
secure upon arrival at the next maintenance base.
4. NUMBER INSTALLED - This column serves as a reference to the number of units installed on the
EN
aircraft. The number in this column will also be equal to or greater than the requirements in column
five (Number Required For Dispatch).
H
5. NUMBER REQUIRED FOR DISPATCH - This column shows the number of units required for
continuous operation as defined in the concept of the fail-safe design and operating requirements.
NOTE:
W
PY
Reference 4 and 5: When a specific number of units installed / required for dispatch cannot be
determined due to the numerous fleet configurations, a dash (-) will be shown in the column and the
special limitations will be shown under REMARKS or EXCEPTIONS Column.
O
6. REPAIR CATEGORY - This column denotes the repair category of the item. The timing for each
C
category item is listed below. Items which are without a category identifier are either Administrative
or CDL items and may be inoperative without limit as noted in the REMARKS or EXCEPTIONS
ED
column.
Category “A” - Items in this category shall be repaired within the time interval specified in the
LL
REMARKS or EXCEPTIONS column of the operator's approved MEL.
NOTE:
O
Category “A” items are marked with background shading to highlight their significance.
TR
Category “B” - Items in this category shall be repaired within three (3) consecutive calendar days (72
hours), excluding the day the malfunction was recorded in the Aircraft Maintenance Record/ Logbook
N
(MM1). For example, if it were recorded at 10 a.m. on January 26th, the three day interval would begin
at midnight on the 26th and end at midnight the 29th.
O
Category “C” - Items in this category shall be repaired within ten (10) consecutive calendar days (240
C
hours), excluding the day the malfunction was recorded in the Aircraft Maintenance Record/ Logbook
N
(MM1). For example, if it were recorded at 10 a.m. on January 26th, the 10 day interval would begin
at midnight the 26th and end at midnight February 5th.
U
Category “D” - Items in this category shall be repaired within one hundred twenty (120) consecutive
calendar days (2880 hours), excluding the day the malfunction was recorded in the Aircraft
Maintenance Record/ Logbook (MM1).
2-2 Chapter 2: General Section

Revision: 3
NOTE:
Category “A” and “D” items cannot be extended beyond the maximum repair interval as specified in
the Minimum Equipment List (MEL). Category “B” and “C” items can be extended.
7. REMARKS or EXCEPTIONS - Any limitations to the number of units shown in the Minimum
D
Requirements Column are shown or referenced under REMARKS or EXCEPTIONS. Specific
procedures which must be accomplished with the listed item inoperative are indicated by “(M)” and/
TE
or “(O)” symbols. The function of the (M) and (O) symbols is to denote that a procedure exists which
must be conducted, and not to necessarily identify who accomplishes the procedure. Maintenance,
flight crews and dispatch must read and comply with all required and applicable instructions in
IN
this section.
PR
8. (M) and (O) PROCEDURES - The Flight Operations Fleet Manager in coordination with the
Technical Operations Fleet Manager has the responsibility for developing all applicable (M) and (O)
Procedures found in The Company MELs. When a fleet difference dictates different procedural
EN
individual steps either a *CRJ-900 or *CRJ-700 will denote that step is only applicable to that fleet
type. Steps without this label are applicable to both types.
9. The (M) and (O) Procedures found in The Company MELs may require accomplishment of various
H
routine maintenance and/or pilot actions. In order to keep the size of MELs manageable, normal
W
procedures and associated warnings related to activating/deactivating aircraft electrical, pneumatic
and hydraulic systems, operating flight controls or engines, etc., are not reproduced in The Company
MEL (M) or (O) Procedures. These normal procedures and precautions are found in applicable,
PY
Aircraft Maintenance Manuals, Operations Manuals, FOM, etc., and must be followed when
accomplishing (M) and/or (O) Procedures.
O
Pull And Secure Circuit Breakers

C
Many maintenance procedures require a circuit breaker to be pulled and secured. In some cases these
procedures may be accomplished by the flight crew when a “Y*” is depicted under the “FLIGHT CREW
ED
MAY PLACARD” column for the associated MEL. Circuit breaker collars are located in the spare parts kit.
In the event there are no collars left, the flight crew may pull the associated circuit breaker and have it collared
LL
by maintenance upon arrival at the first maintenance base.

Circuit breakers are identified as follows:
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
Chapter 2: General Section 2-3

Revision: 3
Placard Instruction Table
All MEL and CDL items require placarding in accordance with the Placard Instruction Table.
NOTE:
The following instructions are also applicable to the CDL placard tables. When the Placard Text
D
column is empty, the standard numbered MEL placard is used.
TE
MEL ITEM PLACARD LOCATION PLACARD TEXT
IN
paragraph Logbook and affected seat. “INOPERATIVE DO NOT USE SEAT,”
1 2 4
PR
paragraph Adjacent to affected Bleed Valve switch 3
EN
H
1. MEL ITEM - Lists the specific MEL item number
2.
W
PLACARD LOCATION - Place the MEL Placard TAB on or adjacent to the listed switch,
indicator, lever, etc., that controls the inoperative unit/system. Multiple Placard locations may be
PY
listed for one MEL item and will be listed numerically in this column as indicated in the above
example.
O
3. The term “associated” or “affected” may appear in this column. For example, with a left pack
C
inoperative, the “associated” pack switch is the left switch. Place the placard on or adjacent to the
associated or affected item(s) listed in this column.
ED
4. PLACARD TEXT - A description of the inoperative unit/system to be recorded on the specific

inoperative item. For example, the placard text on a inoperative passenger seat must read
LL
“INOPERATIVE DO NOT USE SEAT” as listed in this column. If nothing is listed here the
standard numbered placard is used and placed by the item.
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Dispatch Procedures Table

Below is an example of the DISPATCH PROCEDURES TABLE. The contents of the Dispatch Procedures
Table should be used in conjunction with the other limitations and procedures in the MEL for the applicable
dispatch. Dispatch Procedures Table Example:
D
TE
21-20-2 Avionic Rack Fan Failure Indication (AVIONICS VENT
on CWP)
IN
FLIGHT PLANNING Do not dispatch flight into conditions which will require
REQUIREMENTS the use of the ADF
PR
None
NOTES
EN
PERFORMANCE None
CORRECTIONS
H
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
W
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
PY
OTHER CORRECTIONS (ENROUTE)
None
O
1. MEL number and title.

C
2. Flight Planning Requirements: Requirements that must be taken into account prior to the flight.
ED
– These items will be the responsibility of the dispatcher and must be taken into account prior to the
flight.
– Examples of Flight Planning Requirements can be, but are not limited to, Enroute Altitude limits
LL
or Block Fuel adjustments.

– Notes: Other pertinent information applicable to this MEL item.
O
3. Performance Corrections: Adjustments that must be taken into account such as increased fuel burn for
TR
MEL condition.
4. Takeoff Performance: Adjustments that must be taken into account for TAKEOFF, LANDING, or
N
OTHER CONSIDERATIONS(ENROUTE).
O
– Performance decrements specified in this section of the performance box are simplified and
conservative, the TLR and PDA result are adjusted for the specific MEL.
C
(M) Procedures, (O) Procedures, and Dispatch Table Procedures

N
U
The format used to list these procedures is as follows:

1. (M) Procedure - Maintenance procedure(s)
2. (O) Procedure - Operating procedure(s)

Revision: 3
3. Dispatch Table
The above format is always used even when a MEL has sub-items (see MEL 28-13-7A and 28-13-7B). If there
are no applicable procedure for a MEL item or sub-item, no procedure(s) and or table(s) will be shown (see
MEL 29-11-6). In cases where the applicable procedures are the same for each sub-item, the procedures and
or tables will be stacked (see MEL 36-11-2A and 36-11-2B).
D
TE
Deactivation Procedures
If operation of an aircraft is permissible with a system or component on MEL deferral, then appropriate action
IN
must be taken to assure no secondary hazard can be introduced by the inoperative component or system.
Therefore, the cause of the discrepancy must be isolated, if necessary by deactivation or removal of an item(s)
PR
in order to eliminate any further failures. When specific deactivation by maintenance is required, sufficient
troubleshooting shall be accomplished to determine that circuit breaker, removed connector, etc. does not
affect an active system.
EN
Cargo Loading Restrictions
For MEL items that restrict cargo loading only the items listed below are approved for carriage in the affected
H
bin(s).
W
• Approved Ballast (see The Company weight and balance manual).
EICAS Indications
PY
Due to the complexity of the aircraft systems and the nature of some malfunctions, it is not possible to list
every possible EICAS message or indication that may or may not appear when a particular system is deferred.
O
Flight crews must use system knowledge to determine if a particular message or indication that is not
C
specifically listed in the MEL is related to the deferral.

ED
Minimum Equipment List (MEL) Management

The Flight Operations Fleet Manager is responsible for revising the MEL as needed. The Director of
Maintenance and Maintenance Control General Manager are responsible for the management and tracking of
LL
deferred maintenance. The specific policies and procedures used are outlined in The Company General
Maintenance Manual (GMM).
O
MEL Status During a Revision

TR
If an MEL revision has been published that changes either the MEL item number, (M) procedures, (O)
procedures, deactivation procedures, or expiration limit, the MEL restrictions and procedures that were in
N
place at the time of deferral will remain in effect until the MEL is cleared or extended.
O
Manual Revision Process

C
1. The Flight Operations Fleet Manager is responsible for currency and accuracy of the content of the
N
MEL/CDL manual.
U
2. Once a new MEL revision has been approved, the company will make every effort to publish and
distribute the revisions to all manual holders and the aircraft in service within 30 days of the revision
approval date.

Revision: 3
3. The Flight Operations Fleet Manager, in coordination with maintenance control and dispatch, will
establish and publish an implementation schedule for each revision.
4. The Flight Operations Fleet Manager and the Maintenance Training Manager will issue memos to the
pilots and mechanics informing them of the upcoming revision and the effective date.
D
5. Once the revision distribution process begins, Maintenance Control will maintain the master copy
until the distribution process is complete and all aircraft have received the new revision.
TE
6. When a discrepancy occurs on an aircraft that has not received the new revision and the inoperative
component has been affected by the new revision, maintenance control will provide the pilots,
IN
dispatcher and/or mechanics with a facsimile of the updated/revised MEL page.
7. This facsimile page will be placed into the front of the MM1 logbook until such time as the aircraft
PR
MEL has been revised and/or the inoperative component has been repaired or replaced.
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Definitions
1. System Definitions
System numbers are based on the Air Transport Association (ATA) Specification Number 100 and
items are numbered sequentially.
D
a. Item means the equipment, system, component, or function listed in the “Item” column.
TE
b. Number Installed is the number (quantity) of items normally installed in the aircraft. This
number represents the aircraft configuration considered in developing this MMEL. Should the
IN
number be a variable (e.g., passenger cabin items), a number is not required.
c. Number Required for Dispatch is the minimum number (quantity) of items required for
PR
operation provided the conditions specified in are met.
NOTE:
EN
Where the MMEL shows a variable number required for dispatch, the MEL must reflect the actual
number required for dispatch or an alternate means of configuration control approved by the
Administrator.
H
d. Remarks or Exceptions in this column includes a statement either prohibiting or permitting
W
operation with a specific number of items inoperative, provisos (conditions and limitations) for
such operation, and appropriate notes.
PY
e. A vertical bar (change bar) in the margin indicates a change, addition or deletion in the adjacent
text for the current revision of that page only. The change bar is dropped at the next revision of
that page.
O
2. Airplane/Rotorcraft Flight Manual (AFM/RFM) is the document required for type certification and
C
approved by the responsible FAA Aircraft Certification Office. The FAA approved AFM/RFM for the
specific aircraft is listed on the applicable Type Certificate Data Sheet.
ED
3. As required by FAR means that the listed item is subject to certain provisions (restrictive or
permissive) expressed in the Federal Aviation Regulations operating rules. The number of items
LL
required by the FAR must be operative. When the listed item is not required by FAR it may be
inoperative for time specified by repair category.
O
4. Each inoperative item must be placarded to inform and remind the crew members and maintenance
personnel of the equipment condition.
TR
NOTE:
N
To the extent practical, placards should be located adjacent to the control or indicator for the item
affected; however, unless otherwise specified, placard wording and location will be determined by the
O
operator.
C
5. “-” symbol in Number Installed Column and Number Required for Dispatch Column indicates a
N
variable number (quantity) of the item installed.

U
NOTE:
A “-” in the Number Required for Dispatch column indicates that the minimum number required for
dispatch is defined by the Remarks and Exceptions column.

Revision: 3
6. Deleted in the remarks column after a sequence item indicates that the item was previously listed but
is now required to be operative if installed in the aircraft.
7. ER refers to extended range operations of a two-engine airplane (ETOPS) which has a type design
approval for ER operations (ETOPS) and complies with the provisions of Advisory Circular 120-
42A.
D
8. Federal Aviation Regulations (FAR) means the applicable portions of the Federal Aviation Act and
TE
Federal Aviation Regulations.
9. Flight Day means a 24 hour period (from midnight to midnight) either Universal Coordinated Time
IN
(UCT) or local time, as established by the operator, during which at least one flight is initiated for the
affected aircraft.
PR
10. Icing Conditions means an atmospheric environment that may cause ice to form on the aircraft or in
the engines).
11. Alphabetical symbol in Remarks or Exceptions Column indicates a proviso (condition or limitation)
EN
that must be complied with for operation with the listed item inoperative.
12. Inoperative means a system and/or component malfunction to the extent that it does not accomplish
H
its intended purpose and/or is not consistently functioning normally within its approved operating
W
limit(s) or tolerance(s).
13. Notes provides additional information for crewmember or maintenance consideration. Notes are used
PY
to identify applicable material which is intended to assist with compliance, but do not relieve the
operator of the responsibility for compliance with all applicable requirements. Notes are not a part of
the provisos.
O
14. Inoperative components of an inoperative system: Inoperative items which are components of a
C
system which is inoperative are usually considered components directly associated with and having
no other function than to support that system. (Warning/ caution systems associated with the
ED
inoperative system must be operative unless relief is specifically authorized per the MMEL).
15. (M) symbol indicates a requirement for a specific maintenance procedure which must be
accomplished prior to operation with the listed item inoperative. Normally these procedures are
LL
accomplished by maintenance personnel; however, other personnel may be qualified and authorized
to perform certain functions. Procedures requiring specialized knowledge or skill, or requiring the use
O
of tools or test equipment should be accomplished by maintenance personnel. The satisfactory

accomplishment of all maintenance procedures, regardless of who performs them, is the
TR
responsibility of the operator. Appropriate procedures are required to be published as part of the
operator's manual or MEL.
N
16. (O) symbol indicates a requirement for a specific operations procedure which must be accomplished
O
in planning for and/or operating with the listed item inoperative. Normally these procedures are
accomplished by the flight crew; however, other personnel may be qualified and authorized to
C
perform certain functions. The satisfactory accomplishment of all procedures, regardless of who
N
performs them, is the responsibility of the operator. Appropriate procedures are required to be
published as a part of the operator's manual or MEL.
U
NOTE:
The (M) and (O) symbols are required in the operator's MEL unless otherwise authorized by the
Administrator.

Revision: 3
17. Deactivated and Secured means that the specified component must be put into an acceptable
condition for safe flight. An acceptable method of securing or deactivating will be established by the
operator.
18. Visual Flight Rules (VFR) is as defined in FAR Part 91. This precludes a pilot from filing an
Instrument Flight Rules (IFR) flight plan.
D
19. Visual Meteorological Conditions (VMC) means the atmospheric environment is such that would
TE
allow a flight to proceed under the visual flight rules applicable to the flight. This does not preclude
operating under Instrument Flight Rules.
IN
20. Visible Moisture means an atmospheric environment containing water in any form that can be seen
in natural or artificial light; for example, clouds, fog, rain, sleet, hail, or snow.
PR
21. Passenger Convenience Items means those items related to passenger convenience, comfort or
entertainment such as, but not limited to, galley equipment, movie equipment, ash trays, stereo
equipment, overhead reading lamps, etc.
EN
22. Repair Intervals: All users of an MEL approved under FAR 121, 125, 129 and 135 must effect
repairs of inoperative systems or components, deferred in accordance with the MEL, at or prior to the
repair times established by the following letter designators:
H
Category A - Items in this category shall be repaired within the time interval specified in the remarks
W
column of the operator's approved MEL.
Category B -Items in this category shall be repaired within three (3) consecutive calendar days (72
PY
hours), excluding the day the malfunction was recorded in the aircraft maintenance record/logbook.
For example, if it were recorded at 10 a.m. on January 26th, the three day interval would begin at
O
midnight the 26th and end at midnight the 29th.

Category C - Items in this category shall be repaired within ten (10) consecutive calendar days (240
C
hours), excluding the day the malfunction was recorded in the aircraft maintenance record/logbook.
For example, if it were recorded at 10 a.m. on January 26th, the 10 day interval would begin at
ED
midnight the 26th and end at midnight February 5th.

Category D - Items in this category shall be repaired within one hundred and twenty (120) consecutive
LL
calendar days (2880 hours), excluding the day the malfunction was recorded in the aircraft
maintenance log and/or record.
O
The letter designators are inserted below the applicable Item.

TR
23. Electronic fault alerting system - CANADAIR (CL-65, CL-604)

Canadair aircraft equipped with Engine Indication and Crew Alerting Systems (EICAS) provide four
N
classes of messages (WARNING, CAUTION, ADVISORY, and STATUS). Any message that affects
aircraft dispatch will be at the WARNING, CAUTION, or STATUS level. System conditions that only
O
require maintenance are not visible to the flight crew. These maintenance indications/messages are
C
only activated by maintenance personnel using the Maintenance Diagnostics Computer.

N
NOTE:
U
Not all messages may be listed.

Revision: 3
24. Administrative control item means an item listed by the operator in the MEL for tracking and
informational purposes. It may be added to an operator's MEL by approval of the Principal
Operations Inspector provided no relief is granted, or provided conditions and limitations are
contained in an approved document (i.e. Structural Repair Manual, airworthiness directive, etc.). If
relief other than that granted by an approved document is sought for an administrative control item, a
D
request must be submitted to the Administrator. If the request results in review and approval by the
FOEB, the item becomes an MMEL item rather than an administrative control item.
TE
25. "***" symbol indicates an item which is not required by regulation but which may have been
installed on some models of aircraft covered by this MMEL. This item may be included on the
IN
operator's MEL after the approving office has determined that the item has been installed on one or
more of the operator's aircraft. The symbol, however, shall not be carried forward into the operator's
PR
MEL. It should be noted that neither this policy nor the use of this symbol provide authority to install
or remove an item from an aircraft.
26. Excess Items means those items that have been installed that are redundant to the requirements of
EN
the FARs.
27. Day of Discovery is the calendar day an equipment/instrument malfunction was recorded in the
H
aircraft maintenance log and or record. This day is excluded from the calendar days or flight days
specified in the MMEL for the repair of an inoperative item of equipment. This provision is
W
applicable to all MMEL items, i.e., categories “A, B, C, and D.”
28. Operative as used in the provisos means that the specific item is considered operative unless
PY
reported or is know to be malfunctioning.
29. Verified Operative as used in the provisos means that the specific item must be checked and
O
confirmed operative at the intervals) specified for that MEL item.

C
30. Considered Inoperative as used in the provisos means that item must be treated for dispatch, taxi
and flight purposes as though it were inoperative. The item shall not be used or operated until the
ED
original deferred item is repaired. Additional actions include: documenting the item on the dispatch
release (if applicable), placarding, and complying with all remarks, exceptions, and related MMEL
provisions, including any (M) and (O) procedures and observing the repair category.
LL
31. Is not used in the provisos, remarks or exceptions for an MMEL item may specify that another item
relieved in the MMEL “is not used.” In such cases, crew members should not activate, actuate, or
O
otherwise utilize that component or system under normal operations. It is not necessary for the
TR
operators to accomplish the (M) procedures associated with the item. However, operational
requirements must be complied with, and an additional placard must be affixed, to the extent
practical, adjacent to the control or indicator for the item that is not used to inform crew members that
N
a component or system is not to be used under normal operations.

O
32. Nonessential equipment and furnishings (NEF) are those items installed on the aircraft as part of
the original certification, supplemental type certificate, or engineering order that have no effect on the
C
safe operation of flight and would not be required by the applicable certification rules or operational
N
rules. They are those items that if inoperative, damaged or missing have no effect on the aircraft's
ability to be operated safely under all operational conditions. These nonessential items may be
U
installed in areas including, but not limited to, the passenger compartment, flight deck area, service
areas, cargo areas, crew rest areas, lavatories, and galley areas. NEF items are not items already
identified in the MEL or CDL of the applicable aircraft. They do not include items that are

Revision: 3
functionally required to meet the certification rule or for compliance with any operational rule.
Operator's NEF process shall not provide for deferral of items within serviceable limits identified in
the manufacture's maintenance manual or operator's approved maintenance program such as wear
limits, fuel/hydraulic leak rates, oil consumption, etc. Cosmetic items that are fully serviceable but
worn or soiled may be deferred under an operator's NEF process.
D
Preamble
TE
The following is applicable for authorized certificate holders operating under Federal Aviation Regulations
IN
(FAR) Parts 121, 125, 129, 135: The FAR require that all equipment installed on an aircraft in compliance
with the Airworthiness Standards and the Operating Rules must be operative. However, the Rules also permit
PR
the publication of a Minimum Equipment List (MEL) where compliance with certain equipment requirements
is not necessary in the interests of safety under all operating conditions. Experience has shown that with the
various levels of redundancy designed into aircraft, operation of every system or installed component may not
EN
be necessary when the remaining operative equipment can provide an acceptable level of safety.
A Master Minimum Equipment List (MMEL) is developed by the FAA, with participation by the aviation
industry, to improve aircraft utilization and thereby provide more convenient and economic air transportation
H
for the public. The FAA approved MMEL includes those items of equipment related to airworthiness and
W
operating regulations and other items of equipment which the Administrator finds may be inoperative and yet
maintain an acceptable level of safety by appropriate conditions and limitations; it does not contain obviously
required items such as wings, flaps, and rudders. The MMEL is the basis for development of individual
PY
operator MELs which take into consideration the operator's particular aircraft equipment configuration and
operational conditions. Operator MELs, for administrative control, may include items not contained in the
MMEL; however, relief for administrative control items must be approved by the Administrator. An operator's
O
MEL may differ in format from the MMEL, but cannot be less restrictive than the MMEL. The individual
C
operator's MEL, when approved and authorized, permits operation of the aircraft with inoperative equipment.
Equipment not required by the operation being conducted and equipment in excess of FAR requirements are
ED
included in the MEL with appropriate conditions and limitations. The MEL must not deviate from the Aircraft
Flight Manual Limitations, Emergency Procedures or with Airworthiness Directives. It is important to
LL
remember that all equipment related to the airworthiness and the operating regulations of the aircraft not listed
on the MMEL must be operative.
O
Suitable conditions and limitations in the form of placards, maintenance procedures, crew operating
procedures and other restrictions as necessary are specified in the MEL to ensure that an acceptable level of
TR
safety is maintained.
The MEL is intended to permit operation with inoperative items of equipment for a period of time until repairs
N
can be accomplished. It is important that repairs be accomplished at the earliest opportunity. In order to
maintain an acceptable level of safety and reliability the MMEL establishes limitations on the duration of and
O
conditions for operation with inoperative equipment. The MEL provides for release of the aircraft for flight
C
with inoperative equipment. When an item of equipment is discovered to be inoperative, it is reported by

making an entry in the Aircraft Maintenance Record/Logbook as prescribed by FAR. The item is then either
N
repaired or may be deferred per the MEL or other approved means acceptable to the Administrator prior to
U
further operation. MEL conditions and limitations, do not relieve the operator from determining that the
aircraft is in condition for safe operation with items of equipment inoperative.

Revision: 3
When these requirements are met, an Airworthiness Release, Aircraft Maintenance Record/Logbook entry, or
other approved documentation is issued as prescribed by FAR. Such documentation is required prior to
operation with any item of equipment inoperative.
Operators are responsible for exercising the necessary operational control to ensure that an acceptable level of
safety is maintained. When operating with multiple inoperative items, the interrelationships between those
D
items and the effect on aircraft operation and crew workload will be considered.
TE
Operators are to establish a controlled and sound repair program including the parts, personnel, facilities,
procedures, and schedules to ensure timely repair.
IN
WHEN USING THE MEL, COMPLIANCE WITH THE STATED INTENT OF THE PREAMBLE,
DEFINITIONS, AND THE CONDITIONS AND LIMITATIONS SPECIFIED IN THE MEL IS
PR
REQUIRED.
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

U
N
C
O
N
TR
O
LL
ED
C
O
PY
ATA Sections
W
H
EN
PR
IN
TE
D
CRJ 900 Series MEL/CDL
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
Revision: 3
05 - Maintenance Control Items

05-00-0 International Operations .............................................................................................05-1
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
MEL System 5-TOC-i

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
MEL System 5-TOC-ii

Revision: 3
05 - Maintenance Control Items

FLIGHT CREW MAY PLACARD REPAIR CATEGORY
D
ITEM NO. NAME / DESCRIPTION REMARKS OR EXCEPTIONS
TE
05-00-0 International Operations Y - - - (M)(O)Aircraft operations are
restricted to the 48 contiguous
IN
United States
PR
05-00-0 On MM01
EN
(M) PROCEDURES
05-00-0
H
A. Application and clearing of MEL must be authorized by the MOD, Maintenance Operations
W
Control.
B. Refer to Maintenance Control Procedures Manual - “Guidelines for Administrative Control MEL -
05-00-0 International Operations”
PY
(O) PROCEDURES
A. Operations outside of the contiguous states is not authorized
O
C
05-00-0 International Operations
FLIGHT PLANNING • Aircraft operations are restricted to the 48 contiguous United States
ED
REQUIREMENTS
None
LL
NOTES
O
PERFORMANCE
TR
CORRECTIONS None
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
N
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
O
None
C
None
N
END PROCEDURE
U
05 - Maintenance Control Items MEL System 05-1

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
MEL System 05-2 05 - Maintenance Control Items

Revision: 3
21 - Air Conditioning
21-22-1 Recirculation Fan........................................................................................................21-8
21-23-1 FWD Exhaust Fan - Galley /Lavatory......................................................................21-10
21-23-2 AFT Exhaust Fan - Lavatory ....................................................................................21-11
D
21-24-2 Display Cooling Fans ...............................................................................................21-12
21-24-3 Exhaust Fans (Avionics Cooling)(Dual Fan) ...........................................................21-14
TE
21-24-7 Ground Valve (Avionics Cooling) ...........................................................................21-15
21-31-1A Automatic Cabin Pressurization Controllers ............................................................21-16
IN
21-31-1B Automatic Cabin Pressurization Controllers ............................................................21-17
21-31-2A EMER DEPRESS Switch Guard..............................................................................21-22
PR
21-31-2B EMER DEPRESS Switch Guard..............................................................................21-22
21-31-3A Cabin Pressure Control Manual Mode .....................................................................21-26
21-31-3B Cabin Pressure Control Manual Mode - MAN ALT Switch....................................21-26
21-32-1 Outflow Valves.........................................................................................................21-29
EN
21-33-1 Cabin Pressure Monitoring Subsystem - Cabin Pressure
Control Panel (CPCP) Pressure Monitoring Function..............................................21-34
21-40-1 Galley Heating System .............................................................................................21-36
H
21-50-1 Ground Air Conditioning Connector Cover .............................................................21-37
W
21-51-1A Air Conditioning Packs - (Right Pack Inop) ............................................................21-39
21-51-1B Air Conditioning Packs - (Left Pack Inop)...............................................................21-41
21-51-1C Air Conditioning Packs - Both Packs Inop...............................................................21-42
PY
21-51-1D Air Conditioning Packs - (Right Pack Inop) ............................................................21-44
21-51-1E Air Conditioning Packs - (Left Pack Inop)...............................................................21-45
O
21-51-2A Flow Control Valve (FCV) - (Right FCV Inop).......................................................21-52

21-51-2B Flow Control Valve (FCV) - (Left FCV Inop) .........................................................21-54
C
21-51-2C Flow Control Valve (FCV) - (Both FCVs Inop) ......................................................21-55

21-51-2D Flow Control Valve (FCV) - (Right FCV Inop).......................................................21-56
ED
21-51-2E Flow Control Valve (FCV) - (Left FCV Inop) .........................................................21-57

21-51-3 Air Conditioning Pack - “FAULT/OFF” Switch/Lights (light function only).........21-64
21-51-4A Air Conditioning System ..........................................................................................21-65
LL
21-51-4B Air Conditioning System ..........................................................................................21-66

21-52-1A Ram Air SOV - (Operations Pressurized) ................................................................21-68
O
21-52-1B Ram Air SOV - (Operations Unpressurized)............................................................21-69

21-52-1C Ram Air SOV - (Operations Pressurized) ................................................................21-70
TR
21-52-2 Air Conditioning Panel RAM AIR “OPEN” Switch/Light (light function only).....21-76
21-52-3A Ram Air Regulating Valve (RARV) ........................................................................21-77
N
21-52-3B Ram Air Regulating Valve (RARV) ........................................................................21-77

21-55-3A Cargo Exhaust SOV (Inoperative CLOSED) ...........................................................21-78
O
21-55-3B Cargo Exhaust SOV (Inoperative OPEN) ................................................................21-78

C
21-55-4A Cargo Air SOV - Inlet (Inoperative CLOSED) ........................................................21-81

21-55-4B Cargo Air SOV - Inlet (Inoperative OPEN) .............................................................21-81
N
21-55-5 AFT Cargo Compartment Temperature Control System .........................................21-85

U
21-61-1A Cabin/Cockpit Temperature Control Systems ..........................................................21-86

21-61-1B Cabin/Cockpit Temperature Control Systems - Automatic Mode ...........................21-86
21-61-1C Cabin/Cockpit Temperature Control Systems - Automatic Mode ...........................21-87
21-61-1D Cabin/Cockpit Temperature Control Systems - Manual Mode ................................21-87
MEL System 21-TOC-i

Revision: 3
21-61-1E Cabin/Cockpit Temperature Control Systems - Manual Mode ............................... 21-88
21-61-4 Air Conditioning Panel CKPT/CABIN Temperature
Control “MAN” Switch/Lights ................................................................................ 21-94
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
MEL System 21-TOC-ii

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18
21 - Air Conditioning
System Diagrams
TO DISPLAY AND
D
AVIONICS COOLING
T
COCKPIT VENT
TE
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
COCKPIT
FORWARD
IN
CABIN
FORWARD CABIN
ACSC 1 TEMPERATURE SENSOR
GALLEY AND
PR
GASPER SUPPLY GALLEY FORWARD LAVATORY
HEATER EXHAUST FAN
ACSC 2 T
EN
VENT
H
NO.1
T T
W
NO.2
MIXING MANIFOLD AFT
TEMPERATURE SENSORS CABIN
PY
GASPER SUPPLY
O
AFT
VENT LAVATORY LAVATORY
EXHAUST FAN
T
C
AFT CABIN
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
ED
RECIRC FILTER RECIRC FILTER CARGO
RECIRC RECIRC
FAN NO.1 FAN NO.2
LL
O
TR
RECIRC ON/OFF SWITCH

MIXING
MANIFOLD
N
CARGO
COMPARTMENT
SUPPLY
O
C
AFT PRESSURE
LEFT RIGHT BULKHEAD
PACK PACK
N
Air Distribution Schematic

Figure 08---20---9
U
CRJ 700/900 Series MEL MEL System 21-1

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
MEL System 21-2 21 - Air Conditioning

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
21 - Air Conditioning MEL System 21-3

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

ITEM NO. NAME / REMARKS OR EXCEPTIONS
D
DESCRIPTION
TE
21-22-1 Recirculation Fan
IN
CRJ 700 Y* 2 0 C (M) May be inoperative provided affected
fan(s) is deactivated.
PR
CRJ 900 Y* 2 0 C (M)(O)May be inoperative provided:
a) Affected fan(s) is deactivated,
b) Inlet Cargo Air SOV is operative
EN
or secured CLOSED,
c) AFT CARGO switch is selected to
OFF, and
H
d) Live animals are not carried in
cargo compartment.
W NOTE:
PY
Not to be used in conjunction with
MEL:
O
21-55-4B
C

ED
21-22-1 Air Conditioning Control Panel

LL
(M) PROCEDURES
21-22-1
O
A. For an inoperative recirculation fan, do as follows:

1. Open and collar the circuit breaker that follows:
TR
For recirculation fan 1:

CBP-1 A5 RECIRC FAN 1 221
N
For recirculation fan 2:

CBP-2 A5 RECIRC FAN 2 222
O
NOTE:
C
When the deactivation procedure is completed, the RECIRC FAN FAULT status message will come
N
into view continuously on the EICAS status page if the RECIRC FAN switch is set to ON.
U
CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

Revision: TR 18-01
CRJ 700/900 Series MEL Date: 01 Aug 18
(O) PROCEDURES-(CRJ-900 Only)

21-22-1
A. The following statements apply:
1.Ensure that the AFT CARGO switch remains in the OFF position.
D
2.Prior to each aircraft departure, confirm with the station personnel that no live animals have been loaded into the
TE
cargo area.
3.When the deactivation procedure is completed, the RECIRC FAN FAULT status message will come into view
continuously on the EICAS status page if the RECIRC FAN switch is set to ON.
IN
NOTE:
PR
If both RECIRC FANs are inoperative advise Flight Attendants that Galley Heater will not operate.
EN
END PROCEDURE
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
21-23-1 FWD Exhaust Fan - Galley Y* 1 0 C (M) May be inoperative provided:
/Lavatory. a) The fan is deactivated.
IN
PR
21-23-1 MM01 Logbook Cover
EN
(M) PROCEDURES
21-23-1
H
A. For an inoperative forward exhaust fan, deactivate it as follows:
W
CBP-2 B8 GALLEY EXHAUST FAN 222
PY
END PROCEDURE
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
21-23-2 AFT Exhaust Fan - Y* 1 0 C (M) May be inoperative provided:
Lavatory a) The fan is deactivated.
IN
PR
EN
(M) PROCEDURES
21-23-2
H
A. For an inoperative aft lavatory exhaust fan, deactivate it as follows:
W
CBP-1 B8 LAV EXHAUST FAN 221
PY
END PROCEDURE
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
21-24-2 Display Cooling Fans N 2 1 C (M)(O)One may be inoperative provided:
a) Display check valve is verified
IN
operative.
PR
21-24-2 Avionics Cooling Panel
EN
(M) PROCEDURES
21-24-2
H
A. Do the deactivation of the inoperative display cooling fan and verified display check valve as
W
follows:
For Display Cooling Fan 1 - Open and collar the circuit breaker that follows:
PY
CBP-1 U2 AVIONICS DISPLAY COOLING FAN 1 221
For Display Cooling Fan 2 - Open and collar the circuit breaker that follows:
O
CBP-1 B2 AVIONICS DISPLAY COOLING FAN 2 221

2. Start the Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) and/or the engine(s).
C
3. On the BLEED AIR panel, set the BLEED VALVES switch, the BLEED SOURCE switch and
the ISOL switch as required to provide bleed air to the Air Conditioning System.
ED
4. Set the L and/or R PACK switch to ON.

5. Set the DSPLY FAN switch to STBY.
LL
6. Make sure that the DISPLAY COOL caution message does not come into view on the EICAS
primary page.
O
NOTE:
TR
If the DISPLAY COOL caution message comes into view on the EICAS after step 6. - dispatch is not
permitted.
N
7. Set the DSPLY FAN switch to the operative Display Cooling Fan as follows:
O
For an inoperative FAN #1(in flight fan), set the switch to NORM (FAN #2).
For an inoperative FAN #2(on ground fan), set the switch to GND ALTN (FAN #1).
C
8. Make sure that the DISPLAY COOL caution message does not come into view on the EICAS
N
primary page.
U

Revision: TR 18-01
NOTE:
If the DISPLAY COOL caution message comes into view on the EICAS primary page, dispatch is not
permitted.
9. Configure the Air Conditioning Pack(s) as required.
D
10. If required, shut down the Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) and/or the engine(s).
TE
(O)PROCEDURES
IN
21-24-2
A. For an inoperative FAN #1 (in flight fan), do as follows:
PR
– On Ground
1) Set the DSPLY FAN switch to NORM (FAN #2)
– In Flight
EN
1) Set the DSPLY FAN switch to FLT ALTN (FAN#2)
B. For an inoperative FAN #2 (on ground fan), do as follows:
H
– On Ground
W
1) Set the DSPLY FAN switch to GND ALTN (FAN#1)
– In Flight
PY
1) Set the DSPLY FAN switch to NORM (FAN #1)
END PROCEDURE
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
21-24-3 Exhaust Fans (Avionics Y 2 1 C (M) May be inoperative provided:
Cooling)(Dual Fan) a) One Air Conditioning Pack
IN
is operative.
PR
NOTE:
Not to be used in conjunction
with MEL:
EN
21-51-1C
21-51-2C
H
W
21-24-3 Avionics Cooling Panel
PY
(M) PROCEDURES
21-24-3
O
A. Do the deactivation of the inoperative exhaust fan as follows:

C

For Avionic Fan 1 (flight)
ED
CBP-1 LOWER V2 AVIONICS FAN 1 221

For Avionic Fan 2 (ground)
CBP-1 A2 AVIONICS FAN 2 221
LL
2. Set the AVIONICS FAN switch to the operative avionic exhaust fan.
For an inoperative FAN #1(in flight fan), select FLT ALTN.
O
For an inoperative FAN #2(on ground fan), select GND ALTN.

TR
NOTE:
When the AVIONICS FAN switch is set to the operative avionic exhaust fan, it can be approximately
N
60 seconds before the amber AVIONICS FAN caution message goes off.
O
C
END PROCEDURE
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
21-24-7 Ground Valve (Avionics N 1 0 C (M) May be inoperative CLOSED.
Cooling)
IN
NOTE:
When the deactivation
PR
procedure is completed, the
OVBD COOL FAIL status
message may come into view
continuously on the EICAS
EN
secondary page. When the
passenger door is closed, the
OVBD COOL caution message
H
may come into view
W
continuously on the EICAS
primary page
PY
O
21-24-7 CABIN PRESS Control Panel

C
(M) PROCEDURES
ED
21-24-7
A. For a ground valve inoperative CLOSED, do as follows:
1. Do the electrical and mechanical deactivation of the Ground Valve (refer to AMM TASK 21-
LL
24-18-040-801 including Tech Supplement TS005897).

NOTE 1: *CRJ-700 Ground valve is located at seat 10C, panel number 252FRF.
O
NOTE 2: *CRJ-900 Ground valve is located at seat 11C, panel number 252FRF.
TR
NOTE 3: When the deactivation procedure is completed, the Ground Valve will be electrically deactivated and
manually closed with the Manual Override Lever secured in the CLOSED position with the use of
N
a zip tie or equivalent.

O
NOTE 4: If the ground valve is not closed in accordance with AMM TASK 21-24-18-040-801 including Tech
Supplement TS005897 the aircraft will fail to pressurize.
C
N
END PROCEDURE
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
21-31-1A Automatic Cabin Y 2 1 C (O) One may be inoperative provided:
Pressurization Controllers a) Manual control system is
IN
verified operative, and
b) Cabin Pressure Controller
PR
Panel (CPCP) Pressure
Monitoring Function of
Cabin Pressure Monitoring
Sub-system is operative.
EN
NOTE:
H
with MELs:
W
21-31-3A
PY
21-33-1

O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18
CRJ 700/900 Series MEL

D
21-31-1B Automatic Cabin Y 2 0 C (O) Both may be inoperative
TE
Pressurization Controllers provided:
a) Cabin Pressure Controller
IN
Panel (CPCP) Pressure
Monitoring Function of
PR
Cabin Pressure Monitoring
Sub-system is operative,
b) Operations are conducted
unpressurized at or below
EN
10,000 ft. MSL,
c) The only items that may be
carried in the cargo
H
compartment is ballast.
W
d) Takeoffs and landings must
not be conducted on runways
that may lead to imminent
PY
ditching.
NOTE 1: Revenue passengers may not
O
be carried when the aircraft is

C
operated unpressurized.
NOTE 2: Not to be used in conjunction
ED
with MEL:
21-33-1
LL

O
21-31-1A CABIN PRESS Control Panel

TR
21-31-1B CABIN PRESS Control Panel

N
O

C
N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
21-31-1A
Operational procedure for one Cabin Pressurization Controller (CPC) inoperative:
1. On the CABIN PRESS control panel (CPCP), select the PRESS CONT switch to MAN.
D
2. Make sure that the CABIN PRESS MAN status message shows on the EICAS secondary page.
TE
3. On the CPCP, select the MAN RATE selector to the full INCR (+) position.
4. On the CPCP, select the MAN ALT switch to DN to close the outflow valve.
IN
5. Make sure that the OUTFLOW VLV OPEN status message does not show on the EICAS
secondary page.
PR
6. On the CPCP, select MAN ALT switch to UP to open the outflow valve.
7. Make sure that the OUTFLOW VLV OPEN status message shows on the EICAS secondary
page.
EN
8. On the CPCP, select the MAN ALT switch to HOLD.
9. On the CPCP, select the PRESS CONT switch to deselect the MAN mode.
10. Make sure that the CABIN PRESS MAN status message does not show on the EICAS
H
secondary page.
W
11. On the CPCP, select the MAN RATE selector to the position required for flight.
NOTE:
PY
AUTO PRESS 1(2) FAIL status message may be posted.
(O) PROCEDURES
O
21-31-1B
C
Operational procedures for both Cabin Pressurization Controllers (CPCs) inoperative:

ED
A. For unpressurized flight procedures with PACKS OPERATIVE, do as follows:
NOTE:
LL
If taking off and landing at higher altitudes, the CABIN ALT caution message will be posted when
the cabin altitude is between 8500 ft. and 10,000 ft. and when manual mode of pressurization control
is selected:
O
TR
Before takeoff
1. L and/or R PACKs switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Press in
L(R) PACK OFF light out, L(R) PACK OFF status message out.
N
2. EMER DEPRESS switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Press in

O
EMER DEPRESS light on, EMER DEPRESS caution message on.

C
After takeoff
1. Airplane Altitude. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,000 ft. maxi
N
U

Revision: 3
B. For unpressurized flight procedures with PACKS INOPERATIVE, do as follows:
NOTE:
D
is selected:
TE
Before takeoff
1. L and R PACKs switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Press out
IN
L and R PACK OFF lights on, L and R PACK OFF status message on.
PR
NOTE:
Selection of the right PACK to OFF renders the Galley Heater inoperative. Flight attendants are to be
advised.
EN
H
3. RAM AIR switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Press in
RAM AIR OPEN light on, RAM AIR OPEN status message on.
W
4. RECIRC FAN switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Select to OFF
PY
After takeoff
1. Airplane Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,000 ft. maximum
O
2. Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not less than 210 KIAS recommended

C
during cruise to provide sufficient airflow within the cabin.

C. In case of unplanned ditching during unpressurized flight, do as follows:
ED
NOTE:
If taking off and landing at higher altitudes, the CABIN ALT caution message will be posted when the
LL
cabin altitude is between 8500 ft. and 10,000 ft. and when manual mode of pressurization control is
selected:
O
With PACKs operative, do as follows:

TR
1. Perform ditching procedure as per the “Ditching and Forced Landing” procedure found in the
QRH.
With PACKs inoperative, do as follows:
N
1. RAM AIR switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Press out

O
RAM AIR OPEN light off, RAM AIR OPEN status message disappears.
C
QRH.
N
U

Revision: 3
D. In case of planned ditching during unpressurized flight, do as follows:
NOTE:
D
selected:
TE
1. EMER DEPRESS switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Press out
IN
EMER DEPRESS light off, EMER DEPRESS caution message not shown.
PR
QRH.
EN
H
W
QRH.
E. The following statements apply:
PY
1. Ensure that no revenue passengers are carried onboard the aircraft.
2. Operations restricted to altitudes at or below 10,000’ MSL.
3. Ensure that the planned routes for takeoffs and landings are not conducted over large
O
geographical bodies of water to comply with proviso (d).

C

ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
21-31-1B Automatic Cabin Pressurization Controllers
FLIGHT PLANNING • Ensure the flight plan is calculated for altitudes at or below 10,000’
REQUIREMENTS MSL.
D
• Ensure that the planned route for takeoff and landing is not over large
TE
geographical bodies of water.
NOTES • Communicate with each departure station to ensure that no revenue
IN
passengers are carried onboard the aircraft.
• Communicate with each departure station that the affected cargo
compartment contains only ballast (if required).
PR
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
EN
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
H
None
W
None
PY
END PROCEDURE
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 2

D
TE
21-31-2A EMER DEPRESS Switch Y 1 0 C May be inoperative or missing
Guard provided:
IN
a) Both Air Conditioning Packs
are operative, and
PR
b) Operations are conducted at
or below 15,000 ft. MSL.
NOTE:
EN
with MELs:
H
21-51-1A
W
21-51-1B
21-51-1C
PY
21-31-2B EMER DEPRESS Switch Y 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative or missing
Guard provided:
a) Operations are conducted
O
C
10,000 ft. MSL,

b) The only items that may be
ED
NOTE:
LL
Revenue passengers may not be

carried when the aircraft is
O
TR

N

O

C
N
U

Revision: 3
21-31-2A EMER DEPRESS Switch Guard
D
REQUIREMENTS MSL.
TE
NOTES None
IN
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
PR
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
EN
None
None
H
W
(O) PROCEDURES
21-31-2B
PY
NOTE:
O
C
selected:
ED
Before takeoff
LL
O
After takeoff
TR

N
O

C
N
U

Revision: 3
NOTE:
D
selected:
TE
Before takeoff
IN
PR
NOTE:
advised.
EN
H
W
RAM AIR OPEN light on, RAM AIR OPEN status message on
PY
After takeoff
1. Airplane Altitude. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,000 ft. maximum
O
2. Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not less than 210 KIAS recommended during cruise

to provide sufficient airflow to passengers within the cabin.
C

ED
NOTE:
LL
selected:
O

TR
QRH.
N

O
C
QRH.
N
U

Revision: 3
NOTE:
D
selected:
TE
IN
PR
QRH.
EN
H
W
QRH.
PY
O
C
21-31-2B EMER DEPRESS Switch Guard

ED
REQUIREMENTS MSL.
LL
O

TR
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
N
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
O
PERFORMANCE None
C
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
N

None
U
END PROCEDURE

Revision: 3

D
TE
21-31-3A Cabin Pressure Control N 1 0 C May be inoperative provided:
Manual Mode a) Outflow Valve is considered
IN
inoperative.
PR
with MEL:
21-31-1A
EN
NOTE 2: Ensure that the following MEL
is also used:
21-32-1
H
21-31-3B Cabin Pressure Control Y 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided:
W
Manual Mode - MAN a) Pressure control is not selected
ALT Switch to MAN,
b) EMER DEPRESS switch is
PY
selected ON,
c) Operations are conducted
O
10,000 ft. MSL,
C
d) Extended overwater operations

are prohibited,
ED
e) The only items that may be

LL
NOTE:
O

TR
N

O

C

N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
21-31-3B
NOTE:
D
APU Bleed is inhibited if the anti-ice system is on.
TE
NOTE:
IN
PR
selected:
Before takeoff
EN
H
W
After takeoff
PY
NOTE:
O
C
selected:
ED
Before takeoff
1. L and/or R PACKs switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Press out
LL
NOTE:
O
advised.
TR

N

O
C

N

U

Revision: 3
After takeoff
2. Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not less than 210 KIAS recommended
during cruise to provide sufficient airflow to passengers within the cabin.
D
C. The following statements apply:
TE
IN
PR
21-31-3B Cabin Pressure Control Manual Mode - MAN ALT Switch
REQUIREMENTS MSL.
EN
H
W
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
PY
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
O
None
C
None
ED
END PROCEDURE
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
21-32-1 Outflow Valves N 1 0 B (M)(O)May be inoperative provided:
a) Affected valve is secured
IN
OPEN,
b) Flotation Valve is checked for
PR
integrity (CRJ-900 Only)
c) Operations are conducted
10,000 ft. MSL, and
EN
d) The only items that may be
H
W
NOTE:
PY
operated unpressurized
O

C

ED
(M) PROCEDURES
21-32-1
LL
A. For an outflow valve inoperative OPEN, do as follows:

1. Do the deactivation of the Outflow valve (refer to the AMM TASK 21-32-01-040-801).
O
NOTE:
TR
When the deactivation procedure is completed, the AUTO PRESS caution message will come into
view continuously on the EICAS primary page.
N
O

C
N
U

Revision: 3
2.
(CRJ-900 Only) Do the detailed inspection of the Flotation Valve as follows:
a) Examine the valve for cracks, deterioration, corrosion, and damage.
b) Examine the valve hinge pin for cracks, deterioration, corrosion, and damage, and
lubrication.
D
c) If necessary, lubricate the valve hinge pin.
d) Move the valve to close the outflow valve orifice.
TE
e) Make sure that the valve closes the outflow valve orifice.
f) Release the valve.
IN
g) Make sure that the valve opens freely and fully.
(O) PROCEDURES
PR
21-32-1
NOTE 1: When the deactivation procedure is completed, the AUTO PRESS caution message will come into
EN
NOTE 2: APU Bleed is inhibited if the anti-ice system is on.
H
W
NOTE:
PY
selected:
O
Before takeoff
1. Land/or R PACKs switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Press in
C
ED

After takeoff
LL

O
TR

N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
NOTE:
D
selected:
TE
Before takeoff
IN
PR
NOTE:
advised.
EN
H
W
After takeoff
PY
2. Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not less than 210 KIAS recommended during cruise
O
to provide sufficient airflow to passengers within the cabin.

C
NOTE:
ED
selected:
LL

O
TR
QRH.
N
O
QRH.
C
N

U

Revision: 3
NOTE:
D
selected:
TE
IN
PR
QRH.
EN
H
W
QRH.
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

1. Ensure that the route of flight used will not take the aircraft to a position that is more than 50
nautical miles from the nearest shoreline.
2. Ensure that the planned routes for takeoffs and landings are not conducted over large
D
geographical bodies of water to comply with proviso (d).
TE
4. Operations restricted to altitudes at or below 10,000’ MSL
IN
21-32-1 Outflow Valves
PR
FLIGHT PLANNING • The route of flight used will not take the aircraft to a position that is
REQUIREMENTS more than 50 nautical miles from the nearest shoreline.
• The planned routes for takeoffs and landings are not conducted over
EN
large geographical bodies of water to comply with proviso (d).
• Ensure the flight plan is calculated for altitudes at or below 10,000’
MSL.
H
W
• Communicate with each departure station to ensure that no revenue
PY
NOTES passengers are carried onboard the aircraft.
PERFORMANCE
O
CORRECTIONS None
C
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
ED
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
None
LL
O
END PROCEDURE
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
21-33-1 Cabin Pressure Y 1 0 A (O) May be inoperative provided:
Monitoring Subsystem - a) Both Automatic Cabin Pressure
IN
Cabin Pressure Control Controllers are operative,
Panel (CPCP) Pressure b) Emergency depress system is
PR
Monitoring Function verified operative,
c) Operations are conducted at or
below FL 300, and
d) Repairs are made within one
EN
flight day.
NOTE:
H
W
MELs:
21-31-1A
PY
21-31-1B
35-20-1A
O
C

ED
(O) PROCEDURES
LL
21-33-1
A. Before takeoff, do as follows:
O
1. Push in the PRESS CONT switch on the CABIN PRESS Control Panel to select MAN.
TR
2. Make sure that the CABIN PRESS MAN Status message shows on the EICAS Secondary page.
3. Select MAN ALT Switch to DN to close the outflow valve.
4. Make sure that the OUTFLOW VLV OPEN status message does not show on EICAS
N
Secondary page.
O
5. Press the EMER DEPRESS switch.

C
6. Make sure that the EMER DEPRESS caution message shows on the EICAS Primary page.
7. Make sure that the OUTFLOW VLV OPEN status message shows on the EICAS Secondary
N
page.
U
8. Press the EMERG DEPRESS switch.

Revision: 3
9. Make sure that the EMER DEPRESS caution message goes out of view from the EICAS
Primary page.
10. Push the PRESS CONT switch on the CABIN PRESS Control Panel to deselect the MAN
mode.
D
11. Make sure that the CABIN PRESS MAN Status message goes out of view from the EICAS
Secondary page.
TE
B. Procedure for subsequent failure of both CPCs:
1. Perform the unpressurized flight procedure (see QRH).
IN
21-33-1 Cabin Pressure Monitoring Subsystem - Cabin Pressure Control Panel
PR
(CPCP)
FLIGHT PLANNING • Ensure the flight plan is calculated for altitudes at or below FL 300.
REQUIREMENTS
EN
NOTES None
H
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
None W
PY
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
O
None
C
ED
END PROCEDURE
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
21-40-1 Galley Heating System Y 1 0 C (M) May be inoperative provided:
a) The system is deactivated.
IN
PR
21-40-1 Galley Controller Panel
EN
(M) PROCEDURES
21-40-1
A. For an inoperative galley heating system, do as follows:
H
W
CBP-2 B11 GALLEY HEATER 222
PY
END PROCEDURE
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
21-50-1 Ground Air Conditioning N 1 0 B (M)(O) May be inoperative or missing
Connector Cover provided:
a) Connector check valve is
IN
verified CLOSED,
PR
or below FL 250, and
c) Extended overwater
operations are prohibited.
EN
H
21-50-1 Ground Air Cond Connector Cover
W
MM1 Logbook Cover
(M) PROCEDURES
PY
21-50-1
O
NOTE:
initiate SFWI to perform maintenance procedures before each flight.
C
A. For an inoperative or missing ground air conditioning connector cover, do as follows:

ED
1. Open the LP Ground Connection Access Door (182BR).

2. Make sure that the ground air conditioning check valve is closed.
LL
3. Close the LP Ground Connection Access Door (182BR).

(O) PROCEDURES
O
21-50-1
TR
B. The following statements apply:

1. Operations must be conducted at or below FL250.
N
nautical miles from the nearest shoreline

O
C

N
U

Revision: 3
21-50-1 Ground Air Conditioning - Connector Cover
FLIGHT PLANNING • Ensure the flight plan is calculated for altitudes at or below FL 250.
REQUIREMENTS • Ensure that the route of flight used will not take the aircraft to a position
D
that is more than 50 nautical miles from the nearest shoreline.
TE
NOTES None
IN
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
PR
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
EN
None
None
H
END PROCEDURE
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
21-51-1A Air Conditioning Packs - (O) RH pack may be inoperative
(Right Pack Inop) provided:
a) RH pack is selected OFF,
IN
CRJ 900 Y* 2 1 B b) Operations are conducted at
or below FL 310,
PR
CRJ 700 Y* 2 1 C
c) *CRJ-900 Only: Maximum
number of cabin occupants
(including Flight Attendants)
EN
is equal to or less than 82,
d) Ram Air SOV is either
verified operative or
H
deactivated OPEN,
W
e) Operations are conducted in
accordance with AFM
Supplement (Performance
PY
Penalties for Operation with
Airplane Systems
O
Inoperative), and
f) *CRJ-900 Only: Operations
C
are conducted in accordance

with AFM Supplement (Air-
ED
conditioning – Airplane
Dispatch in Single Pack
Configuration).
LL

O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
21-51-1A Air Conditioning Packs - NOTE:
(cont’d) (Right Pack Inop) Not to be used in conjunction
(cont’d) with MELs:
IN
21-31-2A
PR
21-51-1B
21-51-1E
21-51-2B
EN
21-51-2E
21-55-4B
H
35-20-1A
W
36-21-6E
Must be used in conjunction with
PY
MEL:
21-52-1A or 21-52-1C
O
(If the Ram Air SOV must be

deactivated open)
C
NOTE:
ED
*CRJ-900 Only: The Right Air

Conditioning Pack may be
deferred under 21-51-1A or 21-
LL
51-1D
O
TR

N
O
C
N
U

Revision: TR 18-01

D
TE
21-51-1B Air Conditioning Packs - (O) LH pack may be inoperative
(Left Pack Inop) provided:
a) LH pack is selected OFF,
IN
CRJ 900 Y* 2 1 B or below FL 310,
PR
CRJ 700 Y* 2 1 C c) *CRJ-900 Only: Maximum
EN
d) Ram Air SOV is verified
operative,
H
W
accordance with AFM
PY
Airplane Systems
Inoperative), and
O
f) *CRJ-900 Only: Operations

C

conditioning – Airplane
ED

Configuration).
LL

with MELs:
O
21-31-2A 21-52-1B
21-51-1A 21-52-1C
TR
21-51-1D 21-55-4B
21-51-2A 35-20-1A
21-51-2D 36-21-6F
N
21-52-1A
O
C
NOTE 2: *CRJ-900 Only: The Left

N
Air Conditioning Pack may be

U
deferred under 21-51-1B or

21-51-1E

Revision: 3

D
21-51-1C Air Conditioning Packs - N 2 0 C (O) Both may be inoperative provided:
TE
Both Packs Inop a) Both packs are selected OFF,
b) Ram Air SOV is either
IN
deactivated OPEN,
PR
c) *CRJ-900 Only: Inlet Cargo
Air SOV is operative or
secured CLOSED,
EN
d) *CRJ-900 Only: AFT
CARGO switch is selected to
H
OFF
W e) *CRJ-900 Only: Live

animals are not carried in
PY
cargo compartment
O
f) Operations are conducted

C
10,000 feet MSL,

ED
g) The only items that may be

compartment are ballast, and
LL
h) Extended overwater
O

TR
NOTE:
N

O
C

N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
21-51-1C Air Conditioning Packs - NOTE 1: Not to be used in conjunction
(cont) Both Packs Inop with MELs:
IN
21-24-3
21-31-2A
PR
21-51-2C
21-55-4B
35-20-1A
EN
NOTE 2: Must be used in conjunction
with MEL:
H
21-52-1A or 21-52-1C
W
deactivated open)
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
21-51-1D Air Conditioning Packs - Y* 2 1 C (O) RH pack may be inoperative
(Right Pack Inop) provided:
CRJ-900 Only a) RH pack is selected OFF,
IN
or below FL 250
PR
c) Ram Air SOV is either
deactivated OPEN, and
EN
d) Operations are conducted in
accordance with AFM
H
W
Airplane Systems
Inoperative.
PY
NOTE:
with MELs:
O
21-31-2A 21-51-2E
C
21-51-1B 21-55-4B
21-51-1E 35-20-1A
ED
21-51-2B 36-21-6E
Must be used in conjunction with
LL
MEL:
21-52-1A or 21-52-1D
O

TR
deactivated open)
NOTE:
N
*CRJ-900 Only: The Right Air

Conditioning Pack may be
O

C
51-1D
N

U

Revision: 3

D
TE
21-51-1E Air Conditioning Packs - Y* 2 1 C (O) LH pack may be inoperative
(Left Pack Inop) provided:
CRJ-900 Only a) LH pack is selected OFF,
IN
21-52-1B b) Operations are conducted at
or below FL 250
PR
21-55-4B
c) Ram Air SOV is verified
35-20-1A operative, and
36-21-6F d) Operations are conducted in
EN
accordance with AFM
H
Airplane Systems Inoperative
W
with MELs:
PY
21-31-2A 21-52-1B
21-51-1A 21-52-1C
21-51-1D 21-55-4B
O
21-51-2A 35-20-1A
C
21-51-2D 36-21-6F
21-52-1A
ED

Air Conditioning Pack may
be deferred under 21-51-1B
LL
or 21-51-1E
O
TR

21-51-1A AIR COND Control Panel
N
21-51-1B AIR COND Control Panel

O
21-51-1C AIR COND Control Panel

C
N
21-51-1D AIR COND Control Panel

U
21-51-1E AIR COND Control Panel
CON TINUED ON NEXT PAGE

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
21-51-1A
21-51-1D
A. For the right PACK inoperative and the Ram Air SOV operative, do as follows:
D
1. Press out the right PACK switch to OFF.
TE
2. Verify that the R PACK OFF status message shows on the EICAS secondary page.
NOTE:
IN
If the R PACK OFF status message does not show, refer to MEL 21-51-2A or 21-51-2D “Flow Control
Valve” for possible relief. The corresponding limitations must be observed and the corresponding (M)
PR
Maintenance Procedure (FCV secured closed) must be performed before dispatch.
3. Push in the RAM AIR switch to open the Ram Air SOV.
EN
4. Verify that the Ram Air SOV legend is OPEN on the ECS page and the RAM AIR OPEN status
message shows on the EICAS secondary page.
5. Push out the RAM AIR switch to close the Ram Air SOV.
H
6. Verify that the Ram Air SOV legend is CLOSED on the ECS page and that the RAM AIR
W
OPEN status message does not show on the EICAS secondary page.
B. For the right PACK inoperative and the Ram Air SOV inoperative (deactivated OPEN), do as
PY
follows:
O
NOTE:
C
advised.
ED
NOTE:
LL
If the R PACK OFF status message does not show, refer to MEL 21-51-2A or 21-51-2D “Flow Control
O

TR
3. Make sure that the limitations found in MEL 21-52-1A or 21-52-1D “Ram Air SOV” are
observed and that the corresponding Maintenance (M) and Operations (O) procedures are
performed.
N
O

C
N
U

Revision: 3
C. During a one PACK operation, if the remaining PACK caused the presentation of the “L(R) PACK
TEMP” and/or “L(R) PACK” caution messages on the EICAS primary page, do as follows:
1. Perform an unpressurized procedure as described in the QRH.
NOTE:
D
TE
is selected.
IN
D. The following statements apply:
1. 21-51-1A
PR
a) Operations must be conducted at or below FL310
b) CRJ-900 Only: Main cabin occupants (including Flight Attendants) must be equal to or
less than 82.
EN
2. 21-51-1D (CRJ-900 Only):
H
21-51-1A Air Conditioning Packs - (Right Pack Inop)
W
21-51-1D
21-51-1A
PY
FLIGHT PLANNING
REQUIREMENTS • Ensure the flight plan is calculated for altitude at or below FL310.
• CRJ-900: Ensure main cabin occupants (including Flight Attendants) must
be equal to or less than 82.
O
C
21-51-1D (CRJ-900 Only)

• Ensure the flight plan is calculated for altitude at or below FL250
NOTES
ED
None
PERFORMANCE
LL
CORRECTIONS None
O
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
TR
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
N
None
O
C

N
U

Revision: 3
21-51-1B
21-51-1E
A. For the left PACK inoperative, do as follows:
1. Press out the left PACK switch to OFF.
D
2. Verify that the L PACK OFF status message shows on the EICAS secondary page.
TE
NOTE:
If the L PACK OFF status message does not show, refer to MEL 21-51-2B or 21-51-2E “Flow Control
IN
PR
3. Press in the RAM AIR switch to open the Ram Air SOV.
4. Verify that the Ram Air SOV legend is OPEN on the ECS page and that the RAM AIR OPEN
status message shows on the EICAS secondary page.
EN
5. Press out the RAM AIR switch to close the Ram Air SOV.
H
W
B. During a one PACK operation, if the remaining PACK caused the presentation of the “L(R) PACK
PY
O

C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
NOTE:
is selected
D
TE
1. 21-51-1B
IN
less than 82.
PR
2. 21-51-1E (CRJ-900 Only):
3. Operations must be conducted at or below FL250
EN
21-51-1B Air Conditioning Packs - (Left Pack Inop)
21-51-1E
FLIGHT PLANNING 21-51-1B
H
W
• CRJ-900: Ensure main cabin occupants (including Flight Attendants) must
be equal to or less than 82.
PY
21-51-1E (CRJ-900 Only)
NOTES
O
None
C
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
ED
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
LL
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
O
None
TR
N

O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
21-51-1C
A. For both PACKs inoperative, do as follows:
Before takeoff
D
TE
NOTE 1: If the L PACK OFF and/or R PACK OFF status message(s) does (do) not show, refer to MEL 21-
IN
51-2 “Flow Control Valve” for possible relief. The corresponding limitations must be observed and
the corresponding (M) Maintenance Procedure (FCV secured closed) must be performed before
PR
dispatch.
EN
H
After takeoff
W
2. Airspeed Not less than 210 KIAS recommended during cruise
PY
to provide sufficient airflow within the cabin.

O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
B. For both PACKs inoperative, in case of unplanned ditching, do as follows:

D
QRH.
C. For both PACKs inoperative, in case of planned ditching, do as follows:
TE
IN
PR
QRH.
EN
4. Prior to each departure, confirm with the station personnel that no live animals have been
loaded into the cargo area of the aircraft.
H
W
Ensure that the route of flight used will not take the aircraft to a position that is more than 50 nautical
miles from the nearest shoreline.
PY
21-51-1C Air Conditioning Packs - Both Packs Inop
O
FLIGHT PLANNING • Ensure the flight plan is calculated for altitudes at or below 10,000 ft
REQUIREMENTS MSL.
C
• Ensure that the route of flight used will not take the aircraft to a position
ED

LL
passengers, baggage, and or animals are carried onboard the aircraft.
PERFORMANCE
O
CORRECTIONS None
TR
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
N
None
O
OHER CORRECTIONS (ENROUTE)

None
C
N
END PROCEDURE
U

Revision: 3

D
21-51-2A Flow Control Valve (FCV) (M)(O)RH FCV may be inoperative
TE
- (Right FCV Inop) provided
a) Valve is secured CLOSED,
IN
CRJ 900 N 2 1 B b) RH pack is selected OFF,
CRJ 700 c) Opposite Air Conditioning
N 2 1 C
PR
Pack is operative,
d) Operations are conducted at or
below FL 310,
e) *CRJ-900 Only: Maximum
EN
equal to or less than 82,
H
f) Ram Air SOV is either verified
W
operative or deactivated
OPEN,
g) Operations are conducted in
PY
accordance with AFM
O

Airplane Systems Inoperative),
C
and
h) *CRJ-900 Only: Operations
ED

conditioning - Airplane
LL

Configuration).
O
TR

N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
21-51-2A Flow Control Valve (FCV) - NOTE 1: Not to be used in conjunction
TE
Cont’d (Right FCV Inop) with MELs:
Cont’d 21-51-1B
IN
21-51-1C
21-51-1E
PR
with MEL:
EN
21-52-1A or 21-52-1C
deactivated open)
H
NOTE 3: *CRJ-900 Only: The Right
W
Flow Control Valve may be
PY
51-2D

O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
(M)(O)LH FCV may be inoperative
TE
21-51-2B Flow Control Valve provided:
(FCV) - (Left FCV Inop) a) Valve is secured CLOSED,
IN
b) LH pack is selected OFF,
c) Opposite Air Conditioning
CRJ 900 N 2 1 B
PR
Pack is operative,
CRJ 700 N 2 1 C d) Operations are conducted at or
below FL 310,
e) *CRJ-900 Only: Maximum
EN
H
f) Ram Air SOV is verified
W
operative,
accordance with AFM
PY
O
Airplane Systems
Inoperative), and
C
h) *CRJ-900 Only: Operations

ED

LL
Configuration).
O
with MELs:
TR
21-21-1A 21-52-1A
21-51-1C 21-52-1B
N
21-52-1C
O

C

N
21-51-2E
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
21-51-2C Flow Control Valve N 2 0 C (M)(O) Both FCVs may be inoperative
(FCV) - (Both FCVs Inop) provided:
IN
a) Both valves are secured
CLOSED,
PR
b) Both Air Conditioning Packs
are selected OFF,
c) Ram Air SOV is either verified
EN
OPEN,
d) *CRJ-900 Only: Inlet Cargo
H
secured CLOSED AFT
W
OFF,
PY
e) *CRJ-900 Only: Live animals
are not carried in cargo
compartment,
O

C
10,000 feet MSL,

g) The only items that may be
ED

compartment is ballast, and
LL
h) Extended overwater
O

TR
operated unpressurized
N
with MEL:
21-55-4B
O

C
with MEL:
N
21-52-1A or 21-52-1C (If the

Ram Air SOV must be
U
deactivated open)

Revision: 3

D
TE
21-51-2D Flow Control Valve N 2 1 C (M)(O)RH FCV may be inoperative
(FCV) - (Right FCV Inop) provided:
IN
CRJ-900 Only a) Valve is secured CLOSED,
b) RH pack is selected OFF,
PR
c) Opposite Air Conditioning
Pack is operative,
d) Operations are conducted at or
below FL 250
EN
e) Ram Air SOV is either verified
H
OPEN, and
f) Operations are conducted in
W
accordance with AFM
PY
Airplane Systems
Inoperative).
O

C
with MELs:
21-51-1B
ED
21-51-1C
21-51-1E
LL

with MEL:
O
21-52-1A or 21-52-1C
TR

deactivated open)
N

O

deferred under 21-51-2A or
C
21-51-2D
N

U

Revision: 3

D
TE
21-51-2E Flow Control Valve N 2 1 C (M)(O)LH FCV may be inoperative
(FCV) - (Left FCV Inop) provided:
IN
CRJ-900 Only a) Valve is secured CLOSED,
b) LH pack is selected OFF,
PR
21-51-1A c) Opposite Air Conditioning
21-51-1C Pack is operative,
21-52-1A d) Operations are conducted at or
below FL 250
EN
21-52-1B e) Ram Air SOV is verified
operative, and
H
accordance with AFM
W
PY
Airplane Systems Inoperative)
with MELs:
O
21-51-1A 21-52-1A
C
21-51-1C 21-52-1B
21-51-1D 21-52-1C
ED

LL

21-51-2E
O
TR

N

O

C
N

U

Revision: 3
(M) PROCEDURES
21-51-2A
21-51-2D
A. For an inoperative RH FCV in the CLOSED position, do as follows:
D
1. Do the deactivation of the RH FCV in the CLOSED position (refer to AMM TASK 21-53-14-
TE
040-801).
(O) PROCEDURES
IN
21-51-2A
21-51-2D
PR
A. For the right FCV inoperative and the Ram Air SOV operative, do as follows:
EN
NOTE:
advised.
H
W
3. Push in the RAM AIR switch to open the Ram Air SOV.
4. Verify that the Ram Air SOV legend is OPEN on the ECS page and the RAM AIR OPEN status
PY
message shows on the EICAS secondary page.
5. Push out the RAM AIR switch to close the Ram Air SOV.
O
C
B. For the right FCV inoperative and the Ram Air SOV inoperative (deactivated OPEN), do as
follows:
ED

LL
3. Make sure that the limitations found in MEL 21-52-1A or 21-52-1D“Ram Air SOV” are
observed and that the corresponding Maintenance (M) and Operations (O) procedures are
O
performed.
C. During a one PACK operation, if the remaining PACK caused the presentation of the “L(R) PACK
TR
N
O

C
N
U

Revision: 3

1. 21-51-2A
D
less than 82.
2. 21-51-2D (CRJ-900 Only):
TE
IN
NOTE:
PR
is selected.
EN
21-51-2A Flow Control Valve (FCV)
21-51-2D
FLIGHT PLANNING 21-51-2A
H
W
• CRJ-900 Only: Ensure main cabin occupants (including Flight
Attendants) must be equal to or less than 82.
PY
21-51-2D (CRJ-900 Only)
• Ensure the flight plan is calculated for altitude at or below FL250.
O
NOTES
None
C
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
ED
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
LL
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
O

None
TR
N

O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
(M) PROCEDURES
21-51-2B
21-51-2E
A. For an inoperative LH FCV in the CLOSED position, do as follows:
D
1. Do the deactivation of the LH FCV in the CLOSED position (refer to AMM TASK 21-53-14-
TE
040-801).
(O) PROCEDURES
IN
21-51-2B
21-51-2E
PR
A. For the left FCV inoperative, do as follows:
1. Press out the left PACK switch to OFF.
2. Verify that the L PACK OFF status message shows on the EICAS secondary page.
EN
3. Press in the RAM AIR switch to open the Ram Air SOV.
4. Verify that the Ram Air SOV legend is OPEN on the ECS page and that the RAM AIR OPEN
H
status message shows on the EICAS secondary page.
5. Press out the RAM AIR switch to close the Ram Air SOV.
W
6. Verify that the RAM AIR SOV legend is CLOSED on the ECS page and that the RAM AIR
PY
B. During a one PACK operation, if the remaining PACK caused the presentation of the “L(R) PACK
O

C
1. 21-51-2B
ED

less than 82.
LL
2. 21-51-2E (CRJ-900 Only):

3. Operations must be conducted at or below FL250
O
NOTE:
TR
is selected.
N
O

C
N
U

Revision: 3
21-51-2B Flow Control Valve (FCV)

21-51-2E
D
FLIGHT PLANNING 21-51-2B
TE
IN
NOTES
21-51-2E (CRJ-900 Only)
• Ensure the flight plan is calculated for altitude at or below FL250.
PR
None
EN
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
H
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
W
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
PY
None
O
C
(M) PROCEDURES
21-51-2C
ED
A. For two inoperative (LH and RH) FCVs in the CLOSED position, do as follows:
1. Do the deactivation of the two FCVs in the closed position (refer to AMM TASK 21-53-14-
040-801).
LL
NOTE 1: If the Ram Air SOV is deferred per MEL 21-52-1A or 21-52-1D (pressurized), re-defer per MEL
O
21-52-1B or 21-52-1E(unpressurized).
NOTE 2: When the deactivation procedure is completed, the L(R) PACK caution message will come into view
TR
continuously on the EICAS primary page and the pack symbol on the EICAS ECS synoptic page
will become amber.
N
O

C
N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
21-51-2C
NOTE:
D
When the deactivation procedure is completed, the L(R) PACK caution message will come into view
continuously on the EICAS primary page and the pack symbol on the EICAS ECS synoptic page will
TE
become amber.
A. For both FCVs inoperative, do as follows:
IN
Before takeoff
PR
NOTE:
EN
advised.
H
W
PY
NOTE:
If ram air valve is deactivated open as per MEL 21-52-1B or 21-52-1E the RAM AIR OPEN status
O
message will not be displayed

C

ED
5. AFT CARGO switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Select to OFF
After takeoff
LL

2. Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not less than 210 KIAS recommended during cruise to
O
provide sufficient airflow to passengers within the cabin.

TR
B. For both FCVs inoperative, in case of unplanned ditching, do as follows:

N
O
QRH.
C
N

U

Revision: 3
C. For both FCVs inoperative, in case of planned ditching, do as follows:

D
TE
QRH.
IN
21-51-2C Flow Control Valve (FCV)
PR
FLIGHT PLANNING • Ensure the flight plan is calculated for altitudes at or below 10,000 ft.
REQUIREMENTS MSL.
EN
CRJ 900 Only:
H
NOTES passengers or live animals are carried onboard the aircraft.
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None W
PY
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
O
WORKSHEET LANDING
C
None
None
ED
LL
END PROCEDURE
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
21-51-3 Air Conditioning Pack - Y 2 0 C
“FAULT/OFF” Switch/
IN
Lights (light function only)
PR
21-51-3 AIR COND Control Panel
EN
END PROCEDURE
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
21-51-4A Air Conditioning System N 1 1 C (M) System redundancy may be
degraded as indicated by “L PACK
IN
FAULT” and/or “R PACK
FAULT” status message(s)
PR
provided:
a) Associated pack discharge
pressure sensor(s) is verified
operative once each flight
EN
day, and
b) Automatic Mode of the
H
associated Cockpit/Cabin
Temperature Control System
W
is operative and associated
MAN mode is not selected.
PY
NOTE 1: Pack Discharge Temperature
Readout(s) and/or Cockpit
TEMP Readout(s) and/or
O
Cabin TEMP Readout(s) and/

C
or Cockpit SEL Readout(s)

and/or Cabin SEL Readout(s)
ED
may be replaced by amber

dashes on the EICAS ECS
Synoptic Page.
LL

with MELs:
O
21-61-1B
TR
21-61-1C
N

O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
21-51-4B Air Conditioning System Y 1 1 C System redundancy may be degraded as
indicated by “L PACK FAULT” and/or
IN
“R PACK FAULT” status messages
provided:
PR
a) The associated Air
Conditioning Pack(s) is
considered inoperative.
EN
NOTE:
Ensure that the following MELs
are also used (associated pack):
H
W
21-51-1A
21-51-1B
PY
O

C

ED
LL

O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
(M) PROCEDURES
21-51-4A
NOTE:
D
Initiate a SFWI to perform maintenance procedures once each flight day to verify pack discharge
pressure sensor is operative.
TE
A. For an inoperative Air Conditioning System, do as follows:
1. Energize the aircraft electrical power systems.
IN
2. On the FS280.00 bulkhead panel behind the pilot seat, set the MAINT switch to MFD 1 or
PR
MFD 2.
3. On the MFD 1 (MFD 2), make sure that the MAINTENANCE MAIN MENU page is shown.
4. On the EICAS control panel (ECP), push the UP and DN pushbuttons to move the cursor (>)
to the CURRENT FAULTS line.
EN
NOTE:
The function of the pushbuttons on the ECP is shown at the bottom of the MFD display.
H
W
5. On the ECP, push the SEL pushbutton to make a selection of the CURRENT FAULTS page.
NOTE:
PY
If there are no current faults related to the air conditioning system, the pack discharge sensor is
considered operative and bit 28 is not set on label 351.
O
6. Wait for a minimum of one minute until all of the faults are shown.
C
7. On the ECP, push the UP and DN pushbuttons to move the cursor (>) to the fault line related
to the Air Conditioning System.
ED
8. On the ECP, push the SEL pushbutton to get access to the ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS page.
9. On the ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS page, do the following:
a) Make sure that bit 28 is not set on label 351.
LL
10. Exit from the MDC as follows:

a) On the ECP, push the MENU pushbutton to go back to the MAINTENANCE MAIN
O
MENU page.
TR
b) On the FS280.00 bulkhead panel behind the pilot seat, set the MAINT switch to OFF.
c) Make sure that the navigation data is shown on the MFD1 (MFD2).
N
11. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
12. Remove the electrical power from the aircraft.
O
C
END PROCEDURE
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
21-52-1A Ram Air SOV - (Operations (M)(O)May be inoperative OPEN
Pressurized) provided:
IN
a) Ram Air SOV is deactivated
CRJ-900 N 1 0 B OPEN,
PR
b) LH Air Conditioning Pack is
CRJ-700 N 1 0 C
operative,
c) RH Air Conditioning Pack is
selected OFF,
EN
d) Operations are conducted at
or below FL 310,
H
e) *CRJ-900 only: Maximum
W
PY
accordance with AFM
O

Airplane Systems
C
Inoperative), and
g) *CRJ-900 only: Operations
ED

LL
Configuration).
O

TR
with MELs:
21-51-1B 21-51-2E
21-51-1E 21-55-4B
N
21-51-2B
O
NOTE 2: *CRJ-900 Only: The Ram

C
Air SOV may be deferred

N
under 21-52-1A or 21-52-1C

U

Revision: 3

D
(M)(O)May be inoperative OPEN
TE
21-52-1B Ram Air SOV - (Operations N 1 0 C provided:
Unpressurized) a) Ram Air SOV is deactivated
IN
OPEN,
b) RH and LH Air Conditioning
PR
Packs are selected OFF,
c) *CRJ-900 Only: Inlet Cargo
secured CLOSED,
EN
d) *CRJ-900 Only: AFT
OFF,
H
e) *CRJ-900 Only: Live
W
animals are not carried in
cargo compartment,
PY
10,000 ft. MSL,
O
g) Procedures are established

and used to ensure the cargo
C
compartments remain empty,

or are verified to contain only
ED
empty cargo handling

equipment, ballast (ballast
may be loaded in ULDs), and/
LL
or Fly Away Kits, and

h) EMER DEPRESS switch is
O
selected ON.
TR

N

O
with MEL:
C
21-55-4B
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
21-52-1C Ram Air SOV - (Operations N 1 0 C (M)(O)May be inoperative OPEN
Pressurized) provided:
IN
a) Ram Air SOV is deactivated
OPEN,
CRJ-900 Only
PR
b) LH Air Conditioning Pack is
operative,
c) RH Air Conditioning Pack is
selected OFF,
EN
d) Operations are conducted at
or below FL 250,
H
accordance with AFM
W
PY
Airplane Systems
Inoperative)
O
with MELs:
C
21-51-1B 21-51-2E
21-51-1E 21-55-4B
ED
21-51-2B
NOTE 2: *CRJ-900 Only: The Ram
Air SOV may be deferred
LL
under 21-52-1A or 21-52-1C

O
TR

N

O

C
N
U

Revision: 3
(M) PROCEDURES
21-52-1A
21-52-1C
A. For a ram air SOV inoperative OPEN with the left PACK operative, do as follows:
D
1. Do the deactivation of the ram air SOV (refer to the AMM TASK 21-52-00-040-802).
TE
2. Make sure that the LH air conditioning pack is operative.
3. Turn the RH air conditioning pack to OFF.
IN
NOTE 1: When the deactivation procedure is completed, the ram air SOV symbol will be shown in the closed
position on the ECS synoptic page.
PR
NOTE 2: When the ram air SOV has been deactivated open, the RAM AIR OPEN status message on the
EICAS secondary display will not be shown
(O) PROCEDURES
EN
21-52-1A
21-52-1C
H
A. For pressurized flight procedures with left PACK operative, do as follows:
NOTE:
W
PY
cabin altitude is between 8500 ft and 10000 ft and when manual mode of pressurization control is
selected.
O
Before takeoff
C
1. L Packs switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Press

L PACK OFF lights out, L PACK OFF status message out.
ED
2. R PACKs switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Press

R PACK OFF light on, R PACK OFF status message on.
LL
NOTE:
O
advised.
TR
After takeoff
21-52-1A
N

O
21-52-1C
C

N
U

Revision: 3
B. During a one PACK operation, if the operational PACK causes presentation of L PACK TEMP
and/or L PACK caution message(s) perform the corresponding Abnormal procedure, then do as
follows:
1. Perform an unpressurized procedure as found in the QRH.
D
NOTE 1: The step in the unpressurized flight procedure requiring selection of the RAM AIR switch to ON is
not required since the Ram Air SOV is already deactivated OPEN.
TE
NOTE 2: If taking off and landing at higher altitudes, the CABIN ALT caution message will be posted when
IN
is selected.
PR
1. When the ram air SOV is deactivated OPEN, the ram air SOV symbol will show closed on the
ECS synoptic page.
EN
2. When the ram air SOV has been deactivated open, the RAM AIR OPEN status message on the
EICAS secondary display will not be shown.
3. Ensure the R PACK switchlight is selected to and remains OFF.
H
4. Ensure “One Pack Inop” performance penalties are applied for takeoff and landing if the APU
W
is off.
5. 21-52-1A (CRJ-900 Only): Main cabin occupants (including Flight Attendants) must be equal
to or less than 82.
PY
21-52-1A Ram Air SOV - (Operations Pressurized)
O
21-52-1C
C

REQUIREMENTS • Ensure the flight plan is calculated for altitude at or below FL310
ED

21-52-1C (CRJ-900 Only)

LL

NOTES
O
None
TR
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS One Pack inoperative performance penalties must be applied.
N
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
O
PERFORMANCE Select “One Pack Inop Blds OPEN” in the Flight Planning Client
WORKSHEET LANDING
C
Select “One Pack Inop Blds OPEN” in the Flight Planning Client
N

None
U

Revision: 3
(M) PROCEDURES
21-52-1B
A. For a Ram air SOV inoperative OPEN with both PACKs inoperative, do as follows:
1. Do the deactivation of the Ram air SOV (refer to the AMM TASK 21-52-00-040-802).
D
2. Make sure the cargo compartment is empty.
TE
3. Turn the RH air conditioning pack to OFF.
4. Set EMER DEPRESS to ON.
IN
NOTE 1: When the deactivation procedure is completed, the ram air SOV symbol will be shown in the closed
position on the ECS synoptic page.
PR
NOTE 2: When the ram air SOV has been deactivated open, the RAM AIR OPEN status message on the
EICAS secondary display will not be shown
(O) PROCEDURES
EN
21-52-1B
A. For unpressurized flight procedures with both PACKs inoperative (selected OFF), do as follows:
H
NOTE:
W
PY
selected:
Before takeoff
O

C
NOTE:
ED
advised.
LL

O

TR
4. AFT CARGO switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Select to OFF
After takeoff
N

O
2. Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Not less than 210 KIAS recommended during

C
cruise to provide sufficient airflow to passengers within the cabin.

N

U

Revision: 3
B. In case of unplanned ditching during unpressurized flight, do as follows:
NOTE:
D
selected:
TE
1. 1) Perform ditching procedure as per the “Ditching and Forced Landing” procedure found in
the QRH.
IN
C. In case of planned ditching during unpressurized flight, do as follows:
PR
NOTE:
selected:
EN
H
W
QRH.
PY
1. No revenue passengers are carried onboard the aircraft.
O
3. The route of flight used will not take the aircraft to a position that is more than 50 nautical miles
from the nearest shoreline.
C
4. When the deactivation procedure is completed, the ram air SOV symbol will be shown in the
closed position on the ECS synoptic page.
ED
5. When the ram air SOV has been deactivated open, the RAM AIR OPEN status message on the
EICAS secondary display will not be shown.
LL

O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
21-52-1B Ram Air SOV - (Operations Unpressurized)
D
REQUIREMENTS MSL.
TE
IN
NOTES CRJ 900 Only:
PR
• Communicate with each departure station to ensure that no live animals
are carried onboard the aircraft.
PERFORMANCE
EN
CORRECTIONS None
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
H
PERFORMANCE None
W
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
PY
None
O
END PROCEDURE
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
21-52-2 Air Conditioning Panel Y 1 0 C
RAM AIR “OPEN” Switch/
IN
Light (light function only)
PR
EN
END PROCEDURE
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
21-52-3A Ram Air Regulating Valve Y 2 1 C One may be inoperative provided:
(RARV) a) Associated Air Conditioning
IN
CRJ-900 Only Pack is considered
inoperative.
PR
21-52-3B Ram Air Regulating Valve Y 2 0 C Both may be inoperative provided:
(RARV) a) Both Air Conditioning Packs
CRJ-900 Only are considered inoperative.
EN
H
W
PY
END PROCEDURE
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
21-55-3A Cargo Exhaust SOV N 1 0 C (M)(O)May be inoperative CLOSED
(Inoperative CLOSED) provided:
IN
a) SOV is secured CLOSED,
b) Live animals are not carried
PR
in aft cargo compartment, and
c) AFT CARGO switch is
selected to OFF.
21-55-3B Cargo Exhaust SOV (O) May be inoperative OPEN
EN
Y 1 0 C
(Inoperative OPEN) provided:
a) AFT CARGO switch is
H
selected to OFF and
b) Procedures are established
W
and used to ensure the aft
cargo compartment remains
PY
empty, or is verified to
contain only empty cargo
handling equipment, ballast
O
and/or Fly Away Kits.

C
NOTE:
If Fly Away Kits are installed in
ED
the cargo compartment, the

contents must be removed.
Refer to GMM for weight and
LL
balance changes if required.

O

TR

N
O
C
N

U

Revision: 3
(M) PROCEDURES
21-55-3A
A. For a cargo exhaust SOV inoperative CLOSED, do as follows:
1. Do the deactivation of the cargo exhaust SOV (refer to the AMM TASK 21-55-00-040-802).
D
When the deactivation procedure is completed, the AFT CARGO SOV status message will come into
TE
view continuously on the EICAS secondary page
(O) PROCEDURES
IN
21-55-3A
PR
2. Ensure that the AFT CARGO switch is selected to and remains OFF.
EN
21-55-3A Cargo Exhaust SOV (Inoperative CLOSED)
H
W
FLIGHT PLANNING
REQUIREMENTS None
PY
NOTES • Inform each station that no live animals may be carried as cargo.
O
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
C
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
ED
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
LL
None
O
TR

N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
21-55-3B
1. The cargo compartment must remain empty with the exception of empty cargo handling
D
equipment and ballast.
TE
2. Ensure that the AFT CARGO switch is selected to and remains OFF.
IN
21-55-3B Cargo Exhaust SOV (Inoperative CLOSED)
PR
FLIGHT PLANNING
REQUIREMENTS None
NOTES
EN
• Inform each station that only ballast may be loaded in the aft cargo
compartment.
PERFORMANCE
H
CORRECTIONS None
W
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
PY
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
O
None
C
ED
END PROCEDURE
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
21-55-4A Cargo Air SOV - Inlet N 1 0 C (M)(O)May be inoperative CLOSED
(Inoperative CLOSED) provided:
IN
a) SOV is secured CLOSED,
b) Live animals are not carried
PR
in the aft cargo compartment,
and
c) AFT CARGO switch is
selected to OFF.
EN
21-55-4B Cargo Air SOV - Inlet N 1 0 C (M) May be inoperative OPEN
(Inoperative OPEN) provided:
H
a) AFT CARGO switch is
selected to OFF,
W
b) *CRJ-900 Only: Both
Recirculation Fans are
PY
operative,
c) *CRJ-900 Only: Both Air
Conditioning Packs are
O
operative,
d) *CRJ-900 Only: Both Flow
C
Control Valves are operative,

e) *CRJ-900 Only: Both
ED
Pressure Regulating SOVs

are operative,
LL
f) *CRJ-900 Only: Both High

Pressure Valves are operative
, and
O
g) Procedures are established

TR

N
contain only empty cargo

O
handling equipment, ballast

and/or Fly Away Kits.
C
NOTE 1: If Fly Away Kits are installed in the

N
cargo compartment, the contents

must be removed. Refer to GMM
U
for weight and balance changes if

required.

Revision: 3

D
21-55-4B Cargo Air SOV - Inlet NOTE 2: CRJ-900 only: Not to be
TE
(cont) (Inoperative OPEN) used in conjunction with
MELs:
IN
21-22-1 21-51-2E
21-51-1A 21-52-1B
PR
21-51-1B 36-11-2A
21-51-1C 36-11-2B
21-51-1D 36-11-2C
21-51-1E 36-11-2D
EN
21-51-2A 36-11-3A
21-51-2B 36-11-3B
21-51-2C 36-11-3C
H
21-51-2D 36-11-3D
W
PY
O

C
(M) PROCEDURES
ED
21-55-4A
A. For a cargo exhaust SOV inoperative CLOSED, do as follows:
LL
1. Do the deactivation of the conditioned-air SOV (refer to the AMM TASK 21-55-00-040-801).
O
NOTE:
TR
view continuously on the EICAS secondary page
(O) PROCEDURES
N
21-55-4A
O
NOTE:
C
N
view continuously on the EICAS.

U

Revision: 3

2. Ensure that the AFT CARGO switch is selected to OFF.
D
TE
21-55-4A Cargo Air SOV - Inlet (Inoperative CLOSED)
IN
FLIGHT PLANNING None
REQUIREMENTS
PR
PERFORMANCE
EN
CORRECTIONS None
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
H
WORKSHEET LANDING
W
None
None
PY
(M) PROCEDURES
O
21-55-4B
A. For a cargo air inlet SOV inoperative OPEN, do as follows:
C
1. Do the deactivation of the conditioned-air SOV (refer to the AMM TASK 21-55-00-040-801).
ED
NOTE:
view continuously on the EICAS secondary page.
LL
(O) PROCEDURES
O
21-55-4B
TR
NOTE:
N
view continuously on the EICAS secondary page.

O

C
1. Ensure that the cargo compartment is empty with the exception of empty cargo handling
equipment and ballast.
N
2. Ensure that the AFT CARGO switch is selected to OFF.

U

Revision: 3
21-55-4B Cargo Air SOV - Inlet (Inoperative OPEN)
D
REQUIREMENTS
TE
NOTES • Inform each station that only ballast may be loaded in the aft cargo
compartment.
IN
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
PR
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
EN
None
None
H
END PROCEDURE
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
21-55-5 AFT Cargo Compartment Y 1 0 D (O) May be inoperative provided:
Temperature Control a) Live animals are not carried
IN
System in cargo compartment, and
b) AFT CARGO switch is
PR
selected to AIR or OFF.
EN
H
(O) PROCEDURES
W
21-55-5
PY
2. Ensure that the AFT CARGO switch is selected to and remains in the AIR or OFF position.
O
C
21-55-5 AFT Cargo Compartment Temperature Control System

ED

REQUIREMENTS
LL
O
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
TR
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
N
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
O

None
C
N
U
END PROCEDURE

Revision: 3

D
TE
21-61-1A Cabin/Cockpit Temperature Y 2 1 C (O) One may be inoperative provided:
Control Systems a) Associated Air Conditioning
IN
Pack is considered
inoperative.
PR
NOTE:
Ensure that the following MELs
are also used:
EN
21-51-1A or 21-51-1D(Cabin)
OR
H
21-51-1B or 21-51-1E(Cockpit)
W
21-61-1B Cabin/Cockpit Temperature Y 2 1 C (M)(O)One automatic control may be
Control Systems - inoperative provided:
PY
Automatic Mode a) Associated manual control is
operative, and
b) Associated Duct Temperature
O
Indication is operative.
C
NOTE:
ED
with MELs:
21-51-4A
LL
21-51-4B
21-61-1C
O
21-61-1E
TR

N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
21-61-1C Cabin/Cockpit Temperature Y 2 0 C (M)(O) Both automatic controls may
Control Systems - be inoperative provided:
IN
Automatic Mode a) Both manual controls are
operative, and
PR
b) Both Duct Temperature
Indications are operative.
EN
with MELs:
21-51-4A
21-51-4B
H
21-61-1D
21-61-1E
W
21-61-1D Cabin/Cockpit Temperature Y 2 1 C (M)(O)One manual control may be
Control Systems - Manual inoperative provided:
PY
Mode a) Associated automatic control
is operative, and
b) Associated Duct Temperature
O
Indication is operative.
C

with MEL:
ED
21-61-1C

LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
21-61-1E Cabin/Cockpit Temperature Y 2 0 C (M)(O)Both manual controls may be
Control Systems - Manual inoperative provided:
IN
Mode a) Both automatic controls are
operative, and
PR
b) Both Duct Temperature
Indications are operative.
EN
with MELs:
21-61-1B
21-61-1C
H
W
PY
O

C

ED
LL

O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
21-61-1A
A. For the left PACK inoperative, do as follows:(at initial deferral only):
1. Select the left PACK to OFF.
D
2. Make sure that the L PACK OFF status message shows on the EICAS secondary page.
TE
3. If the L PACK OFF status message does not show, deactivate the left Flow Control Valve
(FCV) (refer to item 21-51-2B or 21-51-2E).
IN
NOTE:
Maintenance Control will have to be notified to defer the left Flow Control Valve (FCV)(refer to item
PR
21-51-2B or 21-51-2E)
4. On the co-pilot’s Display reversionary control panel, set the selector switch to PFD 2.
EN
5. On the EICAS control panel (ECP), push the ECS pushbutton to get access to the ECS synoptic
page.
6. On the AIR-CONDITIONING control panel, lift the guard and push the RAM AIR switch to
H
OPEN.
W
7. Make sure that the Ram air legend shows open on the ECS synoptic page.
8. Make sure that the RAM AIR OPEN message shows on the EICAS secondary page.
PY
CLOSE.
10. Make sure that the Ram air legend shows closed on the ECS synoptic page.
O
11. Make sure that the RAM AIR OPEN message does not show on the EICAS secondary page.
C
12. On the co-pilot’s Display reversionary control panel, set the selector switch to NORM.
B. For the right PACK inoperative, do as follows (at initial deferral only):
ED
1. Select the right PACK to OFF.
NOTE:
LL
Selection of the right Air Conditioning PACK to OFF renders the Galley Heater inoperative. Flight
attendants are to be advised.
O
2. Make sure that the R PACK OFF status message shows on the EICAS secondary page.
TR
3. If the R PACK OFF status message does not show, deactivate the right Flow Control Valve
(FCV) (refer to item 21-51-2A or 21-51-2D).
N

O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
NOTE:
MXC will have to be notified to defer the right Flow Control Valve (FCV)(refer to item 21-51-2A or 21-51-
2D)
4. On the co-pilot’s Display reversionary control panel, set the selector switch to PFD 2.
D
5. On the EICAS control panel (ECP), push the ECS pushbutton to get access to the ECS synoptic
TE
page.
OPEN.
IN
7. Make sure that the Ram air legend shows open on the ECS synoptic page.
PR
8. Make sure that the RAM AIR OPEN message shows on the EICAS secondary page.
CLOSE.
EN
10. Make sure that the Ram air legend shows closed on the ECS synoptic page.
11. Make sure that the RAM AIR OPEN message does not show on the EICAS secondary page.
12. On the co-pilot’s Display reversionary control panel, set the selector switch to NORM.
H
C. For the right PACK inoperative and Ram Air SOV inoperative, do as follows (at initial deferral
W
only):
1. Select the right PACK to OFF.
PY
NOTE:
Selection of the right Air Conditioning Pack to OFF renders the Galley Heater inoperative. Flight
attendants are to be advised.
O
C
2. Make sure that the R PACK OFF status message shows on the EICAS secondary page.
3. If the R PACK OFF status message does not show, deactivate the right Flow Control Valve
ED
(FCV) (refer to item 21-51-2A or 21-51-2D).
NOTE:
LL
MXC will have to be notified to defer the right Flow Control Valve (FCV)
4. Make sure that limitations are observed and that the Maintenance procedure is performed as
O
per Item Ram Air SOV, 21-52-1A or 21-52-1C.

TR
D. During a one PACK operation, if the remaining PACK caused the presentation of the “L(R) PACK
TEMP” and/or “L(R) PACK” caution messages on the EICAS primary display, do as follows:
N
O

C
N
U

Revision: 3
(M) PROCEDURES
21-61-1B
A. For a cockpit temperature control system with the automatic control inoperative, do as follows:
D
TE
CBP-1 K7 CKPT TEMP SENS 221
3. On the AIR-CONDITIONING control panel, push the CKPT MAN switch/light and make sure
that the switch/light illuminates.
IN
4. On the secondary EICAS display, make sure the CKPT TEMP MAN status message is
displayed.
PR
5. Remove electrical power from the aircraft.
B. For a cabin temperature control system with the automatic control inoperative, do as follows:
EN
2. Open and collar the circuit breakers that follow:
For the forward cabin temperature sensor:
H
CBP-2 J1 FWD CABIN TEMP SENS 222
For the aft cabin temperature sensor:
W
CBP-1 J1 AFT CABIN TEMP SENS 221
3. On the AIR-CONDITIONING control panel, push the CABIN MAN switch/light and make
PY
sure that the switch/light illuminates.
4. On the secondary EICAS display, make sure the CABIN TEMP MAN status message is
displayed.
O

C
(O) PROCEDURES
ED
21-61-1B
LL
1. Use manual for the inoperative automatic control.

2. The associated CKPT TEMP MAN or CABIN TEMP MAN status message will show on
O
EICAS.
TR

N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
(M) PROCEDURES
21-61-1C
A. For a cabin/cockpit temperature control system with both automatic controls inoperative, do as
follows:
D
TE
For the forward cabin temperature sensor:
CBP-2 J1 FWD CABIN TEMP SENS 222
IN
For the aft cabin temperature sensor:
CBP-1 J1 AFT CABIN TEMP SENS 221
PR
For the cockpit temperature sensor:
CBP-1 K7 CKPT TEMP SENS 221
3. On the AIR-CONDITIONING control panel, push the two CKPT/CABIN MAN switch/lights
EN
and make sure that the switch/lights illuminate.
4. On the secondary EICAS display, make sure the CKPT TEMP MAN and CABIN TEMP MAN
status messages are displayed.
H
W
(O) PROCEDURES
PY
21-61-1C
1. Use manual for temperature control.
O
2. The CKPT TEMP MAN and CABIN TEMP MAN status message will show on EICAS.
C
(M) PROCEDURES
21-61-1D
ED
A. For a cabin/cockpit temperature control system with one manual control inoperative, do as follows:
LL

For the left air conditioning controller (cockpit):
O
CBP-2 LOWER T8 ACS L MAN 222

OR
TR
For the right air conditioning controller (cabin):

CBP-2 K6 ACS R MAN 222
N
3. Make sure that the related automatic control is operative.

4. Make sure that the related duct temperature indication is operative.
O

C
N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
21-61-1D
1. Use automatic for the inoperative manual control.
D
(M) PROCEDURES
TE
21-61-1E
A. For a cabin/cockpit temperature control system with the two manual controls inoperative, do as
IN
follows:
PR
For the left air conditioning controller (cockpit):
CBP-2 LOWER T8 ACS L MAN 222
EN
AND
For the right air conditioning controller (cabin):
CBP-2 K6 ACS R MAN 222
H
3. Make sure that the automatic controls are operative.
W
4. Make sure that the duct temperature indications are operative.
(O) PROCEDURES
PY
21-61-1E
O
1. Use automatic for temperature control.

C
END PROCEDURE
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
21-61-4 Air Conditioning Panel Y 2 0 C
CKPT/CABIN Temperature
IN
Control “MAN” Switch/
Lights
PR
(light function only)
EN
21-61-4 AIR-CONDITIONING control panel
H
END PROCEDURE
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
22- Auto Flight

22-10-1 Autopilot System ........................................................................................................22-5
22-10-2A Flight Directors...........................................................................................................22-7
22-10-2B Flight Directors...........................................................................................................22-7
D
22-10-2C Flight Directors - Flight Director Modes....................................................................22-8
22-11-1A Autopilot Disconnect Switches (Control Wheel) .....................................................22-11
TE
22-11-1B Autopilot Disconnect Switches (Control Wheel) .....................................................22-11
22-11-2 Flight Director Sync Switches..................................................................................22-13
IN
22-11-3 Takeoff/Go-Around (TOGA) Switches (on Thrust Levers).....................................22-14
22-12-1 V Speed Auto Synchronization System....................................................................22-15
PR
22-12-2 Integrated Avionics Processor System (IAPS) .........................................................22-16
22-21-1 Mach Trim System ...................................................................................................22-18
22-22-1 Yaw Dampers ...........................................................................................................22-19
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
MEL System 22-TOC-i

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18
22- Auto Flight
System Diagrams
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
MEL System 22-2 22- Auto Flight

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
22- Auto Flight MEL System 22-3

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
22-10-1 Autopilot System Y 1 0 B (O) Except where enroute operations or
approach procedures require its use,
may be inoperative provided:
IN
a) Altitude Alerting system is
operative.
PR
NOTE 1: RVSM and CAT-II operations are
prohibited.
EN
NOTE 2: Relief for inoperative individual
flight guidance operational
modes is provided by MEL 22-
H
10-2C Flight Directors - Flight
W
Director Modes.
NOTE 3: Ensure that the following MELs
PY
are also used:
34-00-0
34-00-1
O

C
with MELs:
ED
27-12-1
34-14-1A
34-14-1C
LL
34-14-1D
O

TR
22-10-1 Flight Control Panel

N
(O) PROCEDURES
O
22-10-1
C

1. RVSM operations at or above FL290 not authorized unless approval is obtained from ATC.
N
2. Ensure that the flight plan suffix codes are adjusted as necessary based on inoperative
U
equipment (see FOM).

Revision: 3
22-10-1 Autopilot System
FLIGHT PLANNING • RVSM operations at or above FL290 not authorized.
D
REQUIREMENTS • Ensure flight plan suffix codes are adjusted as necessary based on
inoperative equipment (see FOM).
TE
• Do not dispatch when weather minimums require Cat II operations.
IN
None
NOTES
PR
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
EN
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
H
W
None
PY
END PROCEDURE
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
22-10-2A Flight Directors Y 2 1 B (O) Except where enroute operations or
IN
a) Autopilot is considered
PR
inoperative.
NOTE 1: Windshear escape guidance
function will be available from
EN
remaining flight director.
NOTE 2: Both TOGA Switches will not
be affected by the inoperative
H
Flight Director.
W
are also used:
PY
22-10-1
22-10-2B Flight Directors Y 2 0 B (O) Except where enroute operations or
O

C
a) Autopilot is considered
inoperative, and
ED
b) TOGA Switches are considered

inoperative
LL
NOTE 1: Windshear escape guidance will

be inoperative. However, all
remaining windshear functions
O
will be available.
TR

are also used:
N
22-10-1
O
22-11-3
C
N

U

Revision: 3

D
TE
22-10-2C Flight Directors - Flight Y - - C (O) Except where enroute operations or
Director Modes approach procedures require its use,
IN
individual flight director modes may
be inoperative provided:
Flight Director modes are: a) Altitude Alerting System is
PR
Roll, operative.
Lateral Takeoff, NOTE 1: Flight director altitude hold
EN
Heading Select, mode is required for RVSM
Navigation, Operations.
Approach, NOTE 2: Any flight director mode which
H
operates normally, may be used.
Back Course,
W
NOTE 3: If Flight director altitude hold
Half-Bank,
mode is inoperative ensure the
PY
Lateral Go-Around, following MEL is used:
Pitch, 34-00-0
O
Vertical Takeoff, NOTE 4: Not to be used in conjunction

Altitude Preselect, with MELs:
C
Altitude Hold, 22-11-3

ED
Speed, 34-14-1A
Vertical Speed,
LL
Glide-Slope and
Vertical Go-Around).
O
TR

N
22-10-2A Flight Control Panel

O
22-10-2B Flight Control Panel

C
22-10-2C Flight Control Panel

N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
22-10-2A
A. For one Flight Director inoperative, do as follows:
1. Pilot controlling the aircraft has an operative Flight Director, or
D
2. Refer to the “Flight Directors/TOGA Switches Inoperative supplementary procedures found in
the ODH under MEL Support.
TE
3. RNAV-1, RNAV-2, RNAV(GPS) approaches, Q-routes and T-routes must be flown by the pilot
with the operative flight director.
IN
(O) PROCEDURES
PR
22-10-2B
A. For both Flight Directors inoperative, do as follows:
1. Refer to the “Flight Directors/TOGA Switches Inoperative” supplementary procedures found
in ODH under MEL Support.
EN
NOTE:
The windshear “eyebrows” (pitch limit indication from the EGPWS) will appear on both PFDs to
H
indicate the required pitch attitude for the command bars to achieve a safe alpha margin escape.
W
Excessive pitch rates may activate the stall protection system.
2. Use of RNAV-1, RNAV-2, RNAV(GPS) approaches and Q-routes, T-routes are prohibited.
PY
O
22-10-2B Flight Directors

C
FLIGHT PLANNING • Do not file using RNAV-1, RNAV-2, RNAV(GPS) approaches, Q-

REQUIREMENTS routes or T-routes.
ED
NOTES Ensure flight plan suffix codes are adjusted as necessary based on
LL
inoperative equipment (See FOM).
PERFORMANCE
O
CORRECTIONS None
TR
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
N
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
O

None
C
N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
22-10-2C
1. If NAV mode is deferred, use of RNAV-1, RNAV-2, RNAV(GPS) approaches, Q-routes or T-
D
routes are prohibited.
2. If the altitude hold mode is inoperative, ensure flight is not operated in RVSM airspace.
TE
IN
22-10-2C Flight Directors - Flight Director Modes
PR
FLIGHT PLANNING • If the NAV mode is deferred, do not file using RNAV-1, RNAV-2,
REQUIREMENTS RNAV(GPS) approaches, Q-routes or T-routes.
• If the altitude hold mode is deferred, RVSM operations are prohibited.
Plan the flight below FL290.
EN
NOTES Ensure flight plan suffix codes are adjusted as necessary based on
H
inoperative equipment (See FOM).
W
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
PY
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
O
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
C

None
ED
END PROCEDURE
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
22-11-1A Autopilot Disconnect (O) One may be inoperative provided:
TE
Y 2 1 C
Switches (Control Wheel) a) The autopilot is not utilized
at less than initial approach
IN
altitude.
PR
NOTE:
Ensure that the following MEL
is also used:
EN
34-00-1
22-11-1B Autopilot Disconnect Y 2 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided:
Switches (Control Wheel) a) Autopilot System is
H
W
NOTE:
PY
is also used:
22-10-1
O
C

22-11-1A Flight Control Panel
ED

LL
O

TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
22-11-1A
A. For operations with one control wheel AP/SP DISC switch inoperative.
1. Pusher of the stall protection system can be disengaged using the control wheel disconnect
D
button.
2. With the autopilot engaged, the pilot controlling the aircraft has the operative control wheel
TE
disconnect button.
(O) PROCEDURES
IN
22-11-1B
A. For operations with both control wheel AP/SP DISC switches inoperative.
PR
Before first flight after failure occurrence
1. Initiate the STALL test.
EN
2. Ensure that the stick pusher can be disconnected using Left (Right) Autopilot/Stall Pusher
Disconnect Switch on the control wheel.
3. Perform the same procedure for the second Autopilot/Stall Pusher Disconnect Switch.
H
W
END PROCEDURE
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
22-11-2 Flight Director Sync Y 2 0 C
Switches
IN
PR
EN
END PROCEDURE
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
22-11-3 Takeoff/Go-Around Y 2 0 C (O) Both may be inoperative provided:
(TOGA) Switches (on a) Alternate procedures are
Thrust Levers) established and used.
IN
NOTE 1: All normal flight director modes
PR
are available.
NOTE 2: Windshear escape guidance is
not affected by the loss of the
EN
TOGA function and remains
operative during the approach
and takeoff phases of flight.
H
W
is also used:
34-00-1
PY
with MEL:
O
22-10-2C
C

ED
22-11-3 Throttle Quadrant
(O) PROCEDURES
LL
22-11-3
O
A. For one TOGA switch inoperative, do as follows:

1. Pilot controlling the aircraft has an operative TOGA switch, or
TR

N
B. For both TOGA switches inoperative, do as follows:

O

C
2. Go around procedure with both TOGA switches inoperative is conducted using the fixed target
N
pitch attitude of 8 degrees.

U
END PROCEDURE

Revision: 3

D
TE
22-12-1 V Speed Auto Y 1 0 C May be inoperative provided:
Synchronization System a) V-Speed settings are made
manually by each pilot.
IN
PR
EN
END PROCEDURE
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
22-12-2 Integrated Avionics N 4 3 C (M)(O) One IAPS IOC may be
Processor System (IAPS) inoperative provided:
a) Remaining IOCs are verified
IN
Input/Output
Concentrator (IOC) operative before the first flight
of the day.
PR
NOTE:
“IAPS DEGRADED” status
EN
message will be displayed on
EICAS.
H
W
22-12-2 Below EICAS Display 2 (ED2)
PY
(M) PROCEDURES
22-12-2
O
A. For an inoperative IAPS IOC, do as follows:

C
2. Make sure that the pilot and copilot display reversion control panels are set to the NORM
position.
ED
3. On the FS280.00 bulkhead panel behind the pilot seat, set the MAINT switch to the MFD 1 or
MFD 2.
LL
4. On the MFD 1 (MFD 2), make sure that the MAINTENANCE MAIN MENU is shown.
O
to the CURRENT FAULTS line.

TR
NOTE:
The function of the pushbuttons on the ECP is shown at the bottom of the MFD display.
N
O

C
N
U

Revision: 3
6. On the ECP, push the SEL pushbutton to get access to the CURRENT FAULTS page.
7. Wait for a minimum of one minute until all of the faults are shown.
8. On the CURRENT FAULTS page, make sure that only one of the messages that follow is
shown:
D
NOTE:
TE
On the ECP, push the UP and DN pushbuttons to scroll the pages up or down.
– IAPS IOC 1A
IN
– IAPS IOC 1B
– IAPS IOC 2A
PR
– IAPS IOC 2B
9.Exit from the MDC as follows:
EN
a) On the ECP, push the MENU pushbutton to go back to the MAINTENANCE MAINT
MENU page.
b) On the FS280.00 bulkhead panel behind the pilot seat, set the MAINT switch to OFF.
H
c) Make sure that the navigation data is shown on the MFD 1 (MFD 2).
W
PY
(O) PROCEDURES
22-12-2
A. If IOC 1A is inoperative, be alert that NWS can revert to a free castoring mode during taxiing when
O
NLG strut is fully extended. Therefore, do as follows:

C
1. Aft CG loading shall be minimized.

2. Asymmetric brakes should be used to maintain directional control, as required.
ED
3. Additional turning distance may be required.

4. Avoid the use of thrust reversers during taxiing.
LL
END PROCEDURE
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
22-21-1 Mach Trim System Y 1 0 C (O) Except where enroute operations
require its use, may be inoperative
IN
provided:
a) Operations are conducted at or
below 250 KIAS/.70M when
PR
autopilot is disengaged.
EN
22-21-1 Stabilizer/Mach Trim Panel
H
(O) PROCEDURES
W
22-21-1
PY
1. Airspeed restricted to 250 KIAS/.70M when autopilot is disengaged
O
22-21-1 Mach Trim System

C
FLIGHT PLANNING • If autopilot is deferred per MEL 22-10-1, airspeed is restricted to 250
ED
REQUIREMENTS KIAS/.70M
LL
NOTES None
PERFORMANCE
O
CORRECTIONS None
TR
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
N
None
O
None
C
N
END PROCEDURE
U

Revision: TR 18-01

D
TE
22-22-1 Yaw Dampers Y* 2 1 C (M) May be inoperative provided the
affected damper is verified not
engaged.
IN
NOTE:
PR
Ensure the following MEL is also
used:
EN
34-00-1
H
22-22-1 YAW DAMPER Control Panel
(M) PROCEDURES
W
PY
22-22-1
A. MOC must verify compliance with EO R22003 prior to dispatch.
O
1. In PMI, access “A/C Task Inquiry” menu (option 55/15/16).

2. Enter R22003 in “Task” and aircraft ship number in “A/C”.
C
3. Select “Enter” on the keyboard.

4. Verify “COMPLETED-NO REPEATS” is shown for task compliance.
ED
NOTE:
If task compliance is not shown in PMI the item is not deferrable.
LL
B. Make sure that the inoperative yaw damper pushbutton is not set on the YAW DAMPER control
O
panel.
TR
1. On the HYDRAULIC panel, set the ACMP 1, 2, and 3A switches to ON.

2. Set the rudder trim to zero.
N
MFD 2.
O
4. Make sure that the MAINTENANCE MAIN MENU page shows on the MFD.
C
to FCC DIAGNOSTICS.
N
6. On the ECP, push the SEL pushbutton to get access to the FCC DIAGNOSTICS page.
U
7. Make sure that the FCC DIAGNOSTICS page shows on the MFD.

Revision: 3
8. Make a selection of the REPORT MODE page as follows:

a) Make sure that the autopilot is disengaged.
b) On the flight control panel (FCP), push and hold the left (right) FD pushbutton and two
mode pushbuttons at the same time for one second.
NOTE: The instructions for the FCP controls show on the MFD.
D
c) Make sure that the REPORT MODE page shows on the MFD.
TE
9. Make a selection of the INPUT MODE page as follows:
a) On the FCP, push two mode pushbuttons at the same time for one second.
IN
b) Make sure that the INPUT MODE page shows on the MFD.
10. On the FCP, push a mode pushbutton to move the cursor to the next line.
PR
11. Turn the VS/pitch wheel until the parameter RUDANA comes into view.
12. With the feet off the rudder pedals, make sure that the RUDANA value is ≤0.5° on the left and
right columns.
EN
NOTE:
If the RUDANA value is >0.5°, it is not permitted to dispatch the aircraft.
H
13. Exit from the diagnostics as follows:
W
a) On the FCP, push and hold three mode pushbuttons at the same time for one second.
b) On the display control panel (DCP), turn the FORMAT knob on detent.
PY
c) Make sure that the MAINTENANCE MAIN MENU page shows on the MFD 1 (MFD 2).
d) On the FS280.00 bulkhead panel behind the pilot seat, set the MAINT switch to OFF.
O
e) Make sure that the navigation data shows on the MFD 1 (MFD 2).
14. On the HYDRAULIC panel, set the ACMP 1, 2, and 3A as required.
C
22-22-1 Yaw Dampers

ED
FLIGHT PLANNING • Do not dispatch when weather minimums require Cat II operations
REQUIREMENTS
LL
None
O
NOTES
TR
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
N
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
O
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
C

None
N
U
END PROCEDURE

Revision:
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision:
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
23 - Communications
23-11-1 VHF Communication Systems ...................................................................................23-1
23-22-1 Aircraft Communications Addressing and Reporting System (ACARS) ..................23-3
23-22-3 Printer .........................................................................................................................23-4
D
23-31-1A Passenger Address System .........................................................................................23-5
23-31-1B Passenger Address System - Passenger Address “PA” Switch Lights .......................23-6
TE
23-31-1C Passenger Address System - Lavatory Speakers ........................................................23-6
23-31-2 Flight Attendant Handsets ..........................................................................................23-8
IN
23-32-1 Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music System .........................................23-9
23-40-1A Interphone Voice Communication Function - Flight Deck to Cabin .......................23-10
PR
23-40-1B Interphone Voice Communication Function - Cabin to Flight Deck .......................23-10
23-40-1C Interphone Voice Communication Function - Cabin to Cabin.................................23-11
23-40-1D Interphone Voice Communication Function - Flight Deck to Ground.....................23-11
23-40-1E Interphone Voice Communication Function - Flight Deck to Ground.....................23-11
EN
23-40-1F Interphone Voice Communication Function - Ground to Flight Deck.....................23-11
23-40-1G Interphone Voice Communication Function - Ground to Flight Deck.....................23-11
23-40-1H Interphone Alerting Function - Flight Deck Call Switch Lights ..............................23-12
H
23-40-1J Interphone Alerting Function - Flight Attendant Call Switch Lights.......................23-12
W
23-40-1K Interphone Alerting Function - Mid Cabin Flight Attendant Call Lights.................23-13
23-40-1L Interphone Alerting Function - Flight Attendant Audio Alerting System................23-13
23-40-1M Interphone Alerting Function - Mechanic Call Switch Lights .................................23-13
PY
23-51-1A Hand-held Microphones ...........................................................................................23-16
23-51-1B Hand-held Microphones ...........................................................................................23-16
O
23-51-1C Hand-held Microphones ...........................................................................................23-16

23-51-2A RT/IC Switches - Pilot’s/Copilot’s RT/IC Switches ................................................23-18
C
23-51-2B Observer’s RT/IC Switches ......................................................................................23-19

23-51-3 Flight Compartment Speakers ..................................................................................23-20
ED
23-51-4A Boom Microphones ..................................................................................................23-21

23-51-4B Boom Microphones ..................................................................................................23-21
23-51-5A Headsets...................................................................................................................23-22
LL
23-51-5B Headsets...................................................................................................................23-22
23-51-6 Observer’s Audio Control Panel...............................................................................23-23
O
23-71-1A Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) ...............................................................................23-24

23-71-1B Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) - Independent Power Source (RIPS) .....................23-24
TR
23-81-1A #2 Radio Tuning Unit (RTU) ...................................................................................23-25

23-81-1B #2 Radio Tuning Unit (RTU) ...................................................................................23-25
N
23-82-1A COM/NAV Standby Tuning Unit.............................................................................23-27

23-82-1B COM/NAV Standby Tuning Unit.............................................................................23-27
O
23-82-2A FMS TUNE INHIBIT Switch...................................................................................23-29

C
23-82-2B FMS TUNE INHIBIT Switch...................................................................................23-29

N
U
MEL System 23-TOC-i

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 15
23 - Communications

D
TE
23-11-1 VHF Communication Y 3 2 B Any in excess of those required by
IN
Systems regulations may be inoperative provided:
a) It is not powered by the Battery
PR
Bus and not required for
emergency procedures.
NOTE 1: The #1 and #2 VHF radios must
EN
always be operative. Only the #3
VHF can be inoperative for
normal operations.
H
NOTE 2: When #3 VHF is inoperative, the
W
ACARS system is considered
inoperative.
PY
NOTE 3: Ensure that the following MEL is
also used:
O
23-22-1
C

ED
23-11-1 Below the First Officer’s Audio Control Panel

(ACP)
LL
O

TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
23-11-1 VHF Communication Systems
FLIGHT PLANNING
D
REQUIREMENTS None
TE
NOTES • Communications with flight crew must be accomplished via radio as the
ACARS system is inoperative.
IN
PERFORMANCE
PR
CORRECTIONS None
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
EN
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
H
None
END PROCEDURE
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
MEL System 23-2 23 - Communications

Revision: 3

D
TE
23-22-1 Aircraft Communications Y 1 0 B (O) May be inoperative provided:
Addressing and Reporting a) Alternate procedures are
System (ACARS) established and used.
IN
NOTE:
PR
Any portion of system which
operates normally may be used.
EN
23-22-1 Above the FMS CDU unit
H
(O) PROCEDURES
W
23-22-1
PY
1. Contact station operations or Dispatch to report OOOI times.
2. OOOI times must be recorded in the MM01 logbook for each flight segment.
O
3. If a CAT-II approach is accomplished, complete the CAT-II tracking form online via the
company website.
C
ED
23-22-1 Aircraft Communications Addressing and Reporting System
FLIGHT PLANNING • Ensure the each planned route of flight ensures adequate VHF radio
REQUIREMENTS coverage so that direct communication between pilot and dispatcher can
LL
be maintained.
O
NOTES None
TR
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
N
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
O
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
C
None
N

None
U
END PROCEDURE
23 - Communications MEL System 23-3

Revision: 3

D
23-22-3 Printer Y 1 0 D May be inoperative provided:
TE
a) Routine procedures do not
require its use.
IN
PR
23-22-3 On the ACARS Printer
EN
END PROCEDURE
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
23-31-1A Passenger Address System Y 1 0 B (O) May be inoperative provided:
a) Alternate, normal and
IN
emergency procedures, and/or
operating restrictions are
PR
established and used, and
b) Flight Attendant Call Switch
lights and Flight Attendant
Audio Alerting System of
EN
Crewmember Interphone
System are operative.
H
NOTE 1: Any station function(s) that
W
with MELs:
PY
23-40-1G
23-40-1H
O
23-40-1J
C
33-24-1A
33-24-1C
ED

LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
23-31-1B Passenger Address System Y 3 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided:
TE
- Passenger Address “PA” a) Alternate, normal and
Switch Lights emergency procedures, and/or
IN
(Interphone Control Unit and
Flight Attendant Stations) established and used, and
(light function only) b) Flight Attendant Call Switch
PR
lights and Flight Attendant
Audio Alerting System of
Crewmember Interphone
EN
System are operative.
H
W
with MELs:
23-40-1G
PY
23-40-1J
23-31-1C Passenger Address System Y 2 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided:
O
- Lavatory Speakers a) Alternate, normal and

emergency procedures, and/or
C

established and used.
ED

LL
23-31-1A On the INTERPHONE CONTROL UNIT

On the Flight Attendants Handset
O
23-31-1B On the INTERPHONE CONTROL UNIT

TR

23-31-1C On the INTERPHONE CONTROL UNIT
N

O
C
N

U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
23-31-1A
1. Refer to the CRJ-700/900 CFM, Chapter 4, Crewmember Communication for applicable
D
procedure.
2. Verify that the flight compartment/cabin interphone system is fully operational.
TE
3. Ensure that the flight attendant has verified the megaphone is available and operative.
(O) PROCEDURES
IN
23-31-1B
PR
23-31-1C
procedure.
EN
END PROCEDURE
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
23-31-2 Flight Attendant Handsets Y 2 1 B (O) May be inoperative provided:
a) Operative handset is located at
IN
an operative Flight Attendant
Seat Assembly, and
PR
b) Alternate communication
procedures for affected flight
attendant station are established
and used.
EN
NOTE:
Any handset function(s) that
H
MEL ITEM PLACARD LOCATION

W PLACARD TEXT
PY
23-31-2 On the Inoperative Flight Attendant Handset
(O) PROCEDURES
O
23-31-2
C

ED
procedure
LL
END PROCEDURE
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
23-32-1 Prerecorded Y 1 0 D (O) May be inoperative provided:
Announcement and a) Alternate procedures are
Boarding Music System established and used.
IN
(If installed)
PR
23-32-1 On the Interphone Control Unit
EN
On the Tape Player in the Crew’s Wardrobe
H
(O) PROCEDURES
W
23-32-1
1. Use passenger address system for announcements.
PY
END PROCEDURE
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
23-40-1A Interphone Voice Y 3 1 B (O) May be inoperative provided:
Communication Function a) Either pilot or co-pilot flight
- Flight Deck to Cabin deck to cabin interphone voice
IN
(Audio Control Panel(s) to communication function (two
way) operates normally, and
PR
Cabin)
b) Alternate procedures for
communication with cabin are
EN
H
W
with MEL:
32-30-1
PY
23-40-1B Interphone Voice Y 2 1 B (O) May be inoperative provided:
Communication Function a) Cabin to Flight Deck interphone
- Cabin to Flight Deck voice communication function
O
(Flight Attendant Stations to (two way) operates normally at

Flight Deck) least at one flight attendant
C
station,
b) Unaffected flight attendant
ED
station has an operative Flight

Attendant Seat Assembly,
c) Unaffected flight attendant
LL
station has an operative Flight

Attendant Handset, and
O
d) Alternate communication
TR
procedures for the affected

flight attendant station are
N

O

C

with MEL:
N
32-30-1
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
23-40-1C Interphone Voice Y 2 0 B (O) May be inoperative provided:
Communication Function a) Alternate communication
- Cabin to Cabin procedures for the affected
IN
(Flight Attendant Station to flight attendant station(s) are
PR
Flight Attendant Station)
NOTE:
Any station function(s) that
EN
23-40-1D Interphone Voice Y 3 1 C (O) May be inoperative provided:
Communication Function a) Alternate procedures are
H
- Flight Deck to Ground established and used, and
W
(Audio Control Panel(s) to b) Pilot or co-pilot Audio Control
Ground) Panel service interphone
function operates normally.
PY
23-40-1E Interphone Voice Y 3 0 B (O) May be inoperative provided:
O
- Flight Deck to Ground established and used.

(Audio Control Panel(s) to
C
Ground)
23-40-1F Interphone Voice Y 4 1 C (O) May be inoperative provided:
ED

- Ground to Flight Deck established and used, and
b) External AC service panel
LL
(Maintenance Interphone
Stations to Flight Deck service interphone jacks operate
normally.
O
NOTE:
TR

N
23-40-1G Interphone Voice Y 4 0 B (O) May be inoperative provided:

O
- Ground to Flight Deck established and used

C
(Maintenance Interphone
NOTE:
Stations to Flight Deck
N

U

Revision: 3

D
TE
23-40-1H Interphone Alerting Y 2 0 B (O) May be inoperative provided:
Function - Flight Deck a) The flight compartment audio
Call Switch Lights alerting system (chime) is
IN
(“CALL” and “EMER”) operative.
PR
(Light function only) NOTE 1: Flight deck audio alerting
system (chime) must always be
operative.
EN
NOTE 2: Any Flight Deck Call Switch
Light function(s) that operates
normally may be used.
H
23-40-1J Interphone Alerting Y 3 0 B (O) May be inoperative provided:
W
Function - Flight a) Passenger Address System is
Attendant Call Switch operative
Lights b) Alternate procedures for
PY
(“ATT”, “FLT” and “EMG”) contacting the flight attendants
(light function only) are established and used.
O
NOTE 1: Passenger to Attendant Call

System is considered Non-
C
Essential Equipment and

Furnishings (NEF)
ED
NOTE 2: Any Flight Attendant Call

Switch Light function(s) that
LL

O
with MELs:
TR
23-31-1A
23-31-1B
N
O

C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
23-40-1K Interphone Alerting Y 6 0 B (O) May be inoperative provided:
Function - Mid Cabin a) Passenger Address System is
Flight Attendant Call Operative.
IN
Lights NOTE 1: Passenger to Attendant Call
PR
(Cockpit, Lavatory, Cabin) System is considered Non-
Furnishings (NEF).
EN
NOTE 2: Any Flight Attendant Call
Switch Light Function(s) that
H
W
with MEL:
23-31-1A
PY
23-40-1L Interphone Alerting Y 1 0 B (O) May be inoperative provided:
Function - Flight a) Passenger Address System is
Attendant Audio Alerting operative, and
O
System b) Alternate procedures for the

C
(Chime) contacting flight attendants are

ED
NOTE 1: Passenger to Attendant Call

System is considered Non-
LL
Furnishings (NEF).
O

with MELs:
TR
23-31-1A
23-31-1B
N
23-40-1M Interphone Alerting Y 2 0 D May be inoperative provided procedures

Function - Mechanic Call do not require its use.
O
Switch Lights
C
NOTE:
(CKPT “CALL” and MECH Any Mechanic Call Switch Light
N
“CALL”)
function(s) that operates normally
U
may be used.

Revision: TR 18-01
Date: 01 Aug 18 CRJ 700/900 Series MEL

23-40-1A On the affected Interphone Station
D
23-40-1B On the Flight Attendant Hand-set(s)
TE
23-40-1C On the Flight Attendant Hand-set(s)
23-40-1D On the affected Interphone Station
IN
23-40-1E On the affected Interphone Station
PR
23-40-1F On the affected Interphone Station
23-40-1G On the affected Interphone Station
EN
23-40-1H On the affected Interphone Station
23-40-1J On the affected Interphone Station
H
23-40-1K On the affected Interphone Station
W
23-40-1L On the affected Interphone Station
PY
23-40-1M On the affected Interphone Station
(O) PROCEDURES
O
23-40-1A
C
23-40-1B
ED

procedure.
(O) PROCEDURES
LL
23-40-1C
O
A The following statements apply:

1. Advise cabin crew of affected handset. Cabin crew will follow the handset inoperative
TR
procedures as outlined in the FA manual.

N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
23-40-1D
23-40-1E
D
1. Communication with ground personnel must be via direct verbal communication or via
approved use of hand signals.
TE
23-40-1H
IN
1. Flight crew will brief flight attendant on alternate alerting procedure.
(O) PROCEDURES
PR
23-40-1J
23-40-1K
EN
23-40-1L
1. Flight crew will alert the flight attendant via the PA to contact the flight deck via interphone.
H
W
END PROCEDURE
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
23-51-1A Hand-held Microphones Y 2 1 C (O) One may be inoperative provided:
a) Associated Boom Microphone
IN
is operative and is used.
NOTE:
PR
MEL:
EN
23-51-4
23-51-1B Hand-held Microphones Y 2 0 C (O) Both may be inoperative provided:
a) Boom Microphones are
H
operative, and
W
b) Spare boom microphone is
available in flight compartment.
PY
NOTE:
MELs:
O
23-51-2A
C
23-51-4
ED
23-51-1C Hand-held Microphones Y - - D (O) Any in excess of those required by

regulations may be inoperative.
LL

23-51-1A On the affected Microphone
O
23-51-1B On the affected Microphone

TR
23-51-1C On the affected Microphone

N
O
C

N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
23-51-1A
1. Affected pilot must use the boom microphone for radio communication.
D
(O) PROCEDURES
TE
23-51-1B
1. Pilots must use the boom microphones for radio communications.
IN
END PROCEDURE
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
23-51-2A RT/IC Switches - Pilot’s/ Y 4 2 C Two may be inoperative provided:
Copilot’s RT/IC Switches a) Switch is not failed in transmit
mode,
IN
b) One RT/IC switch operates
normally for each crewmember,
PR
and
c) Hand Held Microphone on
affected side is operative.
EN
NOTE:
H
MEL:
W
23-51-1B
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
23-51-2B Observer’s RT/IC Y 1 0 A May be inoperative provided:
TE
Switches a) Switch is not failed in transmit
mode,
b) Seat is acceptable to the FAA
IN
inspector for the performance of
official duties,
PR
c) Required minimum safety
equipment (safety belt and
oxygen) is available, and
EN
d) Repairs are made within two
flight days.
NOTE 1: These provisos are intended to
H
provide for occupancy of the
W
above seats by a FAA inspector
when the minimum safety
equipment (oxygen and safety
PY
belt) is functional and the
inspector determines the
O
conditions to be acceptable.
C
NOTE 2: The pilot in command will

determine if the minimum safety
ED
equipment is functional for other

persons authorized to occupy the
observer seat.
LL

with MEL:
O
35-10-1
TR

N
23-51-2A The associated Audio Control Panel or Control

Column (as applicable)
O
23-51-2B The associated Audio Control Panel or Control

C
Column (as applicable)

N
U
END PROCEDURE

Revision: 3

D
TE
23-51-3 Flight Compartment Y 2 0 C (O) Both may be inoperative provided:
Speakers a) All flight crew members on
flight deck duty utilize headsets.
IN
PR
23-51-3 On the affected Audio Control Panel(s)
EN
(O) PROCEDURES
23-51-3
H
1. Headsets must be used.
END PROCEDURE
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
23-51-4A Boom Microphones Y 1 0 A (O) May be inoperative provided:
a) Associated Hand Held
Microphone is installed and
IN
operates normally, and
b) Repairs are made within three
PR
flight days.
NOTE:
EN
MELs:
23-51-1A
H
23-51-1B
W
31-31-1A
23-51-4B Boom Microphones Y - - D (O) Any in excess of those required by
PY
regulation may be inoperative.
O

C
23-51-4A On the affected Audio Control Panel(s)

23-51-4B On the affected Audio Control Panel(s)
ED
LL
END PROCEDURE
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
23-51-5A Headsets Y - 1 C (O) May be inoperative provided
associated flight Compartment
IN
speaker operates normally.
23-51-5B Headsets Y - - D (O) Any in excess required by regulation
PR
may be inoperative.
EN
23-51-5A On the affected headset
H
23-51-5B
W
END PROCEDURE
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
23-51-6 Observer’s Audio Control Y 1 0 A May be inoperative provided:
Panel a) Seat is acceptable to the FAA
IN
inspector for the performance
of official duties,
PR
b) Required minimum safety
equipment (safety belt and
oxygen) is available, and
c) Repairs are made within two
EN
flight days.
H
W
PY
O

C
determine if the minimum

safety equipment is functional
ED
for other persons authorized to

occupy the observer seat.
LL

with MEL:
O
35-10-1
TR

N
23-51-6 Observers Audio Control Panel

O
C
N
END PROCEDURE
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
23-71-1A Cockpit Voice Recorder Y 1 0 A May be inoperative provided:
(CVR) a) Flight Data Recorder is
operative, and
IN
b) Repairs are made within three
flight days.
PR
NOTE:
EN
MELs:
31-31-1A
H
31-31-1B
W
23-71-1B Cockpit Voice Recorder Y 1* 0 C May be inoperative
(CVR) - Independent
Power Source (RIPS)
PY
O
23-71-1A Cockpit Voice Recorder Panel

C
23-71-1B Cockpit Voice Recorder Panel

ED
END PROCEDURE
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
23-81-1A #2 Radio Tuning Unit Y 1 0 C May be inoperative provided:
(RTU) a) COM/NAV Standby tuning unit
is operative,
IN
Aircraft:
b) Cross-side tuning from RTU #1
CRJ-900s 097-235, 901-937, is operative,
PR
950-954.
c) RTU #2 is de-selected using its
CRJ 700s All RTU INHIBIT switch to ensure
cross-side tuning by RTU #1
EN
NOTE:
H
MELs:
W
23-82-1A
23-82-1B
PY
34-61-1B
23-82-2A
O
23-82-2B
C
23-81-1B #2 Radio Tuning Unit Y 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided:

(RTU) a) Backup tuning control on at
least one FMS is operative,
ED
b) Cross-side tuning from RTU #1

is operative,
LL
c) RTU #2 is de-selected using its

RTU INHIBIT switch to ensure
cross-side tuning by RTU #1
O
TR

23-81-1A #2 Radio Turning Unit
N
23-81-1B #2 Radio Turning Unit

O
C
N

U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
23-81-1B
A. Make sure the radio tuning function of the FMS is operative as follows:
NOTE:
D
First Flight of the Day Only.
TE
1. Make sure the FMS TUNE INHIBIT switch is off.
a) CRJ-900s 097-235, 901-937, 950-954, and CRJ700s - toggle switch up.
IN
b) CRJ-900s 272-349- switchlight selected out (INHIB light off)
PR
2. Set both RTU #1 and RTU #2 INHIBIT switch lights to on.
3. Make sure the radios can be tuned from at least one FMS CDU.
4. Set RTU#1 INHIBIT switch to off (INHIB light off).
EN
B. Ensure the RTU#2 INHIBIT switch remains selected in (INHIB light on) during operations.
H
END PROCEDURE
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
23-82-1A COM/NAV Standby Y 1 0 C May be inoperative provided:
Tuning Unit a) RTU #2 is operative.
IN
Aircraft:
NOTE:
PR
CRJ-900s 097-235, 901-937, Not to be used in conjunction with
950-954. MELs:
CRJ-700s All. 23-81-1A
EN
23-81-1B
23-82-2A
H
23-82-2B
W
23-82-1B COM/NAV Standby Y 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided:
Tuning Unit a) Backup tuning control on at
least one FMS is operative, and
PY
Aircraft:
b) FMS TUNE INHIBIT switch is
CRJ-900s 097-235, 901-937, operative.
950-954.
O
NOTE:
C
CRJ-700s All Not to be used in conjunction with

MELs:
ED
23-82-2A.
34-61-1B
LL

O
23-82-1A COM/NAV Standby Tuning Unit

TR
23-82-1B COM/NAV Standby Tuning Unit

N
O

C
N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
23-82-1B
A. Make sure the radio tuning function of the FMS is operative as follows:
NOTE:
D
First Flight of the Day Only.
TE
1. Make sure the FMS TUNE switch is:
Aircraft CRJ-900s 097-235,901-937, 950-954, and All CRJ-700s
IN
a) INHIBIT (down position)
2. Set both RTU #1 and RTU #2 INHIBIT switch lights to INHB.
PR
3. Make sure the radios can be tuned from at least one FMS CDU.
4. Set RTU #1 and RTU #2 INHIBIT switches off (light out).
EN
END PROCEDURE
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
23-82-2A FMS TUNE INHIBIT Y 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative in ON (INHIBIT)
Switch position provided:
IN
a) Both RTUs are operative.
NOTE 1: Navigation Auto-tuning function
PR
of the FMS will be inhibited. FMS
navigation performance may be
degraded if GPS is not available.
EN
NOTE 2: Not to be used in conjunction with
MELs:
H
23-81-1A
23-81-1B
W
23-82-2B FMS TUNE INHIBIT Y 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative in ON (INHIBIT)
Switch position provided:
PY
Aircraft: a) COM/NAV Standby Tuning Unit
is operative.
CRJ-900s:
O
097-235,901-937, 950-954 NOTE 1: Navigation Auto-tuning function

of the FMS will be inhibited. FMS
C
navigation performance may be

CRJ-700s All degraded if GPS is not available.
ED

MELs:
LL
23-81-1A
23-81-1B
O
TR

23-82-2A COM/NAV Standby Tuning Unit
N
23-82-2B COM/NAV Standby Tuning Unit

O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
23-82-2A
23-82-2B
A. Make sure the FMS TUNE switch is:
D
1. Aircraft CRJ-900s 097-235, 901-937, 950-954, and CRJ-700s all.
TE
a) INHIBIT (down position)
2. Aircraft CRJ-900s 272-349
a) INHB (selected in)
IN
PR
END PROCEDURE
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
24 - Electrical Power
24-11-1A Integrated Drive Generators (IDG) Systems- Constant Speed Drives (CSD)............24-3
24-11-1B Integrated Drive Generators (IDG) Systems- Generators (GCU) ..............................24-4
24-11-2 IDG 1/2 “Fault/DISC” Switch/Lights (light function only) .......................................24-7
D
24-22-1 APU Generator System ..............................................................................................24-8
24-23-1 Air Driven Generator (ADG) Auto-deploy System ...................................................24-9
TE
24-24-1 AUTO XFER “FAIL/OFF” Switch/Lights (light function only) .............................24-10
24-31-1 Transformer Rectifier Units (TRUs) ........................................................................24-11
IN
24-31-2 TRU Cooling Fans....................................................................................................24-13
24-32-1 Main Battery and Main Battery Charger System .....................................................24-15
PR
24-41-1 External AC Power “AVAIL/IN USE” Switch/Light (Overhead Panel) .................24-16
24-41-2 External AC Power “AVAIL/IN USE” Switch/Light (Service Panel).....................24-17
24-41-3 External AC Power System ......................................................................................24-18
24-50-3 Load Shedding System .............................................................................................24-19
EN
24-51-1 AC ESS XFER “ALTN” Switch/Light (light function only) ...................................24-20
24-61-2 DC Utility Bus ..........................................................................................................24-21
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
MEL System 24-TOC-i

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
24 - Electrical Power
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
24 - Electrical Power MEL System 24-1

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
MEL System 24-2 24 - Electrical Power

Revision: 3

D
TE
24-11-1A Integrated Drive N 2 1 A (M)(O)One may be inoperative provided:
Generators (IDG) a) Respective GEN 1/2 switch is
Systems- Constant Speed selected to OFF/RESET,
IN
Drives (CSD) b) Respective IDG is disconnected,
c) APU generator is operated
PR
NOTE: continuously throughout flight,
For GEN 1(2), d) AFM performance corrections for
GEN 1(2) OVLD APU ON are applied,
EN
EICAS caution e) Operations are conducted at or
message not below FL 320, and
accompanied by f) Repairs are made within 100
H
IDG 1(2) EICAS flight hours (cumulative).
caution message
W
reference MEL 24- NOTE:
11-1B Not to be used in conjunction with
PY
MELs:
24-22-1
O
26-12-1B
C
26-22-1B
28-13-1B
ED
49-10-1A
49-10-1B
LL
49-14-1A
O

TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
24-11-1B Integrated Drive Y 2 1 B (O) One may be inoperative provided:
TE
Generators (IDG) a) Respective GEN 1/2 switch is
Systems- Generators selected to OFF/RESET,
(GCU) b) APU generator is operated
IN
Generator Control Units continuously throughout flight,
c) AFM performance corrections for
PR
NOTE: APU ON are applied, and
For IDG 1(2) d) Operations are conducted at or
EICAS caution below FL 320.
EN
message reference
NOTE:
MEL 24-11-1A
H
MELs:
W
24-22-1
26-12-1B
PY
26-22-1B
28-13-1B
O
49-10-1A
C
49-10-1B
49-14-1A
ED
LL

24-11-1A Electrical Power Services Panel
O
24-11-1B Electrical Power Services Panel

TR
(M) PROCEDURES
N
24-11-1A
O
A. For the initial disconnect time total block hours for affected flight will be used.
B. Initiate SFWI to track and ensure repairs are made within 100 engine operating hours cumulative.
C
N

U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
24-11-1A
A. Ensure the applicable GEN 1 or GEN 2 switch remains in the OFF/RESET position.
B. For an inoperative Constant Speed Drive, do as follows:
D
1. Before the associated engine start, momentarily press in the applicable IDG 1 DISC or IDG 2
DISC switchlight.
TE
2. During associated engine start, make sure that once above 20% N2 the applicable IDG 1 DISC
or IDG 2 DISC EICAS status message and the associated DISC light come on.
IN
NOTE:
PR
If the EICAS status message and the associated DISC light do not come into view during the engine
start, the affected IDG disconnect mechanism has failed, the engine start has to be aborted, and the
aircraft must not be dispatched.
EN
1. Ensure APU ON performance penalties are applied for takeoff and landing.
H
2. Flights are restricted to altitudes at or below FL 320.
24-11-1A
W
Integrated Drive Generators (IDG) Systems- Constant Speed Drives
PY
(CSD)
24-11-1B
Integrated Drive Generators (IDG)Systems- Generators, Generator
O
Control Units (GCU)

C
FLIGHT PLANNING
REQUIREMENTS • Flights restricted to altitudes at or below FL320.
ED
NOTES • Ensure the flight plan is calculated for an additional 260 PPH of fuel
LL
burn for the continuous APU operation.
PERFORMANCE
O
CORRECTIONS Ensure APU ON performance penalties are applied.

TR
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE Select APU Operative/On in the flight planning client.
WORKSHEET LANDING
N
Select APU Operative/On in the flight planning client.

O
None
C
N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
24-11-1B
D. Ensure the applicable GEN 1 or GEN 2 switch remains in the OFF/RESET position.
D
1. APU On performance penalties are applied.
TE
2. Flights are restricted to altitudes at or below FL 320.
IN
END PROCEDURE
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
24-11-2 IDG 1/2 “Fault/DISC” Y 2 0 C
Switch/Lights (light
IN
function only)
PR
24-11-2 Electrical Power Services Control Panel
EN
END PROCEDURE
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
24-22-1 APU Generator System Y 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided:
a) IDG 1 and IDG 2 are
IN
operative, and
b) APU GEN switch is selected
PR
to OFF/RESET.
NOTE 1: IDG is considered
inoperative when either the
EN
Generator/GCU system or
the CSD system is
inoperative.
H
W
with MELs:
24-11-1A
PY
24-11-1B

O
24-22-1 APU Control Panel

C
ED
(O) PROCEDURES
24-22-1
LL

1. Ensure the APU GEN switch remains in the OFF/RESET position.
O
END PROCEDURE
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
24-23-1 Air Driven Generator Y* 1 0 C (M)(O) May be inoperative provided:
(ADG) Auto-deploy a) System is deactivated.
IN
System
PR
24-23-1 ADG Auto Deploy Control Panel
EN
(M) PROCEDURES
24-23-1
H
A. For an inoperative ADG Automatic Deploy System, open and collar the circuit breaker that follows:
W
CBP-2 N6 ADG DEPLOY - AUTO 222
NOTE:
PY
When the deactivation procedure is completed, the ADG AUTO FAIL status message will show
continuously on the EICAS secondary page.
O
(O) PROCEDURES
C
24-23-1
ED
1. When the deactivation procedure is completed, the ADG AUTO FAIL status message will
show continuously on the EICAS secondary page.
LL
END PROCEDURE
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
24-24-1 AUTO XFER “FAIL/OFF” Y 2 0 C
IN
function only)
PR
24-24-1 Electrical Power Service Panel
EN
END PROCEDURE
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
24-31-1 Transformer Rectifier Units N 4 3 B (M)(O)One may be inoperative
(TRUs) NOTE 1: Ensure that MEL 24-31-2 is
IN
also used if the TRU FAN
FAIL status message is
PR
posted on EICAS
NOTE 2: Ensure the following NEF is
also used:
EN
N33-20-5B
H
W
24-31-1 Electrical Power Control Panel
PY
(M) PROCEDURES
24-31-1
O
A. For an inoperative TRU, do the deactivation as follows:

C
2. Open and collar the circuit breaker for the inoperative TRU as follows:
ED
CBP-1 B5 TRU 1 221

OR
CBP-1 LOWER T2 ESS TRU 1 221
LL
OR
CBP-1 LOWER T5 ESS TRU 2B 221
O
CBP-2 C5 ESS TRU 2A 222

TR
OR
CBP-2 B5 TRU 2 222
N
3. On the EICAS control panel, press the ELEC switch two times to get to the DC ELECTRICAL
O
synoptic page on the EICAS secondary display.

4. Make sure that the deactivated TRU indication is not green.
C
N

U

Revision: 3
NOTE:
When TRU 1 or 2 is deactivated, both the right side passenger Reading Lights and PSU call lights are
inoperative. Inform the flight attendants.
5. If TRU FAN FAIL status message is posted on EICAS, add MEL 24-31-2
D
6. For any other combination - no limitations.
TE
NOTE:
IN
When the deactivation procedure is completed, the TRU 1(2)FAIL and DC MAIN TIE CLSD or ESS
TRU 1(2) FAIL and DC ESS TIE CLSD status messages will come into view continuously on the
PR
EICAS secondary page.
(O) PROCEDURES
EN
24-31-1
A. If TRU1 or TRU2 is inoperative, inform the Flight attendants that the right side passengers’ Reading
Lights will be inoperative.
H
NOTE:
W
When the deactivation procedure is completed, the TRU 1(2)FAIL and DC MAIN TIE CLSD or ESS
TRU 1(2) FAIL and DC ESS TIE CLSD status messages will come into view continuously on the
PY
O
END PROCEDURE
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
24-31-2 TRU Cooling Fans N 4 0 C (M)(O)
IN
PR
24-31-2 Electrical Power Services Panel
(M) PROCEDURES
EN
24-31-2
NOTE:
H
Initiate SFWI to perform maintenance procedures before each flight (only required if temperature are
above 30° C).
A. For a failed TRU cooling fan, do as follows:

W
PY
2. Select CURRENT FAULT page on the MDC (Refer to AMM TASK 45-45-00-970-804).
O
3. Determine the failed TRU cooling fan which will be indicated by FAN/OVERHEAT SW
message.
C

5. Open forward equipment and electrical bay doors (211AL and 212AR) for stationary ground
ED
operations when temps >30°C:

If TRU 1 cooling fan failed and TRU 2 FAIL status message is shown on the EICAS;
LL
OR
If TRU 2 cooling fan failed and TRU 1 FAIL status message is shown;
O
OR
TR
If ESS TRU 1 cooling fan failed and ESS TRU 2 FAIL message is shown;
OR
If ESS TRU 2 cooling fan failed and ESS TRU 1 FAIL message is shown.
N
O
NOTE:
There are no limitations for all other combinations.
C
N

U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
24-31-2
A. Ensure the forward equipment doors are closed and latched prior to departure. (211AL and 212 AR)
.
D
END PROCEDURE
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
24-32-1 Main Battery and Main N 1 0 A (M)(O) May be inoperative provided:
Battery Charger System a) Main Battery and Main
IN
Battery Charger System is
deactivated.
PR
b) Repairs are made within one
flight day.
EN
H
(M) PROCEDURES
W
24-32-1
A. For an inoperative main battery system, do as follows:
PY
1. Do the procedure to disconnect the main battery (refer to the AMM TASK 24-32-00-040-801).
2. Deactivate the main battery charger as follows:
O
a) Open and collar the CB that follows:

CBP-1 C5 MAIN BATTERY CHARGER 221
C
NOTE:
ED
When the deactivation procedure is completed, the MAIN BATT OFF caution message may show
continuously on the EICAS primary page and the MAIN BATT CHGR status message may show
continuously on the EICAS secondary page. The cockpit dome light (DS70) will be inoperative. Refer
LL
to item 33-13-1 for possible relief.

O
(O) PROCEDURES
TR
24-32-1
1. When the deactivation procedure is completed, the MAIN BATT OFF caution message may
N
show continuously on the EICAS primary page and the MAIN BATT CHGR status message
O
may show continuously on the EICAS secondary page. The cockpit dome light (DS70) will be
inoperative. Refer to item 33-13-1 for possible relief.
C
N
END PROCEDURE
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
24-41-1 External AC Power Y 1 0 C
“AVAIL/IN USE” Switch/
Light (Overhead Panel)
IN
PR
EN
H
END PROCEDURE
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
24-41-2 External AC Power Y 1 0 C
“AVAIL/IN USE” Switch/
IN
Light (Service Panel)
PR
EN
AC External Service Panel
H
W
END PROCEDURE
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
24-41-3 External AC Power System Y 1 0 C
IN
PR
AC External Service Panel
EN
END PROCEDURE
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
24-50-3 Load Shedding System N 1 0 D
IN
PR
24-50-3 Galley Panel
EN
END PROCEDURE
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
24-51-1 AC ESS XFER “ALTN” Y 1 0 C
Switch/Light (light function
IN
only)
PR
EN
END PROCEDURE
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
24-61-2 DC Utility Bus Y 1 0 C May be inoperative provided:
a) Cabin right side reading
lights are considered
IN
inoperative.
PR
NOTE:
Ensure the following NEF is
also being used:
EN
N33-20-5B
H
W
24-61-2 Flight Attendant Control Panel
PY
END PROCEDURE
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
25 - Equipment/Furnishings
25-00-1 “Fasten Seat Belt While Seated” Sign or Placard.....................................................25-1
25-11-1A Pilot Seats - Lumbar supports.....................................................................................25-2
25-11-1B Pilot Seats - Arm rests ................................................................................................25-2
D
25-11-1C Pilot Seats - Height Adjustments................................................................................25-2
25-11-1D Pilot Seats - Fore/Aft Adjustments.............................................................................25-3
TE
25-11-1E Pilot Seats - Recline Adjustments ..............................................................................25-3
25-11-1F Pilot Seats - Thigh Supports .......................................................................................25-3
IN
25-12-1A Flight Deck Observer’s Seat (including associated equipment).................................25-5
25-12-1B Flight Deck Observer’s Seat (including associated equipment).................................25-6
PR
25-18-1A Cockpit Sunvisors.......................................................................................................25-7
25-18-1B Cockpit Sunvisors.......................................................................................................25-7
25-18-2A Cockpit Chart Holders (Control Column and Window).............................................25-8
25-18-2B Cockpit Chart Holders (Control Column and Window).............................................25-8
EN
25-21-1A Passenger Seats...........................................................................................................25-9
25-21-1B Passenger Seats - Recline Mechanism........................................................................25-9
25-21-1C Passenger Seats - Recline Mechanism........................................................................25-9
H
25-21-1D Passenger Seats - Underseat Baggage Restraining Bars ..........................................25-10
W
25-21-1E Passenger Seats - Armrest with Recline Mechanism ...............................................25-10
25-21-1F Passenger Seats - Armrest without Recline Mechanism ..........................................25-11
25-21-1G Passenger Seats - Armrest Downlock Mechanism ...................................................25-11
PY
25-21-1H Passenger Seats - Seat Back Removed .....................................................................25-11
25-22-1A Flight Attendant Seat Assembly-Required Flight Attendant Seats ..........................25-14
O
25-22-1B Flight Attendant Seat Assembly-Excess Flight Attendant Seats..............................25-15

25-23-1A Overhead Storage Bin(s)/Cabin, Galley and Lav Storage Compartments/Closets ..25-17
C
25-23-1B Overhead Storage Bin(s)/Cabin, Galley and Lav Storage Compartments/Closets ..25-18
25-32-1 Galley/Cabin Waste Receptacle Access Doors/Covers............................................25-21
ED
25-40-1 Lavatory Door Ashtray.............................................................................................25-22

25-40-2 Lavatory Waste Compartment Access Door / Flap Assembly .................................25-23
25-42-1 Lavatory Door Springs .............................................................................................25-24
LL
25-51-1 Baggage Retrieval Modules......................................................................................25-25

25-51-2 Cargo Compartment Door Restraint Nets ................................................................25-26
O
25-51-3 Aft Cargo Compartment Dividing Nets....................................................................25-28

25-51-4A Fwd Cargo Compartment Dividing Net ...................................................................25-29
TR
25-51-4B Fwd Cargo Compartment Dividing Net ...................................................................25-29

25-51-4C Fwd Cargo Compartment Dividing Net ...................................................................25-29
N
25-51-4D Fwd Cargo Compartment Dividing Net ...................................................................25-29

25-52-1 Cargo Compartment Liners and Floor Panels ..........................................................25-32
O
25-61-2A Automatic External Defibrillator (AED) and/or Associated Equipment..................25-34

C
25-61-2B Automatic External Defibrillator (AED) and/or Associated Equipment..................25-34

25-61-2C Emergency Medical Kit (EMK) and/or Associated Equipment(a.k.a. XMK) .........25-35
N
25-61-2D Emergency Medical Kit (EMK) and/or Associated Equipment(a.k.a. XMK) .........25-35
U
25-61-2E First Aid Kit (FAK) and/or Associated Equipment..................................................25-36

25-61-4A Flashlights.................................................................................................................25-38
25-61-4B Flashlight Holders.....................................................................................................25-38
25-62-1A Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) ....................................................................25-40
MEL System 25-TOC-i

Revision: 3
25-62-1B Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) ................................................................... 25-40
25-64-1 Flotation Equipment ................................................................................................ 25-41
25-70-1 Non-Essential Equipment and Furnishings (NEF) .................................................. 25-43
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
25 - Equipment/Furnishings

D
TE
25-00-1 “Fasten Seat Belt While Y - 0 C One or more placards may be illegible or
IN
Seated” Sign or Placard missing provided:
a) A legible sign or placard is
PR
visible from each occupied
passenger seat.
EN
H
W
END PROCEDURE
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
25 - Equipment/Furnishings MEL System 25-1

Revision: 3

D
TE
25-11-1A Pilot Seats - Lumbar Y 2 0 C May be inoperative in the lowest position
supports provided:
a) Seat is acceptable to the
IN
affected crewmember.
25-11-1B Pilot Seats - Arm rests (M) May be inoperative or missing
PR
N 4 0 C
provided:
a) Egress is not impaired, and
b) Seat is acceptable to the
EN
affected crew member.
25-11-1C Pilot Seats - Height N 2 0 B (M) May be inoperative provided:
Adjustments a) Seat is secured in vertical
H
position acceptable to affected
W
crew member.
b) Fore/Aft Adjustments are
verified operative,
PY
c) Egress is not impaired.
NOTE:
O

C
MEL:
ED
25-11-1D

LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
MEL System 25-2 25 - Equipment/Furnishings

Revision: 3

D
25-11-1D Pilot Seats - Fore/Aft N 2 0 B (M) May be inoperative provided:
TE
Adjustments a) Seat is secured in Fore/aft
position acceptable to affected
crew member.
IN
b) Height Adjustments are verified
operative,
PR
c) Egress is not impaired.
NOTE:
EN
MEL:
H
25-11-1C
25-11-1E Pilot Seats - Recline (M) May be inoperative provided:
W
N 2 0 B
Adjustments a) Backrest is secured in a position
acceptable to affected crew
PY
member.
25-11-1F Pilot Seats - Thigh Y 2 0 C May be inoperative provided:
Supports a) Seat is acceptable to affected
O
crew member.
C

ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

25-11-1A Pilot and/or Copilot Seat
D
25-11-1B Pilot and/or Copilot Seat
TE
25-11-1C Pilot and/or Copilot Seat (as applicable)
IN
25-11-1D Pilot and/or Copilot Seat (as applicable)
PR
25-11-1E Pilot and/or Copilot Seat (as applicable)
25-11-1F Pilot and/or Copilot Seat (as applicable)
EN
(M) PROCEDURES
25-11-1B
H
A. For an inoperative pilot and/or co-pilot seat arm rest, do as follows:
W
1. Secure the affected arm rest in the upright position.
(M) PROCEDURES
PY
25-11-1C
A. For an inoperative pilot and/or co-pilot seat height adjustments, do as follows:
1. Secure the inoperative seat in a vertical position that is satisfactory to the crewmember, and
O
2. Make sure that the fore/aft mechanism is operative.

C
(M) PROCEDURES
25-11-1D
ED
A.. For an inoperative pilot and/or co-pilot seat fore/aft adjustments, do as follows:
1. Secure the inoperative seat in a forward/aft position that is satisfactory to the crewmember, and
2. Make sure that the height adjustment mechanism is operative.
LL
(M) PROCEDURES
O
25-11-1E
A. For an inoperative pilot and/or co-pilot seat recline adjustments, do as follows:
TR
1. Secure the inoperative seat in a position that is satisfactory to the crewmember.

N
END PROCEDURE
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
25-12-1A Flight Deck Observer’s Y 1 0 A May be inoperative provided:
Seat (including associated a) A Passenger Seat in the
IN
equipment) passenger cabin is made
available to the FAA inspector
PR
for performance of official
duties, and
b) Repairs are made within two
flight days.
EN
NOTE:
Associated equipment includes
H
observer's headset and life vest.
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
25-12-1B Flight Deck Observer’s Y 1 0 A May be inoperative provided:
TE
Seat (including associated a) Required minimum safety
equipment) equipment (safety belt and
oxygen) is available,
IN
b) Seat is acceptable to the FAA
inspector for the performance
PR
of official duties, and
c) Repairs are made within two
flight days.
EN
H
W
PY
O
determine if the minimum

C
safety equipment is functional

for other persons authorized to
ED
occupy the observer seat.

NOTE 3: Associated equipment includes
observer's headset and life vest.
LL

O
with MEL:
35-10-1
TR

N
25-12-1A On Observer’s Seat, and/or, if required, on

O
Passenger Seat designated for flight crew

use.
C
25-12-1B On Observer’s Seat

N
U
END PROCEDURE

Revision: 3

D
TE
25-18-1A Cockpit Sunvisors Y 2 0 C May be inoperative provided:
a) Affected sunvisor does not
IN
obstruct either pilot’s field of
view for takeoff and landing.
PR
25-18-1B Cockpit Sunvisors Y 2 0 C May be inoperative provided:
a) Affected sunvisor is properly
secured or removed from
aircraft.
EN
H
25-18-1A MM1 Logbook Cover
W
25-18-1B MM1 Logbook Cover
PY
END PROCEDURE
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
25-18-2A Cockpit Chart Holders Y 4 0 C May be inoperative provided:
(Control Column and a) Affected holder does not
IN
Window) impede associated crew
member to perform his duties.
PR
25-18-2B Cockpit Chart Holders N 4 0 C (M) May be inoperative provided:
(Control Column and a) Affected holder is removed.
Window)
EN
25-18-2A Affected Chart Holder
H
W
(M) PROCEDURES
PY
25-18-2B
A. For an inoperative cockpit chart holder, do as follows:
O
1. Remove the affected chart holder (refer to AMM TASK 25-18-13-000-801).

C
NOTE:
If the chart holder is removed at a maintenance station, route to stores with green tag attached. If
ED
removed at a spoke station, local station personnel will secure the chart holder and await shipping
instruction from Material Control.
LL
END PROCEDURE
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
(O) May be inoperative provided:
TE
25-21-1A Passenger Seats a) Seat does not block an
Emergency Exit,
b) Seat does not restrict any
IN
CRJ-900 Y 76 - D
passenger from access to the
CRJ-700  68 - D main aircraft aisle, and
PR
c) The affected seat(s) are
blocked (not used) and
placarded “DO NOT
EN
OCCUPY”.
NOTE 1: A seat with an inoperative seat
belt is considered inoperative.
H
NOTE 2: Inoperative seats do not affect
W
the required number of Flight
Attendants.
PY
NOTE 3: Affected seat(s) may include
the seat(s) behind and/or
adjacent outboard seat(s).
O
25-21-1B Passenger Seats - Recline (O) May be inoperative and seat

C
Mechanism occupied provided:

CRJ-900 Y 68 - D a) Seat back is immovable in full
ED
up-right position.
CRJ-700 Y 62 - D
25-21-1C Passenger Seats - Recline (M) May be inoperative and seat
LL
Mechanism occupied provided:

CRJ-900 N 68 - D a) Seat is secured in the up-right
O
position.
CRJ-700 N 62 - D
TR

N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
25-21-1D Passenger Seats - N - - C (M)(O) May be inoperative provided:
TE
Underseat Baggage a) Baggage is not stowed under
Restraining Bars seat with inoperative
restraining bar,
IN
b) Associated seat is placarded
“DO NOT STOW BAGGAGE
PR
UNDER THIS SEAT”,
c) Restraining Bar does not
restrict any passenger from
EN
access to main aircraft aisle or
emergency exit, and
d) Procedures are established to
H
alert Cabin Crew of
W
inoperative restraining bar.
25-21-1E Passenger Seats - Armrest N - - D (M) May be inoperative or missing and
with Recline Mechanism seat occupied provided:
PY
a) Armrest does not block an
emergency exit.
O
b) Armrest does not restrict any

C
main aircraft aisle, and

c) If armrest is missing, seat is
ED
secured and in the full upright

position.
LL

O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
25-21-1F Passenger Seats - Armrest Y - - D (O) May be inoperative or missing and
without Recline seat occupied provided:
IN
Mechanism a) Armrest does not block an
emergency exit.
PR
main aircraft aisle.
25-21-1G Passenger Seats - Armrest Y - - D (O) May be inoperative and seat
EN
Downlock Mechanism occupied provided:
a) Armrest does not block an
emergency exit, and
H
W
main aircraft aisle.
PY
25-21-1H Passenger Seats - Seat (M) May be inoperative provided:
Back Removed a) Seat does not block an
CRJ-900 N 76 - B Emergency Exit,
O
b) Seat does not restrict any

CRJ-700 N 68 - B
C
main aircraft aisle, and

c) The affected seat(s) are
ED
blocked (not used) and

placarded “DO NOT
OCCUPY”
LL
d) The seat directly behind seat

with removed seat back is
O
considered inoperative and the

TR
following MEL shall be

applied:
25-21-01
N
NOTE 1: Inoperative seats do not affect

O
the required number of Flight

C
Attendants
NOTE 2: Refer to GMM 9-02 regarding
N
control of removed parts

U

Revision: 3

Affected Seat “DO NOT OCCUPY”
D
TE
25-21-1C MM1 Logbook Cover
25-21-1D MM1 Logbook Cover
IN
Affected Seat “DO NOT STOW BAGGAGE UNDER
THIS SEAT”
PR
25-21-1E MM1 Logbook Cover
25-21-1F MM1 Logbook Cover
EN
25-21-1G MM1 Logbook Cover
H
25-21-1H MM1 Logbook Cover
(O) PROCEDURES
W
PY
25-21-1A
25-21-1H
O
1. Alert the flight attendants to ensure that the “DO NOT OCCUPY” placard is in place prior to
C
each departure and the associated seat is not used.

ED
25-21-1A & 25-21-1H Passenger Seats
FLIGHT PLANNING
LL
REQUIREMENTS None
O
NOTES • The dispatcher will alert each station and load control of the reduced
seating capacity prior to each departure.
TR
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
N
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
O
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
C
None
N

None
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
25-21-1B
1. Alert the flight attendants to ensure that the seat is locked in the up-right position prior to each
flight.
D
(M) PROCEDURES
TE
25-21-1C
25-21-1E
IN
A. For an inoperative seat back recline mechanism, do as follows:
1. Do the deactivation of the Passenger Seat Recline Mechanism in the Upright Position (refer to
PR
TASK 25-21-00-040-805).
25-21-1D
A. If the underseat restraining bar creates a safety concern, remove the restraining bar from the seat.
EN
NOTE:
If the restraining bar is removed at a maintenance station, route to stores with green tag attached. If
H
removed at a spoke station, local station personnel will secure the restraining bar and await shipping
instruction from Material Control
(O) PROCEDURES
W
PY
25-21-1D
1. Alert the flight attendants of an inoperative or removed restraining bar.
O
C
(O) PROCEDURES
25-21-1F
ED
25-21-1G
1. Alert the flight attendants of the missing or inoperative armrest and restrictions as listed in the
LL
proviso column
END PROCEDURE
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
25-22-1A Flight Attendant Seat Y (M)(O)One seat position or assembly may
TE
2 1 B
Assembly-Required Flight be inoperative provided:
Attendant Seats a) Affected seat position or seat
IN
assembly is not occupied,
b) Flight Attendant displaced by
PR
inoperative seat occupies the
passenger seat most accessible to
the inoperative seat, so as to most
EN
effectively perform assigned
duties,
c) Alternate procedures are
H
established and used as published
in crewmember manuals,
W
d) Folding type seat stows
automatically or is secured in
PY
retracted position, and
e) Passenger seat assigned to Flight
Attendant is placarded “FOR
O
FLIGHT ATTENDANT USE

ONLY”.
C
NOTE 1: An automatic folding seat that

ED
will not stow automatically is

NOTE 2: A seat position with an
LL
inoperative or missing restraint

system is considered inoperative.
O
NOTE 3: Individual operators, when

TR
operating with inoperative seats,

will consider the locations and
combinations of seats to ensure
N
that the proximity to exits and

O
distribution requirements of the

applicable regulations are met.
C
N

U

Revision: 3

D
25-22-1A NOTE 4: At least one of the regular FA seat
TE
(cont) assemblies must be operative and
used.
IN
NOTE 5: XFA jumpseat cannot be used in
place of forward FA jumpseat
PR
because XFA jumpseat does not
allow cabin view.
25-22-1B Flight Attendant Seat Y 1 0 C (M) May be inoperative provided:
Assembly-Excess Flight a) Affected seat position or seat
EN
Attendant Seats assembly is not occupied, and
(A/C 901-937 & 272 sub) b) Folding type seat shows
H
automatically or is secured in the
retracted position
W
NOTE 1: Inoperative automatic stow
feature of a folding seat renders
PY
the seat inoperative
NOTE 2: A seat with a missing or
O
inoperative safety belt (including

shoulder harness or headrest
C
renders the seat inoperative.

ED

LL
25-22-1A Inoperative Flight Attendant Seat “DO NOT OCCUPY”

Passenger Seat designated for flight “FOR FLIGHT ATTENDANT USE
O
attendant use ONLY”

TR
25-22-1B Inoperative Flight Attendant Seat “DO NOT OCCUPY”

N
O

C
N
U

Revision: 3
(M) PROCEDURES
25-22-1A
A. For an inoperative Required Flight Attendant Seat, do as follows:
1. Make sure that the Flight attendant seat bottom retracts automatically to the stow position.
D
2. If the seat bottom does not automatically retract, for fixed Flight attendant seat, with the use of
the seat belt and shoulder harness secure the seat bottom in the folded position, for stow able
TE
Flight attendant seat manually lift the seat bottom to the vertical position while moving the seat
to the stowed and secured position.
IN
3. If the seat cannot be secured in the retracted position, remove the Flight Attendant seat (refer
to the AMM TASK 25-22-01-000-801, Fwd Seat, or AMM TASK 25-22-01-000-802, Aft
PR
seat).
(O) PROCEDURES
25-22-1A
EN
A. For an inoperative Required Flight Attendant Seat, do as follows:
1. Make sure that the Flight attendant seat bottom retract automatically to the stow position.
H
the seat belt and shoulder harness secure the seat bottom in the folded position, for stowable
W
PY
NOTE:
Flight Attendant displaced by inoperative seat occupies the passenger seat (1C or 20C) which is most
O
accessible to the inoperative seat, so as to most effectively perform assigned duties.

C
(M) PROCEDURES
25-22-1B
ED
A. For an inoperative Excess Flight Attendant Seat, do as follows:

1. Make sure that the Flight attendant seat bottom retract automatically to the stow position.
LL
the seat belt and shoulder harness, secure the seat bottom in the folded position, for stowable
O
TR
3. If the seat cannot be secured in the retracted position, remove the Flight Attendant seat (refer
to AMM TASK 25-22-01-000-803, Third Seat).
N
END PROCEDURE
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
DESCRIPTION
TE
25-23-1A Overhead Storage N - - C (M) May be inoperative provided:
Bin(s)/Cabin, Galley a) Procedures are established to secure
IN
and Lav Storage the affected bin, compartment or
Compartments/Closets closet in the closed position,
PR
b) Affected bin, compartment or closet
is prominently placarded DO NOT
USE,
EN
c) Any emergency equipment located
in affected compartment is
considered inoperative, and
H
d) Affected bin, compartment or closet
W
is not used for storage of any items
except for those permanently
affixed.
PY
NOTE 1: If no partitions are installed, the
entire overhead storage
O
compartment is considered
inoperative.
C
NOTE 2: The entire bin (end cap to end cap)

ED
must be deferred. In some locations,

bins have partial partitions to
separate compartments. Partial
LL
partitions do not prevent the

contents of adjacent bins from
O
sliding into the inoperative bin. Any

adjacent bin divided by only partial
TR
partitions must also be placarded

DO NOT USE
N

O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

DESCRIPTION
D
TE
25-23-1B Overhead Storage N - - C (M)(O) May be inoperative provided:
Bin(s)/Cabin, Galley a) For non-retractable doors, affected
and Lav Storage door is removed,
IN
Compartments/Closets b) For retractable doors, affected door
is removed or secured in the
PR
retracted (fully open) position,
c) Affected bin, compartment or closet
is not used for storage of any items,
EN
except those permanently affixed,
d) Affected bin, compartment or closet
is prominently placarded DO NOT
H
USE,
W
e) Procedures are established and used
to alert crew members and
passengers of inoperative bins,
PY
compartment or closets, and
f) Passengers are briefed that affected
bin compartment or closet is not
O
used.
C

ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
DESCRIPTION
TE
25-23-1B Overhead Storage NOTE 1: If no partitions are installed, the
(cont’d) Bin(s)/Cabin, Galley entire overhead storage
and Lavatory Storage compartment is considered one bin
IN
Compartments/Closets or compartment
PR
NOTE 2: The entire bin (end cap to end cap)
must be deferred. In some locations,
bins have partial partitions to
separate compartments. Partial
EN
partitions do not prevent the
contents of adjacent bins from
sliding into the inoperative bin. Any
H
adjacent bin divided by only partial
W
partitions must also be placarded
DO NOT USE
PY
NOTE 3: Any emergency equipment located
in the associated compartment
(permanently affixed) is available
O
for use.
C
ED

25-23-1A On the inoperative Overhead Bin(s)
LL
25-23-1B On the inoperative Overhead Bin(s) “DO NOT USE”

O
(M) PROCEDURES
TR
25-23-1A
A. For an inoperative overhead storage bin, do as follows:
N
1. Make sure that the affected overhead bin door and adjacent bin door(s) not separated from the
inoperative bin by full partitions are secured closed.
O
2. If the bin does not stay closed, do the Deactivation of the Overhead Stowage Compartment
C
Latches (refer to AMM TASK 25-23-00-040-801).

B. For an inoperative Overhead Storage Bin(s)/Cabin and Galley Storage Compartment/Closets, with
N
emergency equipment installed, consider that emergency equipment inoperative and apply
U
associated limitation for that emergency equipment.

Revision: TR 18-01
NOTE:
If there is no relief for a particular emergency equipment, dispatch is not permitted.
(O) PROCEDURES
25-23-1A
D
TE
1. Communicate with the flight attendants regarding the affected inoperative bin(s) and any
affected emergency equipment.
(M) PROCEDURES
IN
25-23-1B
PR
A. For an inoperative overhead storage bin or cabin and galley storage compartment/closets, do as
follows:
1. Remove affected door(s).
EN
2. If sharp edges are exposed on any damaged bin door actuating arm, remove the hinge arms or
cover all sharp edges with protective tape.
3. Deactivate any adjacent bins not separated from the inoperative bin by full partitions by
H
securing the bin door closed.
W
4. Prominently placard any inoperative/deactivated bins “DO NOT USE”.
(O) PROCEDURES
PY
25-23-1B
1. Communicate with the flight attendants regarding the affected inoperative bin(s) and any
O
affected emergency equipment.

C
END PROCEDURE
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
25-32-1 Galley/Cabin Waste N 2 0 C (M)(O) May be inoperative provided:
Receptacle Access Doors/ a) Container is empty and the
IN
Covers access is secured to prevent
waste introduction into the
PR
compartment, and
b) Procedures are established to
ensure that sufficient galley/
cabin waste receptacles are
EN
available to accommodate all
waste that may be generated on a
flight.
H
W
25-32-1 On Galley Work Counter
PY
(M) PROCEDURES
O
25-32-1
A. Make sure that the affected container(s) is empty and secured to prevent waste introduction into the
C
compartment.
ED
(O) PROCEDURES
25-32-1
LL
1. In the event that all available containers are deferred and unusable, the flight attendants will
announce that no galley service will be available on the flight.
O
2. Have the flight attendants ensure that the affected container(s) is empty and secured prior to
TR
each flight.
N
END PROCEDURE
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
25-40-1 Lavatory Door Ashtray Y 2 1 A May be missing provided:
a) It is replaced within three
IN
calendar days.
NOTE:
PR
This proviso is consistent with
AD 74-08-09R3.
EN
25-40-1 On the Lavatory Door
H
END PROCEDURE
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
25-40-2 Lavatory Waste N 2 0 C (M)(O)May be inoperative or missing
TE
Compartment Access provided:
Door / Flap Assembly a) Associated Lavatory Fire
Extinguishing System is
IN
PR
NOTE:
Ensure that the following MEL is
also used:
EN
26-26-1A
H
W
25-40-2 On the Waste-Flap Assembly
PY
(M) PROCEDURES
25-40-2
A. Ensure the waste compartment is empty and secure the access door/flap assembly closed (if
O
inoperative) or cover the opening (if missing).

C
(O) PROCEDURES
ED
25-40-2
1. Have the flight attendants ensure the waste compartment is empty and the door/flap assembly
LL
is secured closed or covered prior to each flight.

O
END PROCEDURE
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
25-42-1 Lavatory Door Springs Y 24 0 D (O) May be inoperative or missing
provided:
IN
a) Door is verified operative
(open and close) without
PR
interference,
b) Associated lavatory door is
locked before each takeoff
and landing, and
EN
c) Alternate procedures to close
door(s) when required are
H
W
NOTE:
There are 12 springs associated
with each lavatory door.
PY
O
25-42-1 On the Lavatory Door

C
(O) PROCEDURES
ED
25-42-1
LL
1. The flight attendant(s) are briefed to ensure that the lavatory is empty and the door is closed
and locked prior to each takeoff and landing.
O
END PROCEDURE
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
25-51-1 Baggage Retrieval Modules N 2 0 D (M) One or both may be inoperative
provided:
a) Affected module(s) is/are
IN
secured at the bulkhead
position.
PR
EN
Inside the Forward Cargo Compartment
Door(s)
H
(M) PROCEDURES
W
25-51-1
A. For an inoperative forward baggage retrieval module,
PY
1. Secure the forward main module at the bulkhead position (refer to AMM TASK 25-51-02-040-
801).
O
B. For an inoperative aft baggage retrieval module,

1. Secure the aft main module at the bulkhead position (refer to AMM TASK 25-51-02-040-801).
C
ED
END PROCEDURE
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
25-51-2 Cargo Compartment Door N - 0 C (O) May be damaged or missing
Restraint Nets provided:
-(including associated a) Affected cargo compartment
IN
equipment) is empty.
PR
NOTE:
snap-latches, restraint net
EN
brackets, floor pan fittings, and
rings/posts
H
NOTE:
W
with MEL:
52-35-1B
PY
O
25-51-2 Cargo Compartment Door

C
NOTE:
ED
Prior to installation of placard,

prepare cargo door surface to ensure
proper adhesion of placard.
LL
MM1 Logbook Cover

O
TR

N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
25-51-2
1. The Cargo Load Report shows the affected cargo compartment is empty.
D
25-51-2 Cargo Compartment Door Restraint Nets (including associated equipment)
TE
FLIGHT PLANNING
REQUIREMENTS None
IN
PR
NOTES • Communicate with the station and load control prior to each flight that
no baggage or cargo may be carried.
PERFORMANCE
EN
CORRECTIONS None
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
H
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
W
None
None
PY
O
END PROCEDURE
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
25-51-3 Aft Cargo Compartment N 2 0 D NOTE:
TE
Dividing Nets Associated equipment includes
-(including associated quick release attachments, anchor
equipment) plates and cam buckles.
IN
PR
25-51-3 Aft Cargo Compartment Door
EN
NOTE:
H
W
MM1 Logbook Cover
PY
END PROCEDURE
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
25-51-4A Fwd Cargo Compartment Y 2 0 D NOTE:
TE
CRJ 900 Only Dividing Net Associated equipment includes
(including associated quick release attachments, anchor
equipment) Middle Nets plates and cam buckles
IN
(attached to door restrain
nets)
PR
25-51-4B Fwd Cargo Compartment Y 1 0 C (O) May be damaged or missing
CRJ 900 Only Dividing Net provided:
(including associated a) Fwd cargo compartment is
EN
equipment) Divider Net empty.
(located between fwd
cargo compartment doors) NOTE:
H
quick release attachments, anchor
W
plates and cam buckles
25-51-4C Fwd Cargo Compartment Y 1 0 C (O) May be damaged or missing
PY
CRJ 900 Only Dividing Net provided:
(including associated a) Baggage load in the fwd cargo
equipment) compartment does not exceed
O
Divider Net (located 850 lbs.

C
between fwd cargo

compartment doors) NOTE:
ED

plates and cam buckles
LL
25-51-4D Fwd Cargo Compartment Y 1 0 D NOTE:

CRJ 700 Only Dividing Net Associated equipment includes
O
(including associated
equipment) plates and cam buckles
TR

N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

25-51-4A Fwd and Mid Cargo Compartment Doors
NOTE:
D
TE
IN
MM1 Logbook Cover
25-51-4B Fwd and Mid Cargo Compartment Doors
PR
NOTE:
EN
MM1 Logbook Cover
H
W
25-51-4C Fwd and Mid Cargo Compartment Doors
NOTE:
PY
O
MM1 Logbook Cover

C
25-51-4D Fwd Cargo Compartment Doors

ED
NOTE:
LL

O
MM1 Logbook Cover

TR
N

O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
25-51-4B
1. Verify that the fwd cargo compartments show empty on the Cargo Load Report prior to each
departure.
D
TE
25-51-4B Fwd Cargo Compartment Dividing Net (including associated equipment)
FLIGHT PLANNING
IN
REQUIREMENTS None
• Communicate with the station prior to each departure that the fwd cargo
PR
NOTES compartments must remain empty.
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
EN
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
H
WORKSHEET LANDING
W
None
None
PY
25-51-4C
O
1. Verify that the Fwd and Mid cargo compartment combined weights do not exceed 850 lbs.as
shown on the Cargo Load Report prior to each departure.
C
25-51-4C Fwd Cargo Compartment Dividing Net (including associated equipment)

ED
FLIGHT PLANNING
REQUIREMENTS None
LL
• Communicate with the station prior to each departure that the fwd cargo
NOTES compartments are limited to 850lbs total weight.
O
PERFORMANCE
TR
CORRECTIONS None
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
N
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
O
None
C

None
N
U
END PROCEDURE

Revision: 3

D
25-52-1 Cargo Compartment N - 0 C (M)(O) May be damaged (punctured,
TE
Liners and Floor Panels torn or deformed) provided:
a) Affected area is visually
inspected for damage, and
IN
b) The only item that may be
carried in the affected cargo
PR
EN
25-52-1 Affected Cargo Compartment Door
H
NOTE:
W
PY
MM01 Logbook Cover
O
25-52-1
A. For the damaged cargo compartment liners and/or floors panels, do as follows:
C
1. Get access to the damaged liners/panels.

2. If necessary, remove or open access panels.
ED
3. Examine the area for cleanliness.

4. If a protective coating (painting, alodine, etc.) is at the surface of the component, examine the
LL
protective coating condition for signs of damage.

5. Examine the condition of all related fasteners for signs of corrosion or failure.
O
6. Examine the condition of all the electrical wires, connectors, and harness runs in the affected
zone for safety of installation.
TR
7. Examine the condition of the hydraulic, oil, and fuel lines, pneumatic lines and ducts in the
affected zone for signs of leakage, and safety of installation.
N
8. Make sure that there is no water or contaminants in to the zone.

O
9. Make sure that there are no unwanted objects in the work area.
10. If necessary, install or close the access panels.
C
N

U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
25-52-1
1. Ensure that the affected cargo compartment contains only ballast (if required) on the Cargo
Load Report.
D
TE
25-52-1 Cargo Compartment Liners and Floor Panels
IN
FLIGHT PLANNING
REQUIREMENTS None
PR
NOTES • Communicate with each departure station that the affected cargo
EN
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
H
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
W
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
PY
None
O
END PROCEDURE
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
25-61-2A Automatic External Y 1 1 D (O) Any in excess of those required by
TE
Defibrillator (AED) and/or 14 CFR may be incomplete, missing
Associated Equipment or inoperative.
IN
NOTE: NOTE 1: Two (2) sets of electrodes are
This MEL is in normally installed with each
PR
compliance with AED. One (1) AED with one
PL-73. (1) unused set of electrodes is
required by FAR.
EN
NOTE 2: The AED must be verified
serviceable by checking for
indications listed in the Flight
H
Attendant Manual (FAM)
W
NOTE 3: The AED is considered
unserviceable if any flashing
PY
red LED handle indication is
noted.
25-61-2B Automatic External Y 1 0 A (O) May be incomplete, missing or
O
Defibrillator (AED) and/or inoperative provided:

Associated Equipment a) AED is resealed in a manner
C
that will identify it as a unit that

NOTE: can not be mistaken for a fully
ED
This MEL is in serviceable unit, and

compliance with b) Repairs or replacements are
PL-73. made within 1 flight .
LL

O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
25-61-2C Emergency Medical Kit Y 1 1 D (O) Any in excess of those required by
TE
(EMK) and/or Associated 14 CFR may be incomplete, missing
Equipment(a.k.a. XMK) or inoperative.
IN
NOTE: NOTE 1: The main red seal may be
This MEL is in broken or missing provided:
PR
compliance with – The blue, red, green,
PL-73. black, orange and yellow
internal compartments are
EN
closed and the seals are
intact.
– The “Instructions for use
H
of drugs” card are present
W
in the kit.
NOTE 2: The items in the exterior pocket
PY
(BP cuff, stethoscope, gloves,
etc.) are among the items that
are in excess of those required
O
by FAR.
25-61-2D Emergency Medical Kit (O) May be incomplete, missing or
C
Y 1 0 A
(EMK) and/or Associated inoperative provided:
Equipment(a.k.a. XMK) a) EMK is resealed in a manner
ED

NOTE: can not be mistaken for a fully
This MEL is in
LL
serviceable unit, and

compliance with b) Repairs or replacements are
PL-73. made within 1 flight.
O
TR

N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
25-61-2E First Aid Kit (FAK) and/or Y 2 1 A (O) If more than one is required by
Associated Equipment regulation, only one of the required
IN
first aid kits may be incomplete,
missing, or inoperative provided:
PR
a) FAK is resealed in a manner
can not be mistaken for a fully
serviceable unit, and
EN
b) Repairs or replacements are
made within 1 flight.
H
W
25-61-2A On the front side of the AED Handle next to
the LED indicator so that it is clearly visible
PY
to the flight attendants
25-61-2B On the front side of the AED Handle next to
O
the LED indicator so that it is clearly visible

to the flight attendants
C
25-61-2C On the top face plate of the EMK Storage

Box next to the key/lock mechanism so that
ED
it is clearly visible to the flight attendants

25-61-2D On the top face plate of the EMK Storage
LL
Box next to the key/lock mechanism so that

it is clearly visible to the flight attendants
O
25-61-2E On the front face plate of the FAK between

the two fasteners
TR
N

O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
25-61-2A
1. Prior to each flight, the captain will verify that the flight attendants have checked to ensure that
(1) unused set of electrodes is available and that the LED handle indication requirements
D
described in the Remarks and Exceptions column are met.
TE
(O) PROCEDURES
25-61-2B
IN
1. The flight crew will alert the flight attendants to the fact that the AED is incomplete, missing,
PR
or inoperative.
(O) PROCEDURES
EN
25-61-2C
1. Prior to each flight, the captain will verify that the flight attendant has checked that the different
H
compartment seals and contents are intact as described in the Remarks and Exceptions column.
W
(O) PROCEDURES
25-61-2D
PY
1. The flight crew will alert the flight attendants to the fact that the EMK(XMK) is incomplete,
O
missing, or inoperative.
C
(O) PROCEDURES
25-61-2E
ED

1. The flight crew will alert the flight attendants to the fact that one of the FAKs installed is
incomplete, missing, or inoperative.
LL
O
END PROCEDURE
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
25-61-4A Flashlights Y 5 0 C (O) May be inoperative or missing
TE
provided:
a) A flashlight of equivalent
characteristics is readily
IN
available.
25-61-4B Flashlight Holders Y (M)(O) May be inoperative or missing
PR
5 0 C
provided:
a) Alternate stowage means are
provided.
EN
H
W
25-61-4B On or near the inoperative or missing Flashlight
Holder
PY
(O) PROCEDURES
25-61-4A
O
A. For an inoperative or missing flashlight, do as follows:

C
1. The flight crew shall verify that any flashlight to be used in lieu of an inoperative or missing
flashlight is of equivalent characteristics, that it is in good condition, has fresh batteries, and is
ED
functioning properly. This flashlight is not to be stowed in a passenger seat back pocket.
2. For rechargeable flashlights, the crew must verify the flashlight operates normally and that the
batteries have been freshly charged before the first flight of the day.
LL

O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
(M) PROCEDURES
25-61-4B
A. For an inoperative or missing flashlight holder, do as follows:
1. Keep the flashlight in the flashlight holder.
D
2. If the flashlight holder is missing or flashlight will not stay in holder, do as follows:
a) Replace the flashlight with a flashlight that has equivalent characteristics, that is in good
TE
condition, has fresh batteries and is functioning properly.
b) Stow the replacement flashlight in a location that is immediately accessible to the affected
IN
crew member.
PR
NOTE:
Do not stow the flashlight in a passenger back seat pocket.
(O) PROCEDURES
EN
25-61-4B
A. For an inoperative or missing flashlight holder, ensure that the alternate flashlight is stowed as
follows:
H
1. The forward flight attendant flashlight(s) shall be stowed in the fwd galley compartment that
W
holds the First Aid Kit.
2. The aft flight attendant emergency flashlight shall be stowed in the closet adjacent to the aft
PY
flight attendant seat.
3. The flight deck flashlights shall be stowed in the container at the base of the center pedestal.
O
END PROCEDURE
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
25-62-1A Emergency Locator Y - 0 A (M) May be inoperative provided:
TE
Transmitter (ELT) a) System is deactivated, and
b) Repairs are made within 90
days.
IN
25-62-1B Emergency Locator Y - 0 A May be missing provided:
Transmitter (ELT) a) Repairs are made within 90
PR
days.
EN
25-62-1A ELT Control Panel
H
25-62-1B ELT Control Panel
W
(M) PROCEDURES
25-62-1A
PY
A. For an inoperative Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) as follows:
1. Remove the ELT (refer to TASK 25-62-02-000-801).
O
C
END PROCEDURE
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
25-64-1 Flotation Equipment Y* - 0 C (M)(O)May be damaged or missing
-Passenger Life Vests (If provided the inoperative life vest is
IN
Installed) removed from aircraft at the next
available maintenance facility:
PR
Dispatched for EXTENDED OVER
WATER:
a) A life vest is provided for each
occupied passenger seat
EN
b) The affected seat(s) are blocked
and placarded “DO NOT
OCCUPY”
H
NOT dispatched for EXTENDED
W
OVER WATER:
a) None required.
PY
25-64-1 On the INOP flotation equipment and
O
“INOP-DO NOT USE”

remove from aircraft.
C
On the affected passenger seat “DO NOT OCCUPY”

ED
(M) PROCEDURES
25-64-1
LL
A. Life vests that remain on the aircraft must be placarded “INOP-DO NOT USE”
O
NOTE:
Inoperative life vest must be removed at next available Endeavor maintenance facility.
TR
(O) PROCEDURES
25-64-1
N
A. When dispatched for EXTENDED OVER WATER

O
1. Alert the flight attendants to ensure that the “DO NOT OCCUPY” placard is in place prior to
each department and the associated seat is not used.
C
N

U

Revision: 3
25-64-1 Flotation Equipment

-Passenger Life Vests (If Installed)
D
FLIGHT PLANNING
REQUIREMENTS For EXTENDED OVER WATER operations:
TE
NOTES • The dispatcher will alert each station and load control of the reduced
IN
seating capacity prior to each departure.
PR
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
EN
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
H
None
END PROCEDURE
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
25-70-1 Non-Essential Equipment - - - May be inoperative, damaged, or missing
and Furnishings (NEF) provided:
b) That the item(s) is deferred in
IN
accordance with operator’s
NEF deferral program. The
PR
NEF program, procedures, and
processes are outlined in the
operators NEF section
EN
contained in this manual. (M)
and (O) procedures, if required,
must be available to the flight
H
crew and included in the
W
operator’s appropriate
document.
PY
NOTE:
EXTERIOR LAVATORY
DOOR ASHTRAYS ARE NOT
O
CONSIDERED NEF ITEMS.

C
END PROCEDURE
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
26 - Fire Protection
26-00-1 FIDEEX System .........................................................................................................26-2
26-00-2 FIDEEX - Control Unit ARINC Communication ......................................................26-3
26-12-1A APU Fire Detection Loops .........................................................................................26-4
D
26-12-1B APU Fire Detection Loops .........................................................................................26-4
26-14-1A Main Landing Gear Bay Overheat Detection System ................................................26-7
TE
26-14-1B Main Landing Gear Bay Overheat Detection System ................................................26-8
26-14-1C Main Landing Gear Bay Overheat Detection System ................................................26-9
IN
26-15-1A Cargo Compartment Smoke Detectors - FWD CARGO..........................................26-13
26-15-1B Cargo Compartment Smoke Detectors - AFT CARGO ...........................................26-14
PR
26-16-1 Lavatory Smoke Detection System ..........................................................................26-17
26-22-1A APU Fire Extinguishing System...............................................................................26-19
26-22-1B APU Fire Extinguishing System...............................................................................26-19
26-25-1 Cargo Compartment Fire Extinguishing System......................................................26-22
EN
26-25-2A Cargo Compartment Fire Extinguisher Squibs - Fwd Squibs ..................................26-23
26-25-2B Cargo Compartment Fire Extinguisher Squibs - Aft Squibs ....................................26-23
26-26-1A Lavatory Fire Extinguishing System ........................................................................26-25
H
26-26-1B Lavatory Fire Extinguishing System ........................................................................26-25
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
MEL System 26-TOC-i

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
26 - Fire Protection
System Diagrams
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
26 - Fire Protection MEL System 26-1

Revision: 3

D
TE
26-00-1 FIDEEX System Y 1 1 C System redundancy may be degraded as
indicated by “FIRE SYS FAULT” status
message.
IN
PR
26-00-1 Above EICAS Display 2 (ED2)
EN
END PROCEDURE
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
MEL System 26-2 26 - Fire Protection

Revision: 3

D
TE
26-00-2 FIDEEX - Control Unit Y 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided:
ARINC Communication a) FIRE DETECTION/FIREX
IN
MONITOR pilot initiated test is
performed prior to each flight.
PR
26-00-2 FIRE DETECTION/FIREX MONITOR
EN
Panel
(O) PROCEDURES
H
26-00-2
W
1. Perform the FIRE DETECTION/FIREX MONITOR test prior to each flight.
PY
END PROCEDURE
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
26-12-1A APU Fire Detection Loops Y 2 0 C Both loops A and B may be inoperative
provided:
a) APU is considered inoperative.
IN
is also used:
PR
49-10-1A
EN
with MEL:
26-22-1B
H
26-12-1B APU Fire Detection Loops N 2 0 C (M)(O) Both loops A and B may be
inoperative provided:
W
a) APU is used on ground (for
engine start only),
PY
b) APU access doors are opened,
c) APU is visually monitored,
d) APU is pneumatically loaded
O
only, and
e) Total APU operating time shall
C
not exceed 5 minutes.

ED
NOTE:
MEL:
LL
24-11-1A
O
24-11-1B
TR
28-13-1B

N
26-12-1A FIRE DETECTION/FIREX MONITOR

O
Panel
C
26-12-1B FIRE DETECTION/FIREX MONITOR

N
Panel
U

Revision: 3
26-12-1A APU Fire Detection Loops
FLIGHT PLANNING
REQUIREMENTS None
D
TE
NOTES • Dispatcher shall ensure external air source availability for engine starts
at each station to be served.
IN
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
PR
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
EN
None
None
H
(M) PROCEDURES
W
26-12-1B
A. For APU fire detection loops inoperative, and to use the APU on the ground for engine start, do as
follows:
PY
1. Make sure the circuit breakers that follow are closed:
– CBP-1 N10 APU FUEL PUMP 221
O
– CBP-1 N11 APU ECU PRIM 221

C
– CBP-1 LOWER R9 FUEL SOV APU 221

– CBP-5 A6 APU ECU SEC 311
ED
– CPT-5 B1 APU DOOR ACT 311

LL
WARNING
THE APU FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM IS NOT EFFECTIVE WITH APU ACCESS
O
DOORS OPENED.
TR
2. Open the APU access door 361AB and 362AB.

3. Start the APU (refer to AMM TASK 49-10-00-866-801) and let it operate for a maximum of 5
N
minutes.
O
4. While the APU is operating on the ground, qualified personnel must visually monitor the APU
for condition (no smoke or fire condition).
C
5. Qualified personnel must be readily available to communicate with the flight crew using a
N
suitable headset in the event of a required shutdown.

6. Qualified personnel must be readily available with portable fire extinguishers.
U

Revision: 3
7.
Start the engine with the APU (refer to AMM TASK 71-00-00-866-806).
8.
Shut down the APU (refer to AMM TASK 49-10-00-866-802).
9.
Do the procedure to deactivate the APU (refer to AMM TASK 49-10-00-040-801).Close the
APU access door 361AB and 362AB.
D
(O) PROCEDURES
TE
26-12-1B
1. APU can only be used for engine starts and for a maximum of 5 minutes.
IN
2. APU GEN switch remains in OFF/RESET position
PR
Note: APU GEN OFF caution message will appear 20 seconds after the APU is started.
END PROCEDURE
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
26-14-1A Main Landing Gear Bay Y 1 0 B (O) May be inoperative provided:
Overheat Detection a) MLG BAY OVHT warning
System message is not displayed,
IN
b) EICAS Brake Temperature
Monitoring Readouts are
PR
operative,
c) Landing gear is left extended for
a minimum of ten minutes after
EN
takeoff,
d) Takeoff performance is in
accordance with AFM
H
Supplement (Flight with
W
Landing Gear Down), and
e) Takeoff is not conducted in
icing conditions.
PY
NOTE 1: Icing conditions are as defined
in CFM Chapter 2.
O

C
with MELs:
32-46-1A
ED
32-46-1B
32-46-1C
LL
32-46-1D
O

TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
26-14-1B Main Landing Gear Bay N 1 0 B (M)(O)May be inoperative provided:
TE
Overheat Detection a) System is deactivated,
System b) EICAS Brake Temperature
Monitoring Readouts are
IN
operative,
c) Landing gear is left extended for
PR
a minimum of ten minutes after
takeoff,
d) Takeoff performance is in
EN
accordance with AFM
Landing Gear Down), and
H
e) Takeoff is not conducted in
W
icing conditions.
NOTE 1: Icing conditions are as defined
in CFM Chapter 2.
PY
with MELs:
O
32-46-1A
C
32-46-1B
32-46-1C
ED
32-46-1D
LL
O

TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
26-14-1C Main Landing Gear Bay N 1 0 A (M)(O) May be inoperative provided:
Overheat Detection a) Operations are conducted in
System accordance with AFM
IN
Landing Gear Down),
PR
b) Ground lock pins are installed
to ensure that all three landing
gears are locked down
EN
throughout flight,
c) Operations are not conducted in
known or forecast icing
H
conditions,
W
d) In-flight performance
information given in the Flight
Planning and Cruise Control
PY
Manual is used,
e) Extended overwater operations
are prohibited,
O
f) Both headsets are worn, and

C
g) Repairs are made within one

flight day,
ED
h) CAT II operations are

prohibited.
LL
NOTE:
also used:
O
TR
34-00-1

N
26-14-1A Landing Gear Control Panel

O
C
26-14-1B Landing Gear Control Panel

N
26-14-1C Landing Gear Control Panel

U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
26-14-1A
A. For a Main Landing Gear Bay Overheat Detection System inoperative, do as follows:
1. Remain clear of icing conditions until above 1500’ AGL
D
2. Just prior to brake release for takeoff, make a note of the EICAS BTMS readouts,
TE
3. After lift off, check the EICAS BTMS readouts to ensure that the BTMS level is the same or
less than at brake release.
4. After takeoff, operate with gear down not greater than 220 KIAS for a minimum of 10 minutes.
IN
5. After 10 minutes, before retracting the landing gear, make sure the BTMS level is less than at
brake release.
PR
NOTE:
Because the landing gear must remain extended for the first 10 minutes of the flight, tap the brakes
EN
briefly after lift-off to stop tire rotation. Failure to do this could result in a GLD UNSAFE caution
message being displayed.
H
1. Ensure GEAR EXTENDED performance penalties are applied for Takeoff only.
W
PY
26-14-1A Main Landing Gear Bay Overheat Detection System
FLIGHT PLANNING • Ensure fuel planning is adjusted to account for gear down during first 10
REQUIREMENTS minutes of flight.
O
• Ensure that the flight will be able to remain clear of icing conditions until
C
reaching 1500’AGL.
ED
NOTES None
PERFORMANCE
LL
CORRECTIONS Ensure Landing Gear Extended performance penalties are applied for Takeoff only.
O
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE Select “Landing Gear Extended” in the flight planning client.
TR
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
N
None
O
C

N
U

Revision: 3
(M) PROCEDURES
26-14-1B
A. For an inoperative Main Landing Gear Bay Overheat Detection System, with the MLG BAY OVHT
warning message that shows on the EICAS primary page, do as follows:
D
– CBP-2 N9 MLG BAY OVHT DET 222
TE
(O) PROCEDURES
26-14-1B
IN
A. For a Main Landing Gear Bay Overheat Detection System inoperative, do as follows:
1. Remain clear of icing conditions until above 1500’ AGL
PR
2. Just prior to brake release for takeoff, make a note of the EICAS BTMS readouts,
3. After lift off, check the EICAS BTMS readouts to ensure that the BTMS level is the same or
less than at brake release.
EN
4. After takeoff, operate with gear down not greater than 220 KIAS for a minimum of 10 minutes.
5. After 10 minutes, before retracting the landing gear, make sure the BTMS level is less than at
brake release.
H
W
NOTE:
Because the landing gear must remain extended for the first 10 minutes of the flight, tap the brakes
briefly after lift-off to stop tire rotation. Failure to do this could result in a GLD UNSAFE caution
PY
message being displayed.

O
1. Ensure GEAR EXTENDED performance penalties are applied for Takeoff only
C
26-14-1B Main Landing Gear Bay Overheat Detection System

ED
FLIGHT PLANNING • Ensure fuel planning is adjusted to account for gear down during first 10
REQUIREMENTS minutes of flight.
• Ensure that the flight will be able to remain clear of icing conditions
LL
until reaching 1500’AGL.

O
NOTES None
TR
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS Ensure GEAR EXTENDED performance penalties are applied for Takeoff only.
N
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
O

WORKSHEET LANDING
C
None
N

None
U

Revision: 3
(M) PROCEDURES
26-14-1C
A. For an inoperative Main Landing Gear Bay Overheat Detection System and an inoperative EICAS
Brake Temperature Monitoring Readouts, do as follows:
D
1. Make sure that the ground lock pins are installed in the landing gears (refer toTASK10-11-00-
400-801and10-11-00-400-802).
TE
2. Make sure that the lock pins are secured for the flight and that the REMOVE BEFORE
FLIGHT warning flags are removed or secured.
IN
NOTE:
If a MLG BAY OVHT warning message is also showing on the EICAS, deactivate Main Landing Gear
PR
Bay Overheat Detection System per (M) procedure shown in item 26-14-1B.
(O) PROCEDURES
EN
26-14-1C
1. Ensure that the “Landing Gear Extended” and performance penalties are applied.
H
2. Refer to the CRJ CFM, chapter 4, Flight with Landing Gear Down section.
26-14-1C W
Main Landing Gear Bay Overheat Detection System
PY
FLIGHT PLANNING • Ensure GEAR EXTENDED performance penalties are applied.
REQUIREMENTS • Airspeed restricted to 250 KIAS.
O
C

ED
• Refer to the CRJ CFM, chapter 4, Flight with Landing Gear Down
NOTES section.
LL
• Ensure that no passengers are carried.

O
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
TR
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
N
WORKSHEET LANDING
Select “Landing Gear Extended” in the flight planning client.
O

Select “Gear Extended” in the flight planning client
C
N
END PROCEDURE
U

Revision: 3

D
26-15-1A Cargo Compartment Smoke N 3 0 C (M)(O) All may be inoperative
TE
Detectors - FWD CARGO provided:
a) Procedures are established
IN
and used to ensure the fwd
PR
contain only ballast.
NOTE:
EN
Relief for single or dual Fwd
Cargo Compartment Smoke
Detector failure is covered by
H
item 26-00-1 with the FIRE
W
SYS FAULT status message
shown.
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
26-15-1B Cargo Compartment Smoke N 2 0 C (M)(O)All may be inoperative
TE
Detectors - AFT CARGO provided:
a) Procedures are established
IN
PR
contain only ballast.
NOTE:
EN
Relief for single Aft Cargo
Compartment Smoke Detector
failure is covered by item
H
26-00-1
W
PY
26-15-1A CARGO FIREX Panel
26-15-1B CARGO FIREX Panel

O
C
(M) PROCEDURES
ED
26-15-1A
A. For forward cargo smoke detector(s) inoperative, do as follows:
1. Do the procedure to deactivate the forward cargo smoke detector system (refer to AMM TASK
LL
26-17-00-040-801).
NOTE:
O
When the deactivation procedure is completed, the FWD CARGO DET caution message will come
TR
into view continuously on the EICAS primary page.

N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
26-15-1A
1. When the deactivation procedure is completed by maintenance, the FWD CARGO DET
D
caution message will be displayed on the EICAS primary page.
TE
26-15-1A Cargo Compartment Smoke Detectors - FWD CARGO
FLIGHT PLANNING
IN
REQUIREMENTS None
PR
NOTES • The flight dispatcher will notify each station that the fwd cargo
compartment must remain empty as described in the Remarks and
Exceptions column.
EN
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
H
W
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
PY
None
None
O
(M) PROCEDURES
C
26-15-1B
A. For aft cargo smoke detector(s) inoperative, do as follows:
ED
1. Do the procedure to deactivate the aft cargo smoke detector system (refer to AMM TASK 26-
15-00-040-801).
LL
NOTE:
When the deactivation procedure is completed, the AFT CARGO DET caution message will come into
O

TR

N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
26-15-1B
1. When the deactivation procedure is completed by maintenance, the AFT CARGO DET caution
D
message will be displayed on the EICAS primary page.
TE
26-15-1B Cargo Compartment Smoke Detectors - FWD CARGO
FLIGHT PLANNING
IN
REQUIREMENTS None
PR
NOTES • The flight dispatcher will notify each station that the aft cargo
Exceptions column.
EN
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
H
W
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
PY
None
None
O
END PROCEDURE
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
26-16-1 Lavatory Smoke Detection Y 2 0 C (M)(O)For each lavatory, the lavatory
System smoke detection system may be
IN
a) Lavatory waste receptacle is
empty,
PR
b) Associated lavatory door is
locked CLOSED and
placarded, “INOPERATIVE
EN
- DO NOT ENTER”, and
c) Lavatory is used only by
crewmembers.
H
NOTE 1: These provisos are not
W
intended to prohibit lavatory
inspections by crew
members.
PY
with MEL:
O
26-26-1A
C

ED
26-16-1 MM1 Logbook Cover “INOPERATIVE - DO NOT ENTER”

Lavatory Door
LL
O

TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
(M) PROCEDURES
26-16-1
A. For an inoperative lavatory smoke detection system, do as follows:
1. In the lavatory, open the waste bin access door and make sure that the waste bin is empty. Close
D
the waste bin access door.
2. Close and lock the lavatory door.
TE
3. Place an “INOPERATIVE-DO NOT ENTER” placard on the affected lavatory door.
(O) PROCEDURES
IN
26-16-1
A. For an inoperative lavatory smoke detection system, ensure that the flight attendants have completed
PR
the following:
During the pre flight cabin check
1. Make sure the lavatory waste bin is empty and that the lavatory is not used for any storage
EN
purpose, then close and lock the lavatory door.
During flight
H
1. The flight attendants will inspect the lavatory once every hour during flight time.
W
2. Make sure that the lavatory is not used for any disposable waste storage.
PY
NOTE:
Make sure that the lavatory is not used for any purpose by passengers.
O
C
END PROCEDURE
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
26-22-1A APU Fire Extinguishing Y 1 0 C May be inoperative provided:
System a) APU is considered inoperative.
IN
is also used:
PR
49-10-1A
with MEL:
EN
28-13-1B
26-22-1B APU Fire Extinguishing N 1 0 C (M)(O) May be inoperative provided:
H
System a) APU is used on ground (for
W
engine start only),
b) APU access doors are opened,
c) APU is visually monitored,
PY
d) APU Fire Detection System is
operative,
e) APU is pneumatically loaded
O
only, and
C
f) Total APU operating time shall

not exceed 5 minutes.
ED
NOTE:
LL
MELs:
24-11-1A
O
24-11-1B
TR
26-12-1A
26-12-1B
N
28-13-1B
O

C
N
U

Revision: 3
MEL ITEM PL ACARD LOCATION PLACARD TEXT

26-22-1A Next to the APU Fire Switch/Light on the glareshield
26-22-1B Next to the APU Fire Switch/Light on the glareshield
D
TE
(M) PROCEDURES
26-22-1B
IN
A. For an APU Fire Extinguishing System inoperative, and to use the APU on the ground for engine
start, do as follows:
PR
1. Do an Operational Check of the APU Fire Detection System (refer to AMM TASK 26-12-00-
710-801).
EN
H
3. Open the Aft Equipment Compartment Door 311BB.
W
PY
– CPT-5 B1 APU DOOR ACT 311
O
WARNING
C
The APU fire extinguishing system is not effective with APU access doors opened.
ED
5. Open the APU access door 361AB and 362AB.(refer to AMM TASK 52-45-49-010-801)
6. Start the APU (refer to AMM TASK 49-10-00-866-801) and let it operate for a maximum of 5
minutes.
LL
7. While the APU is operating on the ground, qualified personnel must visually monitor the APU
for condition (no smoke or fire condition).
O
8. Make sure that the APU does not operate for more than 5 minutes.
TR
9. Qualified personnel must be readily available to communicate with the flight crew using a
suitable headset in the event of a required shutdown. (Refer to AMM TASK 49-10-00-866-
802).
N
10. Qualified personnel must be readily available with portable fire extinguishers.
O
11. Start the engine with the APU (refer to AMM TASK 71-00-00-866-806).
12. Shut down the APU (refer to AMM TASK 49-10-00-866-802)
C
13. Close the APU access door 361AB and 362AB (refer to TASK 52-45-49-410-801).
N
14. Close the Aft Equipment Compartment Door 311BB.

U

Revision: 3
26-22-1A APU Fire Extinguishing System
FLIGHT PLANNING • Ensure external air source availability for engine starts at each station to
REQUIREMENTS be served.
D
TE
NOTES None
IN
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
PR
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
EN
None
None
H
(O) PROCEDURES
W
26-22-1B
PY
1. APU can only be used for engine starts and for a maximum of 5 minutes.
2. APU GEN switch remains in OFF/RESET position
O
3. APU GEN OFF caution message will appear 20 seconds after the APU is started.
C
END PROCEDURE
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
26-25-1 Cargo Compartment Fire Y 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided:
Extinguishing System a) The only items that may be
IN
PR
26-25-1 CARGO FIREX Panel
EN
(O) PROCEDURES
26-25-1
H
W
1. The affected cargo compartment contains only ballast (if required) on the Cargo Load Report.
PY
26-25-1 Cargo Compartment Fire Extinguishing System
FLIGHT PLANNING
O
REQUIREMENTS None
C
NOTES • Communicate with each departure station that the affected cargo
ED
PERFORMANCE
LL
CORRECTIONS None
O
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
TR
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
N
None
O
C
END PROCEDURE
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
26-25-2A Cargo Compartment Fire Y 2 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided:
Extinguisher Squibs - Fwd a) The only item that may be
Squibs carried in the cargo
IN
26-25-2B Cargo Compartment Fire Y 2 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided:
PR
Extinguisher Squibs - Aft a) The only item that may be
Squibs carried in the cargo
EN
H
26-25-2A CARGO FIREX Panel
W
26-25-2B CARGO FIREX Panel
PY
(O) PROCEDURES
26-25-2A
O
1. Communicate with each departure station that the affected cargo compartment contains only
C
ballast (if required)

ED

LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
.
26-25-2A Cargo Compartment Fire Extinguisher Squibs - Fwd Squibs
FLIGHT PLANNING
REQUIREMENTS None
D
TE
NOTES • The flight dispatcher will notify each station that the fwd cargo
IN
Exceptions column.
PR
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
EN
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
H
None
W
(O) PROCEDURES
26-25-2B
PY
1. Communicate with each departure station that the affected cargo compartment contains only
O
ballast (if required).

C
26-25-2B Cargo Compartment Fire Extinguisher Squibs - Aft Squibs
FLIGHT PLANNING
ED
REQUIREMENTS None
LL
NOTES • The flight dispatcher will notify each station that the aft cargo
Exceptions column.
O
TR
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
N
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
O
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
C

None
N
U
END PROCEDURE

Revision: 3

D
TE
26-26-1A Lavatory Fire Y 2 0 C For each lavatory, the lavatory fire
Extinguishing System extinguishing system may be inoperative
provided:
IN
a) Lavatory Smoke Detection
System operates normally.
PR
NOTE:
EN
MEL:
26-16-1
H
26-26-1B Lavatory Fire N 2 0 C (M)(O) For each lavatory, the lavatory
Extinguishing System fire extinguishing system may be
W
a) Associated Lavatory waste
PY
receptacle is empty,
b) Lavatory door is locked
CLOSED and placarded,
O
“INOPERATIVE - DO NOT
C
ENTER”, and
c) Lavatory is used only by
ED
crewmembers.
NOTE:
These provisions are not intended
LL
to prohibit lavatory inspections by

crewmembers.
O
TR

N

O
Lavatory Door “INOPERATIVE - DO NOT ENTER”

C
N

U

Revision: 3
(M) PROCEDURES
26-26-1B
A. For an inoperative lavatory fire extinguishing system and an inoperative lavatory smoke detection
system, do as follows:
1. In the lavatory, open the waste bin access door and make sure that the waste bin is empty.
D
2. Close the waste bin access door.
TE
4. Install the INOPERATIVE - DO NOT ENTER placard on the lavatory door.
IN
(O) PROCEDURES
26-26-1B
PR
A. For an inoperative lavatory smoke detection system, ensure that the flight attendants have completed
the following:
During the pre flight cabin check
EN
1. Make sure the lavatory waste bin is empty and that the lavatory is not used for any storage, then
close and lock the lavatory door.
During flight
H
1. The flight attendants will inspect the lavatory once every hour during flight time.
W
26-26-1B Lavatory Fire Extinguishing System
PY
FLIGHT PLANNING
REQUIREMENTS None
O
C
NOTES • The flight dispatcher will notify each station that one or both lavatories
are inoperative.
ED
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
LL
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
O
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
TR

None
N
O
END PROCEDURE
C
N
U

Revision: 3
27 - Flight Controls
27-12-1 Aileron Trim System ..................................................................................................27-1
27-15-2 Aileron Flutter Dampers .............................................................................................27-2
27-24-2A Rudder Pedal Adjustment Systems.............................................................................27-4
D
27-24-2B Rudder Pedal Adjustment Systems.............................................................................27-4
27-35-1 Stall Warning Switch/Lights (light function only) .....................................................27-6
TE
27-51-2A Slat / Flap System - Flap Subsystem ..........................................................................27-7
27-51-2B Slat / Flap System - Slat Subsystem ...........................................................................27-7
IN
27-51-4 Slat Disconnect Detection System............................................................................27-11
27-51-5 Flap System ..............................................................................................................27-13
PR
27-60-1 EICAS Ground Spoilers Control Surface Position Indications ................................27-14
27-65-1 Ground Spoilers (Inboard or Outboard Pair) ............................................................27-16
27-65-2A Spoiler and Stabilizer Control System (SSCS) - SSCU 1 Channels ........................27-21
27-65-2B Spoiler and Stabilizer Control System (SSCS) - SSCU 2 Channels ........................27-21
EN
27-65-2C Spoiler and Stabilizer Control System (SSCS) - Spoiler/Stabilizer Subsystem.......27-21
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
MEL System 27-TOC-i

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18
27 - Flight Controls
D
TE
27-12-1 Aileron Trim System Y 1 0 B May be inoperative provided:
a) Autopilot is operative,
IN
b) XFlow Pump is operative, and
c) Aileron Trim System is centered.
PR
NOTE:
MELs:
EN
22-10-1
28-13-10
H
W
27-12-1 Aileron / Rudder Trim Control Panel
PY
O
END PROCEDURE
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
27-15-2 Aileron Flutter Dampers Y 2 0 A (O) One per surface may indicate low
reservoir fluid provided:
IN
a) Each individual PCU is verified
operative prior to further flight,
PR
and
b) Repairs are made within one
flight day.
EN
27-15-2 Below the EICAS secondary display (ED2)
H
W
(O) PROCEDURES
27-15-2
PY
A. For an inoperative aileron flutter dampers, do as follows:
At initial deferral only:
O
1. Make sure that the aircraft is energized with AC electrical power.

2. Pressurize hydraulic system 1 and 2 (or 3).
C
NOTE:
ED
Do this check two times, once with the hydraulic systems 1 and 2 pressurized and again with only
hydraulic system 3 pressurized. This will make sure that the PCUs for each aileron are checked
individually.
LL
3. On the EICAS control panel (ECP), push the F/CTL pushbutton to get access to the FLIGHT
O
CONTROLS synoptic page on the EICAS secondary page.

4. Monitor the movement of the control wheel and aileron surface as follows:
TR
a) Move the pilot and co-pilot control wheels full left and full right and make sure that the
aileron movement is smooth and continuous.
N
b) On the EICAS secondary page, make sure that the aileron indication moves to LWD and
O
RWD.
c) Release the control wheel and make sure that the control wheel and aileron indication
C
return back to neutral.

N
U
MEL System 27-2 27 - Flight Controls

Revision: 3
d) If the EICAS aileron control surface position indication is inoperative, do as follows:

1) Use personnel as required to do the visual check of the aileron surfaces.
2) Use an external headset or a suitable communication procedure to communicate to
the flight deck.
D
3) Establish an alternate visual procedure to make sure that the aileron surface has full
free movement up and down.
TE
4) When the control wheel is released, make sure that the control wheel and the aileron
surfaces return to neutral.
IN
5. Depressurize hydraulic system 1 and 2.
6. Pressurize hydraulic system 3.
PR
7. Do this check again with only system 3 pressurized.
8. Configure the aircraft for flight as required.
EN
END PROCEDURE
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
27 - Flight Controls MEL System 27-3

Revision: 3

D
TE
27-24-2A Rudder Pedal Adjustment Y 2 1 B (O) One may be inoperative provided:
Systems a) Pedals are in position acceptable
IN
to affected crewmember,
b) EICAS Rudder Control Surface
PR
Position Indication is operative,
and
c) Rudder and brake pedals are
checked for full and unrestricted
EN
movement at both pilot stations.
27-24-2B Rudder Pedal Adjustment N 2 1 B (M)(O)One may be inoperative provided:
H
Systems a) Pedals are adjusted to position
acceptable to affected
W
crewmember,
b) EICAS Rudder Control Surface
PY
Position Indication is operative,
and
c) Rudder and brake pedals are
O
checked for full and unrestricted

movement at both pilot stations.
C
ED

27-24-2A Above the ISI on the Center Instrument Panel
LL
27-24-2B Above the ISI on the Center Instrument Panel

O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
27-24-2A
27-24-2B
A. For an inoperative rudder pedal adjustment system, do as follows at both pilot stations:
D
1. On the EICAS Control Panel (ECP), push the F/CTL pushbutton to get access to the FLIGHT
TE
CONTROLS synoptic page on the EICAS secondary page.
2. Make sure that the pilot and co-pilot rudder pedals move fully and are not restricted in their
movement as follows:
IN
a) Look at the FLIGHT CONTROL synoptic page.
b) Push on the left rudder pedal to its maximum deflection.
PR
c) On FLIGHT CONTROL synoptic page, made sure that the Rudder Position Indicator
shows that the rudder deflects to the left with freedom and at full range.
d) Push on the right rudder pedal to its maximum deflection.
EN
e) On FLIGHT CONTROL synoptic page, made sure that the Rudder Position Indicator
shows that the rudder deflects to the left with freedom and at full range.
H
3. On the ECP, push the STAT pushbutton to go back to the EICAS secondary page.
W
(M) PROCEDURES
27-24-2B
PY
A. If required, adjust the rudder pedals of the affected crewmember as follows:
1. Do the alternative method for the adjustment of the position of the rudder pedals (refer to TASK
27-21-01-820-804).
O
C
END PROCEDURE
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
27-35-1 Stall Warning Switch/ Y 2 1 C (O) May be inoperative provided:
Lights (light function only) a) Shaker and pusher are checked
operative prior to each flight.
IN
PR
27-35-1 On the pilot (or co-pilot) SWITCH/LIGHT
Panel
EN
(O) PROCEDURES
27-35-1
H
Before each flight:
W
A. For an inoperative stall warning switch/light (light function only), make sure that the stick shaker
and stick pusher are operative as follows:
PY
1. Do the operational test of the stall protection system.
NOTE:
O
Only one STALL light will be flashing during the test.

C
ED
END PROCEDURE
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 2

D
TE
27-51-2A Slat / Flap System - Flap Y 1 1 C (O) System redundancy may be degraded
Subsystem as indicated by “FLAPS
IN
HALFSPEED” status message
provided:
PR
a) “SLATS HALFSPEED” and/or
“FLAP FAULT” status
messages are not displayed, and
b) Operations are conducted in
EN
accordance with AFM
H
Penalties for Operations with
Airplane Systems Inoperative).
W NOTE:
Flaps will operate at half speed.
PY
27-51-2B Slat / Flap System - Slat Y 1 1 C (O) System redundancy may be degraded
Subsystem as indicated by “SLATS
O
HALFSPEED” status message

provided:
C
a) “FLAPS HALFSPEED” and/or

“FLAP FAULT” status
ED
messages are not displayed, and

b) Operations are conducted in
accordance with AFM
LL
O

TR
NOTE:
Slats will operate at half-speed.
N

O
27-51-2A FLAPS/SLATS Control Lever

C
N
27-51-2B FLAPS/SLATS Control Lever

U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
27-51-2A
1. Ensure “Flaps Halfspeed” performance penalties are applied for takeoff and landing.
D
2. The landing gear indication (GEAR), the flaps indication (FLAPS), and the brake temperature
icon (BRAKE TEMP) will show on the EICAS primary and secondary pages for the entire
TE
flight.
3. The flap indications on the EICAS primary page and FLIGHT CONTROLS synoptic page may
IN
be green or white, continuously or intermittently.
PR
NOTE:
In some cases the AP PITCH TRIM (C) and/or an associated AP TRIM IS ND (C) or AP TRIM IS NU
(C) message may appear when flaps are operating at half speed (as indicated by FLAPS HALFSPEED
(S) message). Disconnecting the autopilot, manually trimming as required and re-engaging the
EN
autopilot will resolve the conditions resulting in the FCC monitor tripping. If no Pitch Trim related
status messages are present (i.e. STAB FAULT, STAB CH 1(2) INOP), there is no reason to suspect
H
abnormal Stab Trim operation and the autopilot should be considered as functioning properly
W
27-51-2B
PY
1. Ensure “Slats Halfspeed” performance penalties are applied for takeoff and landing.
2. The landing gear indication (GEAR), the slats indication (SLATS), and the brake temperature
icon (BRAKE TEMP) will show on the EICAS primary and secondary pages for the entire
O
flight.
C
3. The slat indications on the EICAS primary page and FLIGHT CONTROLS synoptic page may
ED

LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
27-51-2A Slat / Flap System - Flap Subsystem
D
REQUIREMENTS
TE
None
NOTES
IN
PERFORMANCE • Ensure “Flaps Halfspeed” performance penalties are applied.
CORRECTIONS
PR
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE Select “Flaps Halfspeed” in the flight planning client.
WORKSHEET LANDING
EN
Select “Flaps Halfspeed” in the flight planning client.
None
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
27-51-2B Slat / Flap System - Slat Subsystem
D
REQUIREMENTS
TE
None
NOTES
IN
PERFORMANCE • Ensure “Slats Halfspeed” performance penalties are applied.
CORRECTIONS
PR
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE Select “Slats Halfspeed” in the flight planning client.
WORKSHEET LANDING
EN
Select “Slats Halfspeed” in the flight planning client.
None
H
END PROCEDURE
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
27-51-4 Slat Disconnect Detection N 1 0 A (M)(O)May be inoperative as indicated
System by “SLAT FAULT” status message
provided:
IN
a) Slats are inspected once each
flight day to ensure no
PR
mechanical disconnect is
present,
b) Slats are inspected before next
EN
flight to ensure no mechanical
disconnect is present if 0g or
less is encountered as result of
H
pilot maneuvering in last flight,
W
and
c) Repairs are made within three
flight days
PY
O
27-51-4 FLAPS/SLATS Control Lever

C
(M) PROCEDURES
ED
27-51-4
LL
NOTE:
Initiate SFWI to perform maintenance procedures once per flight day.
O
A. For an inoperative Slat Disconnect Detection System, do as follows:

TR
Before the first flight after the failure occurred and then, once each flight day, do as follows:
1. Connect the electrical power to the aircraft.
2. Set the SLATS FLAPS control lever to 30 (to extend the SLATS to 25°).
N
3. Manually push the SLAT panels in the retract direction to check the backlash.
O
4. Compare the position of the striker pin to the disconnect detector arm to make sure the striker
C
pin does not engage the lower or upper lower arm of the detector.
5. Have a qualified person do a general visual inspection of the Slat Interconnect assemblies for
N
satisfactory condition and security.

U
6. Set the SLATS FLAPS control lever to 0 (to retract the SLATS to 0 degrees).

Revision: 3
7.
Have a qualified person do a visual check to make sure the misalignment of the slat edge with
the fixed leading edge does not exceed 0.25 inch.
D
B. If the slat disconnect sensor arms are spread apart due to a broken fuse link, do as follows
1. Refer to AMM Task 27-81-09-210-802 Item 4 Step B.
TE
(O) PROCEDURES
27-51-4
IN
1. Make an entry into the aircraft logbook for acceleration of 0g or less encountered in flight as
PR
result of extreme maneuvering; e.g. collision avoidance or deep dive due to cabin
depressurization. Maintenance visual check is required in those cases.
2. The slat indications on the EICAS primary page and FLIGHT CONTROLS synoptic page may
EN
END PROCEDURE
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
27-51-5 Flap System Y 1 1 C (O) System redundancy may be degraded
as indicated by “FLAP FAULT”
IN
status message
PR
27-51-5 FLAPS/SLATS Control Lever
EN
(O) PROCEDURES
27-51-5
H
1. The flap indications on the EICAS primary page and FLIGHT CONTROLS synoptic page may
W
PY
END PROCEDURE
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
27-60-1 EICAS Ground Spoilers Y 4 0 C (M)(O) Any may be inoperative
Control Surface Position provided:
IN
Indications a) GLD auto and manual modes
are visually verified operative
PR
prior to each flight, and
b) GLD spoilers are verified
stowed prior to each flight.
EN
27-60-1 Below EICAS 2 (ED2)
H
W
(M) PROCEDURES
27-60-1
PY
At initial deferral
A. Do a visual check of the ground spoiler operation in the GLD auto and manual mode as follows:
O
1. During this check, have a qualified person visually make sure that the ground spoilers are in
the correct position.
C

ED
3. Make sure that both of the engine thrust levers are at IDLE.
4. Make sure that the flight spoiler control lever is at the 0 position.
5. On the SPOILERS control panel, make sure that the GND LIFT DUMPING switch is in the
LL
AUTO position.
6. Pressurize hydraulic systems 1, 2, and 3.
O
7. On the SPOILERS control panel, set the GND LIFT DUMPING switch to MAN ARM.
TR
8. Make sure the ground spoilers extend.

9. On the SPOILERS control panel, set the GND LIFT DUMPING switch to AUTO.
10. Make sure the ground spoilers retract.
N
O

C
N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
27-60-1
Before each flight:
A. Do a visual check of the ground spoiler operation in the GLD auto and manual mode as follows:
D
NOTE:
TE
During this check, have a qualified person visually make sure that the ground spoilers are in the correct
position.
IN
PR
2. Make sure that both of the engine thrust levers are at IDLE.
3. Make sure that the flight spoiler control lever is at the 0 position.
4. On the SPOILERS control panel, make sure that the GND LIFT DUMPING switch is in the
AUTO position.
EN
5. Pressurize hydraulic systems 1, 2, and 3.
6. On the SPOILERS control panel, set the GND LIFT DUMPING switch to MAN ARM.
H
7. Make sure the ground spoilers extend.
W
8. On the SPOILERS control panel, set the GND LIFT DUMPING switch to AUTO.
9. Make sure the ground spoilers retract.
PY
END PROCEDURE
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
27-65-1 Ground Spoilers (Inboard N 2 1 B (M)(O) One pair of Ground Spoilers
or Outboard Pair) Inboard (IB) or Outboard (OB)
may be inoperative in the
IN
RETRACTED position provided:
a) All MFS and the remaining
PR
ground spoiler pair is operative
in GLD AUTO and manual
ARM modes,
EN
b) Affected Inboard or Outboard
Ground Spoiler pair is secured
stowed,
H
c) Both surfaces of the inoperative
W
pair are verified fully retracted
prior to each flight,
d) Both Thrust Reversers are
PY
operative,
e) No other GS, MFS status
message are displayed, and
O

C
accordance with AFM

ED

LL
with MELs:
O
32-44-1
78-30-1
TR
NOTE 2: Reduced Vref Operations not

authorized
N
NOTE 3: SWOA restrictions apply. See

O
FOM for further guidance.

C
N
U

Revision: 3

27-65-1 GLD Arming Panel
(M) PROCEDURES
D
27-65-1
TE
A. For inoperative Ground Spoilers (Inboard or Outboard pair), do as follows:
Before the first flight after the failure occurred:
IN
1. Have a qualified person do a visual check of the defective ground spoiler (GS) to make sure
that it is in the fully retracted position.
PR
2. Do the deactivation of the defective GS pair as follows:
a) If the inboard GS pair is defective, do the deactivation of the inboard GS pair (refer to
AMM TASK 27-65-01-040-801).
EN
NOTE:
When the deactivation procedure is completed, the IB GND SPLRS caution message may show.
H
b) If the outboard GS pair is defective, do the deactivation of the outboard GS pair (refer to
W
AMM TASK 27-65-05-040-801).
PY
NOTE:
When the deactivation procedure is completed, the OB GND SPLRS caution message may show.
O
3. Do an operational test of the spoilers in the GLD auto and Manual Mode as follows:
a) Connect the electrical power to the aircraft.
C
b) Obey all the hydraulic safety precautions (AMM TASK 29-00-00-910-801).

ED
c) Obey all the hydraulic technical precautions (AMM TASK 29-00-00-910-802).

d) On the HYDRAULIC panel, set the ACMP 1, 2, and 3A switches to ON.
e) Make sure that the circuit breakers that follow are closed:
LL
– CBP-1 F1 SSCU 1 CH A 221

– CBP-2 F1 SSCU 1 CH B 222
O
– CBP-2 LOWER R3 SSCU 2 CH A 222

TR
– CBP-2 LOWER R4 SSCU 2 CH B 222

f) Install warning placards on the spoilers to give warnings about the spoiler movement.
N
O
WARNING
C
MAKE SURE THAT PERSONS AND EQUIPMENT ARE NOT NEAR THE FLIGHT
CONTROL SURFACES. FLIGHT CONTROL MOVEMENT CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
N
PERSONS AND DAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT.

U

Revision: 3
g) Do an operational test of the GND LIFT DUMPING switch as follows:
1) On the center pedestal, set the GND LIFT DUMPING switch to MAN ARM and
make sure that you get the result that follows:
a)The spoilers move to the fully extended position, but not the defective GS.
b)On the EICAS FLIGHT CONTROLS synoptic page, the spoiler position displays
D
move to the fully extended position, but not the defective GS.
TE
c)On the EICAS status page, the green GLD MAN ARM advisory message comes into
view.
d)On the EICAS status page, the green GND SPLR DEPLOY advisory message comes
IN
into view.
e)On the EICAS status page, the amber IB or OB GND SPLRS caution message comes
PR
into view.
2) Have a qualified person do a visual check as follows:
a)Make sure that the defective GS pair are fully retracted, and
EN
b)Make sure that the functional GS pair and Multi Function Spoilers (MFS) are in the
fully extended position
H
3) On the center pedestal, set the GND LIFT DUMPING switch to MAN DISARM and
make sure that you get the results that follow:
W
a)The spoilers move to the fully retracted position.
b)On the EICAS FLIGHT CONTROLS synoptic page, the spoiler position displays
PY
move to the fully retracted position.
c)On the EICAS status page, the green GLD MAN ARM advisory message goes out
O
of view.
d)On the EICAS status page, the green GND SPLR DEPLOY advisory message goes
C
out of view.
e)On the EICAS status page, the amber IB or OB GND SPLRS caution message
ED
comes into view.

4) Have a qualified person do a visual check to make sure that the spoilers are in the
LL
fully retracted position.

5) On the center pedestal, set the GND LIFT DUMPING switch to AUTO.
O
h) Do the operational test of the defective GS as follows:

1) Attach a force gauge to the trailing edge of the defective GS pair.
TR
a) If no force gauge is available refer to alternate procedures in AMM TASK 27-65-

01-040-801 or 27-65-05-040-801
N
2) Pull on the trailing edge of the defective GS pair with a force of 40-50 lbs. for 15 to
30 seconds in the direction to extend the surface.
O
3) Make sure that the defective GS pair does not move under the applied force.
C
i) Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
N
j) Remove the hydraulic pressure as follows:

1) If the outboard GS is defective, remove hydraulic pressure No. 1 and No. 2 (AMM
U
TASK 12-00-06-862-801).

Revision: 3
2) If the inboard GS is defective, remove hydraulic pressure No. 3 (AMM TASK 12-00-
06-862-803).
3) Remove electrical power from the aircraft.
4) Remove the warning placard from the spoilers.
D
NOTE:
TE
B. Make sure that spoiler/stabilizer subsystem faults are not present as follows:
IN
1. After the failure occurred, and each flight day after the failure occurred, do as follows:
a) Energize the aircraft electrical power systems.
PR
b) Reset the circuit breakers that follow:
EN
CB PANEL CB NO. NAME ZONE
CBP-1 F1 SSCU 1 CH A 221
H
CBP-2 F1 SSCU 1 CH B 222
CBP-2 LOWER R3
W
SSCU 2 CH A 222
PY
CBP-2 LOWER R4 SSCU 2 CH B 222
c) On the FS280.00 bulkhead panel behind the pilot seat, set the MAINT switch to MFD 1
O
(MFD 2).
C
d) On the multifunction display (MFD 1 or MFD 2), get access to the MAINTENANCE
MAIN MENU page.
ED
e) On the ECP, push the UP or DN pushbuttons to move the cursor (>) to the ATA INDEX
line.
f) Push the SEL pushbutton to make a selection of the ATA INDEX page.
LL
g) Make sure that the ATA INDEX page shows on the MFD.
h) On the ECP, push the FUEL pushbutton to get access to the ATA INDEX second page.
O
i) Make sure that the ATA INDEX second page shows on the MFD.
TR
j) On the ECP, push the UP or DN pushbuttons to move the cursor (>) to the ATA 27-60
SPOILERS line.
N
k) On the ECP, push the SEL pushbutton to make sure that the spoilers line replaceable units
(LRUs) show on the MFD.
O
l) On the ECP, push the UP or DN pushbuttons to move the cursor (>) to LRU SSCU 1 EXT.
C
m) On the ECP, push the SEL pushbutton to make a selection of SSCU 1 EXT.
N
n) Make sure that bits 16 and/or 17 are not set to 1 on labels 355A or/and 355B (if bits 16
and/or 17 are set to 1 on labels 355A or/and 355B, dispatch is not permitted).
U
o) On the ECP, push the DOORS pushbutton to get access to LRU SSCU 2 EXT.

Revision: 3
p)
On the ECP, push the SEL pushbutton to make a selection of SSCU 2 EXT.
q)
Make sure that bits 16 and/or 17 are not set to 1 on labels 355A or/and 355B (if bits 16
and/or 17 are set to 1 on labels 355A or/and 355B, dispatch is not permitted).
r) Exit from the MDC as follows:
D
1) On the ECP, push the MENU pushbutton to go back to the MAIN MENU page.
2) On the FS280.00 bulkhead panel behind the pilot seat, set the MAINT switch to
TE
AOFF.
3) Make sure that the navigation data is shown on the MFD 1 (MFD 2).
IN
s) Remove electrical power from the aircraft.
(O) PROCEDURES
PR
27-65-1
A. For inoperative ground spoilers, do as follows:
1. Prior to each flight, do a visual check of the affected ground spoiler pair to make sure they are
EN
fully retracted.
2. Ensure 1 Pair Grnd Spoilers Inop performance penalties are applied for takeoff and landing.
H
3. SWOA restrictions apply. See FOM for further guidance.
W
4. Reduced Vref operations not authorized
NOTE:
PY
After the deactivation of the defective ground spoiler pair is completed by maintenance, the
corresponding IB (OB) GND SPLRS caution message may show.
O
C
27-65-1 Ground Spoilers (Inboard or Outboard Pair)

ED
FLIGHT PLANNING
REQUIREMENTS Reduced Vref operations not authorized
LL
O
NOTES None
TR
PERFORMANCE Ensure GROUND SPOILERS INOP performance penalties are applied.

CORRECTIONS
N
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE Select “1 Pair Grnd Spoilers Inop” in the flight planning client.
O
WORKSHEET LANDING
Select “1 Pair Grnd Spoilers Inop” in the flight planning client.
C

N
None
U
END PROCEDURE

Revision: 3

D
TE
27-65-2A Spoiler and Stabilizer Y 2 1 C May be inoperative as indicated by “SSCU
Control System (SSCS) - 1 FAULT” status message provided:
IN
SSCU 1 Channels a) Both SSCU 2 Channels are
operative.
PR
NOTE:
EN
MELs:
27-65-2B
H
27-65-2C
W
27-65-2B Spoiler and Stabilizer Y 2 1 C May be inoperative as indicated by “SSCU
Control System (SSCS) - 2 FAULT” status message provided:
SSCU 2 Channels a) Both SSCU 1 Channels are
PY
operative.
NOTE:
O

C
MELs:
27-65-2A
ED
27-65-2C
27-65-2C Spoiler and Stabilizer Y 1 1 C System redundancy may be degraded as
LL
Control System (SSCS) - indicated by “SPLR/STAB FAULT” status

Spoiler/Stabilizer message provided:
O
Subsystem a) Both SSCU 1 Channels and both

SSCU 2 Channels are operative.
TR
NOTE:
N
MELs:
O
27-65-2A
C
27-65-2B
N

U

Revision: 3

27-65-2A Spoilers System Control Subpanel
27-65-2B Spoilers System Control Subpanel
D
27-65-2C Spoilers System Control Subpanel
TE
IN
END PROCEDURE
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
28 - Fuel
28-13-1A APU Fuel Feed SOV-Inoperative CLOSED ..............................................................28-2
28-13-1B APU Fuel Feed SOV-Inoperative OPEN ...................................................................28-2
28-13-2 XFLOW AUTO OVERRIDE “MAN” Switch/Light (light function only) ...............28-5
D
28-13-3 XFLOW L/R “ON/FAIL” Switch/Lights (light function only)..................................28-6
28-13-4 GRAVITY XFLOW “OPEN/FAIL” Switch/Light (light function only)...................28-6
TE
28-13-7A Transfer Ejectors (Center Tank) - Tank Empty..........................................................28-7
28-13-7B Transfer Ejectors (Center Tank) - Tank Quantity Less Than 500 lbs. .......................28-8
IN
28-13-8A Fuel Transfer SOVs (Center Tank) ..........................................................................28-11
28-13-8B Fuel Transfer SOVs (Center Tank) ..........................................................................28-12
PR
28-13-8C Fuel Transfer SOVs (Center Tank) ..........................................................................28-13
28-13-8C Fuel Transfer SOVs (Center Tank) ..........................................................................28-16
28-13-10 XFlow Pump.............................................................................................................28-17
28-23-1 Fuel Boost Pumps.....................................................................................................28-19
EN
28-23-2 Fuel Boost Pumps “ON/INOP” Switch Lights (light function only) .......................28-20
28-24-3 APU Fuel Pump........................................................................................................28-21
28-24-4 APU PWR FUEL “PUMP FAIL/SOV FAIL” Switch/Light (light function only)..28-22
H
28-25-1A Single Point Pressure Refueling System (Refuel/Defuel Control Panel) .................28-23
W
28-25-1B Single Point Pressure Refueling System -
Automatic mode (Refuel/Defuel Control Panel) ......................................................28-23
28-25-1C Single Point Pressure Refueling System -
PY
Manual Mode (Refuel/Defuel Control Panel) ..........................................................28-23
28-25-1D Single Point Pressure Refueling System -
O
Fuel Quantity Display Indication (Refuel/Defuel Control Panel) ............................28-24

28-25-1E Single Point Pressure Refueling System -
C
Fuel Quantity Display Indication (Refuel/Defuel Control Panel) ............................28-24

28-25-2 Refuel/Defuel Adapter Cap ......................................................................................28-31
ED
28-25-2 Refuel/Defuel Adapter Cap ......................................................................................28-32

28-25-3A Refuel SOV - Wing ..................................................................................................28-33
28-25-3B Refuel SOV - Center.................................................................................................28-33
LL
28-25-4A High Level Sensors - Wing ......................................................................................28-36

28-25-4B High Level Sensors - Wing ......................................................................................28-37
O
28-25-4C High Level Sensors - Center.....................................................................................28-37

28-40-1 EICAS Bulk Fuel Temperature Indication ...............................................................28-41
TR
28-41-1A EICAS Fuel Tank Quantity Readouts (Left, Right and Total) .................................28-42
28-41-1B EICAS Fuel Tank Quantity Readouts (Left, Right and Total) .................................28-43
N
28-41-1A EICAS Fuel Tank Quantity Readouts (Left, Right and Total) .................................28-47
28-41-2A EICAS Fuel Tank Quantity Readouts (Center and Total)........................................28-50
O
28-41-2B EICAS Fuel Tank Quantity Readouts (Center and Total)........................................28-51

C
28-41-2C EICAS Fuel Tank Quantity Readouts (Center and Total)........................................28-52

28-41-3 Fuel Computer Channels (FQGC)............................................................................28-56
N
28-41-4 Magnetic Level Indicators ........................................................................................28-58

U
28-41-5 Fuel Pitch and Roll Inclinometers ............................................................................28-59
MEL System 28-TOC-i

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
28 - Fuel
System Diagrams
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
28 - Fuel MEL System 28-1

Revision: 3

D
TE
28-13-1A APU Fuel Feed SOV- Y 1 0 C (M)(O) May be inoperative CLOSED
Inoperative CLOSED provided:
a) APU is considered
IN
inoperative.
PR
NOTE:
is also used:
EN
49-10-1A
28-13-1B APU Fuel Feed SOV- N 1 0 C (M)(O)May be inoperative OPEN
H
Inoperative OPEN provided:
a) APU is used for engine
W
starting on ground only,
b) APU is shutdown after one
PY
engine start,
c) APU is not used in flight,
d) APU Fire Detection System
O
is operative, and
C
e) APU Fire Extinguishing

System is operative.
ED
NOTE:
LL
with MELs:
24-11-1A
O
24-11-1B
TR
26-12-1A
26-12-1B
N
26-22-1A
26-22-1B
O
C

N
U
MEL System 28-2 28 - Fuel

Revision: 3

28-13-1A APU Control Panel
D
28-13-1B APU Control Panel
TE
28-13-1A
IN
A. For an APU Fuel Feed SOV inoperative CLOSED, do as follows:
1. Do the procedure to deactivate the APU as follows:
PR
a) On the APU control panel, set the APU PWR FUEL switch/light to OFF.
b) Open and tag the circuit breakers that follow:
CBP - 1 N10 APU FUEL PUMP 221
EN
CBP - 1 N11 APU ECU PRIM 221
CBP - 1 Lower R9 FUEL SOV APU 221
H
NOTE:
When the deactivation procedure is completed, the APU EGT and RPM indications can come out of
W
view, the APU DOOR indication can become dashed (- - - -) on the EICAS status page, and the Load
Control Valve (LCV) symbol can come out of view on the ECS synoptic page.
PY
(O) PROCEDURES
28-13-1A
O

C
1. External air starts will be required. Refer to the ODH.

2. When the deactivation procedure is completed, the APU EGT and RPM indications can come
ED
out of view, the APU DOOR indication can become dashed (- - - -) on the EICAS status page,
and the Load Control Valve (LCV) symbol can come out of view on the ECS synoptic page.
LL

O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
28-13-1A APU Fuel Feed SOV-Inoperative CLOSED
D
FLIGHT PLANNING
REQUIREMENTS None
TE
IN
NOTES • Ensure external air source availability for engine starts at each station to
be served.
PR
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
EN
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
H
W
None
(M) PROCEDURES
PY
28-13-1B
A. For an APU Fuel Feed SOV inoperative OPEN, and to use the APU to start an engine on the ground,
O
do as follows:
1. Do an Operational Check of the APU Fire Detection System (refer to AMM TASK 26-12-00-
C
710-801).
ED
2. Make sure that the APU Fire Extinguishing System is operational.

3. Make sure that the circuit breakers that follow are closed:
LL

O
4. Open the Aft Equipment Compartment Door 311BB.

TR
5. Make sure that the circuit breakers that follow are closed:
N
– CBP-5 B1 APU DOOR ACT 311

6. Close the Aft Equipment Compartment Door 311BB.
O
7. Connect electrical power to the aircraft.

C
8. On the EICAS control panel (ECP), push the FUEL pushbutton.

N
9. On the EICAS fuel synoptic page, make sure that the APU SOV legend is OPEN.
U
11. Start the APU (refer to AMM TASK 49-00-00-866-801).

Revision: 3
12. Start the engine (refer to AMM TASK 71-00-00-866-806).

13. Shut down the APU (refer to AMM TASK 49-00-00-866-802).
(O) PROCEDURES
D
28-13-1B
TE
A. For an inoperative APU fuel feed SOV OPEN and APU is used to start an engine, do as follows:
1. Before APU start, make sure that the APU SOV OPEN status message shows on the EICAS
IN
secondary page.
2. Start only one engine, then shutdown the APU (crossbleed will be required to start the
PR
remaining engine).
3. Once the APU is switched off, make sure the APU PUMP caution message does not show on
the EICAS primary page.
EN
END PROCEDURE
H
W
PY
28-13-2 XFLOW AUTO Y 1 0 C
O
OVERRIDE “MAN”
Switch/Light (light function
C
only)
ED

28-13-2 FUEL Control Panel
LL
O
END PROCEDURE
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
28-13-3 XFLOW L/R “ON/FAIL” Y 2 0 C
IN
function only)
PR
EN
END PROCEDURE
H
W
PY
O
C
28-13-4 GRAVITY XFLOW Y 1 0 C

“OPEN/FAIL” Switch/
ED

LL

O
TR
END PROCEDURE
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
28-13-7A Transfer Ejectors (Center Y 2 1 B (M)(O)One may be inoperative provided:
Tank) - Tank Empty a) Center tank is empty, and
IN
b) EICAS Center Tank Fuel
Quantity Readout is operative.
PR
NOTE:
MELs:
EN
28-13-8A
28-13-8B
H
28-25-4A
W
28-25-4B
28-41-2A
PY
28-41-2B
28-41-2C
O

C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
28-13-7B Transfer Ejectors (Center N 2 1 B (M)(O)One may be inoperative provided:
TE
Tank) - Tank Quantity a) Center tank contains less than
Less Than 500 lbs. 500 pounds of fuel at dispatch,
b) Fuel imbalance between wing
IN
tanks is less than 300 lbs at
dispatch,
PR
c) Remaining fuel in center tank is
considered unusable,
d) Aircraft range is limited
EN
accordingly,
e) EICAS Center Tank Fuel
Quantity Readout is operative,
H
and
W
f) Flight crew monitors center
tank fuel quantity for proper
transfer.
PY
NOTE:
O
MELs:
C
28-13-8A
ED
28-13-8B
28-25-4A
28-25-4B
LL
28-41-2A
O
28-41-2B
28-41-2C
TR

N
28-13-7A Below EICAS Display 1 (ED1)

O
On the REFUEL/DEFUEL Control Panel

C
28-13-7B Below EICAS Display 1 (ED1)

N

U

Revision: 3
(M) PROCEDURES
28-13-7A
A. For an inoperative center fuel tank transfer ejector, do as follows:
D
2. Make sure that the center tank is empty.
TE
(O) PROCEDURES
IN
28-13-7A
PR
1. Ensure that the center tank quantity remains at zero.
EN
28-13-7A Transfer Ejectors (Center Tank)
FLIGHT PLANNING • Maximum allowable fuel load when center tank not used is 14,984 lbs.
REQUIREMENTS
H
W
None
NOTES
PY
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
O
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
C
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
ED
None
LL
(M) PROCEDURES
28-13-7B
O
A. For an inoperative center fuel tank transfer ejector, do as follows:

TR
2. Make sure that the center tank contains less than 500 lbs.
3. If the center fuel tank quantity is greater than 500 lbs., defuel the center tank as follows:
N
a) Do the suction defueling procedure (refer to AMM TASK 12-11-28-650-804), or

O
b) Do the gravity defueling procedure (refer to AMM TASK 12-11-28-650-805).

C
N

U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
28-13-7B
1. Ensure that the fuel load is consistent with the limits as described in the Remarks and
D
Exceptions column.
TE
28-13-7B Transfer Ejectors (Center Tank)
IN
FLIGHT PLANNING • Ensure that the fuel planning for each flight is such that any fuel
REQUIREMENTS contained in the center tank is considered unusable.
PR
NOTES None
EN
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
H
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
W
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
PY
None
O
C
END PROCEDURE
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
28-13-8A Fuel Transfer SOVs Y 2 1 B (M)(O)One may be inoperative CLOSED
(Center Tank) provided:
IN
a) Center tank is empty,
b) Opposite Transfer Ejector
PR
(Center Tank) is operative, and
c) EICAS Center Tank Fuel
Quantity Readout is operative.
EN
NOTE:
MELs:
H
W
28-13-7A
28-13-7B
PY
28-25-4A
28-41-2A
28-41-2B
O
28-41-2C
C

ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
28-13-8B Fuel Transfer SOVs N 2 1 B (M)(O) One may be inoperative
TE
(Center Tank) CLOSED provided:
a) Center tank contains less than
IN
500 pounds of fuel prior to each
flight,
PR
b) Opposite Transfer Ejector
(Center Tank) is operative,
c) Remaining fuel in center tank is
considered unusable,
EN
d) Aircraft range is limited
accordingly,
e) EICAS Center Tank Fuel
H
Quantity Readout is operative,
W
and
f) Flight crew monitors center tank
PY
fuel quantity for proper transfer.
NOTE:
O

MELs:
C
28-13-7A
ED
28-13-7B
28-25-4A
LL
28-41-2A
28-41-2B
O
28-41-2C
TR
N

O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
28-13-8C Fuel Transfer SOVs N 2 0 C (M)(O)Both may be inoperative OPEN
(Center Tank) provided center tank is empty.
IN
NOTE:
PR
with MELs:
28-25-4A
EN
28-41-1A
28-41-1B
H
28-13-8A Below EICAS Display (ED1)
W
PY
28-13-8B Below EICAS Display (ED1)
28-13-8C Below EICAS Display (ED1)

O
C
(M) PROCEDURES
28-13-8A
ED
A. For an inoperative center fuel tank transfer SOV in the CLOSED position, do as follows:
LL

O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
28-13-8A
D
TE
28-13-8A Fuel Transfer SOVs (Center Tank)
IN
REQUIREMENTS
PR
None
NOTES
PERFORMANCE
EN
CORRECTIONS None
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
H
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
W
None
PY
None
(M) PROCEDURES
O
28-13-8B
C
A. For an inoperative center fuel tank transfer SOV in the CLOSED position, do as follows:
1. Make sure that the center tank contains less than 500 lbs.
ED
2. If the center fuel tank quantity is greater than 500 lbs., defuel the center tank as follows:
a) Do the suction defueling procedure (refer to AMM TASK 12-11-28-650-804) or,
LL
(O) PROCEDURES
O
28-13-8B
TR

1. Ensure that the fuel load is consistent with the limits as described in the Remarks and
Exceptions column.
N
O

C
N
U

Revision: 3
28-13-8B Fuel Transfer SOVs (Center Tank)
D
TE
NOTES
IN
None
PR
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
EN
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
H
None
(M) PROCEDURES
W
PY
28-13-8C
A. For two inoperative center fuel tank transfer SOV in the OPEN position, do as follows:
O
2. If the center fuel tank quantity is not empty, do as follows:

C
a) Do the suction defueling procedure (refer to AMM TASK 12-11-28-650-804), or

ED
(O) PROCEDURES
28-13-8C
LL

O
TR

N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
28-13-8C Fuel Transfer SOVs (Center Tank)
D
REQUIREMENTS
TE
None
NOTES
IN
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
PR
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
EN
None
None
H
END PROCEDURE
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
28-13-10 XFlow Pump Y 1 0 C (M)(O)May be inoperative provided:
a) All EICAS Fuel Tank Quantity
IN
Readouts are operative, and
b) Gravity cross flow SOV is
PR
verified operative.
NOTE:
EN
MELs:
27-12-1
H
28-23-1
W
28-25-4A
28-41-1A
PY
28-41-1B
28-41-2A
O
28-41-2B
28-41-2C
C
ED

28-13-10 Fuel Control Panel
LL
(M) PROCEDURES
O
28-13-10
A. For an inoperative XFlow Pump, do as follows:
TR

CBP-1 LOWER S5 CROSSFLOW PUMP 221
CBP-2 LOWER R7 CROSSFLOW PUMP CONT 222
N
O
NOTE:
When the deactivation procedure is completed, the XFLOW PUMP caution message will come into
C
view continuously on the EICAS primary page and the XFlow Pump symbol will be shown amber on
N
the Fuel synoptic page.

U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
28-13-10
NOTE:
D
When the deactivation procedure is completed, the XFLOW PUMP caution message will come into
view continuously on the EICAS primary page and the XFlow Pump symbol will be shown amber on
TE
the Fuel synoptic page.
IN
A. For XFLOW Pump inoperative, do as follows:
1. On the EICAS Control Panel (ECP), push the FUEL pushbutton to access the FUEL
PR
SYNOPTIC page.
2. Press in the GRAVITY XFLOW switch/light on the fuel control panel.
3. On the FUEL synoptic page, check the gravity crossflow valve legend is OPEN. Otherwise,
EN
dispatch is not permitted. Once valve operation has been checked gravity crossflow should be
returned to the CLOSED (pressed out) for takeoff.
4. Configure the gravity crossflow valve as required and ensure gravity crossflow procedures are
H
used as needed in the air.
W
NOTE:
Do NOT leave gravity crossflow open in normal operations, only use as necessary to move fuel from
PY
wing to wing.
NOTE:
O
The gravity cross flow is sensitive to sideslip. A slight sideslip may be required to move fuel.
C
B. On the ground, during single engine operation, do as follows:

1. Select the gravity crossflow to correct excessive fuel imbalance.
ED
NOTE:
Turning the aircraft on the ground with the gravity crossflow open will cause fuel to move to the tank
LL
outside of the turn.

O
NOTE:
If the fuel is trending towards an imbalance keep a higher fuel flow on the engine with the high tank
TR
CAUTION:
N
During single engine operations ensure the associated boost pump is selected off (out). Otherwise a
fuel imbalance will rapidly develop.
O
C
N
END PROCEDURE
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
28-23-1 Fuel Boost Pumps Y 2 1 B (M)(O)One may be inoperative
provided:
IN
a) Inoperative boost pump is
deactivated, and
PR
b) XFLOW Pump is operative.
NOTE:
EN
MEL:
28-13-10
H
W
PY
(M) PROCEDURES
O
28-23-1
A. For an inoperative fuel boost pump, do as follows:
C

2. On the FUEL panel, set the affected L(R) BOOST PUMP switch to the INOP (pushed out -
ED
OFF) position.
a) For an inoperative L BOOST PUMP, open and collar the circuit breaker that follows:
LL
CBP-1 M6 L FUEL PUMP 221

b) For an inoperative R BOOST PUMP, open and collar the circuit breaker that follows:
O
CBP-2 G9 R FUEL PUMP 222

TR
NOTE:
When the deactivation procedure is completed, the “L (R) FUEL PUMP” caution message will come
into view continuously on the EICAS primary page.
N
O

C
(O) PROCEDURES
28-23-1
N

U
1. When the deactivation procedure is completed, the “L (R) FUEL PUMP” caution message will
come into view continuously on the EICAS primary page.
END PROCEDURE

Revision: 3

D
TE
28-23-2 Fuel Boost Pumps “ON/ Y 2 0 C
INOP” Switch Lights
IN
PR
EN
END PROCEDURE
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
28-24-3 APU Fuel Pump Y 1 0 C (M) May be inoperative provided APU is
IN
NOTE:
PR
also used:
49-10-1A
EN
H
28-24-3 On the APU Control Panel
W
(M) PROCEDURES
28-24-3
PY
A. For an inoperative APU fuel pump, do as follows:
1. Open and collar the inoperative APU fuel pump circuit breaker that follows:
O
CBP-1 N10 APU FUEL PUMP 221

C
ED
28-24-3 APU Fuel Pump
FLIGHT PLANNING • Dispatcher shall ensure external air source availability for engine starts
REQUIREMENTS at each station to be served.
LL
None
O
NOTES
TR
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
N
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
O
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
C

N
None
U
END PROCEDURE

Revision: 3

D
TE
28-24-4 APU PWR FUEL “PUMP Y 1 0 C
FAIL/SOV FAIL” Switch/
IN
PR
28-24-4 On the APU Control Panel
EN
END PROCEDURE
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
28-25-1A Single Point Pressure N 1 0 C (M)(O) May be inoperative provided:
Refueling System (Refuel/ a) Gravity refueling procedures
Defuel Control Panel) are used.
IN
NOTE 1: Refer to CFM Chapter 2 for
PR
reduced fuel quantity available
when using gravity refueling.
EN
with MELs:
28-25-2
28-41-1A
H
28-41-2B
W
28-41-2C
28-25-1B Single Point Pressure Y 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided:
PY
Refueling System - a) Manual or gravity refueling
Automatic mode (Refuel/ procedure is used.
Defuel Control Panel)
O
28-25-1C Single Point Pressure Y 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided:

C
Refueling System - a) Automatic or gravity refueling

Manual Mode (Refuel/ procedure is used.
ED

LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
28-25-1D Single Point Pressure Y 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided:
TE
Refueling System - Fuel a) Manual or Gravity refueling
Quantity Display procedure is used, and
IN
Indication (Refuel/Defuel b) All EICAS Fuel Tank Quantity
Control Panel) Readouts are operative.
PR
NOTE 1: Fueler shall refer to Endeavor
Fuel Service Manual for
Gravity Refueling (Station
EN
Operations manual Volume 2)
with MELs:
H
28-41-1A
W
28-41-1B
28-41-2A
PY
28-41-2B
28-41-2C
O
28-25-1E Single Point Pressure Y 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided:

Refueling System - Fuel a) Manual or gravity refueling
C
Quantity Display procedure is used, and

Indication (Refuel/Defuel b) All MLIs are operative.
ED
Control Panel) c) Fueler shall refer to Endeavor

Fuel Service Manual for
LL
Gravity Refueling Station

Operations manual Volume 2)
O
NOTE:
TR
MEL:
N
28-41-4
O
C

N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
IN
28-25-1C Below EICAS Display 1 (ED1)
PR
28-25-1D Below EICAS Display 1 (ED1)
EN
28-25-1E Below EICAS Display 1 (ED1)
H
(M) PROCEDURES
W
28-25-1A
The protective cap in the Refuel/Defuel Adapter panel shall be safety wired to prevent use of the
Single Point Pressure Refueling system.
PY
NOTE:
This shall be accomplished by safety wiring the cap to the lanyard mount to prevent cap removal.
O
C
(O) PROCEDURES
28-25-1A
ED

1. Gravity refueling procedures MUST BE USED and are detailed in the Endeavor Airlines Fuel
Service Manual.
LL
2. Maximum allowable fuel load when using gravity refueling is 14,810 lbs.
3. When the gravity refueling procedure is used for refueling of the wing tanks, make sure that
O
the gravity filler caps are secured closed prior to departure.

TR
N

O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
28-25-1A Single Point Pressure Refueling System (Refuel/Defuel Control Panel)
FLIGHT PLANNING • Gravity refueling procedures MUST BE USED.
D
REQUIREMENTS • Maximum allowable fuel load when using gravity refueling is 14,810
lbs.
TE
NOTES • The flight dispatcher will notify each station that gravity refueling will
IN
be needed to ensure the proper equipment is available.
PR
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
EN
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
H
None
(O) PROCEDURES
W
PY
28-25-1B
O
1. Manual and Gravity refueling procedures are detailed in the Endeavor Air Fuel Service Manual
and CFM section 4.
C
ED

LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
28-25-1B Single Point Pressure Refueling System - Automatic mode (Refuel/

D
FLIGHT PLANNING • Maximum allowable fuel load when using gravity refueling is 14,810
REQUIREMENTS lbs.
TE
NOTES • The flight dispatcher will notify each station when gravity refueling
IN
will be needed to ensure the proper equipment is available.
PR
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
EN
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
H
None
(O) PROCEDURES
W
PY
28-25-1C
1. Automatic and Gravity refueling procedures are detailed in the Endeavor Air Fuel Service
O
Manual and CFM section 4.

C
ED

LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
28-25-1C Single Point Pressure Refueling System - Manual Mode

(Refuel/Defuel Control Panel)
D
TE
REQUIREMENTS lbs.
IN
NOTES • The flight dispatcher will notify each station when gravity refueling will
PR
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
EN
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
H
None
(O) PROCEDURES
W
PY
28-25-1D
O
and the CFM section 4.
C
ED
LL

O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
28-25-1D Single Point Pressure Refueling System - Fuel Quantity Display Indication
D
REQUIREMENTS lbs.
TE
NOTES
IN
• The flight dispatcher will notify each station when gravity refueling will
PR
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
EN
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
H
None
(O) PROCEDURES
W
PY
28-25-1E
O
and the CFM section 4.
C
ED

LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
28-25-1E Single Point Pressure Refueling System - Fuel Quantity Display

Indication
D
TE
REQUIREMENTS lbs.
IN
PR
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
EN
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
H
None
W
None
PY
END PROCEDURE
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
28-25-2 Refuel/Defuel Adapter N 1 0 C (M) May be inoperative (missing)
Cap provided:
IN
a) Pressure-refueling adapter door
is not missing,
PR
b) Refuel/defuel adapter is
visually checked for
contamination prior to each
refueling, and
EN
c) No leakage can be detected
after refueling is complete.
H
W
PY
(M) PROCEDURES
O
28-25-2
C
NOTE:
Initiate SFWI to perform maintenance procedures before each refueling.
ED
A. For a missing refuel/defuel adapter cap, do as follows:

1. Make sure the refuel/defuel adapter is clean of any contamination before you connect the fuel
LL
nozzle.
2. After the refueling or defueling is complete, make sure that there is no fuel leakage at the refuel/
O
defuel adapter.
TR
3. Make sure that the check valve is closed.

4. On the Refuel/Defuel Panel, make sure that the refuel/defuel shutoff valves are shown in the
closed position
N
O

C
N
U

Revision: 3
28-25-2 Refuel/Defuel Adapter Cap
FLIGHT PLANNING • Ensure that arrangements have been made with each station to ensure
REQUIREMENTS that a mechanic is available to complete the described Maintenance
D
Procedures.
TE
None
NOTES
IN
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
PR
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
EN
None
None
H
END PROCEDURE
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
28-25-3A Refuel SOV - Wing N 2 0 C (M)(O)May be inoperative CLOSED
provided:
IN
a) Gravity refueling procedures are
used for the affected tank(s).
PR
NOTE:
Refer to CFM Chapter 2 for
reduced fuel quantity available
EN
when using gravity refueling.
28-25-3B Refuel SOV - Center Y 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided:
a) Center tank remains empty when
H
remaining fuel is consumed.

W PLACARD TEXT
PY
O

C
(M) PROCEDURES
ED
28-25-3A
A. For in inoperative refuel shutoff valve, do as follows:
LL
WARNING
O
Make sure there is no more than 2500 pounds (1134KG) of imbalance between the main tanks
TR
when you do the refuel/defuel procedure. The aircraft can move and cause injury to persons and /
or damage to equipment.
N
1. Do the procedure for Gravity Refueling (refer to AMM TASK 12-11-28-650-803).

O
2. Make sure that the Refuel SOV is in the CLOSED position (refer to AMM TASK 28-25-06-
280-805).
C
N

U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
28-25-3A
1. Gravity refueling procedures MUST BE USED for the affected wing tank(s) and are detailed
in the Endeavor Air Fuel Service Manual and the CFM section 4.
D
2. When the gravity refueling procedure is used for refueling any of two wing tanks, make sure
TE
that the gravity filler caps are secured closed prior to departure.
3. Maximum allowable fuel load when using gravity refueling is 14,810 lbs.
IN
PR
28-25-3A Refuel SOV - Wing
REQUIREMENTS lbs.
EN
H
W
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
PY
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
O
None
C
None
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
28-25-3B
1. Ensure that the center tank quantity remains at zero after it becomes empty.
D
28-25-3B Refuel SOV - Center
TE
REQUIREMENTS
IN
PR
NOTES None
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
EN
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
H
WORKSHEET LANDING
W
None
None
PY
O
END PROCEDURE
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
28-25-4A High Level Sensors - Wing Y 2 0 C (O) Both may be inoperative provided:
a) Gravity refueling procedures
are used for affected wing tank,
IN
b) All EICAS Fuel Tank Quantity
Readouts are operative,
PR
c) XFlow Pump is operative,
d) Both Transfer Ejectors are
operative, and
EN
e) Both Transfer SOVs are
operative.
f) Not to be used in conjunction
H
with MELs:
W
28-13-7A
28-13-7B
PY
28-13-8A
28-13-8B
28-13-8C
O
28-13-10
C
28-41-1A
28-41-1B
ED
28-41-2A
28-41-2B
LL
28-41-2C
O
NOTE:
Refer to CFM for reduced fuel
TR
quantity available when using

gravity refueling.
N

O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
28-25-4B High Level Sensors - Wing Y 2 0 C (O) Both may be inoperative provided:
TE
a) Manual refueling procedures
are used for affected wing tank,
b) All EICAS Fuel Tank Quantity
IN
Readouts are operative,
c) XFlow Pump is operative,
PR
d) Both Transfer Ejectors are
operative, and
e) Both Transfer SOVs are
EN
operative.
NOTE 1: Manual refueling procedures
H
are accomplished by the fueling
personnel.
W
with MELs:
PY
28-13-7A
28-13-7B
O
28-13-8A
C
28-13-8B
28-13-8C
ED
28-13-10
28-41-1A
LL
28-41-1B
28-41-2A
O
28-41-2B
TR
28-41-2C
28-25-4C High Level Sensors - Y 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided:
Center a) Center tank remains empty.
N
O

C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
IN
PR
(O) PROCEDURES
28-25-4A
EN
A. If the EICAS fuel quantity indication fails in flight on the affected side and the Center Tank contains
800 pounds of fuel or more, do as follows:
1. Open the Gravity/Crossflow valve.
H
2. If an imbalance condition is noticed:
W
a) Use a steady heading sideslip to accelerate gravity crossflow operation,
OR
PY
b) Fly wing low on the side with the lower tank quantity.
3. Close Gravity Crossflow valve when Center Tank Fuel Quantity reaches zero and no imbalance
condition is present.
O

C
that the gravity filler cap is secured closed prior to departure.
ED

LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
28-25-4A High Level Sensors - Wing
D
REQUIREMENTS lbs.
TE
IN
PERFORMANCE
PR
CORRECTIONS None
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
EN
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
H
None
W
(O) PROCEDURES
28-25-4B
PY
O
28-25-4B High Level Sensors - Center

C
ED
REQUIREMENTS
None
NOTES
LL
PERFORMANCE
O
CORRECTIONS None
TR
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
N
None
O
None
C
N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
28-25-4C
1. Ensure that the center tank quantity remains at zero
D
28-25-4C High Level Sensors - Wing
TE
REQUIREMENTS
IN
None
NOTES
PR
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
EN
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
H
None
W
None
PY
O
END PROCEDURE
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
28-40-1 EICAS Bulk Fuel N 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided:
Temperature Indication a) TAT is used as an indication of
fuel temperature,
IN
b) TAT is monitored during flight,
and
PR
c) For the first flight of the day, the
ambient temperatures during
last 10 hours were above -29°C
EN
for A/C last fueled with Jet A or
above-36°C for A/C last fueled
with Jet A-1, and
H
d) On subsequent flights, when
W
refueling activities are to be
conducted, local temperatures
are to be above -25°C for A/C
PY
using Jet A or above -32°C for
A/C using Jet A-1 for at least 10
O
hours prior to re-fueling.

C

ED
(O) PROCEDURES
LL
28-40-1
A. During flight, operations must be performed above -40C degrees TAT.
O
B. Monitor the TAT during flight. If the TAT is -40 degrees C (-40 degrees F) or less, descend to a
TR
warmer air mass and increase airspeed during descent.

C. Contact the dispatcher to confirm (as needed) that the ambient temperatures have been above those
listed in provisos c) or d).
N
END PROCEDURE
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
28-41-1A EICAS Fuel Tank N 3 1 B (M)(O)One main fuel tank quantity
Quantity Readouts (Left, readout plus total quantity readout
Right and Total) may be inoperative provided:
IN
a) Both LH and RH tanks are
completely filled,
PR
b) XFLOW auto-override is
selected to MANUAL,
c) Airplane is refueled using
EN
SIngle Point Pressure Refueling
System,
d) Associated High Level Sensor
H
is operative,
W
e) Opposite side Transfer Ejector
is operative, and
f) Opposite side Fuel Transfer
PY
SOV is operative.
NOTE:
O

C
MELs:
28-13-8C
ED
28-13-10
28-25-1A
LL
28-25-1D
28-25-4A
O
28-41-2A
TR
28-41-2B
28-41-2C
N
28-41-4
O
28-41-5
C
N

U

Revision: 3

D
TE
28-41-1B EICAS Fuel Tank N 3 1 B (M)(O)One main fuel tank quantity
Quantity Readouts (Left, readout plus total quantity readout
IN
Right and Total) may be inoperative provided:
a) Total fuel carried includes at
PR
least 10% more than the fuel
load required for the planned
flight,
b) Manual or gravity refueling
EN
mode is used,
c) MLIs are used to verify main
tank quantities before each
H
flight,
W
d) XFLOW auto-override is
selected to MANUAL,
e) Associated High Level Sensor
PY
is operative,
f) Opposite side Transfer Ejector
O
is operative, and
g) Opposite side Fuel Transfer
C
SOV is operative.
ED

LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
28-41-1B EICAS Fuel Tank NOTE 1: Refer to CFM Chapter 2 for
TE
(cont) Quantity Readouts (Left, reduced fuel quantity available
Right and Total) when using gravity refueling.
IN
CAUTION:
Ensure MLI chart, lbs or kg
PR
column, is used as applicable.
EN
with MELs:
28-13-8C
H
28-13-10
W
28-25-1D
28-25-4A
PY
28-41-2A
28-41-2B
O
28-41-2C
C
28-41-4
28-41-5
ED

LL
28-41-1A Below EICAS Display 1 (ED 1)and EICAS

Display 2 (ED2)
O
28-41-1B Below EICAS Display 1 (ED 1)and EICAS

Display 2 (ED2)
TR
N
(M) PROCEDURES
28-41-1A
O
A. For an inoperative left (right) and total fuel tank EICAS quantity readout, do as follows:
C
1. Fill the left and right fuel tanks as follows:

N

U

Revision: 3
WARNING
D
TE
Do the automatic pressure refueling procedure (refer to AMM TASK 12-11-28-650-801),
OR
Do the manual pressure refueling procedure (refer to AMM TASK 12-11-28-650-802).
IN
3. On the FUEL panel, select the XFLOW AUTO OVERRIDE switch/light to MANUAL.
PR
4. On the FUEL panel, make sure that the XFLOW AUTO OVERRIDE switch/light shows
MAN.
EN
NOTE:
The AUTO XFLOW INHIB status message will go out of view from the EICAS secondary page.
H
W
(O) PROCEDURES
28-41-1A
PY
A. If required, use Manual Power Crossflow or Gravity Crossflow to correct the imbalance.
NOTE 1: Auto Crossflow is inhibited when Left or Right Tank Fuel Quantity Readout is inoperative.
O
NOTE 2: The power crossflow rate is 54 ppm. It may be used when correcting fuel imbalance using power
crossflow. For example, if 300 pounds have to be transferred, use power crossflow for 5.5 minutes.
C
B. Maintain an in-flight fuel log as follows (see In-Flight Fuel Log on page 46):
ED
1. Record [“INITIAL FUEL LOAD”] (1) and operative fuel quantity indications in the 0+00
column.
Each 30 minutes do the steps that follow:
LL
2. Record fuel remaining in the tanks with operative gauges, on the “L” and “C” or “R” and “C”
[Fuel Remaining in tanks] lanes.
O
a) Compute [“TOTAL (operative Quantity Readout)”] (2) and record on the line provided.
TR
b) Record “Engine Fuel Used” from the fuel used indications.

c) Compute “APU fuel used” and record on line provided.
d) Compute “TOTAL FUEL USED” (3).
N
e) Add [TOTAL (operative Quantity Readout)] (2) and [“TOTAL FUEL USED”] (3) to
O
acquire [TOTAL FUEL USED ACCOUNTED FOR (2) + (3)] (4).

C
f) Subtract [“TOTAL FUEL USED ACCOUNTED FOR (2) + (3)”] (4) from [INITIAL
FUEL LOAD] (1) to acquire [“FUEL REMAINING IN AFFECTED TANK (1) - (4)”]
N
(5).
U

Revision: 3
(1) INITIAL FUEL

LOAD
Time in Flight 0+00 0+30 1+00 1+30 2+00 2+30 3+00
D
Fuel Remaining in Tanks with L
TE
Operative Quantity Readouts
IN
C
PR
(2) TOTAL (Operative Quantity Readouts)
Engine Fuel Used L
EN
R
APU Fuel Used
H
(260 lb./hr. X hr.)
(3) TOTAL FUEL USED

W
PY
(4) TOTAL FUEL USED ACCOUNTED
FOR
(LINE 2 + LINE 3)
O
FUEL REMAINING IN AFFECTED

C
(5)
TANK
(LINE 1 – line 4)
ED
In-Flight Fuel Log

LL

O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
28-41-1A EICAS Fuel Tank Quantity Readouts (Left, Right and Total)
FLIGHT PLANNING • Both the left hand and right hand fuel tanks are to be completely filled.
D
REQUIREMENTS
TE
NOTES None
IN
PERFORMANCE
PR
CORRECTIONS None
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
EN
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
H
None
W
(M) PROCEDURES
28-41-1B
PY
A. For an inoperative left (right) and total fuel tank EICAS fuel tank quantity readouts, with the left
(right) fuel tank in use at a less than a full level, do as follows:
O
2. On the FUEL panel, select the XFLOW AUTO OVERRIDE switch/light to MANUAL.
C
3. On the FUEL panel, make sure that the XFLOW AUTO OVERRIDE switch/light shows
MAN.
ED
NOTE:
The AUTO XFLOW INHIB status message will go out of view from the EICAS secondary page.
LL
4. On the FUEL panel, make sure that the XFLOW L and R switch/lights do not show ON or
O
FAIL.
TR
6. Fill the left (right) fuel tank to the necessary level as follows:
N
WARNING
O
C
or damage to equipment
N
U

Revision: 3

OR
Do the gravity refueling procedure (refer to AMM TASK 12-11-28-650-803).
7. To make sure that you get the necessary left (right) fuel tank level, do the magnetic level
indicator (MLI) check procedure (refer to AMM TASK 12-11-28-750-802).
D
(O) PROCEDURES
TE
28-41-1B
A. If required, use Manual Power Crossflow or Gravity Crossflow to correct the imbalance.
IN
NOTE 1: Auto Crossflow is inhibited when Left or Right Tank Fuel Quantity Readout is inoperative.
PR
NOTE 2: The power crossflow rate is 54 ppm. It may be used when correcting fuel imbalance using power
crossflow. For example, if 300 pounds have to be transferred, use power crossflow for 5.5 minutes.
B. Maintain an in-flight fuel log as follows (see In-Flight Fuel Log on page 46):
EN
1. Record [“INITIAL FUEL LOAD”] (1) and operative fuel quantity indications in the 0+00
column.
C. Each 30 minutes do the steps that follow:
H
1. Record fuel remaining in the tanks with operative gauges, on the “L” and “C” or “R” and “C”
W
[Fuel Remaining in tanks] lanes.
a) Compute [“TOTAL (operative Quantity Readout)”] (2) and record on the line provided.
PY
b) Record “Engine Fuel Used” from the fuel used indications.
c) Compute “APU fuel used” and record on line provided.
d) Compute “TOTAL FUEL USED” (3).
O
e) Add [TOTAL (operative Quantity Readout)] (2) and [“TOTAL FUEL USED”] (3) to
C
acquire [TOTAL FUEL USED ACCOUNTED FOR (2) + (3)] (4)

f) Subtract [“TOTAL FUEL USED ACCOUNTED FOR (2) + (3)”] (4) from [INITIAL
ED
FUEL LOAD] (1) to acquire [“FUEL REMAINING IN AFFECTED TANK (1) - (4)”]
(5).
LL
1. Maintenance control will convert the MLI readings.

O
2. Total fuel carried includes at least 10% more than the fuel load required for the planned flight.
TR
that the gravity filler cap is secured closed prior to departure.

N
and CFM section 4.

O
C

N
U

Revision: 3
28-41-1B EICAS Fuel Tank Quantity Readouts (Left, Right and Total)
FLIGHT PLANNING • Total fuel carried includes at least 10% more than the fuel load required
D
REQUIREMENTS for the planned flight.
• Maximum allowable fuel load when using gravity refueling is 14,810
TE
lbs.
IN
PR
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
EN
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
H
None
W
None
PY
END PROCEDURE
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
28-41-2A EICAS Fuel Tank N 2 0 B (M)(O)Both may be inoperative
Quantity Readouts provided:
(Center and Total) a) Center fuel tank remains empty,
IN
b) Left and Right EICAS Fuel
Tank Quantity Readouts are
PR
operative, and
c) MLI is used to verify that center
tank is empty once each flight
EN
day.
NOTE:
H
MELs:
W 28-13-7A
PY
28-13-7B
28-13-8A
O
28-13-8B
28-13-10
C
28-25-1D
ED
28-25-4A
28-41-1A
28-41-1B
LL
28-41-4
28-41-5
O
TR

N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
28-41-2B EICAS Fuel Tank N 2 0 B (M)(O) Both may be inoperative
TE
Quantity Readouts provided:
(Center and Total) a) Center fuel tank is completely
filled,
IN
b) Left and Right EICAS Fuel
PR
operative, and
c) Aircraft is refueled using Single
Point Pressure Refueling
EN
System.
NOTE:
H
MELs:
W 28-13-7A
PY
28-13-7B
28-13-8A
O
28-13-8B
28-13-8C
C
28-13-10
ED
28-25-1A
28-25-1D
28-25-4A
LL
28-41-1A
O
28-41-1B
28-41-4
TR
28-41-5
N
O

C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
28-41-2C EICAS Fuel Tank N 2 0 B (M)(O) Both may be inoperative
Quantity Readouts (Center provided:
and Total) a) Center fuel tank is refueled
IN
using Single Point Pressure
Refueling System,
PR
b) MLI is used to verify center
tank quantity before each flight,
and
EN
c) Left and Right EICAS Fuel
operative.
H
W
NOTE:
MELs:
PY
28-13-7A
28-13-7B
O
28-13-8A
C
28-13-8B
28-13-8C
ED
28-13-10
28-25-1A
LL
28-25-1D
28-25-4A
O
28-41-1A
TR
28-41-1B
28-41-4
N
28-41-5
O

C
N
U

Revision: 3

28-41-2A Below EICAS Display 1 and EICAS Display 2
(ED1&ED2)
D
28-41-2B Below EICAS Display 1 and EICAS Display 2
(ED1&ED2)
TE
28-41-2C Below EICAS Display 1 and EICAS Display 2
(ED1&ED2)
IN
(M) PROCEDURES
PR
28-41-2A
A. For an inoperative EICAS Center and Total Fuel Quantity Readouts, with the center fuel tank
empty, do as follows:
EN
WARNING
H
W
PY
1. Remove all the fuel from the center fuel tank as follows:
Do the suction defueling procedure (refer to AMM TASK 12-11-28-650-804),
OR
O
Do the gravity defueling procedure (refer to AMM TASK 12-11-28-650-805).

2. Once each flight day, make sure that the center tank is empty as follows:
C
a) Do the magnetic level indicator (MLI) check procedure (refer to AMM TASK 12-11-28-
ED
750-802).
(O) PROCEDURES
LL
28-41-2A
28-41-2C
O
A. Sum the left and right fuel tank quantity (shown on the Left and Right EICAS Fuel Tank Quantity
Readouts) to determine the total fuel quantity on board instead of using the Fuel Used Indication.
TR
NOTE:
This is true once the center tank fuel is used, which occur early into the cruise portion of the fight even
N
with a full fuel load and can be confirmed once both main (wing) fuel loads are less than 6900 lbs.
O
C

N
U

Revision: 3
28-41-2A EICAS Fuel Tank Quantity Readouts (Center and Total)
REQUIREMENTS
D
TE
None
NOTES
IN
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
PR
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
EN
None
None
H
(M) PROCEDURES
W
28-41-2B
PY
full, do as follows:
O
WARNING
C
ED
1. Fill the center tank as follows:

Do the automatic pressure refueling (refer to AMM TASK 12-11-28-650-801)
LL
OR
O
(O) PROCEDURES
TR
28-41-2B
A. Sum the left and right fuel tank quantity (shown on the Left and Right EICAS Fuel Tank Quantity
N
Readouts) to determine the total fuel quantity on board instead of using the Fuel Used Indication.
O
NOTE:
C
This is true once the center tank fuel is used, which occur early into the cruise portion of the fight even
with a full fuel load and can be confirmed once both main (wing) fuel loads are less than 6900 lbs.
N
U

Revision: 3

1. Ensure that the center fuel tank is completely filled.
(M) PROCEDURES
28-41-2C
D
in use at less than a full fuel level, do as follows:
TE
WARNING
IN
PR
1. Fill the center tank to the necessary level as follows:
EN
Do the automatic pressure refueling (refer to AMM TASK 12-11-28-650-801)
OR
H
W
NOTE:
The MLIs can be used for refueling calculations.
PY
2. Make sure that the fuel in the center tank is at the correct level as follows:
a) Do the magnetic level indicator (MLI) check procedure (refer to AMM TASK 12-11-28-
750-802).
O
3. Advise the flight crew of the center tank fuel quantity.

C
ED
END PROCEDURE
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
28-41-3 Fuel Computer Channels Y 2 1 B (O) One may be inoperative provided:
(FQGC) a) Remaining fuel in center tank
is considered unusable,
IN
b) Center tank contains less than
500 pounds of fuel at dispatch,
PR
and
c) Gravity crossflow SOV is
verified operative.
EN
H
W
(O) PROCEDURES
PY
28-41-3
A. For a Fuel Computer Channel inoperative, do as follows:
O
NOTE:
C
The “FUEL CH 1 (2) FAIL” status message will come into view continuously on the EICAS
secondary page.
ED
1. On the EICAS Control Panel (ECP), push the FUEL push button to access the FUEL
SYNOPTIC page.
LL
2. Press in the GRAVITY XFLOW switch on the FUEL control panel.

3. On the FUEL SYNOPTIC page, make sure that the gravity crossflow valve legend is OPEN.
O
Otherwise, dispatch is not permitted.

TR
4. Configure the gravity cross flow valve as per normal procedure.
NOTE:
N
Gravity crossflow is sensitive to sideslip

O

C
N
U

Revision: 3
28-41-3 Fuel Computer Channels (FQGC)
D
TE
NOTES None
IN
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
PR
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
EN
None
None
H
END PROCEDURE
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
28-41-4 Magnetic Level Indicators Y 5 0 C All may be inoperative provided:
a) Associated EICAS Fuel Tank
IN
Quantity Readouts are
operative.
PR
NOTE:
with MELs:
EN
28-25-1D
H
28-41-1A
W
28-41-1B
28-41-2A
28-41-2B
PY
28-41-2C
O

C

ED
LL
END PROCEDURE
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
28-41-5 Fuel Pitch and Roll Y 2 0 C May be inoperative provided:
Inclinometers a) All EICAS Fuel Tank Quantity
Readouts (Left, Right, Center
IN
and Total) are operative.
PR
NOTE:
MELs:
EN
28-41-1A
28-41-1B
H
28-41-2A
W
28-41-2B
28-41-2C
PY
O
28-41-5 Bulkhead behind the Co-Pilot’s Seat.

C
ED
END PROCEDURE
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
29 - Hydraulic Power
29-11-1 Engine Driven Pumps (EDP) (Systems 1 and 2) ........................................................29-3
29-11-3 Hydraulic Heat Exchanger Cooling Fan.....................................................................29-5
29-11-4 Hydraulic Switches “AUTO” Function (Hydraulic AC Motor Pumps).....................29-6
D
29-11-5 Hydraulic Accumulator Pressure Gauges (Systems 1, 2 and 3) .................................29-7
29-11-6 Hydraulic Accumulators (Systems 1 and 2) ...............................................................29-8
TE
29-11-8 Hydraulic Firewall SOV (Systems 1 and 2). ..............................................................29-9
29-12-1 Hydraulic AC Motor Pump (ACMP) 3A. ................................................................29-10
IN
29-31-1 EICAS Hydraulic Pressure Readouts (Systems 1, 2 and 3) .....................................29-12
29-32-1 EICAS Hydraulic Reservoir Quantity Readouts (Systems 1, 2 and 3) ....................29-14
PR
29-34-1 Hydraulic Pump Low Pressure Switches (Systems 1, 2 and 3)................................29-16
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
MEL System 29-TOC-i

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18
29 - Hydraulic Power
System Diagrams
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
MEL System 29-2 29 - Hydraulic Power

Revision: 3

D
TE
29-11-1 Engine Driven Pumps N 2 1 A (M)(O)One may be inoperative
(EDP) (Systems 1 and 2) provided:
IN
a) Same side Hydraulic AC
Motor Pump (ACMP) is
PR
operated continuously during
flight,
b) All Hydraulic AC Motor
Pumps (ACMP) are
EN
operative,
c) Affected pump is
mechanically removed and a
H
blanking plate is installed,
W
d) Flexible hydraulic lines at the
pylon quick-disconnects are
disconnected, capped and
PY
stowed, and
e) Repairs are made within one
O
flight day.
C
NOTE:
ED
with MEL:
29-12-1
LL

O
29-11-1 HYDRAULIC Control Panel

TR
N
(M) PROCEDURES
O
29-11-1
A. For an inoperative EDP, do as follows:
C
1. Deactivate the affected EDP and install blanking kit per Maintenance Procedures Job card 900-
N
29-900-904.
U
29 - Hydraulic Power MEL System 29-3

Revision: 3
NOTE:
When the deactivation procedure is completed, the HYD EDP 1A (HYD EDP 2A) caution message
will show continuously on the EICAS primary page.
(O) PROCEDURES
D
29-11-1
TE
A. On the HYDRAULIC control panel, set the Hydraulic AC Motor Pump (ACMP) of the affected side
to ON.
IN
NOTE 1: The EDP Output Flow Line associated to the removed EDP may appear green on the EICAS
Hydraulic Synoptic Page.
PR
NOTE 2: When the deactivation procedure is completed, the HYD EDP 1A (HYD EDP 2A) caution message
will show continuously on the EICAS primary page.
EN
END PROCEDURE
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
29-11-3 Hydraulic Heat Exchanger Y 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided:
Cooling Fan a) Hydraulic temperature of #1
IN
and #2 systems on the
synoptic page is monitored
PR
not to exceed 96 degrees
Celsius during ground
operations.
EN
H
W
(O) PROCEDURES
29-11-3
PY
1. Monitor the hydraulic temperature of #1 and #2 systems on the HYD synoptic page to ensure
the temperature does not exceed 96° C during ground operations.
O
C
END PROCEDURE
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
29-11-4 Hydraulic Switches Y 3 0 C (O) All may be inoperative provided:
“AUTO” Function a) Affected pumps are manually
IN
(Hydraulic AC Motor selected ON before each
Pumps) takeoff and landing
PR
EN
(O) PROCEDURES
H
29-11-4
W
1. To ensure smooth operation of all systems, the affected pump(s) should be selected ON prior
to any flap/slat selections.
PY
2. Additionally, the affected pump switch(es) must be selected to the ON position prior to each
takeoff and landing
O
C
END PROCEDURE
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
29-11-5 Hydraulic Accumulator N 3 0 C (M) All may be inoperative provided:
Pressure Gauges (Systems a) Accumulator pre-charge
1, 2 and 3) pressure is checked using a
IN
suitable ground gauge each
flight day.
PR
EN
Affected Hydraulic Servicing Control Panel
H
(M) PROCEDURES
W
29-11-5
A. Use a suitable pressure gauge to check the accumulator precharge pressure before next flight after
PY
failure occurrence (Hydraulic Accumulator Pressure Gauge(s)) is found inoperative). If during the
course of this deferral, additional maintenance is performed on the hydraulic system that requires a
pressure gauge, use a suitable pressure gauge to check the accumulator pre-charge pressure (refer to
O
AMM TASK 12-12-29-614-801).

C
END PROCEDURE
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
29-11-6 Hydraulic Accumulators Y 2 0 B
(Systems 1 and 2)
IN
PR
EN
END PROCEDURE
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
29-11-8 Hydraulic Firewall SOV N 2 1 A (M) May be inoperative provided:
(Systems 1 and 2). a) Affected Hydraulic Firewall
SOV is deactivated,
IN
b) Same side Engine Driven
Pump (EDP) is considered
PR
inoperative,
c) Engine Driven Pump (EDP)
on the opposite side is
EN
operative, and
flight day.
H
NOTE:
W
is also used:
PY
29-11-1
O

C

ED
(M) PROCEDURES
29-11-8
LL
A. For an inoperative system hydraulic firewall SOV, do as follows:

1. Open and collar the circuit breaker that follows for the No. 1 Hydraulic System:
O
CBP-1 LOWER R6 HYD SOV L ENG 221

TR
OR
2. Open and collar the circuit breaker that follows for the No. 2 Hydraulic System:
CBP-1 LOWER R5 HYD SOV R ENG 221
N
O
END PROCEDURE
C
N
U

Revision: TR 18-02
Date: 29 Oct 2018 CRJ 700/900 Series MEL

D
TE
29-12-1 Hydraulic AC Motor Pump Y 1 0 A (M)(O)May be inoperative provided:
(ACMP) 3A. a) Hydraulic AC Motor Pumps
IN
(ACMP) 3B is operated
continuously during flight,
PR
b) All other hydraulic pumps
are operative,
c) *CRJ 900 Only: Category II
operations are prohibited,
EN
and
d) *CRJ 900 Only: Operations
H
with AFM Supplement
W
(Performance Penalties
Operations with Airplane
Systems Inoperative), and
PY
e) Repairs are made within one
flight day.
O
NOTE 1: *CRJ 900 Only: Ensure that

the following MEL is also
C
used:
34-00-1
ED

with MEL:
29-11-1
LL
NOTE 3: This MEL must NOT be

applied as a method to stop a
leak
O
TR

N
O
(M) PROCEDURES
C
29-12-1
A. For an inoperative system ACMP 3A, do as follows:
N

U
CBP-2 F14 HYD SYST AC PUMP CONT 3A 222

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
29-12-1
B. For an inoperative ACMP 3A, do as follows:
1. On the HYDRAULIC control panel, do as follows:
D
a) Set the 3A switch to OFF.
TE
b) Set the 3B switch to ON.
NOTE:
IN
The Landing Gear operates slower than normal with the ACMP 3A pump inoperative and the GEAR
DISAGREE warning message may come into view on the EICAS primary page. If the message goes
PR
out of view in 20 seconds, no action is required.
2. Ensure HYDRAULIC 3A PUMP INOP performance penalties are applied for takeoff.
EN
29-12-1 Hydraulic AC Motor Pump (ACMP) 3A)
H
FLIGHT PLANNING • CRJ-900 Only: Do not dispatch when weather minimums require Cat II
W
REQUIREMENTS operations.
PY
NOTES
None
O
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
C
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
ED
PERFORMANCE Select “Hydraulic 3A Pump Inop” in the flight planning client.

WORKSHEET LANDING
None
LL

None
O
TR
END PROCEDURE
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
29-31-1 EICAS Hydraulic Pressure Y 3 0 C (O) All may be inoperative provided:
Readouts (Systems 1, 2 and a) The associated pressure
3) switches are operative
IN
NOTE:
PR
with MEL:
EN
32-47-1
H
(O) PROCEDURES
W
PY
29-31-1
A. For an inoperative EICAS hydraulic system readout (system 1), do as follows:
O
1. Start the left engine.

C
2. On the HYDRAULIC control panel set the ACMP 1B switch to ON.

3. On the EICAS primary page, make sure the caution messages that follow do not show:
ED
a) HYD EDP 1A
b) HYD PUMP 1B
4. Keep the ACMP 1B switch to ON throughout the flight.
LL
B. For an inoperative EICAS hydraulic system readout (system 2), do as follows:

1. Start the right engine.
O

TR
3. On the EICAS primary page, make sure the caution messages that follow do not shown:
a) HYD EDP 2A
N
b) HYD PUMP 2B
4. Keep the ACMP 2B switch to ON throughout the flight
O
C

N
U

Revision: 3
C. For an inoperative EICAS hydraulic system readout (system 3), do as follows:

1. On the HYDRAULIC control panel set the ACMP 3A switch to ON.
3. On the EICAS primary page, make sure the caution messages that follow do not show:
D
a) HYD PUMP 3A
b) HYD PUMP 3B
TE
4. Keep the ACMP 3B switch to ON throughout the flight.
IN
END PROCEDURE
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
29-32-1 EICAS Hydraulic N 3 0 C (M)(O)All may be inoperative
Reservoir Quantity provided:
IN
Readouts (Systems 1, 2 and a) Quantity in associated
3) reservoir(s) is checked on
PR
reservoir sight glass prior to
each flight.
EN
H
(M) PROCEDURES
W
29-32-1
PY
NOTE:
Initiate SFWI to perform maintenance procedures prior to each flight.
O
A. For an inoperative EICAS hydraulic reservoir quantity readout, system 1 and/or 2, do as follows:
Before each flight:
C
ED
WARNING
Obey all the hydraulic safety precautions when you do work on the hydraulic system and/or a
hydraulic system component. If you do not do this, you can cause injury to persons and/or damage
LL
to equipment.
O
1. Pressurize the affected hydraulic system.

2. Open the aft equipment compartment door 311B.Make sure the sight glass on the affected
TR
hydraulic quantity transmitter(s) indicates hydraulic fluid level(s) within the limits shown in
the table below.
N
O

C
N
U

Revision: 3
Hydraulic System Cool Fluid Quantity Limits Hot Fluids Quantity Limits
System No.1 34-55% 55-81%
*The cool fluid quantity limits are to be used when the hydraulic fluid temperatures is equal to or less than 80°
D
F(27° C) as indicated on the EICAS hydraulic synoptic page.
**The hot fluid quantity limits are to be used when the hydraulic fluid temperatures is greater than 80° F(27°
TE
C) as indicated on the EICAS hydraulic synoptic page.
IN
System No.2 29-46% 46-68%
PR
EN
3. Remove the hydraulic pressure from the affected hydraulic system.
4. Close the aft equipment compartment door 311B.
H
B. For an inoperative system 3 EICAS hydraulic reservoir quantity readout, do as follows:
W
Before each flight:
PY
WARNING
Obey all the hydraulic safety precautions when you do work on the hydraulic system and/or a
hydraulic system component. If you do not do this, you can cause injury to persons and/or damage
O
to equipment.
C
1. Pressurize the hydraulic system 3.

ED
2. Open the access panel 196CR.

3. Make sure the sight glass on the affected hydraulic quantity transmitter(s) indicates hydraulic
fluid level(s) within the limits shown in the table below.
LL
System No.3 31-51% 51-72%
O
TR

N
4. Remove the hydraulic pressure from system 3.

O
5. Close the access panel 196C

(O) PROCEDURES
C
29-32-1
N

U
1. Verify maintenance procedures are accomplished prior to each flight.
END PROCEDURE

Revision: 3

D
TE
29-34-1 Hydraulic Pump Low Y 6 3 C (O) Three may be inoperative
Pressure Switches (Systems provided:
IN
1, 2 and 3) a) At least one Low Pressure
Switch is operative for each
PR
hydraulic system, and
b) Hydraulic AC motor
pump(s) B of the associated
system(s) is operated
EN
continuously throughout
flight, and
c) Associated Hydraulic
H
Pressure and Quantity
W
Readouts are monitored
during flight.
PY
O

C
(O) PROCEDURES
ED
29-34-1
NOTE:
The applicable HYD PUMP caution message or HYD EDP caution message may be displayed on
LL
EICAS.
O

1. Affected hydraulic B pump switch is ON continuously throughout the flight, and
TR
2. Associated Hydraulic Pressure and Quantity Readouts are monitored during flight.
N
END PROCEDURE
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
30 - Ice and Rain Protection

30-12-1A Wing Anti-Ice Modulating and SOVs (Wing Anti-Ice Valve)...................................30-3
30-12-1B Wing Anti-Ice Modulating and SOVs (Wing Anti-Ice Valve)...................................30-4
30-12-4A Wing Anti-Ice Temperature Sensor Elements - Inboard/Outboard............................30-8
D
30-12-4B Wing Anti-Ice Temperature Sensor Elements - Inboard ............................................30-9
30-12-4C Wing Anti-Ice Temperature Sensor Elements - Outboard .........................................30-9
TE
30-12-4A ANTI-ICE Panel .........................................................................................................30-9
30-12-4B ANTI-ICE Panel .........................................................................................................30-9
IN
30-12-4C ANTI-ICE Panel .........................................................................................................30-9
30-12-5A Wing Cross Bleed Valve (Anti-Ice) (Inoperative CLOSED) ...................................30-12
PR
30-12-5B Wing Cross Bleed Valve (Anti-Ice) (Inoperative OPEN) ........................................30-13
30-12-6 Anti-Ice/Bleed Leak Detection Controller (AILC) Channels...................................30-16
30-22-1A Engine Cowl Anti-Ice SOVs (Right SOV)...............................................................30-17
30-22-1B Engine Cowl Anti-Ice SOVs (Left SOV) .................................................................30-18
EN
30-22-3A Cowl Anti-Ice Double Wall Duct Pressure Transducers (Right) .............................30-20
30-22-3B Cowl Anti-Ice Double Wall Duct Pressure Transducers (Left) ...............................30-21
30-31-1A Probe Heaters - Pitot/Static Probe Heaters ...............................................................30-23
H
30-31-1B Probe Heaters - Static Port Heaters ..........................................................................30-24
W
30-31-1C Probe Heaters - Angle of Attack Vane Heaters ........................................................30-25
30-31-1D Probe Heaters - TAT Probe Heater...........................................................................30-26
30-31-1E Probe Heaters - Standby Pitot Head Heater..............................................................30-27
PY
30-31-1F Engine T2 Probe Heater ...........................................................................................30-28
30-31-2 Air Data Sensor Heater Controllers..........................................................................30-35
O
30-31-2 ANTI-ICE Panel .......................................................................................................30-35

30-41-1A Windshield and Side Window Anti-Ice Controllers.................................................30-38
C
30-41-1B Windshield and Side Window Anti-Ice Controllers.................................................30-38

30-42-1 Windshield Wipers ...................................................................................................30-41
ED
30-71-2 Drain Mast Heater ....................................................................................................30-42

30-81-1A Ice Detection Systems - One Inoperative .................................................................30-44
30-81-1B Ice Detection Systems - Both Inoperative ................................................................30-45
LL
30-81-1C Ice Detection Systems - Both Inoperative ................................................................30-47

O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
MEL System 30-TOC-i

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18
30 - Ice and Rain

Protection
System Diagrams
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
MEL System 30-2 30 - Ice and Rain Protection

Revision: 3

D
TE
30-12-1A Wing Anti-Ice Modulating N 2 0 C (M)(O)Both may be inoperative
and SOVs (Wing Anti-Ice provided:
IN
Valve) a) Valves are secured CLOSED,
b) Operations are not conducted
PR
in known or forecast icing
conditions, and
c) Both Ice Detection Systems
are operative.
EN
NOTE:
H
with MELs:
W
30-12-5A
30-81-1A
PY
30-81-1B
30-81-1C
O

C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
30 - Ice and Rain Protection MEL System 30-3

Revision: 3

D
30-12-1B Wing Anti-Ice Modulating N 2 1 C (M)(O)May be inoperative CLOSED
TE
and SOVs (Wing Anti-Ice provided:
Valve) a) Wing Cross Bleed Valve is
operative,
IN
b) Wing cross bleed selector
switch is selected to the
PR
opposite side (FROM LEFT
or FROM RIGHT), and
c) Operations are conducted in
EN
accordance with AFM
H
Airplane Systems
W
Inoperative).
NOTE 1: If the MEL item 36-11-2A/
PY
36-11-2B for the opposite
side PRSOV and/or 36-11-
3A/36-11-3B for the opposite
O
side HPV is present,

operations in areas of known
C
or forecast icing conditions

are NOT AUTHORIZED
ED

with MELs:
LL
30-12-5A
30-12-5B
O
TR

30-12-1A Anti-Ice Panel
N
30-12-1B Anti-Ice Panel

O
C
N

U

Revision: 3
(M) PROCEDURES
30-12-1A
A. For two inoperative wing anti-ice modulating and SOVs, do as follows:
1. Deactivate the wing anti-ice modulating and SOVs in the CLOSED position (refer to the AMM
D
TASK 30-12-00-040-801).
TE
NOTE:
When the deactivation procedure is completed, both the L and R WING A/I FAULT status messages
will show continuously on the EICAS secondary page.
IN
(O) PROCEDURES
PR
30-12-1A
NOTE:
EN
When the deactivation procedure is completed, both the L and R WING A/I FAULT status messages
will show continuously on the EICAS secondary page.
H
W
1. Do not operate into known or forecast icing conditions.
30-12-1A Wing Anti-Ice Modulating and SOVs (Wing Anti-Ice Valve)

PY
FLIGHT PLANNING • Do not dispatch into known or forecast icing conditions
REQUIREMENTS
O
NOTES
C
None
PERFORMANCE
ED
CORRECTIONS None
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
LL
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
O

TR
None
N

O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
(M) PROCEDURES
30-12-1B
A. For an inoperative wing anti-ice modulating and SOV, do as follows:
1. Deactivate the inoperative wing anti-ice modulating and SOV in the CLOSED position (refer
D
to the AMM TASK 30-12-00-040-801).
TE
NOTE:
When the deactivation procedure is completed, the WING A/I FAULT status message will show
IN
(O) PROCEDURES
PR
30-12-1B
NOTE:
EN
When the deactivation procedure is completed, the WING A/I FAULT status message will show
H
A. For a single inoperative wing anti-ice modulating and SOV:
W
1. Ensure that the “Wing A/I Component Inop” performance corrections are applied for takeoff
and landing.
2. If the MEL item 36-11-2A/B for the opposite side PRSOV and/or 36-11-3A/B for the opposite
PY
side HPV is present, operations in areas of known or forecast icing conditions are NOT
AUTHORIZED.
O
3. The WING A/I FAULT status message will show continuously on the EICAS secondary page.
C
a) When the left side valve is inoperative, the WING A/I CROSS BLEED switch should be
selected and kept in the FROM RIGHT position.
ED
b) When the right side valve is inoperative, the WING A/I CROSS BLEED switch should be
selected and kept in the FROM LEFT position.
LL

O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
30-12-1B Wing Anti-Ice Modulating and SOVs (Wing Anti-Ice Valve)
FLIGHT PLANNING • If the MEL item 36-11-2A/B for the opposite side PRSOV and/or 36-11-
D
REQUIREMENTS 3A/B for the opposite side HPV is present, operations in areas of known
or forecast icing conditions are NOT AUTHORIZED.
TE
IN
NOTES None
PR
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS Ensure that the “Wing A/I Component Inop” corrections are applied.
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
EN
PERFORMANCE Select “Wing A/I Component Inop” in the Flight Planning Client
WORKSHEET LANDING
Select “Wing A/I Components Inop” in the Flight Planning Client
H
None
W
PY
END PROCEDURE
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
30-12-4A Wing Anti-Ice Temperature Y 8 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided:
Sensor Elements - Inboard/ a) Wing Anti-Ice System is
IN
Outboard selected OFF,
PR
conditions, and
c) Both Ice Detection Systems
are operative.
EN
NOTE 1: Caution message(s) will
revert to a status “WING A/I
H
FAULT” upon selection of
wing anti-ice system to OFF.
W NOTE 2: Not to be used in conjunction

with MELs:
PY
30-81-1A
30-81-1B
O
30-81-1C
C

ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
30-12-4B Wing Anti-Ice Temperature N 4 2 C (O) Two elements in one sensor pair
TE
Sensor Elements - Inboard (channel A & B) may be
a) Wing Cross Bleed Valve is
IN
operative,
b) Wing cross bleed selector
PR
switch is selected to the
opposite side (FROM LEFT
or FROM RIGHT), and
EN
accordance with AFM
H
W
Airplane Systems
Inoperative).
PY
NOTE:
with MELs:
O
C
30-12-5A
30-12-5B
ED
30-12-4C Wing Anti-Ice Temperature N 4 2 C (O) One element per sensor pair
Sensor Elements - Outboard (channel A or B) may be
inoperative.
LL
NOTE:
O
If both elements (channel A and

B) of a single sensor are
TR
inoperative, refer to MEL 30-

12-4A.
N

O
30-12-4A ANTI-ICE Panel

C
30-12-4B ANTI-ICE Panel

N
U
30-12-4C ANTI-ICE Panel

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
30-12-4A
1. Do not operate into know or forecast icing conditions.
D
TE
NOTE:
Caution message(s) will revert to a status “WING A/I FAULT” upon selection of Wing Anti-Ice
system to OFF.
IN
PR
30-12-4A Wing Anti-Ice Temperature Sensor Elements - Inboard/Outboard
FLIGHT PLANNING • Dispatch into known of forecast ground or airborne icing conditions
EN
REQUIREMENTS with wing inspection lights inoperative is allowed only for day
operations.
H
NOTES None
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None W
PY
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
O
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
C

None
ED
LL

O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
30-12-4B
B. Operational procedure for Wing Anti-Ice Temperature Sensor Elements - Inboard.
After both engines started:
D
1.BLEED VALVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Select to AUTO
TE
2.ISOL valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Select to CLSD
3.BLEED SOURCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Select to BOTH ENG
IN
4.WING CROSS BLEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Select to NORMAL
5.Wing Anti-Ice system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Select to ON
PR
6.WING CROSS BLEED selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Select to operative side
7.Make sure that the L(R) WING A/I caution message disappears.
EN
8.Wing Anti-Ice system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Select to OFF.
NOTE:
If the L(R) WING A/I caution message is displayed on EICAS after step (6), no dispatch is allowed.
H
W
(O) PROCEDURES
30-12-4C
PY
C. For a subsequent in-flight failure of the remaining Outboard sensing element, a WING A/I SENSOR
caution EICAS message will show, requiring the crew to switch the wing anti-ice system to OFF and
exit icing conditions.
O
NOTE:
C
When the wing anti-ice system is OFF, the message becomes a WING A/I FAULT status message.
ED
END PROCEDURE
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
30-12-5A Wing Cross Bleed Valve N 1 0 C (M)(O)May be inoperative CLOSED
(Anti-Ice) (Inoperative provided:
CLOSED) a) Both Wing Anti-Ice
IN
Modulating SOVs are
operative,
PR
b) Wing Cross Bleed Valve is
secured closed,
c) Operations are not conducted
EN
conditions, and
d) Both Ice Detection Systems
H
are operative.
W
NOTE:
PY
with MELs:
30-12-1A
O
30-12-1B
C
30-81-1A
30-81-1B
ED
30-81-1C
LL

O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
30-12-5B Wing Cross Bleed Valve N 1 0 C (M)(O)May be inoperative OPEN
TE
(Anti-Ice) (Inoperative provided:
OPEN) a) Wing Cross Bleed Valve is
secured open,
IN
b) Air Conditioning Pack on the
non-selected side is operative
PR
and is operated continuously
throughout flight and
EN
accordance with AFM
H
Airplane Systems
W
Inoperative).
NOTE:
PY
with MEL:
O
30-12-1B
C

ED

LL
O
TR

N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
(M) PROCEDURES
30-12-5A
A. If the Wing Cross Bleed (Isolation) Valve fails in the CLOSED position, do as follows:
1. Deactivate the Wing Isolation shutoff valve in the CLOSED position (refer to AMM TASK 30-
D
12-00-040-802).
TE
(O) PROCEDURES
30-12-5A
IN
PR
30-12-5A Wing Cross Bleed Valve (Anti-Ice) (Inoperative CLOSED)
FLIGHT PLANNING • Do not dispatch into known or forecast icing conditions.
EN
REQUIREMENTS
None
H
NOTES
W
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
PY
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
O
None
C
None
ED
(M) PROCEDURES
30-12-5B
LL
C. If the Wing Cross Bleed (Isolation) Valve fails in the OPEN position, do as follows:
1. Deactivate the Wing Isolation shutoff valve in the OPEN position (refer to AMM TASK 30-
O
12-00-040-802).
TR
NOTE:
After the deactivation procedure is completed, the Wing Cross Bleed Valve (Anti-Ice) symbol will
come into view in the closed position on the EICAS synoptic page. When the wing anti-ice is
N
reconfigured as per limitations of the “OPEN” case and the wing anti-ice is selected ON, only the
O
selected side of the wing anti-ice will be shown as heated on the EICAS synoptic page, where in fact
both sides are heated.
C
N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
30-12-5B
NOTE:
After the deactivation procedure is completed, the Wing Cross Bleed Valve (Anti-Ice) symbol will
D
come into view in the closed position on the EICAS synoptic page. When the wing anti-ice is
TE
reconfigured as per limitations of the “OPEN” case and the wing anti-ice is selected ON, only the
selected side of the wing anti-ice will be shown as heated on the EICAS synoptic page, where in fact
both sides are heated.
IN
PR
1. Select and ensure the WING A/I CROSS BLEED switch remains in the FROM LEFT or
FROM RIGHT position.
EN
END PROCEDURE
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
30-12-6 Anti-Ice/Bleed Leak Y 2 1 C
IN
Detection Controller
(AILC) Channels
PR
30-12-6 ANTI-ICE Panel
EN
H
END PROCEDURE
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
30-22-1A Engine Cowl Anti-Ice N 2 1 C (M)(O)One may be inoperative
SOVs (Right SOV) provided:
IN
b) Both Ice Detection Systems
PR
are operative,
conditions, and
EN
accordance with AFM
Limitations.
H
W
NOTE:
with MELs:
PY
30-22-1B
O
30-81-1A
30-81-1B
C
30-81-1C
ED
36-11-2B
36-11-2D
36-11-3B
LL
36-11-3D
O

TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
30-22-1B Engine Cowl Anti-Ice N 2 1 C (M)(O)One may be inoperative
TE
SOVs (Left SOV) provided:
b) Both Ice Detection Systems
IN
are operative,
PR
conditions, and
EN
accordance with AFM
Limitations.
H
NOTE:
W
with MELs:
PY
30-22-1A
30-81-1A
O
30-81-1B
30-81-1C
C
36-11-2A
ED
36-11-2C
36-11-3A
36-11-3C
LL

O

TR

N
O
C

N
U

Revision: 3
(M) PROCEDURES
30-22-1A
30-22-1B
A. For an inoperative left or right engine cowl anti-ice SOV, do as follows:
D
1. Do the deactivation of the engine cowl anti-ice SOV (refer to the AMM TASK 30-22-00-040-
TE
801)
(O) PROCEDURES
IN
30-22-1A
30-22-1B
PR
EN
30-22-1A Engine Cowl Anti-Ice SOVs (Right SOV)
30-22-1B Engine Cowl Anti-Ice SOVs (Left SOV)
H
W
REQUIREMENTS
PY
NOTES None
PERFORMANCE
O
CORRECTIONS None
C
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
ED
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
None
LL
O
END PROCEDURE
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
30-22-3A Cowl Anti-Ice Double N 2 1 C (O) One may be inoperative provided:
Wall Duct Pressure a) Associated Engine Cowl Anti-Ice
IN
Transducers (Right) SOV is selected OFF and
considered inoperative,
PR
b) Both Ice Detection Systems are
operative, and
EN
conditions.
H
also used:
W
30-22-1A
PY
with MELs:
30-22-3B
O
30-81-1A
30-81-1B
C
30-81-1C
ED

LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
30-22-3B Cowl Anti-Ice Double N 2 1 C (O) One may be inoperative provided:
TE
Wall Duct Pressure a) Associated Engine Cowl Anti-Ice
Transducers (Left) SOV is selected OFF and
considered inoperative,
IN
operative, and
PR
conditions.
EN
also used:
H
30-22-1B
W
with MELs:
PY
30-22-3A
30-81-1A
O
30-81-1B
30-81-1C
C

ED

LL

O
TR

N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
30-22-3A
30-22-3B
D
TE
2. Ensure the associated LH COWL or RH COWL Anti-Ice switch remains OFF.
IN
30-22-3A Cowl Anti-Ice Double Wall Duct Pressure Transducers (Right)
PR
30-22-3B Cowl Anti-Ice Double Wall Duct Pressure Transducers (Left)

REQUIREMENTS
EN
NOTES
H
None
W
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
PY
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
O
None
C
None
ED
END PROCEDURE
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
30-31-1A Probe Heaters - Pitot/ Y 2 1 B (M)(O)Except where enroute operations
Static Probe Heaters require its use, one may be
IN
a) Standby Pitot Head Heater is
PR
operative,
b) Operations are not conducted in
visible moisture (including
standing water and slush) in any
EN
form,
H
conditions,
W
d) Both Ice Detection Systems are
operative, and
e) Operations are conducted in day
PY
VMC only.
NOTE 1: RVSM operations not authorized
O
NOTE 2: Must be used in conjunction with

C
MEL:
34-00-0
ED

with MELs:
LL
30-31-1E
30-81-1A
O
30-81-1B
TR
30-81-1C
N

O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
30-31-1B Probe Heaters - Static Y 2 1 B (M)(O)Except where enroute operations
TE
Port Heaters require its use, one may be
a) Operations are not conducted in
IN
PR
form,
EN
conditions,
c) Both Ice Detection Systems are
operative, and
H
d) Operations are conducted in day
W
VMC only.
NOTE 1: RVSM operations not authorized
PY
NOTE 2: Must be used in conjunction with
MEL:
O
34-00-0
C

with MELs:
ED
30-81-1A
30-81-1B
LL
30-81-1C
O

TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
30-31-1C Probe Heaters - Angle of Y 2 1 B (M)(O)One may be inoperative provided:
Attack Vane Heaters a) Operations are not conducted in
IN
PR
form,
conditions,
EN
operative, and
H
VMC only.
W
NOTE:
Reduced Vref operations not
PY
authorized
NOTE:
O

C
MELs:
30-81-1A
ED
30-81-1B
30-81-1C
LL

O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
30-31-1D Probe Heaters - TAT Y 1 0 B (M)(O) May be inoperative provided:
TE
Probe Heater a) Operations are not conducted in
IN
form,
PR
conditions,
EN
operative,
VMC only, and
H
e) Both engines T2 sensors and T2
W
heaters are operative.
NOTE:
PY
MELs:
O
30-31-1F
C
30-81-1A
30-81-1B
ED
30-81-1C

LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
30-31-1E Probe Heaters - Standby Y 1 0 B (M)(O)May be inoperative provided:
Pitot Head Heater a) Operations are not conducted in
IN
PR
form,
conditions,
EN
operative, and
H
VMC only.
W
NOTE:
PY
MELs:
30-31-1A
O
30-81-1A
C
30-81-1B
30-81-1C
ED

LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
30-31-1F Engine T2 Probe Heater Y 2 1 B (M)(O)May be inoperative provided:
TE
a) Operations are not conducted in
IN
form,
PR
conditions,
EN
operative, and
VMC only.
H
W
NOTE:
MELs:
PY
30-31-1D
30-81-1A
O
30-81-1B
C
30-81-1C
ED

LL

O

TR

N
30-31-1D ANTI-ICE Panel

O
30-31-1E ANTI-ICE Panel

C
30-31-1F ANTI-ICE Panel

N
U

Revision: 3
(M) PROCEDURES
30-31-1A
A. Do a deactivation of the inoperative probe heater as follows:
1. For an inoperative pitot static probe heater, open and collar the circuit breaker that follows:
D
CBP-1 LOWER T7 HEATERS PITOT L 221
OR
TE
CBP-1 A14 HEATERS PITOT R 221
IN
NOTE:
After the deactivation procedure is completed, the L(R) PITOT HEAT caution message will show
continuously on the EICAS primary page.
PR
(O) PROCEDURES
30-31-1A
EN
NOTE:
After the deactivation procedure is completed, the L(R) PITOT HEAT caution message will show
H
W
1. Do no operate into visible moisture (including standing water and slush) in any form.
PY
3. Ensure operations are conducted in day VMC only.
O
4. RVSM operations not authorized. Ensure flight plan suffix codes are adjusted as necessary
based on inoperative equipment (see FOM).
C
ED

LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
30-31-1A Probe Heaters - Pitot/Static Probe Heaters

30-31-1B Probe Heaters - Static Port Heaters
D
30-31-1C Probe Heaters - Angle of Attack Vane Heaters
TE
30-31-1D Probe Heaters - TAT Probe Heater
30-31-1E Probe Heaters - Standby Pitot Head Heater
IN
FLIGHT PLANNING • Do not operate into visible moisture (including standing water and slush)
REQUIREMENTS in any form.
PR
• Do not dispatch into known or forecast icing conditions.
• Ensure operations are conducted in day VMC only.
• RVSM operations not authorized. Ensure flight plan suffix codes are
EN
adjusted as necessary based on inoperative equipment (see FOM).
• 30-31-1C Reduced Vref operations not authorized.
NOTES None
H
W
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
PY
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
O
None
C
None
ED
(M) PROCEDURES
30-31-1B
LL

1. For an inoperative static port heater, open and collar the circuit breaker that follows:
O
CBP-2 LOWER S1 HEATERS STATIC L 222

OR
TR
CBP-1 G14 HEATERS STATIC R 221
NOTE:
N
After the deactivation procedure is completed, the L(R) STATIC HEAT caution message will show
O

C
N

U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
30-31-1B
NOTE:
After the deactivation procedure is completed, the L(R) STATIC HEAT caution message will show
D
TE
A.The following statements apply:
IN
PR
4. RVSM operations not authorized. Ensure flight plan suffix codes are adjusted as necessary
based on inoperative equipment (see FOM).
(M) PROCEDURES
EN
30-31-1C
H
1. For an inoperative angle of attack vane heater, open and collar the circuit breaker that follows:
W
CBP-1 LOWER T8 HEATERS AOA L 221
OR
CBP-1 A13 HEATERS AOA R 221
PY
NOTE:
After the deactivation procedure is completed, the L(R) AOA HEAT caution message will show
O

C
(O) PROCEDURES
ED
30-31-1C
NOTE:
LL
After the deactivation procedure is completed, the L(R) AOA HEAT caution message will show
O

TR
N

O
C

N
U

Revision: 3
(M) PROCEDURES
30-31-1D
1. For an inoperative TAT heater, open and collar the circuit breaker that follows:
D
CBP-1 A12 HEATERS TAT 221
TE
NOTE:
After the deactivation procedure is completed, the TAT PROBE HEAT caution message will show
IN
(O) PROCEDURES
PR
30-31-1D
NOTE:
EN
After the deactivation procedure is completed, the TAT PROBE HEAT caution message will show
H
W
PY
(M) PROCEDURES
O
30-31-1E
C
1. For an inoperative standby pitot head heater, open and collar the circuit breaker that follows:
CBP-1 LOWER T9 HEATERS PITOT STBY 221
ED
NOTE:
After the deactivation procedure is completed, the STBY PITOT HEAT caution message will show
LL

O
(O) PROCEDURES
TR
30-31-1E
N
NOTE:
After the deactivation procedure is completed, the STBY PITOT HEAT caution message will show
O

C
N

U

Revision: 3

D
(M) PROCEDURES
TE
30-31-1F
1. For an inoperative Engine T2 Probe Heater, open and collar the circuit breaker that follows:
IN
CBP-2 LOWER S8 T2 HEATER L 222
OR
PR
CBP-2 N8 T2 HEATER R 222
NOTE:
EN
After the deactivation procedure is completed, the L(R) ENG TAT HEAT caution message will show
H
(O) PROCEDURES
W
30-31-1F
NOTE:
PY
After the deactivation procedure is completed, the L(R) ENG TAT HEAT caution message will show
O

C
ED

LL

O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
30-31-1F Engine T2 Probe Heater
FLIGHT PLANNING • Do not operate into visible moisture (including standing water and
D
REQUIREMENTS slush) in any form.
TE
IN
NOTES None
PR
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
EN
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
H
None
W
PY
END PROCEDURE
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
30-31-2 Air Data Sensor Heater Y 3 2 B (M)(O) One may be inoperative provided:
Controllers a) Operations are not conducted in
IN
PR
form,
conditions,
EN
operative, and
H
VMC only.
W
NOTE:
PY
MELs:
30-81-1A
O
30-81-1B
C
30-81-1C
ED

30-31-2 ANTI-ICE Panel
LL
O
TR

N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
(M) PROCEDURES
30-31-2
A. Do a deactivation of the inoperative heater controller as follows:
1. For an inoperative Air Data Sensor Heater Controller 1, open and collar the circuit breaker that
D
follows:
CBP-2 LOWER S2 HEATERS ADS CONT 1 222
TE
NOTE:
IN
When the deactivation procedure is completed, the L PITOT HEAT, L STATIC HEAT and L AOA
HEAT caution messages will come into view continuously on the EICAS primary page.
PR
follows:
CBP-1 G13 HEATERS ADS CONT 2 221
EN
NOTE:
When the deactivation procedure is completed, the R PITOT HEAT, R STATIC HEAT, and R AOA
H
HEAT caution messages will come into view continuously on the EICAS primary page.
W
follows:
PY
CBP-2 LOWER S3 HEATERS ADS CONT STBY 222
NOTE:
O
When the deactivation procedure is completed, the STBY PITOT HEAT and TAT PROBE HEAT
caution message will come into view continuously on the EICAS primary page
C
(O) PROCEDURES
ED
30-31-2
NOTE 1: When the deactivation procedure is completed or an inoperative Air Data Sensor Heater Controller 1,
LL
the L PITOT HEAT, L STATIC HEAT and L AOA HEAT caution messages will come into view
O
NOTE 2: When the deactivation procedure is completed for an inoperative Air Data Sensor Heater Controller 2,
TR
the R PITOT HEAT, R STATIC HEAT, and R AOA HEAT caution messages will come into view
NOTE 3: When the deactivation procedure is completed for an inoperative Air Data Sensor Heater Controller 3,
N
the STBY PITOT HEAT and TAT PROBE HEAT caution message will come into view continuously
O
on the EICAS primary page.

C

N
U

Revision: 3
A. Do no operate into visible moisture (including standing water and slush) in any form.
D
30-31-2 Air Data Sensor Heater Controllers
TE
FLIGHT PLANNING • Do no operate into visible moisture (including standing water and
REQUIREMENTS slush) in any form.
IN
PR
NOTES None
EN
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
H
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
W
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
PY
None
O
C
END PROCEDURE
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
30-41-1A Windshield and Side Y 4 3 C (M)(O)One may be inoperative provided:
Window Anti-Ice a) Affected anti-ice controller is
Controllers deactivated,
IN
PR
conditions, and
c) Pilot’s (Left) Side window
heating is operative.
EN
30-41-1B Windshield and Side Y 4 2 C (M)(O) Two may be inoperative provided:
Window Anti-Ice a) Affected anti-ice controllers are
Controllers deactivated,
H
W
conditions,
c) Pilot’s (Left) Side window
PY
heating is operative, and
d) Both Ice Detection Systems are
O
operative
C
NOTE:
ED
MELs:
30-81-1A
LL
30-81-1B
30-81-1C
O
TR

N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

30-4 1-1A ANTI-ICE Panel
D
TE
(M) PROCEDURES
IN
30-41-1A
PR
30-41-1B
A. Do the deactivation of the inoperative controller as follows:
1. For a left Windshield Anti-Ice Controller inoperative, open and collar the circuit breakers that
EN
follow:
CBP-1 G12 HEATERS CONT L WSHLD 221
CBP-1 A10 HEATERS L WSHLD 221
H
CBP-1 A11 HEATERS L WSHLD 221
W
NOTE:
After the deactivation procedure is completed, the L WSHLD HEAT caution message will show on
PY
2. For a right Side Window Anti-Ice Controller inoperative, open and collar the circuit breakers
O
that follow:
CBP-2 G14 HEATER CONT R WIND 222
C
CBP-2 C7 HEATER R WIND 222

ED
NOTE:
After the deactivation procedure is completed, the R WINDOW HEAT caution message will show on
LL
3. For a right Windshield Anti-Ice Controller inoperative, open and collar the circuit breaker that
O
follows:
CBP-2 G13 HEATERS CONT R WSHLD 222
TR
CBP-2 A10 HEATERS R WSHLD 222

CBP-2 A11 HEATERS R WSHLD 222
N
NOTE:
O
After the deactivation procedure is completed, the R WSHLD HEAT caution message will show on
C
B. Make sure that heating on the pilot’s side window is operative as follows:
N
1. On the ANTI-ICE control panel, push the TEST pushbutton for less than one second.
U
2. On the EICAS primary page, make sure that the L WINDOW HEAT caution message shows
for approximately 10 seconds and then goes off.

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
30-41-1A
30-41-1B
NOTE 1: When the deactivation procedure is completed for a left Windshield Anti-Ice Controller, the L WSHLD
D
HEAT caution message will show on the EICAS primary page.
TE
NOTE 2: When the deactivation procedure is completed for a right Side Window Anti-Ice Controller, the R
WINDOW HEAT caution message will show on the EICAS primary page.
IN
NOTE 3: When the deactivation procedure is completed or for a right Windshield Anti-Ice Controller, the R
WSHLD HEAT caution message will show on the EICAS primary page.
PR
1. Ensure operations are not conducted in known or forecast icing conditions.
EN
30-41-1A Windshield and Side Window Anti-Ice Controllers
H
30-41-1B Windshield and Side Window Anti-Ice Controllers
W
FLIGHT PLANNING • Do not dispatch into known or forecast icing conditions
REQUIREMENTS
PY
NOTES None
O
PERFORMANCE
C
CORRECTIONS None
ED
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
LL
None
None
O
TR
END PROCEDURE
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: TR 18-01

D
TE
30-42-1 Windshield Wipers Y 2 0 C May be inoperative provided:
a) Position of the affected wiper
blade is acceptable to the
IN
associated pilot, and
b) Any function that operates
PR
NOTE 1: Ensure that the following
MEL is also used:
EN
34-00-1
NOTE 2: Precipitation intensity at the
H
time of departure and arrival
W
must be acceptable to the
crew.
PY
O
30-42-1 Pilot and co-pilot WIPER/STALL Panel

C
30-42-1 Windshield Wipers

ED
FLIGHT PLANNING • If wiper is not stowed in the PARK position, filed cruise speed must not
REQUIREMENTS exceed 250 KIAS
LL
NOTES
O
None
TR
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
N
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
O
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
C

N
None
U
END PROCEDURE

Revision: 3

D
TE
30-71-2 Drain Mast Heater Y 2 0 C (M) May be inoperative provided:
a) Associated sink is not used,
and
IN
b) Sink and/or coffee water
supply is turned OFF.
PR
EN
30-71-2 Potable Water System Control Panel
Galley Sink or Lavatory Sink
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
(M) PROCEDURES
30-71-2
A. For an inoperative forward drain mast heater, do as follows:
1. Put the galley manual water supply SOV to CLOSED.
D
NOTE:
TE
The galley manual water supply SOV is located in the flight deck closet.
2. Put the forward lavatory manual water supply SOV to CLOSED.
IN
B. For an inoperative aft drain mast heater, do as follows:
PR
1. Put the aft lavatory manual water supply SOV to CLOSED.
Lavatory Manual Water Supply SOV
Galley Manual Water Supply SOV
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
END PROCEDURE
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
30-81-1A Ice Detection Systems - One N 2 1 C (M)(O)One may be inoperative
Inoperative provided:
IN
a) Wing and cowl anti-ice
systems are turned ON when
PR
icing conditions as defined in
the AFM exist or are
anticipated.
EN
NOTE:
with MELs:
H
W
30-12-1A
30-12-1B
PY
30-12-4A
30-12-5A
30-22-1A
O
30-22-1B
C
30-22-3A
30-22-3B
ED
30-31-1A
30-31-1B
LL
30-31-1C
30-31-1D
O
30-31-1E
TR
30-31-1F
30-31-2
N
30-41-1B
77-31-1
O
C
N

U

Revision: 3

D
TE
30-81-1B Ice Detection Systems - Y 2 0 A (M)(O)Both may be inoperative
Both Inoperative provided:
IN
a) Operations are not conducted
PR
conditions,
b) Wing and cowl anti-ice
EN
the AFM exist or are
anticipated, or when any ice
build-up on the aircraft is
H
observed, and
W
c) Repairs are made within one
flight day.
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
30-81-1B (cont) Ice Detection Systems - Both A NOTE:
TE
Inoperative Not to be used in conjunction
with MELs:
IN
30-12-1A
30-12-1B
PR
30-12-4A
30-12-5A
EN
30-22-1A
30-22-1B
30-22-3A
H
30-22-3B
W
30-31-1A
30-31-1B
PY
30-31-1C
30-31-1D
O
30-31-1E
C
30-31-1F
30-31-2
ED
30-41-1B
77-31-1
LL
O

TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
30-81-1C Ice Detection Systems - Y 2 0 A (M)(O) Both may be inoperative
Both Inoperative provided:
IN
a) Operations are conducted
during the day,
PR
b) Wing and cowl anti-ice
the AFM exist, or are
EN
anticipated when any ice
build-up on the aircraft is
observed, and
H
W
flight day.

PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
30-81-1C (cont) Ice Detection Systems - Both NOTE:
TE
Inoperative Not to be used in conjunction
with MELs:
IN
30-12-1A
30-12-1B
PR
30-12-4A
30-12-5A
EN
30-22-1A
30-22-1B
30-22-3A
H
30-22-3B
W
30-31-1A
30-31-1B
PY
30-31-1C
30-31-1D
O
30-31-1E
C
30-31-1F
30-31-2
ED
30-41-1B
77-31-1
LL

O

TR

N
O
C

N
U

Revision: 3
(M) PROCEDURES
30-81-1A
NOTE:
initiate SFWI to complete the following procedures (Step B) once per flight day.
D
TE
A. For one inoperative ice detection system, do as follows:
1. For the left ice detector (ice detector 1) inoperative, open and collar the circuit breaker that
follows:
IN
CBP-1 LOWER T11 ICE DET 1 221.
PR
NOTE:
When the deactivation procedure for the left ice detector is completed, the ICE DET 1 FAIL status
message will show continuously on the EICAS secondary page.
EN
2. For the right ice detector (ice detector 2) inoperative, open and collar the circuit breaker that
follows:
H
CBP-2 A14 ICE DET 2 222.
W
NOTE:
When the deactivation procedure for the right ice detector is completed, the ICE DET 2 FAIL status
message will show continuously on the EICAS secondary page.
PY
At initial deferral and once per flight day:
O
B. When the deactivation for one inoperative ice detector is completed, make sure that the remaining
ice detectors operates as follows:
C
CAUTION:
ED
Wear protective gloves when you hold the ice detector strut and remove your hand immediately when
the ice caution message shows on the EICAS. The ice detector gets very hot and can cause burns.
LL
CAUTION:
O
Do not use tools when you do the hold test, otherwise you can damage the ice detector.
TR
1. Hold the operative ice detector probe located at FS229.00.

N
2. Make sure that the ICE caution message shows on the EICAS primary page.
O
3. If the ICE message does not show on the EICAS primary page, do the alternate procedure that
follows:
C
Left ice detector inoperative

N
When the left ice detector is inoperative, make sure that the right ice detector is operative as follows:
4. Make sure that circuit breaker T11 located on CBP-1 LOWER for system 1 is pulled and
U
tagged.

Revision: 3
5. Open the access door that follows: Panel 811, Main Avionics Compartment
6. At EICAS routing unit 1 (JB8), find connector JB8J8.
7. Remove the protective cap from connector JB8J8.
8. At JB8J8, insert a GND signal at pins 60 and 63.
D
9. Do the ice detection system test as follows:
a) On the ANTI-ICE control panel, push the ICE switch/light.
TE
b) Make sure that the ICE caution message shows on the EICAS primary page during the test
cycle.
IN
NOTE:
PR
If the ICE caution message does not show, refer to the limitation for both ice detection systems
inoperative.
10. AT JB8J8, remove the jumper from pins 60 and 63.
EN
11. Install the protective cap on the connector JB8J8.
12. Close the access door that follows: Panel 811, Main Avionics Compartment
H
Right ice detector inoperative
When the right ice detector is inoperative, make sure that the left ice detector is operative as follows:
W
13. Make sure that circuit breaker A14 located on CBP-2 for system 2 is pulled and tagged.
14. Open the access door that follows: Panel 811, Main Avionics Compartment
PY
15. AT EICAS routing unit 2 (JB9), find connector JB9J8.
16. Remove the protective cap from connector JB9J8.
O
17. At JB9J8, insert a GND signal at pins 60 and 63.

18. Do the ice detection system test as follows:
C
a) On the ANTI-ICE control panel, push the ICE switch/light.

ED
b) Make sure that the ICE caution message shows on the EICAS primary page during the test
cycle.
LL
NOTE:
If the ICE caution message does not show, refer to the limitation for both ice detection systems
inoperative.
O
TR
19. At JB9J8, remove the jumper from pins 60 and 63.

20. Install the protective cap on the connector JB9J8.
21. Close the access door that follows: Panel 811, Main Avionics Compartment
N
O
C

N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
30-81-1A
NOTE 1: When the deactivation procedure for ice detector 1 is completed, the “ICE DET 1 FAIL” status
message will be displayed continuously on the EICAS secondary page.
D
NOTE 2: When the deactivation procedure for ice detector 2 is completed, the “ICE DET 2 FAIL” status
TE
message will be displayed continuously on the EICAS secondary page.
NOTE 3: When the deactivation procedure for one or both ice detectors is completed, the “ICE” caution
IN
message will not come into view in the EICAS primary page during the ice detection systems test.
PR
1. Select the WING, LH COWL and RH COWL Anti-Ice switches to ON when in icing conditions
in flight.
(M) PROCEDURES
EN
30-81-1B
30-81-1C
H
A. For both ice detectors inoperative, do as follows:
W
1. For the left and right ice detectors (ice detector 1 and ice detector 2) inoperative, open and
collar the circuit breakers that follow:
CBP-1 LOWER T11 ICE DET 1 221.
PY
CBP-2 A14 ICE DET 2 222.
NOTE:
O
When the deactivation procedure for both ice detectors is completed, the ICE DET FAIL caution
C
message will show continuously on the EICAS primary page.

ED
(O) PROCEDURES
30-81-1B
LL
NOTE 1: When the deactivation procedure for both ice detectors is completed, the “ICE DET FAIL” caution
message will be displayed continuously on the EICAS primary page.
O
TR
NOTE 3: When both ice detection systems are inoperative, the “ICE” caution message will not come into view
on the EICAS primary page if icing conditions are present.
N

O
1. Ensure operations are not conducted in known or forecast icing conditions.

C

N
U

Revision: 3
30-81-1B Ice Detection Systems - Both Inoperative
D
REQUIREMENTS
TE
None
NOTES
IN
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
PR
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
EN
None
None
H
W
(O) PROCEDURES
30-81-1C
PY
NOTE 1: When the deactivation procedure for both ice detectors is completed, the “ICE DET FAIL” caution
message will be displayed continuously on the EICAS primary page.
O
C
NOTE 3: When both ice detection systems are inoperative, the “ICE” caution message will not come into view
on the EICAS primary page if icing conditions are present.
ED

1. Operations are conducted during the day time only.
LL
2. Select the WING, LH COWL and RH COWL Anti-Ice switches to ON when in icing conditions
in flight.
O
TR

N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
30-81-1C Ice Detection Systems - Both Inoperative
FLIGHT PLANNING • Ensure that operations are conducted during day time only.
D
REQUIREMENTS
TE
NOTES None
IN
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
PR
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
EN
None
None
H
END PROCEDURE
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
31 - Indicating / Recording Systems

31-14-1 Master Warning Switch/Lights (Glareshield) (light function only) ...........................31-1
31-14-2 Master Caution Switch/Lights (Glareshield) (light function only) ............................31-1
31-21-1A Clocks .........................................................................................................................31-2
D
31-21-1B Clocks .........................................................................................................................31-2
31-31-1A Flight Data Recorder (FDR) System ..........................................................................31-3
TE
31-31-1B Flight Data Recorder (FDR) .......................................................................................31-4
31-31-1C Flight Data Recorder (FDR) .......................................................................................31-4
IN
31-31-2 Quick Access Recorder (QAR) ..................................................................................31-6
31-41-2 EICAS Control Panel (ECP) Discrete Buttons...........................................................31-7
PR
31-41-3 Lamp Driver Unit Channels .......................................................................................31-8
31-41-4 Data Concentration Units (DCU) Fans.......................................................................31-9
31-41-5 AUDIO WARNING DCU Switch Guards ...............................................................31-10
31-61-1 EICAS Display Units (ED #1 or ED #2)..................................................................31-11
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
MEL System 31-TOC-i

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18
31 - Indicating / Recording Systems

D
TE
31-14-1 Master Warning Switch/ Y 2 1 C
Lights (Glareshield) (light
IN
function only)
PR
31-14-1 Pilot or Co-Pilot Switch/Light Panels (as applicable)
EN
END PROCEDURE
H
W
PY
31-14-2 Master Caution Switch/ Y 2 1 C
O
Lights (Glareshield) (light

function only)
C
MEL PLACARD LOCATION PLACARD TEXT

ED
ITEM
31-14-2 Pilot or Co-Pilot Switch/Light Panels (as applicable)
LL
O
END PROCEDURE
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
31-21-1A Clocks Y 2 1 C One may be inoperative.
31-21-1B Clocks Y 2 0 A (O) Both may be inoperative provided:
IN
a) Both pilot and co-pilot have
ready access to a reliable
PR
timepiece which display
seconds (a wristwatch is
acceptable),
b) Approach procedures do not
EN
require timing,
c) FDR is considered
inoperative, and
H
W
flight day.
NOTE:
PY
is also used:
O
31-31-1A
C
ED

LL
31-21-1A On the inoperative Clock Face
31-21-1A On the inoperative Clock Face

O
TR
(O) PROCEDURES
31-21-1B
N

1. Ensure that both pilots have access to a reliable timepiece which can display seconds (a
O
wristwatch is acceptable)
C
N
END PROCEDURE
U
MEL System 31-2 31 - Indicating / Recording Systems

Revision: 3

D
TE
31-31-1A Flight Data Recorder (FDR) Y 1 0 A (O) May be inoperative provided:
System a) Cockpit Voice Recorder
IN
(CVR) operates normally,
b) Aircraft is not dispatched
PR
from a designated airport as
listed in the operator’s MEL
unless:
1. The FDR failure occurs
EN
after pushback but prior
to takeoff, or
H
2. The FDR repair was
attempted but was not
W
successful.
c) In those cases where repair is
PY
attempted but not successful,
the aircraft may be dispatched
on a flight or series of flights
O
until the next designated

airport where repair must be
C
accomplished prior to
dispatch, and
ED
d) Repairs are made within three

flight days.
LL
NOTE 1: DSM is the designated repair

facility for FDR maintenance.
O
NOTE 2: In those cases where FDR

TR
failure occurs after pushback

but prior to takeoff at a
designated airport, continued
N
operation of the aircraft is

allowed to the next
O
designated airport.
C

N
with MELs:
U
23-51-4
23-71-1
31 - Indicating / Recording Systems MEL System 31-3

Revision: 3

D
TE
31-31-1B Flight Data Recorder (FDR) Y - - A Up to three (3) recording parameters
- FDR Recording Parameters may be inoperative provided:
a) Cockpit Voice Recorder
IN
Required by FAR
(CVR) operates normally,
and
PR
calendar days.
EN
NOTE:
with MEL:
H
23-71-1
W
31-31-1C Flight Data Recorder (FDR) Y - - A May be inoperative provided:
- FDR Recording Parameters a) Repairs are made prior to the
PY
not Required by FAR completion of the next heavy
maintenance visit.
O
C

ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
IN
31-31-1A
PR
A. Aircraft is not dispatched from DSM unless:
1. The FDR failure occurs after pushback but prior to takeoff,
2. The FDR repair was attempted but was not successful.
EN
31-31-1A Flight Data Recorder (FDR) System
H
W
FLIGHT PLANNING • Aircraft is not dispatched from DSM unless:
REQUIREMENTS
a. The FDR failure occurs after pushback but prior to takeoff,
PY
b. The FDR repair was attempted but was not successful.
O
NOTES None
C
PERFORMANCE
ED
CORRECTIONS None
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
LL
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
O

None
TR
END PROCEDURE
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
31-31-2 Quick Access Recorder Y 1 0 D
(QAR)
IN
-If Installed
PR
EN
END PROCEDURE
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
31-41-2 EICAS Control Panel Y 1 0 B (O) Each may be inoperative provided:
(ECP) Discrete Buttons a) PRIM, STAT, CAS and
IN
1. ECS STEP buttons are verified
2. HYD operative.
3. ELEC
PR
4. FUEL
5. F/CTL
6. A/ICE
7. DOORS
EN
8. SEL
9. MENU
10. UP
H
11. DN
W
PY
31-41-2 EICAS Control Panel
(O) PROCEDURES
O
31-41-2
C

ED
1. Ensure that the PRIM, STAT, CAS and STEP buttons are all operative.
END PROCEDURE
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
31-41-3 Lamp Driver Unit Channels Y 2 1 C (M)(O)One channel may be
IN
a) Affected channel is
deactivated, and
PR
b) Remaining channel is tested
operative.
EN
H
31-41-3 Instrument Panel
(M) PROCEDURES
W
PY
31-41-3
A.For an inoperative lamp driver unit channel, deactivate it as follows:
1. Open and collar the inoperative lamp drive unit circuit breaker:
O
CBP-1 H5 EICAS LDU L 221

C
OR
CBP-2 Q8 EICAS LDU R 222
ED
(O) PROCEDURES
31-41-3
LL
A. For an inoperative lamp driver unit channel, do as follows:

1. Test the unaffected channel to ensure it is operative (LAMP switch on the upper pedestal).
O
TR
END PROCEDURE
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
31-41-4 Data Concentration Units Y 2 0 C
(DCU) Fans
IN
PR
EN
H
END PROCEDURE
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
31-41-5 AUDIO WARNING DCU Y 2 1 C May be inoperative provided
Switch Guards a) DCU associated with
operative switch guard is
IN
operative.
PR
31-41-5 Copilot’s AUDIO WARNING Side Console
EN
H
END PROCEDURE
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
31-61-1 EICAS Display Units (ED Y 2 1 B (O)
#1 or ED #2)
IN
PR
31-61-1 EICAS Display Unit
(O) PROCEDURES
EN
31-61-1
H
NOTE:
When ED #1 is inoperative, the EICAS primary page information will automatically show on ED #2,
W
which becomes the EICAS Primary page. Thus, the EICAS COMP INOP caution message may appear
on ED #2 EICAS Primary page.
PY
1. If ED1 is failed, move the EICAS selector knob on the source selection panel (lower center
O
pedestal) to the ED2 position.

C
2. If ED2 is failed, move the selector knob to the ED1 position.
NOTE:
ED
Data may be displayed on the PM’s MFD by use of the applicable Display Revisionary Panel.
LL
END PROCEDURE
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
32 - Landing Gear
32-30-1 Landing Gear Retraction System................................................................................32-2
32-31-1 Landing Gear Selector Handle Anti-Retraction Mechanism......................................32-5
32-43-1 Brake Accumulator Pressure Gauges .........................................................................32-7
D
32-44-1 Anti-Skid System Channels........................................................................................32-8
32-45-1 Parking Brake Handle Locking Positions (clockwise and counter-clockwise) ........32-11
TE
32-46-1A EICAS Brake Temperature Monitoring Readouts....................................................32-13
32-46-1B EICAS Brake Temperature Monitoring Readouts....................................................32-13
IN
32-46-1C EICAS Brake Temperature Monitoring Readouts....................................................32-13
32-46-1D EICAS Brake Temperature Monitoring Readouts....................................................32-14
PR
32-46-2 A/SKID Sub-system .................................................................................................32-19
32-46-2 Next to the Anti-Skid Selector Switch on the Upper Pedestal .................................32-19
32-47-1 EICAS Brake Pressure Readouts..............................................................................32-21
32-60-1 Proximity Sensing System........................................................................................32-23
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
MEL System 32-TOC-i

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
32 - Landing Gear
D
TE
32-00-1 Break Wear Pins N 8 4 - (M) One of the two wear indication pins, or
section of one of the two pins, on each
IN
brake assembly may be missing.
PR
32-00-1 MM1 logbook Cover
EN
(M) PROCEDURES
32-00-1
H
A. Do a visual inspection of the brake-unit assembly wear-pin indicator per AMM task 32-43-26-210-
W
801-A02.
PY
END PROCEDURE
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
32 - Landing Gear MEL System 32-1

Revision: 3

D
TE
32-30-1 Landing Gear Retraction N 1 0 A (M)(O) May be inoperative provided:
System a) Operations are conducted in
IN
accordance with AFM
Supplement (Flight With Landing
PR
Gear Down),
conditions,
EN
c) Ground lock pins are installed to
ensure that all three landing gears
are locked down throughout
H
flight,
W
d) In-flight performance information
given in Flight Planning and
Cruise Control Manual (FPCCM)
PY
or the Computerized In-Flight
Performance (CFIP) is used,
O
e) Extended overwater operations

are prohibited,
C
f) Both headsets are worn,

g) Flight Compartment and Cabin
ED
Interphone Systems are operative,

h) Both Flap Channels of the Slat
Flap Electronic Control Unit are
LL
operative,
i) Both Flap Power Drive Unit
O
Motors are operative,

TR
j) Both Slat Channels of the Slat

Flap Electronic Control Unit are
operative,
N
k) Both Slat Power Drive Unit

Motors are operative,
O
l) CAT II operations are prohibited,

C
and
m) Repairs are made within one flight
N
day.
U
MEL System 32-2 32 - Landing Gear

Revision: 3

D
32-30-1 (cont) NOTE 1: Ensure that the following MEL is
TE
also used:
34-00-1
IN
MELs:
PR
23-40-1A
23-40-1B
EN
H
32-30-1 LDG GEAR Control Panel
W
(M) PROCEDURES
32-30-1
PY
A.For an inoperative landing gear retraction system, do as follows:
1. On the LDG GEAR control panel make sure the landing gear selection handle is in the DN
O
position.
2. On the EICAS primary display, make sure that the 3 gear DN green indications are shown.
C
3. Remove the flags/streamers from the landing gear ground lock safety pins and store in their
normal location in the aircraft.
ED
4. Install the landing gear ground lock safety pins in the nose and both of the main landing gear
(refer to the AMM TASK 10-11-00-400-801 and 10-11-00-400-802).
LL
(O) PROCEDURES
32-30-1
O
NOTE:
TR
Because the landing gear is extended, tap the brakes briefly after lift-off to stop tire rotation. Failure to
do this could result in a GLD UNSAFE caution message being displayed.
N

O
1. Refer to the ODH Flight with Landing Gear Down section.

C
nautical miles from the nearest shoreline.
N
U

Revision: 3
FLIGHT PLANNING • Ensure that the route of flight used will not take the aircraft to a position
D
REQUIREMENTS that is more than 50 nautical miles from the nearest shoreline.
TE
IN
• Refer to the ODH, Flight with Landing Gear Down section.
NOTES
PR
PERFORMANCE Ensure that Landing Gear Extended performance penalties are applied.
CORRECTIONS
EN
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
WORKSHEET LANDING
Select “Landing Gear Extended” in the flight planning client.
H
W
Select “Gear Extended” in the flight planning client.
PY
END PROCEDURE
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
32-31-1 Landing Gear Selector N 1 0 C (M) May be inoperative in the
Handle Anti-Retraction LOCKED position (down)
IN
Mechanism provided:
a) Downlock release mechanism
PR
is verified operative.
EN
H
(M) PROCEDURES
W
32-31-1
A. For an inoperative landing gear selector handle anti-retraction mechanism, do as follows:
PY
2. On the LDG GEAR control panel make sure the landing gear selection handle is in the DN
position.
O
3. On the EICAS primary display, make sure that the 3 gear DN green indications are shown.
C
4. Install the landing gear ground lock safety pins in the nose and both of the main landing gear
(refer to the AMM TASK 10-11-00-400-801 and 10-11-00-400-802).
ED
5. On the HYDRAULIC control panel, make sure that the switches for ACMP 2, 3A and 3B are
in the OFF position.
6. On the EICAS control panel, press the HYD discrete button. On the secondary EICAS screen
LL
make sure that the system 2 and 3 hydraulic pressure is 0 psi.

7. On the LDG GEAR control panel, push the DN LCK REL button and move the selector handle
O
to the UP position. Make sure that the selector handle moves freely.
8. Move the selector handle to the DN position. Make sure that the handle moves freely and that
TR
the handle locks in the DN position.

9. Pressurize the hydraulic system 3. On the EICAS primary display, make sure that the 3 gear
N
DN green indications are shown. Depressurize hydraulic system 3.

O
10. Remove the landing gear ground lock safety pins from the nose and both of the main landing
gear (refer to the AMM TASK 10-11-00-000-801 and 10-11-00-000-802).
C

N
U
END PROCEDURE

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
32-43-1 Brake Accumulator N 2 0 C (M) Both may be inoperative provided:
Pressure Gauges a) Accumulator pre-charge pressure
IN
is checked using a suitable
pressure gauge each flight day.
PR
EN
(M) PROCEDURES
H
32-43-1
W
A. For an inoperative brake accumulator pressure gauge, do as follows:
1. Use a suitable pressure gauge to check the accumulator precharge pressure before next flight
after failure occurrence (Brake Accumulator Pressure Gauge(s) is found inoperative). If during
PY
C Category interval a Maintenance task on the Brake Accumulator is scheduled per Operator’s
Maintenance Schedule, use a suitable pressure gauge to check the accumulator pre-charge
O
pressure (refer to the AMM TASK 12-12-29-614-801)

C
END PROCEDURE
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
32-44-1 Anti-Skid System N 2 1 B (M)(O)Either the inboard or outboard
Channels channel may be inoperative provided:
IN
a) Nosewheel Steering is operative,
b) Both pairs of Ground Spoilers are
PR
operative,
c) Both Thrust Reversers are
operative,
d) Both inboard and outboard wheel
EN
brakes are verified operative,
e) Both EICAS Brake Temperature
H
Monitoring Readouts associated
with the operative anti-skid
W
channel are operative,
f) Reduced thrust takeoff operations
PY
are prohibited,
g) *CRJ-900 Only: Takeoff is not
conducted from a wet runway,
O
h) Takeoff or landing is not

conducted from a contaminated
C
runway, and
i) Operations are conducted in
ED
accordance with AFM Supplement

(Operations with Anti-Skid
LL
Inoperative).
NOTE 1: SWOA restrictions apply. See
O
FOM for further guidance.

TR
NOTE 2: Reduced Vref Operations Not

Authorized
N
MELs:
O
27-65-1
C
78-30-1
N
U

Revision: 3

D
(M) PROCEDURES
32-44-1
TE
A.For an inoperative anti-skid system channel, do as follows:
1. Do the operational test of the brake system (refer to the AMM TASK 32-43-00-710-801).
IN
(O) PROCEDURES
PR
32-44-1
A. If the A/SKID INBD caution message or an A/SKID OUTBD caution message is displayed on
EICAS, perform the following procedure before the first flight of the day:
EN
1. Make sure the wheel chocks are in position.
2. On the HYDRAULIC control panel, select toggle switch 2 and toggle switch 3A and/or 3B to
ON.
H
3. Release the parking brake.
W
4. Apply brakes pedals for 20 seconds.
5. Make sure the PARKING BRAKE ON green message does not appear on the EICAS.
PY
6. Remove the wheel chocks if not required.
B. For subsequent failure in flight, do as follows:
Aircraft is dispatched with “A/SKID INBD” Caution message.
O
1. If Hydraulic System #2 fails in flight, select ANTI-SKID toggle switch to OFF.

C
OR
Aircraft is dispatched with “A/SKID OUTBD” Caution message.
ED
1. If Hydraulic System #3 fails in flight, select ANTI-SKID toggle switch to OFF.

1. Ensure ANTI-SKID 1 CH INOP performance penalties are applied for Takeoff and Landing.
LL
2. Refer to the ODH

O
TR

N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
32-44-1 Anti-Skid System Channels
FLIGHT PLANNING • CRJ-900 Only: Wet runway operations prohibited.
D
REQUIREMENTS • Contaminated runway operations prohibited.
TE
• SWOA restrictions apply. See FOM for further guidance.
• Reduced Vref Operations Not Authorized
NOTES
IN
None
PR
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS Ensure “ANTI-SKID 1 CH INOP” performance penalties are applied for takeoff
and landing.
EN
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE Select “Anti-Skid 1 Ch Inop” in the flight client.
WORKSHEET LANDING
H
Select “Anti-Skid 1 Ch Inop” in the flight client.
W
None
PY
END PROCEDURE
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
32-45-1 Parking Brake Handle Y 2 1 B (O) May be inoperative provided:
Locking Positions a) Parking brake system is verified
IN
(clockwise and counter- operative,
clockwise) b) Remaining locking position is
PR
verified operative before each
flight, and
c) Inoperative locking position is
EN
legibly placarded
H
32-45-1 On the Parking Brake Panel inoperative side
W
clockwise [right] or counter clockwise [left])
PY
(O) PROCEDURES
32-45-1
O
A. Once after the failure occurred, make sure that the parking brake system is operative as follows:
1. On the EICAS control panel (ECP), set the HYD pushbutton to get access to the
C
HYUDRAULIC synoptic page.

2. On the HYDRAULIC page, make sure that the INBD BRAKES and OUTBD BRAKES
ED
hydraulic pressure is within limits.

LL
4. On the EICAS secondary page, make sure that the PARKING BRAKE ON advisory message
does not show.
O
5. Set the parking brake with the remaining operative position of the parking brake handle.
6. Make sure that the PARKING BRAKE ON advisory message shows on the EICAS secondary
TR
page.
7. Release the parking brake.
N
8. Make sure that the PARKING BRAKE ON advisory message does not show on the EICAS
secondary page.
O
C

N
U

Revision: 3
B. Before each flight, make sure that the remaining operative position of the parking brake handle
operates as follows:
1. Push down and hold the brake pedals.
2. Pull out the parking brake handle to its maximum.
D
3. Turn the parking brake handle 90 degrees towards the operative locking position (clockwise or
counter-clockwise) and release.
TE
4. Make sure that the parking brake handle is locked and extended to its maximum.
5. Release the bake pedals and make sure one more time that the parking brake handle is locked.
IN
NOTE 1: Ensure communications are made with ground personnel to make sure that there are wheel chocks
PR
at the main wheels because the aircraft can move and cause injury to persons and/or damage to
equipment.
NOTE 2: While applying or removing the parking brake, do not turn the parking brake handle until it is fully
EN
pulled out because the internal locking devise can be damaged.
NOTE 3: When the parking brake handle is in the extended and locked position, do not turn it more than 90
degrees because the internal locking device can be damaged.
H
W
END PROCEDURE
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
32-46-1A EICAS Brake Y 4 0 B (O) May be inoperative for indication “---”
Temperature Monitoring provided:
IN
Readouts a) AFM quick turn-around landing
weight charts are used, and
PR
b) Minimum brake cooling times
(AFM Performance) are observed.
NOTE:
EN
MELs:
H
26-14-1A
W
26-14-1B
32-46-1B EICAS Brake Y 4 2 C One per each side may be inoperative for
Temperature Monitoring indication “----”.
PY
Readouts
NOTE:
O

MELs:
C
26-14-1A
ED
26-14-1B
32-46-1C EICAS Brake N 4 0 C (M)(O)May be inoperative for inaccurate
Temperature Monitoring indication provided:
LL
Readouts a) Affected sensor is deactivated,

b) AFM quick turn-around landing
O
weight charts are used, and

c) Minimum brake cooling times
TR
(AFM Performance) are observed.

N
NOTE:
O
MELs:
C
26-14-1A
N
26-14-1B
U

Revision: 3

D
32-46-1D EICAS Brake N 4 2 C (M) One per each side may be inoperative
TE
Temperature Monitoring for inaccurate indication provided
Readouts affected sensor is deactivated
IN
NOTE:
PR
MELs:
26-14-1A
EN
26-14-1B
H
W
PY
O

C

ED
(O) PROCEDURES
32-46-1A
LL
32-46-1C
O
1. Refer to ODH, “Brake Cooling Requirements - BTMS Inoperative.”

TR
2. Refer to the MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE QUICK TURN-AROUND LANDING WEIGHT

chart below.
N

O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
CRJ-900
N
O

C
N
U

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
CRJ-700
N

O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
32-46-1A EICAS Brake Temperature Monitoring Readouts

32-46-1C EICAS Brake Temperature Monitoring Readouts
D
FLIGHT PLANNING • Ensure BTMS Inoperative selected for landing.
REQUIREMENTS
TE
NOTES None
IN
PERFORMANCE
PR
CORRECTIONS None
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
EN
WORKSHEET LANDING
Select “BTMS Inoperative” in the flight planning client.
H
None
W
32-46-1C
32-46-1D
PY
A. For an EICAS Brake Temperature Monitoring Readout that is intermittent, not accurate, or
inoperative, deactivate the applicable sensor as follows:
O
1. Disconnect the applicable BTMS thermocouple connector as follows:

a) Right inboard sensor (TC06), connector TC06P1,
C
b) Right outboard sensor (TC07), connector TC07P1,

ED
c) Left inboard sensor (TC08), connector TC08P1, and/or

d) Left outboard sensor (TC09), connector TC09P1
2. Cap the applicable harness connector with a metal dust cap.
LL
NOTE:
O
Use metal dust cap (D38999/32W09N or D38999/32W9N) or (D38999/32W09R or D38999/32W9R)

for harness plugs TC6P1, TC7P1, TC8P1, and/or TC9P1.
TR
3. Stow the steel rope with lacing tape or cable tie, or cut and discard steel rope from metal cap.
4. Stow connector to its own harness tubing using lacing tape or cable ties (MS3367)
N
5. Cap the applicable thermocouple connector with a metal dust cap.

O
NOTE:
C
Use metal dust cap (D38999/33W09N or D38999/33W9N) or (D38999/33W09R or D38999/33W9R)

N
for harness plugs TC6J1, TC7J1, TC8J1, and/or TC9J1.

U

Revision: 3
6. Cut and discard steel rope from metal cap.

NOTE 1: If metal dust cap are unavailable it is permitted, as an alternate method, to cap the applicable harness
connector or thermocouple connector with hi-temp sleeve and lacing tape (Refer to Electrical/
Electronic Components - Standard Practices Manual (CSP BC-115), SPM 20-12-05, figure 2).
D
NOTE 2: Use any shrinkable hi-temp sleeve that can withstand temperature up to 275°F (135°C) minimum
TE
and lacing tape that can withstand temperature up to 350°F (177°C) minimum (Refer to Electrical/
Electronic Components - Standard Practices Manual (CSP BC-115), SPM 20-12-05, for sleeve and
lacing tape selection).
IN
7. Make sure the secured harness cannot catch with landing gear parts..
PR
END PROCEDURE
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
32-46-2 A/SKID Sub-system N 1 0 C (M)(O) May be inoperative as indicated by
“A/SKID FAULT” status message on
IN
EICAS.
PR
32-46-2 Next to the Anti-Skid Selector Switch on the
Upper Pedestal
EN
(M) PROCEDURES
H
32-46-2
W
A. Make sure that bit 20 (SPINDOWN FAIL) on label 350A and 350B is not set to 1 as follows:
NOTE:
PY
If bit 20 is set to 1, dispatch is not permitted.
1. Energize the electrical power systems.

O
C
MFD 2.s
3. On the multifunction display (MFD), make sure that the MAINTENANCE MAIN MENU page
ED
shows.
4. On the ECP, push the UP and DN pushbuttons to move the cursor (>) to the LRU INDEX line.
5. On the ECP, push the SEL pushbutton to get access to the LRU INDEX page.
LL
6. On the ECP, push the SEL pushbutton to get access to the A/SKID CTRL UNIT operation page.
7. On the ECP, push the HYD pushbutton to move the cursor (>) next to label 350A.
O
8. On the ECP, push the SEL pushbutton to get access to label 350A.
TR
9. On the DATA READER page, make sure that bit 20 is not set to 1 on labels 350A.
10. On the ECP, push the DOOR pushbutton to go back to the LRU OPERATION page.
N
11. On the ECP, push the HYD pushbutton to move the cursor (>) next to label 350B.
12. On the ECP, push the SEL pushbutton to get access to label 350B.
O
13. On the DATA READER page, make sure that bit 20 is not set to 1 on labels 350B.
C
N

U

Revision: 3
14. Exit the MDC as follows:

a) On the ECP, push the DOORS pushbutton as required to go back to the MAINTENANCE
MAIN MENU page.
b) On the FS280.00 bulkhead panel behind the pilot seat, set the MAINT Switch to OFF.
D
c) Make sure that the navigation data shows on the MFD 1 (MFD 2).
TE
(O) PROCEDURES
IN
32-46-2
A. For an inoperative A/SKID Sub-system, do as follows:
PR
Before the first flight after the failure occurred:
1. Make sure that the wheel chocks are in position.
2. On the HDRAULIC control panel, set the toggle switches 2, 3A and/or 3B to ON.
EN
3. Set the Parking Brake.
4. Make sure that the PARKING BRAKE ON advisory message shows on the EICAS secondary
page.
H
W
NOTE:
If the PARKING BRAKE ON advisory message does not show on the EICAS secondary page after
step (3), dispatch is not permitted.
PY
5. Configure the Parking Brake as appropriate.
Each flight:
O
6. Do not apply brakes before touchdown.

C
END PROCEDURE
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
32-47-1 EICAS Brake Pressure N 2 0 C (M)(O)Both may be inoperative provided:
Readouts a) Brake accumulator(s) nitrogen
IN
pressure is verified prior to the first
flight of the day,
PR
b) Capability of brake accumulators
to retain adequate hydraulic fluid
for brakes is verified prior to the
first flight of the day, and
EN
NOTE 1: EICAS Hydraulic Pressure
Readouts are operative.
H
W
MEL:
29-31-1
PY
O

C
(M) PROCEDURES
ED
32-47-1
NOTE:
LL
Initiate SFWI to perform maintenance procedures before the first flight of the day.
O
A. For an inoperative EICAS brake pressure readout, do the step that follows before the first flight of
the day:
TR
1. Pressurize hydraulic system No. 2 (refer to AMM TASK 12-00-06-862-801).

2. Pressurize hydraulic system No. 3 (refer to AMM TASK 12-00-06-862-803).
N
3. Release hydraulic pressure of system No. 2 to 0 psi without using the pilot or copilot brake
pedals (refer to AMM TASK 12-00-06-862-802).
O
4. Release hydraulic pressure of system No. 3 to 0 psi without using the pilot or copilot brake
C
pedals (refer to AMM TASK 12-00-06-862-804).

5. Fifteen minutes after release of the hydraulic pressure, record the brake accumulator hydraulic
N
pressure from the brake accumulator gauge.

U

Revision: 3
6. Make sure that the pressure is more than 2500 psi to show proper brake hydraulic pressure and
fluid retention.
NOTE:
A minimum hydraulic pressure of 1800 psi is required at the accumulator to provide at least six firm
D
brake applications after loss of hydraulic system power.
TE
(O) PROCEDURES
32-47-1
IN
NOTE:
PR
A minimum hydraulic pressure of 1800 psi is required at the accumulator to provide at least six firm
brake applications after loss of hydraulic system power.
EN
END PROCEDURE
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
32-60-1 Proximity Sensing N 1 1 C (O) System redundancy may be degraded as
System indicated by “PROX SYS FAULT 2”
IN
status message.
PR
EN
H
END PROCEDURE
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
33 - Lights
33-11-1A Cockpit/Flight Deck/Flight Compartment/ Instrument Lighting Systems -...............33-1
33-11-1B Cockpit/Flight Deck/Flight Compartment/ Instrument Lighting Systems -...............33-1
33-13-1 Cockpit Dome Lights..................................................................................................33-3
D
33-21-1A Cabin Interior Lights - Fluorescent Lights .................................................................33-4
33-21-1B Cabin Interior Lights - LED Lights ............................................................................33-4
TE
33-21-2 Stair Lights .................................................................................................................33-6
33-23-2 Entrance Lights...........................................................................................................33-6
IN
33-24-1A Passenger Notice System (No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belts) .......................................33-7
33-24-1B Passenger Notice System (No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belts) -Automatic Function.....33-7
PR
33-24-1C Passenger Notice System - No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt signs................................33-8
33-24-1D Passenger Notice System - No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt signs................................33-8
33-31-1 Service Lights (Baggage Compartment) ..................................................................33-11
33-31-1 Service Light Panel adjacent to switch.....................................................................33-11
EN
33-32-1 Maintenance Lights ..................................................................................................33-11
33-41-1A Landing Lights - Nose Lights...................................................................................33-12
33-41-1B Landing Lights - Nose Lights...................................................................................33-12
H
33-41-1C Landing Lights - Wing Lights ..................................................................................33-13
W
33-41-1D Landing Lights - Wing Lights ..................................................................................33-13
33-41-2A Taxi/Recognition Lights ...........................................................................................33-15
33-41-2B Taxi/Recognition Lights ...........................................................................................33-15
PY
33-42-1A Navigation Lights - Wing Tip Position Light Bulbs ................................................33-17
33-42-1B Navigation Lights - Wing Tip Position Light Bulbs ................................................33-17
O
33-42-1C Navigation Lights - Aft Position Light Bulbs ..........................................................33-17

33-42-1D Navigation Lights - Aft Position Light Bulbs ..........................................................33-17
C
33-43-1A Wing Inspection Lights ............................................................................................33-19

33-43-1B Wing Inspection Lights ............................................................................................33-19
ED
33-44-1 High Intensity Anti-Collision Strobe Lights ............................................................33-21

33-44-2 Low Intensity Red Beacon Lights ............................................................................33-22
33-44-2 External Lights Panel................................................................................................33-22
LL
33-45-1 Sterile Light System (if installed).............................................................................33-23

33-46-1 Tail Flood Lights (Logo Lights) (if installed) ..........................................................33-24
O
33-46-1 External Lights Panel................................................................................................33-24

33-51-1A Cabin Emergency Lights ..........................................................................................33-25
TR
33-51-1B Cabin Emergency Lights - Ceiling Level Emergency Flood Lights ........................33-25
33-51-1C Cabin Emergency Lights - Floor Level Emergency Floodlights..............................33-25
N
33-51-1D Cabin Emergency Lights - Ceiling Level Lighted Exit Signs - Curved Signs .........33-25
33-51-1E Cabin Emergency Lights - Lighted Exit Signs .........................................................33-25
O
33-51-1F Cabin Emergency Lights - Floor Level Lighted Exit Signs .....................................33-25
C
33-51-1G Cabin Emergency Lights - Photoluminescent Floor Proximity Emergency

Escape Path Marking System Strip/Tape .................................................................33-26
N
33-51-2A Exterior Emergency Light ........................................................................................33-28

U
33-51-2B Exterior Emergency Lights.......................................................................................33-28

33-51-2C Exterior Emergency Lights.......................................................................................33-28
MEL System 33-TOC-i

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18
33 - Lights
D
TE
33-11-1A Cockpit/Flight Deck/ Y - 0 C Individual lights may be inoperative
Flight Compartment/ provided remaining lights are:
IN
Instrument Lighting a) Sufficient to clearly illuminate all
Systems - required instruments, controls
PR
(excluding EFIS) and other devices for which it is
provided,
NOTE: b) Positioned so that direct rays are
May not be used shielded from flight crew
EN
to defer individual members eyes, and
or combinations c) Lighting configuration and
of switchlights. intensity is acceptable to flight
H
crew.
W
33-11-1B Cockpit/Flight Deck/ Y - 0 D (O) May be inoperative provided:
Flight Compartment/ a) Aircraft is not operated at night,
PY
Instrument Lighting and
Systems - b) Lighting configuration and
(excluding EFIS) intensity is acceptable to the
O
flight crew.
NOTE:
C
May not be used

to defer individual
ED
or combinations
of switchlights.
LL

O
33-11-1A Near the inoperative Light

TR
33-11-1B Near the inoperative Light

N
O

C
N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
33-11-1B
1. Night operations are not authorized.
D
33-11-1B Cockpit/Flight Deck/Flight Compartment and Instrument Lighting Systems
TE
(excluding EFIS)
IN
FLIGHT PLANNING
REQUIREMENTS None
PR
NOTES • Night operations are not authorized.
PERFORMANCE
EN
CORRECTIONS None
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
H
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
W
None
PY
None
O
END PROCEDURE
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
MEL System 33-2 33 - Lights

Revision: 3

D
TE
33-13-1 Cockpit Dome Lights Y 3 0 C
IN
PR
33-13-1 MISC LTS Panel
EN
END PROCEDURE
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
33 - Lights MEL System 33-3

Revision: 3

D
TE
33-21-1A Cabin Interior Lights - Y - 0 C (O) All sidewall downwash lights and up
Fluorescent Lights to 50% of ceiling lights may be
IN
Aircraft: inoperative provided:
097,125,127,136,157 a) No more than 2 adjacent and no
PR
opposite ceiling lights may be
inoperative,
b) Cabin interior light brightness
control is operative or failed in a
EN
bright state,
c) Sufficient lighting is operative
for cabin crew to perform
H
required duties, and
W
d) Lighting configuration at
dispatch is acceptable to the
flight crew.
PY
33-21-1B Cabin Interior Lights - Y - 0 C (O) Up to 50% of total length of ceiling
LED Lights upwash lights and up to 50% of
O
Aircraft: sidewall downwash lights may be

C
901-954, 272-349, 146, 147,

153, and 166-235 a) Inoperative lighting
configuration is verified
ED
All CRJ-700’s acceptable,

b) Brightest state of cabin interior
light brightness control is
LL
available,
c) Sufficient lighting is operative
O
for cabin crew to perform

TR
required duties, and

d) Lighting configuration at
dispatch is acceptable to the
N
flight crew
O

C
33-21-1A Forward Flight Attendant Panel

N
33-21-1B Forward Flight Attendant Panel

U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
33-21-1A
A. For inoperative ceiling lights
1. No more than 2 adjacent and no opposite ceiling lights may be inoperative.
D
2. Make sure that no more than 50% of the total length of ceiling lights are inoperative.
TE
(O) PROCEDURES
33-21-1B
IN
A. For inoperative ceiling lights
1. Make sure that no more than 2 adjacent ceiling upwash LED light strips are inoperative.
PR
2. Make sure that no more than 50% of the total length of two opposite ceiling upwash LED light
strips are inoperative.
B. For inoperative sidewall lights:
EN
1. Make sure that no more than 2 adjacent sidewall downwash LED light strips are inoperative.
2. Make sure no more than 50% of the total length of two opposite sidewall downwash LED light
strips are inoperative
H
W
END PROCEDURE
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
33-21-2 Stair Lights Y 3 0 D
IN
PR
EN
END PROCEDURE
H
W
PY
33-23-2 Entrance Lights Y 3 0 D May be inoperative provided:
O
a) Sufficient lighting for cabin

C
crew is available to perform

required duties.
ED

LL
33-23-2 Forward Flight Attendant Panel

O
END PROCEDURE
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
33-24-1A Passenger Notice System Y 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided:
(No Smoking/Fasten Seat a) PA system is operative, and
IN
Belts) b) Procedures are established
and used to alert flight
PR
attendants and notify
passengers when seat belts
are to be fastened and
smoking is prohibited.
EN
NOTE 1: Aircraft 901-937 have NO
PED signs. Aircraft 950-954
H
have NO SMOKING signs
W
with MEL:
PY
23-31-1A
33-24-1B Passenger Notice System Y 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided:
(No Smoking/Fasten Seat a) Manual control function is
O
Belts) -Automatic Function verified operative, and

b) Alternate procedures are
C

ED
NOTE:
Aircraft 901-937 have NO PED
signs. Aircraft 950-954 have
LL
NO SMOKING signs
O

TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
33-24-1C Passenger Notice System - Y - 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided:
TE
No Smoking/Fasten Seat a) PA system is operative, and
Belt signs b) Procedures are established
and used to alert flight
IN
attendants and notify
passengers when seat belts
PR
are to be fastened and
smoking is prohibited
EN
NOTE:
with MEL:
H
23-31-1A
W
33-24-1D Passenger Notice System - Y - 0 C (M)(O)One or more may be
No Smoking/Fasten Seat inoperative provided:
PY
Belt signs a) Passenger or flight attendant
seats from which a sign is
illegible or missing shall not
O
be occupied and must be

C
blocked and placarded “DO

NOT OCCUPY
ED
NOTE:
If the flight attendant seat is
LL
affected, the dispatch

limitations for the MEL Item
25-22-1 - Flight Attendant Seats
O
are to be applied for dispatch

TR

N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

33-24-1A PASS SIGNS/EMER LTS Control Panel
D
33-24-1B PASS SIGNS/EMER LTS Control Panel
TE
33-24-1C PASS SIGNS/EMER LTS Control Panel
33-24-1D PASS SIGNS/EMER LTS Control Panel
IN
PR
(O) PROCEDURES
33-24-1A
EN
33-24-1C
A. For an inoperative passenger notice system and NO SMOKE/NO PED/Fasten Seat Belt signs, do as
H
follows:
1. Use the PA to alert flight attendants and notify passengers when the seat belts should be
W
fastened and use of Personal Electronic Devices (PEDs) is prohibited
(O) PROCEDURES
PY
33-24-1B
A. For an inoperative automatic function, do as follows:
O
1. On the PASS SIGNS/EMER LTS control panel, select the NO PED/NO SMOKE and the SEAT
BLTS switch to the OFF position.
C
2. Make sure that the NO PED/NO SMOKE and FASTEN SEAT BELTS ordinance lights in the
ED
cabin, galley(s), and lavatory(s) are off.

3. On the PASS SIGNS/EMER LTS control panel, select the NO PED/NO SMOKE and the SEAT
BLTS switch to the ON position.
LL
4. Make sure the NO PED/NO SMOKE, and FASTEN SEAT BELTS ordinance lights in the
cabin, galley(s), and lavatory(s) come on.
O
5. On the PASS SIGNS/EMER LTS control panel, set the NO PED/NO SMOKE and the SEAT
BLTS switch as required, and
TR
6. Use the manual control function of the passenger notice system to alert flight attendants and
notify passengers when the seat belts should be fastened and smoking prohibited.
N
O

C
N
U

Revision: 3
(M) PROCEDURES
33-24-1D
Install the “DO NOT OCCUPY’ placard on the affected seat.
(O) PROCEDURES
D
33-24-1D
TE
1. Ensure that the placarded seat remains empty throughout the flight.
IN
33-24-1D Passenger Notice System (No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belts) - No Smoking/Fasten
Seat Belt signs
PR
FLIGHT PLANNING • If the flight attendant seat is affected, the dispatch limitations for the
REQUIREMENTS MEL Item 25-22-1, Flight Attendant Seats, are to be applied for
dispatch.
EN
NOTES None
H
W
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
PY
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
O
None
C
None
ED
END PROCEDURE
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
33-31-1 Service Lights (Baggage Y - 0 D
Compartment)
IN
PR
33-31-1 Service Light Panel adjacent to switch
EN
END PROCEDURE
H
W
PY
O
33-32-1 Maintenance Lights Y - 0 D

Lights include:
C
A. Gear Bay
ED
B. Avionics Bay
C. APU Bay
D. Wheel wells
LL
E. Aft Equipment
Bay
O
TR

33-32-1 Service Light Panel adjacent to switch
N
O
END PROCEDURE
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
33-41-1A Landing Lights - Nose Y 1 0 C May be inoperative provided:
Lights a) Both Wing Landing Lights
IN
are operative, and
b) Both Taxi/Recognition Lights
PR
are operative.
NOTE:
EN
with MELs:
33-41-1B
H
33-41-1C
W
33-41-1D
33-41-2A
PY
33-41-2B
33-41-1B Landing Lights - Nose Y 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided:
Lights a) Aircraft is not operated at
O
night.
C
NOTE:
ED
with MELs:
33-41-2A
LL
33-41-2B
O

TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
33-41-1C Landing Lights - Wing Y 2 1 C One may be inoperative provided:
TE
Lights a) The associated Taxi/
Recognition Light is
operative.
IN
NOTE:
PR
with MELs:
EN
33-41-1A
33-41-1B
33-41-1D
H
33-41-2A
W
33-41-2B
33-41-1D Landing Lights - Wing Y 2 0 C (O) Both may be inoperative provided:
PY
Lights a) Aircraft is not operated at
night.
O
NOTE:
C
with MELs:
ED
33-41-1A
33-41-1B
LL
33-41-1C
33-41-2A
O
33-41-2B
TR
N

O
C
N
U

Revision: TR 18-01

33-41-1A LANDING LTS Panel
D
33-41-1B LANDING LTS Panel
TE
33-41-1C LANDING LTS Panel
IN
33-41-1D LANDING LTS Panel
PR
(O) PROCEDURES
33-41-1B
EN
33-41-1D
1. Night operations are not authorized
H
W
NOTE:
On the wing root the landing lights are outboard of the taxi lights.
PY
33-41-1B Landing Lights - Nose Lights
33-41-1D Landing Lights - Wing Lights
O
FLIGHT PLANNING • Do not dispatch the aircraft during night time.

C
REQUIREMENTS
ED
NOTES None
PERFORMANCE
LL
CORRECTIONS None
O
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
TR
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
N
None
O
C
END PROCEDURE
N
U

Revision: TR 18-01

D
TE
33-41-2A Taxi/Recognition Lights Y 2 0 C (O) Both may be inoperative provided:
a) Aircraft is not operated at
IN
night.
33-41-2B Taxi/Recognition Lights Y 2 0 C Both may be inoperative provided:
PR
a) All landing lights are
operative.
NOTE:
EN
with MELs:
H
33-41-1A
W
33-41-1B
33-41-1C
PY
33-41-1D

O
33-41-2A LANDING LTS Panel

C
33-41-2B LANDING LTS Panel

ED
(O) PROCEDURES
LL
33-41-2A
O

TR
NOTE:
On the wing root the taxi/recognition lights are inboard of the landing lights
N
O
C

N
U

Revision: 3
33-41-2A Taxi/Recognition Lights

REQUIREMENTS
D
None
NOTES
TE
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
IN
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PR
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
EN
None
H
END PROCEDURE
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
33-42-1A Navigation Lights - Wing Y 4 2 C One light bulb may be inoperative at
Tip Position Light Bulbs each wing tip.
IN
33-42-1B Navigation Lights - Wing Y 4 0 C (O) All may be inoperative provided:
Tip Position Light Bulbs a) Aircraft is not operated at
PR
night.
33-42-1C Navigation Lights - Aft Y 2 1 C One may be inoperative.
Position Light Bulbs
33-42-1D Navigation Lights - Aft (O) Both may be inoperative provided
EN
Y 2 0 C
Position Light Bulbs a) Aircraft is not operated at
night.
H
W PLACARD TEXT
PY
33-42-1A External Lights Panel
33-42-1B External Lights Panel

O
33-42-1C External Lights Panel

C
33-42-1D External Lights Panel

ED
(O) PROCEDURES
LL
33-42-1B
33-42-1D
O

TR

N

O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
33-42-1B Navigation Lights - Wing Tip Position Light Bulbs

33-42-1D Navigation Lights - Aft Position Light Bulbs
FLIGHT PLANNING • Do not dispatch the aircraft during night time

REQUIREMENTS
D
TE
NOTES None
IN
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
PR
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
EN
None
None
H
W
END PROCEDURE
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
33-43-1A Wing Inspection Lights Y 2 0 C (O) Both may be inoperative provided:
a) Ground de-icing procedures
do not require their use, and
IN
b) A portable lamp/light of
adequate capacity for wing
PR
and/or control surface
inspection is available for
night operations in icing
EN
conditions.
33-43-1B Wing Inspection Lights Y 2 0 C (O) Both may be inoperative provided:
a) Aircraft is not operated at
H
night

W PLACARD TEXT
PY
33-43-1A External Lights Panel
33-43-1B External Lights Panel

O
C
(O) PROCEDURES
33-43-1A
ED

1. Ensure that sufficient lighting is available for wing and/or control surface inspection during
LL
night time operation in icing conditions.

O

TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
33-43-1B
D
33-43-1B Wing Inspection Lights
TE
REQUIREMENTS
IN
PR
NOTES None
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
EN
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
H
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
W
None
PY
END PROCEDURE
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
33-44-1 High Intensity Anti- Y 3 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided:
Collision Strobe Lights a) Aircraft is not operated at
IN
night.
PR
33-44-1 External Lights Panel
EN
(O) PROCEDURES
33-44-1
H
W
33-44-1 High Intensity Anti-Collision Strobe Lights

PY
FLIGHT PLANNING • Do not dispatch the aircraft during night time
REQUIREMENTS
O
None
C
NOTES
ED
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
LL
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
O
None
TR
None
N
O
END PROCEDURE
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
33-44-2 Low Intensity Red Beacon Y 2 1 B Bottom light may be inoperative.
Lights
IN
PR
EN
END PROCEDURE
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
33-45-1 Sterile Light System (if Y 1 0 D (O) May be inoperative provided:
installed) a) Alternate procedures are
IN
PR
EN
(O) PROCEDURES
H
33-45-1
W
1. Current procedures do not use the sterile light system in any phase of flight.
PY
END PROCEDURE
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
33-46-1 Tail Flood Lights (Logo Y* 2 0 D (M)
Lights) (if installed)
NOTE:
IN
If CB is tripped, the system may
be deactivated by opening and
PR
collaring CB.
EN
H
W
(M) PROCEDURES
33-46-1
PY
A. If Logo Light CB is tripped, OPEN and collar the circuit breaker CBP-2 D11 LOGO LIGHTS.
O
END PROCEDURE
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
33-51-1A Cabin Emergency Lights Y - 0 A (O) May be inoperative provided:
a) Assigned aircraft crew are the
IN
only occupants of the aircraft,
b) No crew occupies area of
PR
affected lights,
EN
flight.
33-51-1B Cabin Emergency Lights - Three lights may be inoperative
Ceiling Level Emergency provided:
H
Flood Lights a) They are not adjacent to each
W
CRJ-900 Y 8 5 C other.
CRJ-700 Y 6 4 C
PY
33-51-1C Cabin Emergency Lights - Y 2 0 C
Floor Level Emergency
Floodlights
O
C
33-51-1D Cabin Emergency Lights - Y 3 3 C Each exit locator may have 50% of its
Ceiling Level Lighted Exit internal lights inoperative, except that
ED
Signs - Curved Signs tip lights in exit sign must be operative.

LL
33-51-1E Cabin Emergency Lights - Each exit sign may have 50% of its
Lighted Exit Signs internal lights inoperative.
O
TR
CRJ-900 Y 6 6 C
CRJ-700 Y 4 4 C
33-51-1F Cabin Emergency Lights - Each floor proximity exit sign may have
N
Floor Level Lighted Exit 50% of its internal lights inoperative

O
Signs
C
CRJ-900 Y 6 6 C
N
CRJ-700 Y 4 4 C
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
33-51-1G Cabin Emergency Lights - N 1 1 C May be damaged or segment(s) missing
Photoluminescent Floor provided:
Proximity Emergency a) Length of the affected
IN
Escape Path Marking section(s) does not exceed 8
System Strip/Tape in. (20 cm),
PR
b) Affected section(s) is not
attached to the overwing exit
marker cross sections,
EN
c) Overwing exit marker cross
sections are not affected,
d) Interval between affected
H
sections on the same side is
W
not less than 128 in. (326 cm),
e) Interval between affected
sections on the opposite side
PY
is not less than 60 in. (153
cm), and
f) *CRJ-900 Only: Maximum
O
total length of the affected

C
sections on both sides does

not exceed 88 in. (220 cm).
ED
g) *CRJ-700 Only: Maximum

total length of the affected
sections on both sides does
LL
not exceed 72 in. (180 cm).

O
NOTE:
For the purpose of this item, the
TR
term “damaged” implies a

degradation of the path marking
system strip/tape that prevents
N
the system to perform its

O
intended functions (permanent

stain masking the path marking
C
system strip/tape).
N

U

Revision: 3

33-51-1A PASS SIGNS/EMER LTS Panel
D
33-51-1B PASS SIGNS/EMER LTS Panel
TE
33-51-1C PASS SIGNS/EMER LTS Panel
IN
33-51-1D PASS SIGNS/EMER LTS Panel
PR
33-51-1E PASS SIGNS/EMER LTS Panel
33-51-1F PASS SIGNS/EMER LTS Panel
EN
33-51-1G PASS SIGNS/EMER LTS Panel
H
(O) PROCEDURES
W
33-51-1A
1. The flight crew will instruct the flight attendants to occupy seats near emergency exits.
PY
END PROCEDURE
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
33-51-2A Exterior Emergency Light (O) All may be inoperative provided:
Aircraft is not operated at night
CRJ-900 Y 8 0 C
IN
CRJ-700 Y 6 0 C
PR
33-51-2B Exterior Emergency Lights (O) May be inoperative provided:
a) Assigned aircraft crew are the
CRJ-900 Y 8 0 A
only occupants of the aircraft,
EN
CRJ-700 Y 6 0 A b) Alternate procedures are
H
flight day.
W
33-51-2C Exterior Emergency Lights The forward overwing emergency light
on each side of the aircraft may be
CRJ-900 Y 8 6 C
inoperative
PY
CRJ-700 Y 6 4 C

O
33-51-2A PASS SIGNS/EMER LTS Panel

C
33-51-2B PASS SIGNS/EMER LTS Panel

ED
33-51-2C PASS SIGNS/EMER LTS Panel

LL
(O) PROCEDURES
O
33-51-2A
TR
1. Night operations are not authorized

N

O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
33-51-2A Exterior Emergency Lights
D
REQUIREMENTS
TE
NOTES None
IN
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
PR
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
EN
None
None
H
W
(O) PROCEDURES
33-51-2B
PY
1. Ensure that aircraft crew are the only occupants of the aircraft, and
2. Each occupant has ready access to an operational flashlight.
O
C
END PROCEDURE
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
34 - Navigation
34-00-0 RVSM Operations ......................................................................................................34-1
34-00-1 Category II approach capability .................................................................................34-2
34-00-2 Flight Management Systems (FMS) - Navigation Databases ....................................34-3
D
34-12-1A Integrated Standby Instruments (ISI) - NAV Function ..............................................34-4
34-12-1B Integrated Standby Instruments (ISI) - Attitude Function..........................................34-4
TE
34-14-1A Altitude Alerting System ............................................................................................34-6
34-14-1B Altitude Alerting System ............................................................................................34-6
IN
34-14-1C Altitude Alerting System-Aural Alert ........................................................................34-6
34-14-1D Altitude Alerting System-Visual Alert .......................................................................34-7
PR
34-21-1 Attitude Heading Reference System (AHRS) Fans (if installed) ...............................34-9
34-21-1 Below EICAS Display 1 (ED 1).................................................................................34-9
34-22-1 Non-stabilized Magnetic Compass (Standby Compass) ..........................................34-10
34-25-1A Source Select Panel Switches - ATTD/HDG, DSPL CONT....................................34-12
EN
34-25-1B Source Select Panel Switches - AIR DATA.............................................................34-12
34-41-1 Weather Radar System .............................................................................................34-13
34-41-2A Weather Radar Control Panels (Aircraft 950-954 only)...........................................34-15
H
34-41-2B Weather Radar Control Panels .................................................................................34-15
W
34-41-2A Below the pilot/co-pilot EFIS Multi-Function Displays (MFDs) ............................34-15
34-41-2B Below the pilot/co-pilot EFIS Multi-Function Displays (MFDs) ............................34-15
34-42-1A Ground Proximity Warning System .........................................................................34-16
PY
34-42-1B Ground Proximity Warning System - Modes 1-4 (Terrain Avoidance) ...................34-16
34-42-1C Ground Proximity Warning System - Test Mode.....................................................34-16
O
34-42-1D Ground Proximity Warning System - Glideslope Deviation (Mode 5)....................34-16

34-42-1E Ground Proximity Warning System - Advisory Callouts (Mode 6).........................34-16
C
34-42-1F Ground Proximity Warning System - Windshear Mode (Mode 7) ..........................34-17

34-42-1G Ground Proximity Warning System - TAWS (EGPWS) .........................................34-17
ED
34-42-2 GRND PROX TERRAIN Switch Guard..................................................................34-20

34-42-3 GRND PROX FLAP Switch Guard .........................................................................34-21
34-43-1A Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System (TCAS II).......................................34-22
LL
34-43-1B TCAS - Combined TA and RA Dual Display System(s) .........................................34-22

34-43-1C TCAS - Resolution Advisory (RA) Display System(s)............................................34-22
O
34-43-1D TCAS - Resolution Advisory (RA) Display System(s)............................................34-23

34-43-1E TCAS -Traffic Alert (TA) Display System(s) ..........................................................34-23
TR
34-43-1F TCAS -Audio Functions ...........................................................................................34-23

34-44-1 Radio Altimeter ........................................................................................................34-26
N
34-44-2 Radio Altimeter (RA) Test Switches - Dual RA Installation ...................................34-28

34-45-1 IRS Fan (if installed) ................................................................................................34-29
O
34-50-1A Long Range Navigation Systems-INS/IRS (Navigation Function only)..................34-30

C
34-50-1B Long Range Navigation Systems-GPS / GNSS .......................................................34-30

34-50-1C Long Range Navigation Systems-GPS / GNSS .......................................................34-30
N
34-51-1 Marker Beacon Systems ...........................................................................................34-33

U
34-51-2A VHF Navigation Systems (VOR/ILS)......................................................................34-34

34-51-2B VHF Navigation Systems (VOR/ILS)......................................................................34-34
34-52-1A Automatic Direction Finding (ADF) System ...........................................................34-35
34-52-1B Automatic Direction Finding (ADF) System ...........................................................34-35
MEL System 34-TOC-i

Revision: 3
34-53-1A Distance Measuring Equipment (DME) Systems .................................................... 34-37
34-53-1B Distance Measuring Equipment (DME) Systems .................................................... 34-37
34-53-1A Below the pilot/co-pilot EFIS Primary Flight Displays (PFDs) .............................. 34-37
34-53-1B Below the pilot/co-pilot EFIS Primary Flight Displays (PFDs) .............................. 34-37
34-54-1A ATC Transponders and Automatic Altitude Reporting Systems............................. 34-39
D
34-54-1B ATC Transponders and Automatic Altitude Reporting Systems............................. 34-39
34-54-2A Automatic Dependent Surveillance - Broadcast (ADS-B Out) Squitter.................. 34-41
TE
34-54-2B ADS-B FAIL Annunciator....................................................................................... 34-41
34-61-1A Flight Management Systems (FMS) ........................................................................ 34-43
IN
34-61-1B Flight Management Systems (FMS) ........................................................................ 34-43
34-61-1C Flight Management Systems (FMS) ........................................................................ 34-44
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18
34 - Navigation
D
TE
34-00-0 RVSM Operations Y - - - (O) RVSM operations are not authorized.
IN
PR
34-00-0 Aircraft maintained by Endeavor MX Program
- Between ED1 and ED2.
EN
Aircraft maintained by 9E program/GMM
- on the RVSM placard between ED1 and ED2
H
W
(O) PROCEDURES
34-00-0
PY
2. Ensure that the flight plan suffix codes are adjusted as necessary based on inoperative
O
equipment (see FOM)

C
34-00-0 RVSM Operations

ED
FLIGHT PLANNING • RVSM operations at or above FL290 not authorized.

REQUIREMENTS • Ensure flight plan suffix codes are adjusted as necessary based on
inoperative equipment (see FOM)
LL
O
NOTES None
TR
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
N
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
O
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
C

N
None
U
END PROCEDURE

Revision: 3

D
TE
34-00-1 Category II approach Y - - - (O) Approaches to less than CAT I
capability minimums are not authorized.
IN
PR
-Between ED1 and ED2
EN
Aircraft maintained by 9E program/GMM
H
-on the CAT-II placard between ED1 and ED2
W
(O) PROCEDURES
PY
34-00-1
1. Category II approaches are not conducted.
O
C
34-00-1 Category II approach capability
FLIGHT PLANNING • Do not dispatch when weather minimums require Cat II capability.
ED
REQUIREMENTS
LL
NOTES None
O
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
TR
TAKEOFF None
PERFORMANCE
N
WORKSHEET
O
C
END PROCEDURE
N
U
MEL System 34-2 34 - Navigation

Revision: 3

D
TE
34-00-2 Flight Management Y - - - (O) May be out of currency provided:
Systems (FMS) - a) Alternate procedures are
IN
Navigation Databases established and used.
PR
NOTE:
See ODH “MEL Support” for
procedural information
EN
H
- Between ED1 and ED2.
Aircraft maintained by 9E program/GMMW

PY
- Between ED1 and ED2
O
C
END PROCEDURE
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
34 - Navigation MEL System 34-3

Revision: 3

D
TE
34-12-1A Integrated Standby Y 1 0 C
Instruments (ISI) - NAV
IN
Function
34-12-1B Integrated Standby Y 1 0 B (O) May be inoperative provided:
PR
Instruments (ISI) - a) Operations are conducted in day
Attitude Function VMC only,
EN
into known or forecast VFR-on-
Top conditions, and
c) Source selector is selected to
H
NORMAL with each side fed
from its on-side AHRS/IRS.
W NOTE:
PY
MEL:
O
34-25-1A
C

ED
34-12-1A Below the Standby Instrument Panel
34-12-1B Below the Standby Instrument Panel

LL
O
(O) PROCEDURES
TR
34-12-1B
N
1. Ensure that operations are conducted in day VMC only,

2. Ensure that operations are not conducted into known or forecast VFR-on-Top conditions, and
O
3. Ensure that source selector is selected to NORMAL with each side fed from its on-side IRS.
C
N

U

Revision: 3
34-12-1B Integrated Standby Instruments (ISI) - Attitude Function
FLIGHT PLANNING • Operations restricted to day VMC conditions.

REQUIREMENTS • Do not dispatch flights into known or forecast VFR-on-Top conditions.
D
None
TE
NOTES
PERFORMANCE
IN
CORRECTIONS None
PR
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
EN
None
H
W
END PROCEDURE
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
34-14-1A Altitude Alerting System Y - 0 A (O) May be inoperative provided:
a) Autopilot with altitude hold,
IN
and altitude capture operates
normally,
PR
b) Enroute operations, i.e. RVSM,
do not require its use,
c) Aircraft does not depart from a
designated airport (as listed in
EN
the operator’s MEL) where
repair or replacement can be
H
made, and
d) Repairs are made within three
W
flight days.
NOTE 1: Ensure the following MEL is
PY
also used:
34-00-0
O

C
with MELs:
22-10-1
ED
22-10-2B
34-14-1B Altitude Alerting System Y - 1 C
LL
34-14-1C Altitude Alerting System- Y - 0 C May be inoperative provided:

Aural Alert a) Visual alert operates normally,
O
and
b) Auto-pilot with altitude hold
TR
and altitude capture operates

normally.
N
NOTE:
O

with MEL:
C
22-10-1
N
U

Revision: 2

D
34-14-1D Altitude Alerting System- Y - 0 C May be inoperative provided:
TE
Visual Alert a) Aural alert operates normally,
and
IN
b) Auto-pilot operates normally.
PR
NOTE:
with MEL:
EN
22-10-1
H
34-14-1A Below EICAS Display 1 (ED 1)
34-14-1B Below EICAS Display 1 (ED 1)

W
PY
34-14-1C Below EICAS Display 1 (ED 1)
O
34-14-1D Below EICAS Display 1 (ED 1)

C
(O) PROCEDURES
ED
34-14-1A
LL
O

TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 2
34-14-1A Altitude Alerting System
FLIGHT PLANNING • RVSM operations at or above FL290 not authorized unless approval is
D
REQUIREMENTS obtained from ATC.
TE
NOTES
IN
None
PR
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
EN
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
H
None
W
PY
END PROCEDURE
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 2

D
TE
34-21-1 Attitude Heading Y 2 0 C
Reference System
IN
(AHRS) Fans (if installed)
PR
34-21-1 Below EICAS Display 1 (ED 1)
EN
END PROCEDURE
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 2

D
TE
34-22-1 Non-stabilized Magnetic Y 1 0 B (O) May be inoperative provided:
Compass (Standby a) Any combination of two Gyro or
IN
Compass) INS (IRU) Stabilized Compass
Systems operate normally, and
PR
b) Operations are conducted with
Dual Independent Navigation
Capability and under Positive
EN
Radar Control by ATC on the
enroute portion of the flight.
NOTE 1: Dual Independent Navigation
H
Capability:
W
2 FMS operative, or
2 VHF Navigation Radios
PY
operative, or
at least 1 FMS and 1 VHF
Navigation Radio operative.
O

C
with MEL:
ED
34-25-1A

LL
34-22-1 On the Standby Compass

O
TR
(O) PROCEDURES
34-22-1
N

O
1. Ensure that dual independent navigation capability is available.

C
N

U

Revision: 3
34-22-1 Non-stabilized Magnetic Compass (Standby Compass)
FLIGHT PLANNING • Ensure that the planned routing will have radar coverage from takeoff
D
REQUIREMENTS to touchdown.
TE
NOTES None
IN
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
PR
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
EN
None
None
H
W
END PROCEDURE
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
34-25-1A Source Select Panel Y 2 0 C (O) Both may be inoperative provided:
Switches - ATTD/HDG, a) PFD/MFD are not selected to a
IN
DSPL CONT common source,
b) Standby Attitude Indicator/ISI
PR
Attitude function is operative,
and
c) Standby Magnetic Compass
EN
Indicator is operative.
NOTE:
H
MELs:
W 34-12-1B
PY
34-22-1
34-25-1B Source Select Panel Y 1 0 C Except where enroute operations require its use, may be
inoperative.
Switches - AIR DATA
O
C

34-25-1A Source Selector Panel
ED
34-25-1B Source Selector Panel

LL
(O) PROCEDURES
O
34-25-1A
TR
1. Ensure that the PFD(s)/MFD(s) are not selected to a common source.

N
END PROCEDURE
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
34-41-1 Weather Radar System Y 1 0 C May be inoperative provided:
a) Current weather reports indicate
IN
that no thunderstorms or
potential hazardous weather
PR
conditions could be detected by
airborne weather radar exist
along the route to be flown
EN
34-41-1 Below the pilot/co-pilot EFIS Multi-Function Displays
H
(MFDs)
(O) PROCEDURES
W
PY
34-41-1
O
1. Ensure that weather reports indicate that no thunderstorms or potential hazardous weather
conditions that could be detected by airborne weather radar exist along the route to be flown.
C
ED

LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
34-41-1 Weather Radar System
FLIGHT PLANNING • Ensure that weather reports indicate that no thunderstorms or potential
D
REQUIREMENTS hazardous weather conditions that could be detected by airborne
weather radar exist along the route to be flown.
TE
NOTES None
IN
PERFORMANCE
PR
CORRECTIONS None
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
EN
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
H
None
END PROCEDURE W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: TR 18-01

D
TE
34-41-2A Weather Radar Control Y 2 1 C
Panels (Dual radar control
IN
installation)
34-41-2B Weather Radar Control Y - 0 C NOTE:
PR
Panels Ensure that the following MEL is
also used:
34-41-1
EN
H
34-41-2A Below the pilot/co-pilot EFIS Multi-Function
W
Displays (MFDs)
34-41-2B Below the pilot/co-pilot EFIS Multi-Function
PY
Displays (MFDs)
(O) PROCEDURES
O
34-41-2A
C

1. The flight crew will use single control panel procedures for operating the radar system.
ED
END PROCEDURE
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
as

D
TE
34-42-1A Ground Proximity Y 1 0 A (O) May be inoperative provided:
Warning System a) Alternate procedures are
IN
b) Repairs are made within two flight
PR
days
c) Takeoffs and landings are not
conducted in known or forecast
EN
windshear conditions.
34-42-1B Ground Proximity Y 1 0 A (O) May be inoperative provided:
Warning System - Modes a) Alternate procedures are
H
1-4 (Terrain Avoidance) established and used, and
W
days.
34-42-1C Ground Proximity Y 1 0 A (O) May be inoperative provided:
PY
Warning System - Test a) GPWS is considered inoperative,
Mode and
O
days.
C
NOTE:
ED
also used
34-42-1A
LL
34-42-1D Ground Proximity Y 1 0 B

Warning System -
O
Glideslope Deviation
TR
(Mode 5)
34-42-1E Ground Proximity Y 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided:
Warning System - a) Alternate procedures are
N
Advisory Callouts (Mode established and used.

O
6)
C

N
U

Revision: 3

D
34-42-1F Ground Proximity Y 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided:
TE
Warning System - a) Alternate procedures are
Windshear Mode (Mode established and used, and
IN
7) b) Takeoffs and landings are not
conducted in known or forecast
PR
windshear conditions.
34-42-1G Ground Proximity Y 1 0 C (O)
Warning System - TAWS
(EGPWS)
EN
H
34-42-1A Above the GPWS AND G/S Switch/Light on the
W
pilot and copilot Switch/Light PANELS
34-42-1B Above the GPWS AND G/S Switch/Light on the
PY
34-42-1C Above the GPWS AND G/S Switch/Light on the
O

C
34-42-1D Above the GPWS AND G/S Switch/Light on the

ED
34-42-1E Above the GPWS AND G/S Switch/Light on the

LL
34-42-1F Above the GPWS AND G/S Switch/Light on the

O
34-42-1G Above the GPWS AND G/S Switch/Light on the

TR
(O) PROCEDURES
N
34-42-1A
O

C
1. When available, an ILS approach must be used. GS intercept altitudes must be cross checked
on approach. Pay particular attention to descent profiles and MSA’s on approach charts.
N
2. Ensure checklists are completed properly and in a timely manner.

U

Revision: 3
3.
The final check must be completed no later than 1500 feet AGL.
4.
Normal altitude callouts on landing may not be available. PM will make standard calls based
on the RA display.
5. As part of the crew brief prior to departure and on the approach, the flight crew shall review
D
the standard operating techniques for windshear recognition, avoidance and recovery as
outlined in the CFM, Chapter 4. No FD guidance is available.
TE
6. Do not takeoff or land into known or forecast windshear conditions.
(O) PROCEDURES
IN
34-42-1B
PR
34-42-1C
EN
3. The final check must be completed no later than 1500 feet AGL.
H
(O) PROCEDURES
W
34-42-1E
PY
1. Pay particular attention to descent profiles and MSA’s on approach charts.
2. Checklists are completed properly and in a timely manner.
3. The landing checklist must be completed no later than 1500 feet AGL with special emphasis
O
on gear and flap position.

C
(O) PROCEDURES
34-42-1F
ED

1. As part of the crew brief prior to departure and on the approach, the flight crew shall review
LL
the standard operating techniques for windshear recognition, avoidance and recovery as
outlined in the CFM, Chapter 4. No FD guidance is available.
O
2. Do not takeoff or land into known or forecast windshear conditions.

(O) PROCEDURES
TR
34-42-1G
N
O
C
3. The Final check must be completed no later than 1500 feet AGL.
N
U

Revision: 3
34-42-1F Ground Proximity Warning System - Windshear Mode (Mode 7)
FLIGHT PLANNING • Operations in known or forecast windshear conditions prohibited
D
REQUIREMENTS
TE
NOTES None
IN
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
PR
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
EN
None
None
H
END PROCEDURE
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
34-42-2 GRND PROX TERRAIN Y 1 0 C
Switch Guard
IN
PR
34-42-2 On the Glareshield
EN
END PROCEDURE
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
34-42-3 GRND PROX FLAP Y 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided:
Switch Guard a) The switch is verified pressed out
IN
or not illuminated prior to each
departure and approach.
PR
34-42-3 Below the GRND PROX FLAP Switch
EN
(O) PROCEDURES
H
34-42-3
W
1. The GRND PROX FLAP switchlight is verified pressed out (not illuminated) prior to takeoff
and start of each approach.
PY
END PROCEDURE
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
34-43-1A Traffic Alert and Y 1 0 B (M)(O)May be inoperative provided:
Collision Avoidance a) System is deactivated and
IN
System (TCAS II) secured, and
b) Enroute or approach
PR
procedures do not require its
use.
NOTE:
EN
Ensure the following MEL is also
used:
H
34-54-1B (AC 15317 & sub
W
only)
34-43-1B TCAS - Combined TA Y 2 1 C (O) May be inoperative on the non-
and RA Dual Display flying pilot side provided:
PY
System(s) a) TA and RA visual display is
operative on the flying pilot
O
side, and
b) TA and RA audio function is
C
operative on flying pilot side

ED
NOTE:
MELs:
LL
34-43-1D
O
34-43-1E
34-43-1C TCAS - Resolution (O) May be inoperative on non-flying
TR
Y 2 1 C
Advisory (RA) Display pilot side.
System(s)
N
NOTE:
O
MEL:
C
34-43-1E
N

U

Revision: 3

D
34-43-1D TCAS - Resolution Y 2 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided:
TE
Advisory (RA) Display a) Traffic Alert (TA) visual
System(s) display and audio functions are
IN
operative,
b) TA only mode is selected by the
PR
crew, and
c) Enroute or approach
use.
EN
NOTE:
H
MELs:
W
34-43-1B
34-43-1E
PY
34-43-1E TCAS -Traffic Alert (TA) Y 2 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided:
Display System(s) a) RA visual display and audio
O
functions are operative, and

b) Enroute or approach
C

use.
ED
NOTE:
LL
MELs:
O
34-43-1B
34-43-1C
TR
34-43-1D
34-43-1F TCAS -Audio Functions Y 1 0 B (O) May be inoperative provided:
N
a) May be inoperative provided

enroute or approach procedures
O
do not require use of TCAS.

C

N
U

Revision: 3

34-43-1A Below the pilot/co-pilot EFIS Multi-Function Displays
D
(MFDs)
TE
34-43-1B Below the pilot/co-pilot EFIS Multi-Function Displays
(MFDs)
IN
34-43-1C Below the pilot/co-pilot EFIS Multi-Function Displays
(MFDs)
PR
34-43-1D Below the pilot/co-pilot EFIS Multi-Function Displays
(MFDs)
EN
34-43-1E Below the pilot/co-pilot EFIS Multi-Function Displays
(MFDs)
H
34-43-1F Below the pilot/co-pilot EFIS Multi-Function Displays
(MFDs)
W
PY
(M) PROCEDURES
34-43-1A
O
A. For an inoperative TCAS system, deactivate it as follows:

1. (AC SN 15001-15316) Open and collar the circuit breaker that follows:
C
CBP-1 V10 TCAS

2. (AC SN 15317 and Sub) Open and collar the circuit breaker that follows:
ED
CBP-2 H8 TCAS/XPDR 2
NOTE:
LL
When the deactivation procedure is completed, the TCAS RA FAIL amber message will show on the
primary flight displays (PFDs) and the TCAS DISPLAY FAIL amber message will show continuously
O
on the multifunction displays (MFDs).

TR

N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
34-43-1A
1. Ensure that the flight plan suffix codes are adjusted as necessary (see FOM).
D
NOTE:
TE
When the deactivation procedure is completed, the TCAS RA FAIL amber message will show on the
primary flight displays (PFDs) and the TCAS DISPLAY FAIL amber message will show continuously
on the multifunction displays (MFDs).
IN
(O) PROCEDURES
PR
34-43-1B
EN
1. Monitor the operative indications and advisories and respond as appropriate.
2. Ensure that enroute or approach procedures do not require its use.
(O) PROCEDURES
H
34-43-1C
W
PY
(O) PROCEDURES
34-43-1D
O

C
2. Select TA mode only.

ED

(O) PROCEDURES
34-43-1E
LL

O
2. Select TA/RA mode.

TR

(O) PROCEDURES
N
34-43-1F
O

C
N
END PROCEDURE
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
34-44-1 Radio Altimeter Y* 2 1 C (M)(O)May be inoperative provided:
a) Approach minimums are not
IN
dependent on its use, and
b) Spoiler/Stabilizer Subsystem
PR
of SSCS is considered
inoperative.
NOTE 1: SPLR/STAB FAULT status
EN
message will be displayed on
EICAS.
H
MELs are also used:
W
27-65-2C
34-00-1
PY
O
34-44-1 Below the applicable EFIS Primary Flight Display

C
(PFD)
On the applicable AIR DATA REFERENCE Panel
ED
(ARP)
(M) PROCEDURES
LL
34-44-1
O
A. For an inoperative radio altimeter, deactivate it as follows:

1. Open and collar the circuit breaker for the inoperative radio altimeter that follows:
TR
CBP-1 J4 RAD ALT 1 221

OR
N
CBP-2 J2 RAD ALT 2 222

O
NOTE:
After the deactivation of the defective radio altimeter, the SPLR/STAB FAULT status message will
C
come into view continuously on the EICAS secondary page and the RA red flag will show
N
continuously on the PFD that is on the same side as the defective radio altimeter.
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
34-44-1
NOTE:
After the deactivation of the defective radio altimeter, the SPLR/STAB FAULT status message will
D
come into view continuously on the EICAS secondary page and the RA red flag will show
TE
continuously on the PFD that is on the same side as the defective radio altimeter.
IN
END PROCEDURE
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
34-44-2 Radio Altimeter (RA) Test Y 2 1 C (O) One may be inoperative provided:
Switches - Dual RA a) RAD ALT test function on
IN
Installation the operative side is
performed prior to each
PR
flight, and
b) Associated Radio Altimeter
with the operative test switch
EN
is operative.
NOTE:
H
is also used:
W 34-00-1
PY
O
34-44-2 Air Data Reference Panel

C
(O) PROCEDURES
ED
34-44-2
1. Ensure that a successful RAD ALT function test on the operative side is completed prior to each
LL
flight.
O
END PROCEDURE
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
34-45-1 IRS Fan (if installed) Y 2 0 C
IN
PR
EN
END PROCEDURE
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
34-50-1A Long Range Navigation Y 2 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided:
Systems-INS/IRS a) Procedures do not require its
IN
(Navigation Function only) use,
b) Affected IRS Navigation
PR
Function is disabled through
FMS, and
c) For any IRS in ATT mode,
EN
the associated Flight Director
Modes are considered
inoperative
H
34-50-1B Long Range Navigation Y 2 1 C (O) May be inoperative provided:
Systems-GPS / GNSS a) The affected GPS is disabled
W
in the FMS CDU.
34-50-1C Long Range Navigation Y 2 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided:
PY
Systems-GPS / GNSS a) Navigation and /or approach
procedures are not predicated
on its use,
O
b) RNAV-1, RNAV-2,
C
RNAV(GPS) approaches and

Q-route, T-route operations
ED
are not conducted,

c) if the FMS is operative, it
may be used for enroute
LL
operations only.
NOTE:
O
Ensure the following MEL is

TR
also used:
34-54-2A
N
O

C
34-50-1A Affected Control Panel

N
34-50-1B Affected Control Panel

U
34-50-1C Affected Control Panel

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
34-50-1A
A. For each IRS with inoperative Long Range Navigation Function, do as follows:
1. On the IRS control panel, select the applicable IRS switch to NAV.
D
2. Enter the present position into the FMS.
TE
3. If the alignment is successful but the IRS is known to drift excessively, do as follows:
a) On the FMS INDEX page, push the IRS CTL pushbutton.
b) On the IRS CTL page, disable the applicable IRS.
IN
4. If the alignment in the NAV mode fails, do as follows:
PR
a) Set the affected IRS to ATT.
b) Enter the present Heading on the IRS CTL page.
c) When an IRS is aligned in ATT mode, the IRS 1 (2) IN ATT status message will show on
the EICAS secondary page.
EN
5. Make sure that the “EFIS COMP MON” caution message does not show on the EICAS
secondary page. Otherwise, dispatch is not permitted.
H
NOTE 1: The IRS Long Range Navigation Function should not be disabled by aligning the IRS in ATT unless
W
alignment in NAV mode fails. ATT mode is only to be used if alignment in NAV mode is impossible,
ex. if alignment in NAV mode fails or the IRS experiences a power interruption in flight.
PY
NOTE 2: Provided both IRSs are aligned in NAV mode, the Autopilot and Flight Directors will be unaffected
by disabling the IRS Navigation Function.
NOTE 3: If an IRS is ATT mode:
O
– The Flight Director, for the affected side only, will be inoperative (replaced by a red boxed
C
“FD”), and the applicable capture annunciator will be lined out in red when it is sourced from:
– Vertical mode (CRJ705/900): TO, WS, GA, GS
ED
– Lateral mode (CRJ700/705/900): VOR, LOC

– The Autopilot can always be engaged and will follow the selected source. If the selected
LL
vertical or lateral source is lined out in red, the flight crew shall select the XFR switch to source
the autopilot from the unaffected source.
O
– Operations which require both Flight Directors to be operational will be impacted. Ex: Cat II
approach.
TR
NOTE 4: If both IRSs are in ATT, the Autopilot should not be used in modes where the Flight Director is
unavailable.
N
(O) PROCEDURES
O
34-50-1B
C
A. The following procedures apply:

N
1. Disable the use of the affected GPS(s) in the FMS via the INDEX - GPS CTL page.
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
34-50-1C
A. The following procedures apply:
1. Disable the use of the affected GPS(s) in the FMS via the INDEX - GPS CTL page.
D
NOTE:
TE
In areas of poor DME coverage, a FMS DR message may be displayed on the CDU. If a white or amber
FMS DR message does display, update the FMS position, verify the VOR/DME sensors are enabled
IN
and ensure AUTO tuning is selected. It may be necessary to climb (if able) to receive more VOR
stations. If the FMS DR message persists, notify ATC and ensure navigation accuracy by using
PR
“green” needles as necessary or requesting headings until able direct.
END PROCEDURE
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
34-51-1 Marker Beacon Systems Y 2 0 C May be inoperative provided:
a) Approach procedures do not
IN
require its use.
PR
NOTE:
is also used:
EN
34-00-1
H
W
34-51-1 Below the pilot and co-pilot EFIS Primary Flight Displays
(PFDs)
PY
END PROCEDURE
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: TR 19-01
Date: 22 May 19 CRJ 700/900 Series MEL

D
TE
34-51-2A VHF Navigation Systems Y 2 1 C One may be inoperative provided:
(VOR/ILS) a) Enroute operations and/or
IN
approach minimums do not
NOTE: require its use.
PR
ILS includes
Localizer and NOTE 1: Ensure that the following
Glideslope MEL is also used:
34-00-1
EN
with MEL:
H
34-61-1B and 34-61-1C
W
34-51-2B VHF Navigation Systems Y 2 1 A One may be inoperative provided:
(VOR/ILS) a) Enroute operations and/or
PY
approach minimums do not
NOTE: require its use.
ILS includes
O
Localizer and
Glideslope MEL is also used:
C
34-00-1
ED

34-51-2A Below the pilot/co-pilot EFIS Primary Flight
LL
Displays (PFDs)
34-51-2B Below the pilot/co-pilot EFIS Primary Flight
O
Displays (PFDs)
TR
N
END PROCEDURE
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
34-52-1A Automatic Direction Y 2 1 C (O) As required by regulations.
Finding (ADF) System
IN
NOTE:
One may be inoperative.
PR
34-52-1B Automatic Direction Y 2 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided:
Finding (ADF) System a) No operations requiring ADF
navigation are conducted.
EN
34-52-1A Below the pilot/co-pilot EFIS Primary Flight Displays
H
(PFDs)
W
34-52-1B Below the pilot/co-pilot EFIS Primary Flight Displays
(PFDs)
PY
(O) PROCEDURES
O
34-52-1A
C
1. The one operative ADF may be used as needed for navigation.

ED
(O) PROCEDURES
34-52-1B
LL
1. Ensure that the no operations requiring ADF navigation are conducted.

O

TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
34-52-1B Automatic Direction Finding (ADF) System
FLIGHT PLANNING • Do not dispatch if ADF navigation will be required during the flight.
D
REQUIREMENTS
TE
None
NOTES
IN
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
PR
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
EN
None
None
H
END PROCEDURE
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
34-53-1A Distance Measuring Y 2 1 C As required by regulations.
Equipment (DME) Systems
IN
NOTE:
One may be inoperative.
PR
34-53-1B Distance Measuring Y 2 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided:
Equipment (DME) Systems a) Flight is not conducted at or
above FL240 without prior
ATC approval, and
EN
b) Approach minimums are not
predicated on its use
H
34-53-1A
W
Below the pilot/co-pilot EFIS Primary Flight
Displays (PFDs)
PY
34-53-1B Below the pilot/co-pilot EFIS Primary Flight
Displays (PFDs)
O
C
(O) PROCEDURES
34-53-1B
ED

1. Ensure that the flight is not conducted at or above FL240 without prior ATC approval.
LL
2. Ensure that approach minimums are not predicated on use of DME

.
O
TR

N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
34-53-1B Distance Measuring Equipment (DME) Systems
FLIGHT PLANNING • For flight planned at or above FL 240, prior ATC approval is required.
D
REQUIREMENTS • Do not dispatch if approach minimums are predicated on use of DME.
TE
NOTES None
IN
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
PR
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
EN
None
None
H
END PROCEDURE
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
34-54-1A ATC Transponders and Y 2 0 B (O) May be inoperative provided:
Automatic Altitude a) Enroute operations do not
IN
Reporting Systems require its use, and
b) Prior to flight, approval is
PR
obtained from ATC facilities
having jurisdiction over the
planned route of flight.
EN
NOTE 1: Required for RVSM
operations.
NOTE 2: Deferring both transponders
H
makes the TCAS inoperative.
W
MELs are also used:
PY
34-43-1A
34-00-0
O
34-54-1B ATC Transponders and Y 2 1 D (O) Any in excess of those required by

Automatic Altitude Regulations may be inoperative.
C
Reporting Systems NOTE 1: One may be inoperative.

ED
NOTE 2: Transponder and Flight

Director/Autopilot must use
same side ADC data for
LL
RVSM operations.
O

TR
34-54-1A On both Radio Tuning Units
34-54-1B On both Radio Tuning Units

N
O
C

N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
34-54-1A
1. RVSM operations at or above FL 290 not authorized unless approval is obtained from ATC.
D
2. If not operating in RVSM airspace, ensure flight plan changed to reflect suffix code “/G”.
TE
34-54-1A ATC Transponders and Automatic Altitude Reporting Systems
IN
FLIGHT PLANNING • Request authorization from ATC to operate the aircraft without a
PR
REQUIREMENTS transponder on a flight or series of flights.
• RVSM operations at or above FL290 not authorized unless approval is
obtained from ATC.
• If not operating in RVSM airspace, ensure flight plan changed to reflect
EN
suffix code “/G”. MEL 34-00-2 must also be used.
H
NOTES None
W
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
PY
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
O
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
C

None
ED
(O) PROCEDURES
LL
34-54-1B
O
1. Ensure that Transponder and Flight Director/Autopilot are set to use same side ADC data
TR
during RVSM operations.

N
END PROCEDURE
O
C
N
U

Revision: TR 19-02
CRJ 700/900 Series MEL Date: 11 Jun 19

D
TE
34-54-2A Automatic Dependent Y - 0 D (O) May be inoperative provided
Surveillance - Broadcast regulations do not require its use.
IN
(ADS-B Out) Squitter
34-54-2B ADS-B FAIL Annunciator Y - 0 D (O) May be inoperative provided
PR
(Aircraft 901-937,950-954) regulations do not require its use.
EN
34-54-2A Aircraft 901-937,950-954: Adjacent to ADS-B FAIL
H
Annunciator
W
Aircraft 272 and subsequent: below ED2
34-54-2B Adjacent to ADS-B Annunciator
PY
(O) PROCEDURES
O
34-54-2A
C
A. One (1) operative ADS-B Out system:

1. Set the transponder to the operative side
ED
2. Ensure that Transponder and Flight Director/Autopilot are set to use same side ADC data
during RVSM operations.
B. Zero (0) operative ADS-B Out systems:
LL
1. ATC must be notified

O
C. The transponder code will be displayed as yellow when the transponder with inoperative ADS-B is
selected. ADS-B FAIL 1(2) will be indicated in addition to a yellow transponder code in the RTU.
TR
D. Aircraft 272 and subsequent: XPDR 1(2) INOP status message will be displayed.
(O) PROCEDURES
N
34-54-2B
O

1. An ADS-B failure will be indicated by a yellow transponder code in the RTU.
C
N

U
34-54-2A Automatic Dependent Surveillance - Broadcast (ADS-B Out)

Revision: TR 19-02
Date: 11 Jun 19 CRJ 700/900 Series MEL
FLIGHT PLANNING • For zero (0) operative ADS-B systems the filing equipment code, block
REQUIREMENTS 10, will be /P
• Remove the surveillance code SUR/260B
NOTES
D
None
TE
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
IN
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
PR
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
None
EN
END PROCEDURE
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
x
D
TE
34-61-1A Flight Management Y 2 1 C (O) One may be inoperative provided
Systems (FMS) navigation procedures do not
IN
CRJ-900 Only require its use.
PR
NOTE:
Applicable to both
IRS and non-IRS
EN
AC
34-61-1B Flight Management Y 2 0 C (O) Except where enroute operations
Systems (FMS) require its use, all may be
H
CRJ-900 Only inoperative provided:
a) Alternate procedures are
W
NOTE: established and used,
Only Applicable to b) Both RTUs are operative.
PY
non-IRS AC:
097-235 NOTE:
950-954 Not to be used on IRS equipped
O
272-349 aircraft because one FMS must

be operative.
C
NOTE:
ED

with MELs:
LL
23-81-1A
23-82-2A
O
TR

N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
34-61-1C Flight Management Y 1 0 C (O) Except where enroute operations
TE
Systems (FMS) require its use, all may be
IN
a) Alternate procedures are
CRJ-700 Only established and used,
PR
b) Both RTUs are operative.
NOTE:
EN
with MELs:
23-81-1A
H
23-82-2A
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

34-61-1A Adjacent to the inoperative FMS Control Panel
D
TE
(O) PROCEDURES
IN
34-61-1A
PR
1. Use the operative FMS for all standard procedures.
(O) PROCEDURES
EN
34-61-1B
31-61-1C
H
1. Navigation radios must be tuned and identified manually.
W
2. Airway courses must be checked and verified.
3. Use of RNAV-1, RNAV-2, RNAV(GPS) approaches and Q/T route operations are prohibited.
PY
4. ICAO Equipment Code is correct as per FOM
34-61-1B Flight Management Systems (FMS)

O
34-61-1C
C
FLIGHT PLANNING
REQUIREMENTS Use of RNAV-1, RNAV-2, RNAV(GPS) approaches and Q/T route opera-
ED
tions are prohibited.

LL
NOTES
• Adjust the ICAO Equipment Code as per FOM
O
PERFORMANCE
TR
CORRECTIONS None
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
N
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
O
None
C
None
N
U
END PROCEDURE

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
35 - Oxygen
35-10-1 Observer’s Oxygen System ........................................................................................35-3
35-10-2 “OXY LO PRESS” Caution Message ........................................................................35-4
35-11-2 Oxygen Pressure Switch.............................................................................................35-5
D
35-12-1A Flight Crew Oxygen Pressure Indications - EICAS Readout.....................................35-6
35-12-1B Flight Crew Oxygen Pressure Indications -Ground Service Panel Pressure Gauge...35-6
TE
35-12-1C Flight Crew Oxygen Pressure Indications -Ground Service Panel Pressure Gauge...35-6
35-12-1D Flight Crew Oxygen Pressure Indications - Bottle Pressure Gauge ...........................35-6
IN
35-12-2 High Pressure Discharge Indicator .............................................................................35-9
35-20-1A Passenger Oxygen System........................................................................................35-10
PR
35-20-1B Passenger Oxygen System........................................................................................35-10
35-20-1C Passenger Oxygen System - Automatic Deployment...............................................35-11
35-20-1D Passenger Oxygen System - Passenger Service Units (PSU)...................................35-11
35-20-2 Passenger Oxygen (Masks Deployed) “ON” Light ..................................................35-17
EN
35-20-2 On the PASS OXY Switch/Light Panel ...................................................................35-17
35-20-3A Lavatory Passenger Oxygen System ........................................................................35-18
35-20-3B Lavatory Passenger Oxygen System ........................................................................35-18
H
35-31-1 Portable Oxygen Dispensing Units - (Bottle and Masks).........................................35-20
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
MEL System 35-TOC-i

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
35 - Oxygen
System Diagrams
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
35 - Oxygen MEL System 35-1

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
MEL System 35-2 35 - Oxygen

Revision: 3

D
TE
35-10-1 Observer’s Oxygen Y 1 0 A May be inoperative provided:
System a) Observer’s Seat is considered
inoperative, and
IN
b) Repairs are made within two
flight days.
PR
c) Ensure that the following MEL is
also used:
25-12-1A
EN
NOTE:
H
MELs:
W
23-51-2B
23-51-6
PY
25-12-1B
O

C
35-10-1 On the Observer’s Seat

ED
END PROCEDURE
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
35-10-2 “OXY LO PRESS” Y 1 1 A (O) May be displayed provided:
Caution Message a) Oxygen pressure is checked to be
IN
above minimum required oxygen
pressure before each flight,
PR
b) EICAS Crew Oxygen Pressure
Readout is operative,
c) Crew oxygen pressure is
monitored during flight, and
EN
flight day
H
W
35-10-2 Below EICAS Display (ED2)
PY
On the Ground Service Panel
(O) PROCEDURES
O
35-10-2
C
A. Verify that oxygen pressure as indicated on EICAS (status page) meets the requirements as per the
ODH (Oxygen Quantity/Temperature Chart) or the CFM Chapter 2 (Crew Oxygen).
ED
B. Monitor the flight crew oxygen pressure. If oxygen leak is suspected, initiate descent to a safe
altitude.
C. Verify on two means of indication that the crew oxygen bottle shows the same pressure value.
LL
EICAS Readout may be used with either Ground Service panel Pressure Gauge or Bottle Pressure
Gauge.
O
TR
END PROCEDURE
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
35-11-2 Oxygen Pressure Switch N 1 0 B (M)(O)May be inoperative provided:
a) Oxygen cylinder pre-charged
IN
pressure is checked prior to each
flight,
PR
b) Oxygen cylinder control valve is
verified OPEN prior to each flight,
and
c) Pilot and Copilot Masks are
EN
verified operative prior to each
flight.
H
W
PY
(M) PROCEDURES
35-11-2
O
NOTE:
C
Initiate SFWI to perform maintenance procedures before each flight.

ED
A. For an inoperative oxygen pressure switch, do as follows:

Before each flight:
LL
1. On the GROUND SERVICE panel or the BOTTLE PRESSURE GAUGE, make sure that the
oxygen pressure is serviceable (refer to AMM TASK 12-16-35-614-801).
O
2. Make sure that the oxygen pressure indication on the EICS status page is the same as the bottle
pressure gauge.
TR
3. Make sure that the regulator lever on the oxygen cylinder is set to ON.
(O) PROCEDURES
N
35-11-2
O

1. Ensure a successful test of each pilot oxygen mask is completed prior to each flight.
C
N
END PROCEDURE
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
35-12-1A Flight Crew Oxygen N 1 0 C (M)(O) May be inoperative provided:
Pressure Indications - a) Ground Service Panel Pressure
EICAS Readout Gauge or Bottle Pressure Gauge is
IN
operative and checked prior to
each flight.
PR
NOTE:
EN
MEL:
35-12-1B
H
35-12-1B Flight Crew Oxygen Y 1 0 C May be inoperative provided:
Pressure Indications - a) EICAS Readout is operative and
W
Ground Service Panel checked prior to each flight.
Pressure Gauge
PY
NOTE:
MEL:
O
35-12-1A
C
35-12-1C Flight Crew Oxygen N 1 0 C (M) May be inoperative provided:

Pressure Indications - a) Bottle Pressure Gauge is operative
ED
Ground Service Panel and checked prior to each flight.

Pressure Gauge
NOTE:
LL

MEL:
O
35-12-1D
TR
35-12-1D Flight Crew Oxygen Y 1 0 C NOTE:

Pressure Indications - Not to be used in conjunction with
N
Bottle Pressure Gauge MELs:

O
35-12-1B
C
35-12-1C
N

U

Revision: 3

D
TE
IN
(M) PROCEDURES
PR
35-12-1A
NOTE:
EN
A.For an inoperative EICAS oxygen pressure readout, do as follows:
Before each flight
H
1. Visually check on the GROUND SERVICE panel, or the BOTTLE PRESSURE GAUGE, that
W
the oxygen pressure is within the permissible range for dispatch.
(O) PROCEDURES
PY
35-12-1A
A. If Crew Oxygen System is used in flight, do as follows:
O
1. Initiate descent to 10,000 ft. or lowest safe altitude whichever is higher.

(M) PROCEDURES
C
35-12-1C
ED
NOTE:
LL
A. For an inoperative ground service panel pressure gauge, do as follows:

Before each flight:
O
1. On the oxygen bottle pressure gauge, visually check the flight crew oxygen pressure to be
TR
within the permissible range for dispatch. (refer to AMM TASK 12-16-35-614-801)
NOTE:
N
If Ground Service Pressure Gauge or capillary lines to the pressure gauge are leaking and/or damaged,
O
the affected components may be deactivated as follows in the steps below.

C
N

U

Revision: 3
B. For an inoperative Ground Service Panel Pressure Gauge, if required, deactivate Capillary Sending
Line(s), as follows:
1. Remove and discard the Crew Oxygen Capillary Line that connects the bottle fitting port with
the tee junction/fitting (refer to TASK 35-13-01-000-803).
2. Remove and discard the affected Crew Oxygen Capillary Lines (refer to TASK 35-13-01-000-
D
803).
TE
3. Put the approved cap, or an appropriate alternative cap, on the high pressure fitting port that is
on the oxygen cylinder regulator.
IN
4. When required, put a dust cap(s) on the open fitting of the union.
5. Disconnect the electrical connector A21P1 from the transducer A21.
PR
6. Put caps on the transducer and electrical connector.
7. Stow the electrical connector.
8. Pressurize the crew oxygen system (refer to TASK 35-10-00-862-802).
EN
9. Do a leakage test of the crew oxygen system (refer to TASK 35-10-00-790-801).
H
END PROCEDURE
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
35-12-2 High Pressure Discharge Y 1 0 C (O) May be damaged or missing provided:
Indicator a) At least two pressure indications
are verified operative after failure
IN
occurrence, and
b) Crew oxygen bottle pressure is
PR
checked within limits before each
flight.
EN
35-12-2 Below the EICAS Display 2 (ED 2)
H
W
(O) PROCEDURES
35-12-2
PY
After the failure occurred:
1. Verify on two means of indication that crew oxygen bottle pressure is within limits. Ground
Service Panel Pressure Gauge, Bottle Pressure Gauge or EICAS Readout may be used.
O
Before each flight:

C
2. Check that crew oxygen bottle pressure is within limits.

ED
END PROCEDURE
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
35-20-1A Passenger Oxygen Y 1 0 B (O) May be inoperative provided:
System a) All components of cabin
IN
pressurization warning and
indicating systems are operative,
PR
b) Operations are conducted so that
minimum enroute altitude is at or
below 14,000 ft. MSL,
c) Operations are conducted at or
EN
below FL250,
d) Portable oxygen units are provided
for all crew members and for 10
H
percent of the passengers, for half
W
an hour (supplemental oxygen),
e) Operational procedures are
established to ensure that
PY
passengers are appropriately
briefed to accommodate revised
O
equipment, and
f) Both Air Conditioning Packs are
C
verified operative.
ED
NOTE:
MELs:
LL
21-33-1
O
21-51-1A
TR
21-51-1B
21-51-1C
35-20-1B Passenger Oxygen Y 1 0 B (O) Maybe inoperative provided flight is
N
System conducted at or below 10,000 feet MSL.

O

C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
35-20-1C Passenger Oxygen N 1 0 C (M)(O)May be inoperative provided:
TE
System - Automatic a) Manual deployment is operative,
Deployment and
b) Operations are conducted at or
IN
below FL300.
35-20-1D Passenger Oxygen (M)(O)Individual PSUs may be inoperative
PR
N - 0 C
System - Passenger with no flight altitude restriction
Service Units (PSU) provided:
a) Associated seats are blocked and
EN
placarded to prevent occupancy,
b) PSUs for flight attendant locations
operate normally, and
H
c) If two or more inoperative PSUs
W
are adjacent (forward and aft, left
and right), seat rows forward and
aft of the inoperative PSUs are
PY
blocked and placarded to prevent
occupancy.
O
NOTE 1: If lavatory PSU is inoperative see

MEL:
C
35-20-3A or 35-20-3B.
ED

also used:
LL
25-21-1A.
O
TR

35-20-1A Below the PASS OXY Switch/Light.
N
35-20-1B Below the PASS OXY Switchlight

O

C
N
35-20-1D MM1 Logbook Cover

U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
35-20-1A
A. For inoperative passenger oxygen system, do as follows;
1. Ensure that the flight attendants have briefed passengers regarding any inoperative components
D
and alternate procedures required.
2. Do not operate at altitudes above FL 250 or on routes that have MEAs over 14,000’ MSL.
TE
35-20-1A Passenger Oxygen System
IN
FLIGHT PLANNING Ensure the following flight plan restrictions are in place:
PR
REQUIREMENTS • Flight planned at or below FL 250.
• Route may not include areas with MEA over 14,000’ MSL.
EN
NOTES None
H
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
None
W
PY
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
O
None
C
ED

LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
(M) PROCEDURES
35-20-1B
A. For inoperative passenger system, do as follows;
1. Do not operate at altitudes above 10,000 feet MSL.
D
35-20-1B Passenger Oxygen System
TE
FLIGHT PLANNING Operations restricted to altitudes at or below 10,000 feet MSL.
REQUIREMENTS
IN
PR
NOTES None
EN
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
H
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
W
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
PY
None
O

C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
(M) PROCEDURES
35-20-1C
A. For an inoperative passenger oxygen system PSU(s), do as follows:
CBP-2 P9 PASS OXYGEN AUTO DEPLOY R 222
D
CBP-2 P10 PASS OXYGEN AUTO DEPLOY L 222
TE
2. Do the operational test of the manual deployment system of the passenger oxygen system (refer
to AMM TASK 35-20-00-710-803)
IN
(O) PROCEDURES
35-20-1C
PR
1. Do not operate at altitudes above FL300.
EN
35-20-1C Passenger Oxygen System
FLIGHT PLANNING Ensure the flight is planned at or below FL300.
H
REQUIREMENTS
W
PY
NOTES None
PERFORMANCE
O
CORRECTIONS None
C
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
ED
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
LL
None
O

TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
(M) PROCEDURES
35-20-1D
A. For an inoperative passenger oxygen system PSU(s), do as follows:
D
2. On the PASS OXY switch/light, make sure the ON light is OFF. On the EICAS primary display,
make sure the PASS OXY ON caution message is not shown. If the light is ON and the message
TE
is shown, reset the passenger oxygen system to remove these indications.
IN
NOTE:
Do not reset the passenger oxygen system by pressing the PASS OXY switch/light, this will deploy
PR
the PSU oxygen masks.
3. To reset the passenger oxygen system, open then close the circuit breakers that follow:
CBP-2 P9 PASS OXYGEN AUTO DEPLOY R 222
EN
CBP-2 P10 PASS OXYGEN AUTO DEPLOY L 222
H
5. Block the affected seat(s) as follows:
a) Use a rigid DO NOT OCCUPY placard of sufficient size so that it can be attached across
W
the two armrests or between the front of the seat bottom to the seat back of the inoperative
seat. When the seat is blocked, access to the aisle or emergency exit must not be restricted.
PY
6. If the lavatory PSU is inoperative, close and lock the lavatory door.
O

C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
35-20-1D
A. For inoperative passenger service unit, do as follows;
1. Ensure that the flight attendants have briefed passengers regarding any inoperative components
D
and alternate procedures required.
TE
END PROCEDURE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
35-20-2 Passenger Oxygen Y 1 0 C
(Masks Deployed) “ON”
IN
Light
PR
35-20-2 On the PASS OXY Switch/Light Panel
EN
END PROCEDURE
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
35-20-3A Lavatory Passenger Y 2 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided:
Oxygen System a) Lavatory is not used for any
IN
purpose, and
b) Lavatory door is locked and
PR
placarded “INOPERATIVE DO
NOT ENTER”.
NOTE:
EN
These provisos are not intended to
preclude lavatory inspections by a
crewmember
H
35-20-3B Lavatory Passenger Y 2 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided:
W
Oxygen System a) Flight is conducted at or below
FL250.
PY
NOTE:
preclude lavatory inspections by a
O
crewmember
C

ED

Lavatory Door “INOPERATIVE DO NOT ENTER”
LL

O
(O) PROCEDURES
TR
35-20-3A
N
1. Ensure that the lavatory is locked and placarded “INOPERATIVE DO NOT ENTER.”
O
2. Lavatory inspections must be made by a crewmember. at regular intervals.

C

N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
35-20-3B
1. Do not operate at altitudes above FL250.
D
2. Lavatory inspections must be made by a crewmember at regular intervals.
TE
35-20-3B Lavatory Passenger Oxygen System
IN
FLIGHT PLANNING • Ensure the flight is planned at or below FL250
REQUIREMENTS
PR
NOTES None
EN
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
H
PERFORMANCE None
W
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
PY
None
O
END PROCEDURE
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
35-31-1 Portable Oxygen Y 2 0 C (M)(O)May be unserviceable or missing
Dispensing Units - provided:
(Bottle and Masks) a) Inoperative unit is removed from
IN
passenger cabin, and
b) Required distribution is
PR
maintained, and;
c) Operations restricted to altitudes at
or below FL250.
EN
H
W
Affected Bottle “INOPERATIVE DO NOT USE”
PY
(M) PROCEDURES
35-31-1
A. Bottles not removed must be placarded “INOPERATIVE-DO NOT USE”.
O
C
NOTE:
Inoperative bottles must be removed at the next available maintenance facility. The aircraft shall not
ED
depart MSP or DTW without having the inoperative bottle removed.
(O) PROCEDURES
LL
35-31-1
O
1. Operations restricted to altitudes at or below FL250.

TR

N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
35-31-1 Portable Oxygen Dispensing Units - (Bottle and Masks)
FLIGHT PLANNING • Operation restricted to altitudes at or below FL 250.
D
REQUIREMENTS
TE
None
NOTES
IN
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
PR
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
EN
None
None
H
END PROCEDURE
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
36 - Pneumatic
36-11-2A Pressure Regulating SOV (Right PRSOV).................................................................36-2
36-11-2B Pressure Regulating SOV (Left PRSOV)...................................................................36-4
36-11-2C Pressure Regulating SOV (Right PRSOV).................................................................36-6
D
36-11-2D Pressure Regulating SOV (Left PRSOV)...................................................................36-7
36-11-3A High Pressure Valve (Right HPV)............................................................................36-12
TE
36-11-3B High Pressure Valve (Left HPV)..............................................................................36-14
36-11-3C High Pressure Valve (Right HPV)............................................................................36-16
IN
36-11-3D High Pressure Valve (Left HPV)..............................................................................36-17
36-11-4 Pack Inlet Pressure Sensors ......................................................................................36-21
PR
36-12-2A Bleed Air ISOL Valve (Cross-Bleed Valve) ............................................................36-22
36-12-2B Bleed Air ISOL Valve (Cross-Bleed Valve) ............................................................36-23
36-21-6A Air Leak Detection System.......................................................................................36-27
36-21-6B Air Leak Detection System - Anti-Ice Loops ...........................................................36-27
EN
36-21-6C Air Leak Detection System - Cowl Loops (Left) .....................................................36-27
36-21-6D Air Leak Detection System - Cowl Loops (Right) ...................................................36-28
36-21-6E Air Leak Detection System - Bleed Loops (Left).....................................................36-29
H
36-21-6F Air Leak Detection System - Bleed Loops (Right) ..................................................36-31
W
36-21-6G Air Leak Detection System - Bleed Loops (Left).....................................................36-33
36-21-6H Air Leak Detection System - Bleed Loops (Right) ..................................................36-35
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
MEL System 36-TOC-i

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
36 - Pneumatic
System Diagrams
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
36 - Pneumatic MEL System 36-1

Revision: 3

D
TE
36-11-2A Pressure Regulating SOV (M)(O)May be inoperative provided:
(Right PRSOV) a) Associated PRSOV is secured
IN
CRJ-900 N 2 1 B CLOSED,
b) Opposite HPV is operative,
CRJ-700 N 2 1 C
PR
c) Opposite Engine Cowl Anti-Ice
SOV is operative,
d) APU is operative,
e) APU Load Control Valve is
EN
operative,
f) Operations are conducted at or
below FL 310,
H
g) *CRJ-900 Only: Maximum
W
PY
h) Operations are not conducted in
O
conditions, and
C

(Performance Penalties for
ED
Operation with Airplane Systems

Inoperative), and
j) *CRJ-900 Only: Operations are
LL
conducted in accordance with

AFM Supplement (Air-
O
conditioning - Airplane Dispatch

TR
in Single Pack Configuration).

Pressure Regulating SOV may be
N
deferred under 36-11-2A or 36-11-

O
2C
C
N

U
MEL System 36-2 36 - Pneumatic

Revision: 3

D
36-11-2A Pressure Regulating SOV N 2 1 B NOTE 2: Not to be used in conjunction with
TE
(cont’d) (Right PRSOV) MELs:
21-55-4B
IN
30-22-1B
36-11-2B
PR
36-11-2D
36-11-3B
EN
36-11-2D
49-10-1A
49-10-1B
H
49-14-1A
W
49-14-1B
49-51-1
PY
O

C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
36-11-2B Pressure Regulating SOV (M)(O)May be inoperative provided:
TE
(Left PRSOV) a) Associated PRSOV is secured
CLOSED,
IN
CRJ-900 N 2 1 B
CRJ-700 N 2 1 C
SOV is operative,
PR
operative,
EN
f) *CRJ-900 Only: Operations are
conducted at or below FL 310,
g) Maximum number of cabin
H
occupants (including Flight
W
Attendants) is equal to or less than
82,
h) Operations are not conducted in
PY
conditions, and
O

C

ED
Inoperative), and
j) *CRJ-900 Only: Operations are
LL

O

TR

deferred under 36-11-2B or 36-11-
N
2D
O
C
N

U

Revision: 3

D
36-11-2B Pressure Regulating SOV N 2 1 B NOTE 2: Not to be used in conjunction with
TE
(cont’d) (Left PRSOV) MELs:
21-55-4B
IN
30-22-1A
36-11-2A
PR
36-11-2C
36-11-3A
36-11-3C
EN
49-10-1A
49-10-1B
H
49-14-1A
W
49-14-1B
49-51-1
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
36-11-2C Pressure Regulating SOV N 2 1 C (M)(O)May be inoperative provided:
(Right PRSOV) a) Associated PRSOV is secured
IN
CRJ-900 Only CLOSED,
PR
SOV is operative,
EN
operative,
below FL 250,
H
g) Operations are not conducted in
W
conditions, and
h) Operations are conducted in
PY
O

Inoperative)
C
NOTE 1: Not to be use in conjunction with

ED
MEL’s:
21-55-4B 49-10-1A
30-22-1B 49-10-1B
36-11-2B 49-14-1A
LL
36-11-2D 49-14-1B
36-11-3B 49-51-1
O
36-11-3D
TR

N
deferred under 36-11-2A or 36-11-

2C
O
C

N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
36-11-2D Pressure Regulating SOV N 2 1 C (M)(O)May be inoperative provided:
(Left PRSOV) a) Associated PRSOV is secured
IN
CRJ-900 Only CLOSED,
PR
SOV is operative,
EN
operative,
below FL 250,
H
W
conditions, and
PY
O

Inoperative)
C
NOTE 1: Not to be use in conjunction with

ED
MEL’s:
21-55-4B 36-11-3C
30-22-1A 49-10-1A
LL
36-11-2A 49-10-1B
36-11-2C 49-14-1A
36-11-3A 49-14-1B
O
49-51-1
TR

N
deferred under 36-11-2B or 36-11-

2D
O
C

N
U

Revision: 3

36-11-2A Bleed Air Control Panel
D
36-11-2B Bleed Air Control Panel
TE
36-11-2C Bleed Air Control Panel
IN
36-11-2D Bleed Air Control Panel
PR
(M) PROCEDURES
36-11-2A
EN
36-11-2B
36-11-2C
H
36-11-2D
A. Do the deactivation of the PRSOV (refer to AMM TASK 36-12-01-040-801)
NOTE:
W
PY
When the deactivation is completed, the L (R) ENG BLEED caution message may show continuously
O

C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
36-11-2A
36-11-2B
36-11-2C
D
36-11-2D
TE
NOTE:
When the deactivation is completed, the L (R) ENG BLEED caution message may show continuously
IN
PR
Before Taxi
A. If both PACKS are operative, or If a PACK is inoperative on the same side as the inoperative
PRSOV, do as follows:
EN
1. Select the BLEED SOURCE switch to the operative bleed side (associated with operative
PRSOV).
H
2. Select the ISOL switch to CLSD.
3. Select the BLEED VALVES switch to MANUAL.
W
4. Select the PACK located on the inoperative bleed side (associated with inoperative PRSOV) to
OFF.
PY
5. Select the PACK located on the operative bleed side to ON.
B. If a PACK is inoperative on the opposite side of the inoperative PRSOV, do as follows:
O
PRSOV).
C
2. Select the ISOL switch to OPEN.

ED
4. Select the inoperative PACK to OFF.

5. Select the operative PACK to ON.
LL
For a subsequent failure in flight

C. If the remaining PRSOV or HPV on the operative bleed side fails (indicated by a L(R) ENG BLEED
O
caution message), do as follows:

TR
1. Initiate descent to FL250 or below.

2. Select the BLEED SOURCE switch to APU.
3. ISOL switch - As required.
N
4. Select both PACKS to ON (if aircraft has been dispatched with both PACKS operative).
O
5. Leave icing condition.

C

N
U

Revision: 3
D. If the engine on the operative bleed side fails, do as follows:

1. Restart the failed engine using either the “Starter - Assisted APU Bleed Relight” procedure or
the “Windmilling Relight” procedure found in the QRH.
2. If the engine relight is not successful, select the BLEED SOURCE switch to APU.
D
3. ISOL switch - as required.
4. Select both PACKS to ON (if aircraft has been dispatched with both PACKS operative), and
TE
5. Leave icing conditions.
E. If the engine on the inoperative bleed side fails, do as follows:
IN
1. Restart the failed engine using either the “Starter - Assisted Cross Bleed Relight” procedure or
“Starter - Assisted APU Bleed Relight” procedure or “Windmilling Relight” procedure found
PR
in the QRH.
F. If the operative PACK on the operative bleed side fails, do as follows:
1. Select the failed PACK to OFF.
EN
3. Select the remaining PACK to ON.
H
G. The following statements apply:
1. 36-11-2A & 36-11-2B
W
a) Ensure that the aircraft is not operated at an altitude above FL310.
b) Do not operate in areas of known or forecast icing conditions.
PY
2. 36-11-2C & 36-11-2D (CRJ-900 Only)
a) Ensure that the aircraft is not operated at an altitude above FL250
O
b) Do not operate in areas of known or forecast icing conditions

C

ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
36-11-2A & 36-11-2C Pressure Regulating SOV (Right PRSOV)

36-11-2B & 36-11-2D Pressure Regulating SOV (Left PRSOV)
D
FLIGHT PLANNING 36-11-2A & 36-11-2B
TE
REQUIREMENTS • Do not dispatch the aircraft to operate at altitudes above FL 310.
• CRJ-900 Only: Total cabin occupants must be equal to or less than 82,
including Flight Attendants.
IN
• Do not dispatch in areas of known or forecast icing conditions.
PR
36-11-2C & 36-11-2D
• Do not dispatch the aircraft to operate at altitudes above FL 250.
EN
NOTES
H
None
W
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
PY
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
O
None
C
None
ED
END PROCEDURE
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
36-11-3A High Pressure Valve (M)(O)May be inoperative provided:
TE
(Right HPV) a) Associated HPV is secured
CLOSED,
CRJ-900 N 2 1 B b) Opposite Engine Cowl Anti-Ice
IN
SOV is operative,
CRJ-700 N 2 1 C
c) APU is operative,
PR
d) APU Load Control Valve is
operative,
e) Operations are conducted at or
EN
below FL 310,
H
W
PY
conditions,
O

C

Inoperative), and
ED
i) *CRJ-900 Only: Operations are

LL

O
NOTE 1: *CRJ-900 Only: The Right High

Pressure Valve may be deferred
TR
under 36-11-3A or 36-11-3C

N
O

C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
36-11-3A High Pressure Valve (Right N 2 1 B NOTE 2: Not to be used in conjunction with
TE
(cont’d) HPV) MELs:
(cont’d) 21-55-4B
IN
30-22-1B
PR
36-11-2B
36-11-2D
36-11-3B
EN
36-11-3D
49-10-1A
H
49-10-1B
W
49-14-1A
49-14-1B
PY
49-51-1
O
C

ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
36-11-3B High Pressure Valve (M)(O)May be inoperative provided:
(Left HPV) a) Associated HPV is secured
IN
CRJ-900 N 2 1 B CLOSED,
b) Opposite Engine Cowl Anti-Ice
CRJ-700 N 2 1 C
PR
SOV is operative,
operative,
EN
below FL 310,
H
W
PY
conditions,
O

C

ED
Inoperative), and
LL

O

TR
NOTE 1: *CRJ-900 Only: The Left High

under 36-11-3B or 36-11-3D
N
O
C

N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
36-11-3B High Pressure Valve (Left N 2 1 B NOTE 2: Not to be used in conjunction with
(cont’d) HPV) MELs:
IN
(cont’d) 21-55-4B
30-22-1A
PR
36-11-2A
36-11-2C
EN
36-11-3A
36-11-3C
49-10-1A
H
49-10-1B
W
49-14-1A
49-14-1B
PY
49-51-1
O

C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
36-11-3C High Pressure Valve N 2 1 C (M)(O)May be inoperative provided:
(Right HPV) a) Associated HPV is secured
IN
CLOSED,
CRJ-900 Only b) Opposite Engine Cowl Anti-Ice
PR
SOV is operative,
operative,
EN
below FL 250,
f) Operations are not conducted in
H
W
conditions,
PY
O
Inoperative)
C

MELs:
ED
21-55-4B 36-11-3D
30-22-1B 49-10-1A
36-11-2B 49-10-1B
LL
36-11-2D 49-14-1A
36-11-3B 49-14-1B
49-51-1
O
NOTE 2: *CRJ-900 Only: The Right High

TR

under 36-11-3A or 36-11-3C
N
O

C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
36-11-3D High Pressure Valve N 2 1 C (M)(O)May be inoperative provided:
(Left HPV) a) Associated HPV is secured
IN
CLOSED,
CRJ-900 Only b) Opposite Engine Cowl Anti-Ice
PR
SOV is operative,
operative,
EN
below FL 250,
H
W
conditions,
PY
O
Inoperative)
C

MELs:
ED
21-55-4B 36-11-3C
30-22-1A 49-10-1A
36-11-2A 49-10-1B
LL
36-11-2C 49-14-1A
36-11-3A 49-14-1B
49-51-1
O
NOTE 2: *CRJ-900 Only: The Left High

TR

under 36-11-3B or 36-11-3D
N

O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

36-11-3A BLEED AIR Control Panel
D
36-11-3B BLEED AIR Control Pane
TE
36-11-3C BLEED AIR Control Panel
IN
36-11-3D BLEED AIR Control Pane
PR
(M) PROCEDURES
36-11-3A
EN
36-11-3B
36-11-3C
H
36-11-3D
A. Do the deactivation of the HPV (refer to AMM TASK 36-12-05-040-801)
W
(O) PROCEDURES
PY
36-11-3A
36-11-3B
O
36-11-3C
36-11-3D
C
Before taxi:
A. If both PACKS are operative, or if a PACK is inoperative on the same side as the inoperative HPV,
ED
do as follows:
LL
HPV).
O

4. Select the PACK located on the affected bleed side (associated with failed HPV) to OFF.
TR
NOTE:
N
advised.
O

C
N

U

Revision: 3
B. If a PACK is inoperative on the opposite side of the inoperative HPV, do as follows:

HPV).
D
4. Select the inoperative PACK to OFF.
TE
NOTE:
IN
advised.
PR
5. Select the operative PACK to ON.
For a subsequent failure in flight:
C. If the remaining PRSOV or HPV on the operative bleed side fails (indicated by a L(R) ENG
EN
BLEED caution message), do as follows:
1. Initiate descent to FL250 or below.
H
2. Select the BLEED SOURCE switch to APU.
W
PY
D. If the engine on the operative bleed side fails, do as follows:
1. Restart the failed engine using either the “Starter - Assisted APU Bleed Relight” procedure or
O
the “Windmilling Relight” procedure found in the QRH.

2. If the engine relight is not successful, select the BLEED SOURCE switch to APU.
C

ED
4. Select both PACKS to ON (if aircraft has been dispatched with both PACKS operative), and
E. If the engine on the inoperative bleed side fails, do as follows:
LL
1. Restart the failed engine using either the “Starter - Assisted Cross Bleed Relight” procedure or
“Starter - Assisted APU Bleed Relight” procedure or “Windmilling Relight” procedure found
O
in the QRH.
TR
F. If the operative PACK on the operative bleed side fails, do as follows:

1. Select the failed PACK to OFF.
N
NOTE:
O
advised.
C

N
2. Select the remaining PACK to ON

U

Revision: 3
G. The following statements apply:
1. 36-11-3A & 36-11-3B
2. 36-11-3C & 36-11-3D (CRJ-900 Only)
D
TE
b) Do not operate in areas of known or forecast icing conditions
IN
36-11-3A & 36-11-3C High Pressure Valve (Right HPV)
36-11-3B & 36-11-3D High Pressure Valve (Left HPV)
PR
FLIGHT PLANNING 36-11-3A & 36-11-3B
EN
H
36-11-3C & 36-11-3D
W
PY
NOTES None
PERFORMANCE
O
CORRECTIONS None
C
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
ED
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
LL
None
O
TR
END PROCEDURE
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
36-11-4 Pack Inlet Pressure Y 2 0 C May be inoperative.
Sensors
IN
PR
EN
END PROCEDURE
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
36-12-2A Bleed Air ISOL Valve (M)(O) May be inoperative OPEN provided:
(Cross-Bleed Valve) a) ISOL valve is secured OPEN,
b) Bleed source selector switch is
IN
CRJ-900 N 1 0 B selected either to L ENG or R
ENG,
PR
CRJ-700 N 1 0 C
c) Bleed valves selector switch is
selected to MANUAL,
d) PRSOV and HPV on selected side
EN
are operative,
below FL310,
H
W
PY
known or forecast icing conditions,
O
and
C

ED
Operations with Airplane Systems

Inoperative).
LL

O
conditioning – Airplane Dispatch

TR

MELs:
N
36-21-6E
O
36-21-6F
C
NOTE 2: *CRJ-900 Only: The Bleed Air

N
ISOL Valve may be deferred under

36-12-2A or 36-12-2B
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
36-12-2B Bleed Air ISOL Valve N 1 0 C (M)(O) May be inoperative OPEN provided:
(Cross-Bleed Valve) a) ISOL valve is secured OPEN,
IN
b) Bleed source selector switch is
CRJ-900 Only selected either to L ENG or R
PR
ENG,
c) Bleed valves selector switch is
selected to MANUAL,
d) PRSOV and HPV on selected side
EN
are operative,
H
below FL250,
W
and
PY
O

Inoperative).
C

ED
MELs:
36-21-6E
LL
36-21-6F
NOTE 2: *CRJ-900 Only: The Bleed Air
O
ISOL Valve may be deferred under

36-12-2A or 36-12-2B
TR

N
36-12-2A Adjacent to affected BLD VALVE Control

O
Switch
C
36-12-2B Adjacent to affected BLD VALVE Control

Switch
N
U

Revision: 3
(M) PROCEDURES
36-12-2A
36-12-2B
A. Do the deactivation of the Bleed Air ISOL Valve (Cross-Bleed Valve) (refer to AMM TASK 36-12-
D
00-040-802).
TE
NOTE:
When the deactivation procedure is completed, the ISOL FAIL caution and ISOL OPEN status
IN
messages will come into view on the EICAS primary and secondary pages. Also, the Bleed Air ISOL
(cross bleed) Valve symbol will be shown amber and in the open position on the ECS synoptic page.
PR
(O) PROCEDURES
36-12-2A
EN
36-12-2B
NOTE:
H
When the deactivation procedure is completed, the ISOL FAIL caution and ISOL OPEN status
messages will come into view on the EICAS primary and secondary pages. Also, the Bleed Air ISOL
W
(cross bleed) Valve symbol will be shown amber and in the open position on the ECS synoptic page.
PY
Before taxi:
A. If both PACKS are operative, or if a PACK is inoperative on the same side as the inoperative
bleed side, do as follows:
O
1. Select the BLEED SOURCE switch as required (L ENG or R ENG).

C

ED
4. Select the PACK located on the inoperative bleed side to OFF.

LL

O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
B. If a PACK is inoperative on the same side as the operative bleed side, do as follows:
1. Select the BLEED SOURCE switch as required (L ENG or R ENG).
D
4. Select the PACK located on the operative bleed side to OFF.
TE
5. Select the PACK located on the inoperative bleed side to ON.
For a subsequent failure in flight:
C. If the remaining PRSOV or HPV on the operative bleed side fails (indicated by a L(R) ENG
IN
BLEED caution message), do as follows:
1. Select the BLEED SOURCE switch to the opposite engine or APU, whichever is available.
PR
NOTE:
If the opposite engine bleed is selected, the ISOL switch should be kept in the OPEN position since
EN
the ISOL valve is secured OPEN. That will prevent the BLEED MISCONFIG caution message from
appearing on the EICAS.
H
2. If the APU is selected as a bleed source, initiate descent to FL250 or below.
W
4. Leave icing condition.
D. If the operative PACK on the operative bleed side fails, do as follows:
PY
1. Select the failed PACK to OFF,
NOTE:
O
C
advised.
ED

3. Select the remaining PACK to ON.
E. In case of a subsequent failure resulting in hot air leak on the selected bleed side, the system will
LL
shut down the bleed automatically to isolate a leak. When the leak is isolated and the L(R) BLEED
DUCT caution message is posted on the EICAS, do as follows:
O
NOTE:
TR
System reconfiguration is not possible since the ISOL valve is secured OPEN.
1. Follow the abnormal procedure for “Unpressurized Flight Procedure” found in the CFM.
N
O

C
N
U

Revision: 3
F. The following statements apply:

1. 36-12-2A
D
2. 36-12-2B (CRJ-900 Only)
TE
IN
36-12-2A Bleed Air ISOL Valve (Cross-Bleed Valve)
PR
36-12-2B

EN
H
36-12-2B
W
PY
NOTES None
O
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
C
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
ED
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
LL

None
O
TR
END PROCEDURE
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
36-21-6A Air Leak Detection Y 1 1 C System redundancy may be degraded as
System indicated by “DUCT MON FAULT” status
IN
message.
36-21-6B Air Leak Detection Y 2 0 C (O) Both Loops (A and B) may be
PR
System - Anti-Ice Loops inoperative provided:
a) Wing ANTI-ICE switch is selected
OFF, and
EN
known or forecast icing conditions
36-21-6C Air Leak Detection Y 2 0 C (O) Both Loops (A and B) may be
H
System - Cowl Loops inoperative provided:
(Left) a) At least one Right Cowl Loop is
W
operative,
b) Right Cowl Anti-Ice SOV is
PY
operative,
c) Right PRSOV is operative,
d) Right HPV is operative,
O
e) Left cowl ANTI-ICE switch is

selected OFF, and
C

known or forecast icing conditions
ED
NOTE:
LL
MELs:
O
30-22-1A
TR
36-11-2A
36-11-2C
36-11-3A
N
36-11-3C
O
C

N
U

Revision: 3

D
36-21-6D Air Leak Detection Y 2 0 C (O) Both Loops (A and B) may be
TE
System - Cowl Loops inoperative provided:
(Right) a) At least one Left Cowl Loop is
operative,
IN
b) Left Cowl Anti-Ice SOV is
operative,
PR
c) Left PRSOV is operative,
d) Left HPV is operative,
e) Right cowl ANTI-ICE switch is
EN
selected OFF, and
known or forecast icing conditions.
H
W
NOTE:
MELs:
PY
30-22-1B
36-11-2B
O
36-11-2C
C
36-11-3B
36-11-3C
ED

LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
36-21-6E Air Leak Detection (O) Both Loops (A and B) may be
System - Bleed Loops inoperative indicated by L BLEED
IN
(Left) LOOP caution provided:
a) At least one Right Bleed Loop (A
PR
CRJ-900 Y 2 0 B or B) is operative,
b) Right PRSOV is operative,
CRJ-700 Y 2 0 C
c) Right HPV is operative,
d) Right Air Conditioning Pack is
EN
operative,
e) Bleed source selector switch is
H
selected to the R ENG,
f) Bleed Air ISOL Valve is operative
W
and selected CLOSED,
g) Bleed valves selector switch is
PY
selected to MANUAL,
h) APU is operative,
i) APU Load Control Valve is
O
operative,
j) Cross bleed start procedure is not
C
used for engine start,

k) Operations are conducted at or
ED
below FL310,
l) *CRJ-900 Only: Maximum
LL

O
m) Operations are not conducted in

TR

and
n) Operations are conducted in
N

O

C
Inoperative)
N

U

Revision: 3

D
TE
36-21-6E o) *CRJ-900 Only: Operations are
(cont) conducted in accordance with
IN
PR
MELs:
EN
21-51-1A
21-51-1C
H
36-11-2A
36-11-2C
W
36-11-3A
36-11-3C
PY
36-12-2A
36-12-2B
O
49-10-1A
C
49-10-1B
49-14-1A
ED
49-14-1B
49-51-1
LL
49-51-2
NOTE 2: *CRJ-900 Only: The Left Air
O
Leak Detection System may be

TR
deferred under 36-21-6E or 36-21-

6G
N

O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
36-21-6F Air Leak Detection (O) Both Loops (A and B) may be
IN
(Right) LOOP caution provided:
PR
CRJ-900 Y 2 0 B or B) is operative,
b) Left PRSOV is operative,
CRJ-700 Y 2 0 C
c) Left HPV is operative,
d) Left Air Conditioning Pack is
EN
operative,
H
W
PY
selected to MANUAL,
O
operative,
C

ED
below FL310,
l) *CRJ-900 Only: Maximum
LL

O
m) Operations are not conducted in

TR

and
n) Operations are conducted in
N

O

C
Inoperative)
N

U

Revision: 3

D
TE
36-21-6F o) *CRJ-900 Only: Operations are
(cont) conducted in accordance with
IN
PR
NOTE 1: *CRJ-900 Only: The Right Air
EN
deferred under 36-21-6F or 36-21-
6H
H
MELs:
W
21-51-1A
21-51-1C
PY
36-11-2A
36-11-2C
O
36-11-3A
C
36-11-3C
36-12-2A
ED
36-12-2B
49-10-1A
LL
49-10-1B
49-14-1A
O
49-14-1B
49-51-1
TR
49-51-2
N

O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
36-21-6G Air Leak Detection Y 2 0 C (O) Both Loops (A and B) may be
TE
(Left) LOOP caution provided:
IN
CRJ-900 Only or B) is operative,
b) Right PRSOV is operative,
PR
c) Right HPV is operative,
d) Right Air Conditioning Pack is
operative,
EN
H
W
selected to MANUAL,
PY
operative,
O

C

below FL250,
ED
l) Operations are not conducted in

and
LL
m) Operations are conducted in

O

TR
Inoperative
N

O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
36-21-6G Air Leak Detection System NOTE 1: Not to be used in conjunction with
(cont) - Bleed Loops (Left) MELs:
IN
CRJ-900 Only 21-51-1A
21-51-1C
PR
36-11-2A
36-11-2C
EN
36-11-3A
36-11-3C
36-12-2A
H
36-12-2B
W
49-10-1A
49-10-1B
PY
49-14-1A
49-14-1B
O
49-51-1
49-51-2
C
NOTE 2: *CRJ-900 Only: The Left Air

ED

deferred under 36-21-6E or 36-21-
6G
LL

O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
36-21-6H Air Leak Detection Y 2 0 C (O) Both Loops (A and B) may be
TE
(Right) LOOP caution provided:
IN
CRJ-900 Only or B) is operative,
b) Left PRSOV is operative,
PR
c) Left HPV is operative,
d) Left Air Conditioning Pack is
operative,
EN
H
W
selected to MANUAL,
PY
operative,
O

C

below FL250,
ED
l) Operations are not conducted in

and
LL
m) Operations are conducted in

O

TR
Inoperative)
NOTE 1: *CRJ-900 Only: The Right Air
N

O
deferred under 36-21-6F or 36-21-

6H
C
N

U

Revision: 3

D
TE
36-21-6H Air Leak Detection System NOTE 2: Not to be used in conjunction with
(cont) - Bleed Loops (Right) MELs:
IN
CRJ-900 Only 21-51-1A
21-51-1C
PR
36-11-2A
36-11-2C
EN
36-11-3A
36-11-3C
36-12-2A
H
36-12-2B
W
49-10-1A
49-10-1B
PY
49-14-1A
49-14-1B
O
49-51-1
49-51-2
C
ED

36-21-6A BLEED AIR Control Panel
LL
36-21-6B BLEED AIR Control Panel

36-21-6C BLEED AIR Control Panel
O
36-21-6D BLEED AIR Control Panel

TR
36-21-6E BLEED AIR Control Panel

N
36-21-6F BLEED AIR Control Panel

O
36-21-6G BLEED AIR Control Panel

C
36-21-6H BLEED AIR Control Panel

N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
36-21-6B
1. Do not operate in areas of known or forecast icing conditions.
D
2. The WING Anti-Ice switch must remain selected to the OFF position
TE
(O) PROCEDURES
36-21-6C
IN
PR
2. The LH COWL Anti-Ice switch must remain selected to the OFF position
(O) PROCEDURES
36-21-6D
EN
H
2. The RH COWL Anti-Ice switch must remain selected to the OFF position.
W
36-21-6B Air Leak Detection System - Anti-Ice Loops
36-21-6C Air Leak Detection System - Cowl Loops (Left)
PY
36-21-6D Air Leak Detection System - Cowl Loops (Right)
O
FLIGHT PLANNING • Do not dispatch into areas of known or forecast icing conditions
REQUIREMENTS
C
None
ED
NOTES
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
LL
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
O
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
TR
None
None
N
O

C
N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURESpd
36-21-6E
36-21-6F
36-21-6G
D
36-21-6H
TE
A. For both inoperative Bleed Leak Detection Loops, do as follows:
Engine Starting, do as follows:
IN
L (R) BLEED LOOP caution may be posted. If BLEED DUCT warning is posted DO NOT attempt
engine start, aircraft must not dispatch.
PR
Before taxi, do as follows:
1. Select the BLEED SOURCE switch to the operative side.
EN
4. Select the Air Conditioning Pack on the affected side (associated with failed Bleed Leak
Detection Loops) to OFF.
H
5. Select the operative Air Conditioning Pack to ON.
W
B. For a subsequent failure in flight, do as follows:
1. For a subsequent failure of the PRSOV or HPV (indicated by the L(R) ENG BLEED caution
PY
message) on the operative side resulting in engine bleed shut down, APU may be used as a
bleed source for the rest of the flight.
O

C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
2. For a subsequent failure of an engine, follow either “Starter-Assisted APU Bleed Relight”
procedure or “Windmill Relight” abnormal procedure found in the QRH. If engine fails on the
operative side and the relight procedure was not successful, the APU may be used as a bleed
source for the rest of the flight.
C. For a subsequent failure of the Air Conditioning Pack on the operative side, complete the flight
D
unpressurized
TE
1. 36-21-6E and 36-21-6F
IN
b) Ensure that the aircraft is not operated in areas of known or forecast icing conditions
PR
c) CRJ-900 Only: Total cabin occupants, including Flight Attendants, must be less than or
equal to 82
2. 36-21-6G and 36-21-6H (CRJ-900 Only)
EN
b) Ensure that the aircraft is not operated in areas of known or forecast icing conditions
H
W
36-21-6E & 36-21-6G Air Leak Detection System - Bleed Loops (Left)
36-21-6F & 36-21-6H Air Leak Detection System - Bleed Loops (Right)
PY
FLIGHT PLANNING 36-21-6E & 36-21-6G:
O
C

NOTES
ED
36-21-6F & 36-21-6H (CRJ-900 Only):

Do not dispatch in areas of known or forecast icing conditions.
LL
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
O
TR
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
N

O
None
C
END PROCEDURE
N
U

Revision: 3
s
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
38 - Lavatory
38-10-1A Potable Water Systems ...............................................................................................38-1
38-10-1B Potable Water Systems ...............................................................................................38-1
38-10-1C Potable Water Systems- E. Coli Positive.................................................................38-1
D
38-10-1D Potable Water Systems-Total Coli Form Positive ......................................................38-2
38-10-1E Potable Water Systems-Contaminated Water.............................................................38-2
TE
38-10-1F Potable Water Systems-Contaminated Water due to failure to perform ....................38-2
38-30-1A Lavatory Waste System ............................................................................................38-10
IN
38-30-1B Lavatory Waste System ............................................................................................38-10
38-30-2 Lavatory Service Indicator Lights ............................................................................38-13
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
MEL System 38-TOC-i

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: TR 19-01
Date: 22 May 19
38 - Lavatory

D
TE
38-10-1A Potable Water Systems N - - C (M)(O)Individual components may be
IN
a) Associated components are
PR
deactivated or isolated, and
b) Associated system components
are verified not to have leaks.
EN
NOTE:
Any portion of system which
H
38-10-1B Potable Water Systems N 2 0 C (M)(O)May be inoperative provided:
W
a) System is drained, and
b) Procedures are established to
ensure that system is not
PY
serviced.
NOTE:
O
EPA deferrals due to water testing

C
should use the applicable item

number below (C thru F).
ED
38-10-1C Potable Water Systems- N 2 0 C (M)(O)May be inoperative provided:

E. Coli Positive a) Repairs are made within 30
days,
LL
b) Both forward and aft potable

water systems are drained, and
O
c) Both forward and aft potable

water systems are not serviced.
TR
NOTE:
Potable Water system will be
N
sanitized IAW Environmental

O
Procedure Manual (EPM) Ch. 11.

C

N
U

Revision: TR 19-01
Date: 22 May 19 CRJ 700/900 Series MEL

D
38-10-1D Potable Water Systems- N 2 0 C (M)(O)May be inoperative provided:
TE
Total Coli Form Positive a) Repairs are made within 30
days,
IN
PR
NOTE:
EN
Potable Water system will be
Procedure Manual (EPM) Ch. 11.
H
38-10-1E Potable Water Systems- N 2 0 C (M)(O)May be inoperative provided:
W
Contaminated Water a) Repairs are made within 30
days,
PY
O
NOTE 1: Potable Water system will be

C

Procedure Manual (EPM) CH.
ED
11.
NOTE 2: For E. Coli contamination, refer
LL
to MEL 38-10-1C.
NOTE 3: For Total Coliform
O
contamination, refer to MEL 38-

10-1D.
TR
38-10-1F Potable Water Systems- N 2 0 C (M)(O)May be inoperative provided:

Contaminated Water due a) Repairs are made within 30
N
to failure to perform days,

O

C

N
U
MEL System 38-2 38 - Lavatory

Revision: 3

38-10-1A On the POTABLE WATER SYSTEM Control
D
Panel
TE
On the affected WATER TANK SERVICE
Panel
IN
38-10-1B On the POTABLE WATER SYSTEM Control
Panel
PR
Panel
38-10-1C On the POTABLE WATER SYSTEM Control
EN
Panel
H
Panel.
W
38-10-1D On the POTABLE WATER SYSTEM Control
Panel
PY
Panel
O
38-10-1E On the POTABLE WATER SYSTEM Control

Panel
C

Panel.
ED
38-10-1F On the POTABLE WATER SYSTEM Control

Panel
LL

Panel.
O
TR

N
O
C
N
U
38 - Lavatory MEL System 38-3

Revision: TR 18-01
(M) PROCEDURES
38-10-1A
A. For an inoperative individual potable water component, do as follows:
1. Deactivate or isolate the affected component(s).
D
2. Do a visual leak check of the associated system.
TE
(O) PROCEDURES
38-10-1A
IN
1. Ensure that the flight attendants have been briefed regarding any inoperative system
PR
components.
(M) PROCEDURES
38-10-1B
EN
A. For in inoperative forward potable water system, do as follows
1. Drain the forward water system (refer to AMM TASK 12-18-38-613-801).
2. Remove drain handles and place in the aircraft spare parts kit.
H
3. On the galley POTABLE WATER SYSTEM control panel push the FWD and AFT switch to
W
OFF
B. For in inoperative aft potable water system, do as follows
PY
1. Drain the aft water system (refer to AMM TASK 12-18-38-613-803).
O
OFF
C
38-10-1C
ED
38-10-1D
38-10-1E
38-10-1F
LL

O
1. Drain the forward water system (refer to AMM TASK 12-18-38-613-801).

2. Drain the aft water system (refer to AMM TASK 12-18-38-613-803).
TR
N
OFF.
O

C
N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
38-10-1B
1. Ensure that the flight attendants have been briefed regarding the inoperative potable water
D
system.
2. If ACARS is installed and operable, select the POTABLE WATER toggle to EMPTY on the ACARS-
TE
LOAD SHEET page 2/2.
IN
38-10-1B Potable Water Systems
38-10-1C Potable Water Systems-E. Coil Positive
PR
38-10-1D Potable Water Systems-Total Coil Form Positive
38-10-1E Potable Water Systems-Contaminated Water
EN
38-10-1F Potable Water Systems-Contaminated Water due to failure to perform
FLIGHT PLANNING
H
REQUIREMENTS None
W
• The dispatcher will communicate with each station that a Potable Water
NOTES System is inoperative and should not be serviced.
PY
PERFORMANCE Ensure the Potable Water option is selected to “Empty” in the FDP tool if
CORRECTIONS required.
O
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
C
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
ED
None
OTHER CORRECTIONS(ENROUTE)
None
LL
O

TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
38-10-1C
A. Ensure that the statement below has been read to the entire crew.
E. coli Positive - Notice to the Crew
D
DRINKING WATER WARNING: E. coli Bacteria were found in the Water Supply on
TE
____________[MEL date]
The water is non-potable. Do not use it for drinking, food or beverage preparation, hand washing,
teeth brushing, or any other consumptive use.
IN
Possible Health Effects
PR
E. coli are bacteria whose presence indicates that the water may be contaminated with human or
animal wastes. Microbes in these wastes can cause short-term health effects, such as diarrhea,
cramps, nausea, headaches, or other symptoms. They may pose a special health risk for infants,
young children, some of the elderly, and people with severely compromised immune systems.
EN
People at increased risk should be particularly careful to avoid this water.
Steps We Are Taking
H
The aircraft water system has been inactivated. The water system will be disinfected, flushed and
W
follow-up sampled as required to ensure the water meets EPA and FDA water standards for human
consumption.
Once resolved, the water system will be reactivated and the MEL cleared.
PY
O
system.
C
2. If ACARS is installed and operable, select the POTABLE WATER toggle to EMPTY on the
ACARS-LOAD SHEET page 2/2.
ED

LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
38-10-1D
Total Coli form Positive -Notice to the Crew
D
DRINKING WATER WARNING: Coliform Bacteria was found in water on
TE
_______________MEL Date)
IN
What This Means
PR
This is not an emergency. Total coliform bacteria themselves are generally not harmful.
Coliform are bacteria that are naturally present in the environment and are used as an indicator that
other, potentially harmful, bacteria may be present. Coliforms were found in samples collected and
EN
this is a warning of potential problems. If human pathogens are present, they can cause short-term
health effects, such as diarrhea, cramps, nausea, headaches, or other symptoms. They may pose a
special health risk for infants, young children, some of the elderly, and people with severely
H
compromised immune systems.
W
Steps We Are Taking
The aircraft water system has been inactivated. The water system will be disinfected, flushed and
PY
consumption. Once resolved, the water system will be reactivated and the MEL cleared.
O

C
system.
ED
LL

O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
38-10-1E
Contaminated Water - Notice to the Crew
D
DRINKING WATER WARNING: Suspected contaminate, due to one of the following:
TE
– Boarded water from an non-approved source
– Public notification is deemed necessary by the carrier
IN
PR
Water was boarded from a source that is not approved for consumption, was not in accordance with
FDA regulations, did not meet EPA standards for transient non-community water systems, or was
otherwise determined to be unsafe due to noncompliance with the procedures for boarding water
EN
under the EPA Aircraft Drinking Water Regulations.
Possible Health Effects
Contaminated drinking water can cause short-term health effects, such as diarrhea, cramps, nausea,
H
headaches, or other symptoms. They may pose a special health risk for infants, young children, some
W
of the elderly, and people with severely compromised immune systems. People at increased risk
should be particularly careful to avoid this water.
Steps We Are Taking
PY
The aircraft water system has been deactivated. The water system will be disinfected, flushed and
O
consumption.
C
ED
system.
LL

O

TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
38-10-1F
Contaminated Water due to failure to perform required disinfecting and flushing or sampling
D
- Notice to the Crew
TE
DRINKING WATER WARNING: Suspected contamination, due to one of the following:
– Failure to perform required disinfecting and flushing or sampling.
IN
PR
The required water sampling was not accomplished.
Public Health Effects
Contaminated drinking water can cause short-term health effects, such as diarrhea, cramps, nausea,
EN
headaches, or other symptoms. They may pose a special health risk for infants, young children, some
of the elderly, and people with severely compromised immune systems.
H
Steps We Are Taking
W
The aircraft water system has been deactivated. The water system will be disinfected, flushed and
PY
consumption.
O
C
system.
ED

LL
END PROCEDURE
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
38-30-1A Lavatory Waste System N - - C (M) Individual components may be
IN
deactivated or isolated, and
b) Associated system components are
PR
verified not to have leaks.
NOTE:
EN
Any portion of system which operates
38-30-1B Lavatory Waste System N 2 0 C (M)(O) Associated lavatory system(s) may
H
be inoperative provided:
W
deactivated or isolated to prevent
leaks,
PY
b) Pilot-in-command will determine
if flight duration is acceptable with
a forward lavatory unusable, and
O
c) Associated lavatory door is secured

C
CLOSED and placarded,

INOPERATIVE - DO NOT
ED
ENTER.
NOTE:
LL

prohibit inspections by
crewmembers.
O
TR

N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

38-30-1A On the inoperative Lavatory Waste System Component(s)
38-30-1B Toilet Service Panel Procedures are established to ensure
D
that system is not serviced. (Apply
speed tape on Toilet Service Panel
TE
and write “INOPERATIVE DO
NOT SERVICE”)
IN
PR
“INOPERATIVE- DO NOT
EN
ENTER”
Lavatory Door
(M) PROCEDURES
H
38-30-1A
W
A. For inoperative lavatory waste system components, do as follows:
1. Ensure that associated components are deactivated or isolated to prevent leaks.
PY
(M) PROCEDURES
38-30-1B
O
A. For inoperative forward waste water system, do as follows:

C
1. Drain the forward waste water system (refer to AMM TASK 12-18-38-613-802).
2. Make sure the toilet lid is secured closed.
ED
3. Lock the forward lavatory door.

4. Do a visual leak check of the associated system.
B. For an inoperative aft waste water system, do as follows:
LL
1. Drain the aft waste water system (refer to AMM TASK 12-18-38-613-804).
2. Make sure the toilet lid is secured closed.
O
3. Lock the aft lavatory door.

TR
(O) PROCEDURES
38-30-1B
N
A. If both lavs are inoperative:

O
1. Flights are restricted to a maximum scheduled block of 60 minutes or less.

2. The 60 minute block limitation may be exceeded with prior concurrence between the OCC duty
C
manager and the flight dispatcher, after considering the following:

N
a) The planned length of the flight.

U
b) The number of passengers/children on board.

c) Any reasonable alternatives such as aircraft swaps, etc.

Revision: 3
38-30-1B Lavatory Waste System
FLIGHT PLANNING
REQUIREMENTS
D
None
TE
NOTES • Dispatcher will take note that if both lavs are inoperative, flights are
restricted according to the details in the Flight Crew Operating
IN
Procedures.
PR
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
EN
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
H
None
W
PY
END PROCEDURE
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
38-30-2 Lavatory Service Y 2 0 C May be inoperative provided:
Indicator Lights a) Alternate procedures are
IN
NOTE:
PR
Waste tanks require a precharge of
8.7 L (2.3 US gallons).
EN
38-30-2 Lavatory Service Indicator Lights
H
END PROCEDURE
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
45 - Central Maintenance Computer

45-45-1 Maintenance Diagnostic Computer (MDC) ...............................................................45-1
45-45-2 MAINT Switch Guard ................................................................................................45-2
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
MEL System 45-TOC-i

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18
45 - Central Maintenance Computer

D
TE
45-45-1 Maintenance Diagnostic Y 1 0 B (M) May be inoperative provided:
IN
Computer (MDC) a) Alternative procedures are
PR
45-45-1 Adjacent to MDC switch on CB1
EN
(M) PROCEDURES
H
45-45-1
W
A. For the inoperative MDC do as follows when required:
1. Use fault isolation manual (FIM) for troubleshooting.
PY
2. If LRU and /or system rigging/testing requires MDC and LRU/system is non-deferrable, MDC
must be repaired prior to revenue flight.
O
END PROCEDURE
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
45-45-2 MAINT Switch Guard Y 1 0 B May be inoperative, broken or missing.
IN
PR
45-45-2 Below MAINT Switch
EN
END PROCEDURE
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
MEL System 45-2 45 - Central Maintenance Computer

Revision: 3
49 - APU
49-10-1A Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) Door Closed.................................................................49-2
49-10-1B Auxiliary Power Unit (APU)....................................................................................49-3
49-14-1A APU Air Intake Door Linear Actuator .......................................................................49-7
D
49-14-1B APU Air Intake Door Linear Actuator .......................................................................49-7
49-14-1C APU Air Intake Door Linear Actuator .......................................................................49-8
TE
49-43-1 APU START/STOP “START/AVAIL” Switch/Light (light function only)............49-12
49-43-1 APU Control Panel ...................................................................................................49-12
IN
49-51-1 APU Load Control Valve (LCV)..............................................................................49-13
49-51-2 APU Surge Control Valves.......................................................................................49-15
PR
49-61-1 Electronic Control Unit (ECU).................................................................................49-16
49-61-1 Electronic Control Unit (ECU).................................................................................49-17
49-61-2A APU Sub-system - EGT Sensors ..............................................................................49-18
49-61-2B APU Sub-system - Speed Sensor..............................................................................49-18
EN
49-61-2C APU Sub-system - Fuel Filter Delta Pressure Switch ..............................................49-18
49-61-2D APU Sub-system - APU Oil Filter Delta Pressure Switch .......................................49-19
49-61-2E APU Sub-system - Generator Oil Filter Bypass Indicator .......................................49-19
H
49-61-2F APU Sub-system - Oil Temperature Sensor.............................................................49-20
W
49-61-2G APU Sub-system - Time Totalizing Meter...............................................................49-20
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
MEL System 49-TOC-i

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
49 - APU
System Diagrams
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
49 - APU MEL System 49-1

Revision: 3

D
TE
49-10-1A Auxiliary Power Unit Y* 1 0 C (M)(O) May be inoperative provided:
(APU) Door Closed a) APU is deactivated,
b) Intake door is visually verified
IN
CLOSED, and
c) Both Integrated Drive Generators
PR
(IDG) are operative.
NOTE 1: IDG is considered inoperative
when either the Generator/GCU
EN
System or the CSD System is
inoperative.
H
W
MELs:
24-11-1A
PY
24-11-1B
36-11-2A
36-11-2B
O
36-11-2C
C
36-11-2D
ED
36-11-3A
36-11-3B
36-11-3C
LL
36-11-3D
36-21-6E
O
36-21-6F
TR
36-21-6G
36-21-6H
N
49-61-2A
O
49-61-2B
49-61-2C
C
49-61-2D
N
49-61-2E
U
49-61-2F
MEL System 49-2 49 - APU

Revision: 3

D
TE
49-10-1B Auxiliary Power Unit Y* 1 0 C (M)(O)May be inoperative provided:
(APU) a) APU is deactivated,
IN
b) Aircraft speed is limited to 220
knots, and
PR
(IDG) are operative.
EN
System or the CSD System is
inoperative.
H
W
MELs:
24-11-1A 36-21-6E
24-11-1B 36-21-6F
PY
36-11-2A 36-21-6G
36-11-2B 36-21-6H
36-11-2C 49-61-2A
O
36-11-2D 49-61-2B
36-11-3A 49-61-2C
C
36-11-3B 49-61-2D
36-11-3C 49-61-2E
ED
36-11-3D 49-61-2F
LL
O

TR

N
O
C

N
U

Revision: 3
(M) PROCEDURES
49-10-1A
49-10-1B
A. For an inoperative APU, do as follows:
D
1. Do the procedure to deactivate the APU as follows:
a) On the APU control panel, set the APU PWR FUEL switch/light to OFF.
TE
b) Open and collar the circuit breakers that follow:
CBP-1 N10 APU FUEL PUMP 221
IN
CBP-1 N11 FUEL ECU PRIM 221
CBP-1 LOWER R9 FUEL SOV APU 221
PR
NOTE:
When the deactivation procedure is completed, the APU SOV FAIL caution message may show on the
EICAS primary page and the SOV FAIL switch on the APU control panel may come on. The APU
EN
EGT and RPM indications can come out of view, the APU DOOR indication can become dashed (- -
- -) on the EICAS status page, and the Load Control Valve (LCV) symbol can come out of view on the
H
ECS synoptic page.
W
(O) PROCEDURES
49-10-1A
PY
1. External air starts will be required. Refer to the CRJ-900 ODH for engine starts using external
air and/or cross-bleed.
O
2. When the deactivation procedure is completed, the APU SOV FAIL caution message may
C
show on the EICAS primary page and the SOV FAIL switch on the APU control panel may
come on. The APU EGT and RPM indications can come out of view, the APU DOOR
ED
indication can become dashed (- - - -) on the EICAS status page, and the Load Control Valve
(LCV) symbol can come out of view on the ECS synoptic page.
LL

O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
49-10-1A Auxiliary Power Unit (APU)
FLIGHT PLANNING
D
REQUIREMENTS None
TE
IN
PERFORMANCE
PR
CORRECTIONS None
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
EN
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
None
H
W
(O) PROCEDURES
49-10-1B
PY
1. Aircraft shall not operate at a speed greater than 220 KIAS.
O
2. External air starts will be required. Refer to the ODH for engine starts using external air and/
or cross-bleed.
C
3. When the deactivation procedure is completed, the APU SOV FAIL caution message may
show on the EICAS primary page and the SOV FAIL switch on the APU control panel may
ED
come on. The APU EGT and RPM indications can come out of view, the APU DOOR
indication can become dashed (- - - -) on the EICAS status page, and the Load Control Valve
LL
(LCV) symbol can come out of view on the ECS synoptic page.
O

TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
‘
49-10-1B Auxiliary Power Unit (APU)
FLIGHT PLANNING • Ensure that the flight plan is made at a speed not greater than 220 KIAS.
REQUIREMENTS
D
TE
• Dispatcher shall ensure external air source availability for engine starts
NOTES at each station to be served.
IN
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
PR
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
EN
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
None
H
END PROCEDURE
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
49-14-1A APU Air Intake Door Y 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided:
Linear Actuator a) APU is not used,
b) Aircraft speed is limited to 220
IN
knots, and
PR
are operative.
EN
System or the CSD system is
inoperative.
H
MELs:
W
24-11-1A 36-11-2D
21-11-1B 36-11-3A
36-11-2A 36-11-3B
PY
36-11-2B 36-11-3C
36-11-2C 36-11-3D
O
49-14-1B APU Air Intake Door N 1 0 C (M)(O)May be inoperative provided:

C
Linear Actuator a) Intake door is deactivated

CLOSED, and
ED
b) APU is considered inoperative.

also used:
LL
49-10-1A
O

MELs:
TR
24-11-1A
24-11-1B
N
24-32-1A
O
24-32-2A
C

N
U

Revision: 3

D
49-14-1C APU Air Intake Door N 1 0 C (M)(O)May be inoperative provided:
TE
Linear Actuator a) Intake door is deactivated OPEN,
b) APU is operated continuously
during flight or aircraft speed is
IN
limited to 220 knots if APU is OFF,
and
PR
c) AFM performance corrections for
APU ON are applied.
EN
NOTE:
AFM performance corrections for
APU ON are applied if used during
H
takeoff and landing.
W
PY
O
49-14-1C APU Control Panel

C
(O) PROCEDURES
ED
49-14-1A
1. Aircraft shall not operate at a speed greater than 220 KIAS.
LL
2. Do not use the APU. External air starts will be required. Refer to the CRJ-900 ODH engine
starts using external air and/or cross-bleed
O
TR

N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
49-14-1A APU Air Intake Door Linear Actuator
FLIGHT PLANNING • Ensure the flight plan is made at a speed not greater than 220 KIAS.
D
REQUIREMENTS
TE
• Dispatcher shall ensure external air source availability is confirmed for
NOTES engine starts at each station to be served.
IN
PERFORMANCE
PR
CORRECTIONS None
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
EN
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
None
H
W
(M) PROCEDURES
49-14-1B
PY
B. For an inoperative APU air intake door linear actuator with the door in the closed position, do as
follows:
O
1. Do the procedure to deactivate the APU with the intake door closed (refer to AMM TASK 49-
10-00-040-801).
C
(O) PROCEDURES
ED
49-14-1B
1. Do not use the APU. External air starts will be required. Refer to the CRJ-900 ODH engine
LL
starts using external air and/or cross-bleed.

O

TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
‘
49-14-1B APU Air Intake Door Linear Actuator
FLIGHT PLANNING
REQUIREMENTS None
D
TE
IN
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
PR
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
EN
None
None
H
W
(M) PROCEDURES
49-14-1C
PY
C. For an inoperative APU air intake door linear actuator with the door in the open position, do as
follows:
1. Do the deactivation of the air intake door linear actuator (refer to AMM TASK 49-14-00-040-
O
801).
C
(O) PROCEDURES
49-14-1C
ED

1. Aircraft speed restricted to 220 KIAS or less if the APU is not operated continuously in flight.
LL
2. “APU Door Inop Open” performance penalties are applied for takeoff and landing.
O

TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
49-14-1C APU Air Intake Door Linear Actuator
FLIGHT PLANNING • Ensure that the flight plan is made at a speed not greater than 220 KIAS if
REQUIREMENTS the APU is not operated continuously in flight, and
D
• Ensure that “APU Door Inop Open” performance penalties are applied on
TE
the TLR.
• Ensure that the flight plan is calculated for an additional 260 PPH of fuel
burn if the APU is going to be operated continuously.
IN
None
NOTES
PR
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
EN
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE Select “APU Door Inop Open” in the flight planning client.
WORKSHEET LANDING
H
Select “APU Door Inop Open” in the flight planning client.
W
None
PY
END PROCEDURE
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
49-43-1 APU START/STOP Y 1 0 C
“START/AVAIL” Switch/
IN
PR
EN
END PROCEDURE
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
49-51-1 APU Load Control Valve N 1 0 C (M)(O)May be inoperative provided:
(LCV) a) APU LCV is secured CLOSED,
and
IN
b) Bleed Valves are selected to
“Manual” on the Bleed Air Control
PR
Panel.
NOTE 1: The APU is available as a source of
electrical power only, if required.
EN
MELs:
H
36-11-2A 36-11-3A
36-11-2B 36-11-3B
W
36-11-2C 36-11-3C
36-11-2D 36-11-3D
PY
O

C
49-51-1 Bleed Air Control Panel

ED
(M) PROCEDURES
49-51-1
LL
A.For an inoperative APU LCV, do as follows:

1. Do the procedure to deactivate the APU LCV in the closed position (refer to the AMM TASK
O
49-51-00 040-801).
(O) PROCEDURES
TR
49-51-1
N
1. External air starts will be required. Refer to the CRJ-900 ODH for engine starts using external
O
air and/or cross-bleed.

2. Ensure that APU Bleed valve performance penalties are applied for takeoff and landing.
C
N
U

Revision: 3
FLIGHT PLANNING
REQUIREMENTS None
D
TE
PERFORMANCE
IN
CORRECTIONS Ensure APU Bleed Valve performance penalties are applied.
PR
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE Select “APU Bld Vlv Inop/Off” if the APU is not used.
WORKSHEET Select “APU Bld Vlv Inop/On” if the APU is used.
LANDING
EN
Select “APU Bld Vlv Inop/Off” if the APU is not used.
Select “APU Bld Vlv Inop/On” if the APU is used.
H
None
END PROCEDURE W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
49-51-2 APU Surge Control Y 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative CLOSED provided:
Valves a) APU is not operated above 17,000
feet, and
IN
b) Operations are not dependent on
use of APU.
PR
NOTE:
MELs:
EN
24-11-1A
H
24-11-1B
W
PY
(O) PROCEDURES
O
49-51-2
C

1. Do not operate the APU at an altitude above 17,000’ MSL.
ED
END PROCEDURE
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
49-61-1 Electronic Control Unit Y 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided:
(ECU) a) APU is considered inoperative.
IN
NOTE:
PR
also used:
49-10-1A
EN
H
W
(O) PROCEDURES
49-61-1
PY
1. External air starts will be required. Refer to the ODH for engine starts using external air and/
O
or cross-bleed.
2. Do not press the APU PWR FUEL or APU START/STOP switchlights.
C
ED

LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
49-61-1 Electronic Control Unit (ECU)
FLIGHT PLANNING
D
REQUIREMENTS None
TE
NOTES
• Dispatcher shall ensure external air source availability for engine starts
IN
PERFORMANCE
PR
CORRECTIONS None
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE Select “APU Inop/Door Closed” in the flight planning client.
EN
WORKSHEET LANDING
Select “APU Inop/Door Closed” in the flight planning client.
H
None
END PROCEDURE
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
49-61-2A APU Sub-system - EGT Y 2 1 C One may be inoperative provided:
Sensors a) APU is operative (start and
shutdown normally), and
IN
use of APU.
PR
NOTE:
MELs:
EN
49-10-1A
H
49-10-1B
49-61-2B APU Sub-system - Speed Y 2 1 C One may be inoperative provided:
W
Sensor a) APU is operative (start and
PY
use of APU.
O
NOTE:
C
MELs:
ED
49-10-1A
49-10-1B
49-61-2C APU Sub-system - Fuel May be inoperative provided:
LL
Y 2 0 C
Filter Delta Pressure a) APU is operative (start and
Switch shutdown normally), and
O

TR
use of APU.
NOTE:
N

MELs:
O
C
49-10-1A
49-10-1B
N
U

Revision: 3

D
49-61-2D APU Sub-system - APU Y 1 0 C May be inoperative provided:
Oil Filter Delta Pressure a) APU is operative (start and
TE
Switch shutdown normally), and
IN
use of APU.
PR
NOTE:
MELs:
EN
49-10-1A
49-10-1B
H
49-61-2E APU Sub-system - Y 1 0 C May be inoperative provided:
Generator Oil Filter a) APU is operative (start and
W
Bypass Indicator shutdown normally), and
PY
use of APU.
NOTE:
O

MELs:
C
49-10-1A
ED
49-10-1B

LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
49-61-2F APU Sub-system - Oil Y 1 0 C May be inoperative provided:
TE
Temperature Sensor a) APU is operative (start and
IN
use of APU.
PR
NOTE:
MELs:
EN
49-10-1A
49-10-1B
H
49-61-2G APU Sub-system - Time Y 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided:
Totalizing Meter a) Alternate procedures are
W
PY
NOTE:
MELs:
O
49-10-1A
C
49-10-1B
ED

LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
49-61-2C APU Control Panel
49-61-2D APU Control Panel
IN
49-61-2E APU Control Panel
PR
49-61-2F APU Control Panel
49-61-2G APU Control Panel
EN
(O) PROCEDURES
49-61-2G
H
A. Once per crew, make an “Info To MX” writeup in the MM01 detailing total minutes of APU usage
W
and total cycles according to the example shown.
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
END PROCEDURE

Revision: 3
52 - Doors
52-11-1A Passenger Door Power Assist System - Power Assist Sub-System
(Motor, Control Switch, Cables, Pulleys, Fitting)......................................................52-2
52-11-1B Passenger Door Assist System-Counterbalance Sub-System Forward side
D
(Gas Springs, Cables, Pulleys, Fittings) .....................................................................52-2
52-11-1C Passenger Door Assist System-Counterbalance Sub-System Aft side
TE
(Gas Springs, Cables, Pulleys, Fittings) .....................................................................52-3
52-11-5 Passenger Door Handrail Quick-Release Pins............................................................52-5
IN
52-11-6 Passenger Door Support Wheel Assembly.................................................................52-6
52-21-1 Doors and Overwing Emergency Exits ......................................................................52-8
PR
52-31-1 Balance Springs - Aft Cargo Compartment Door ....................................................52-10
52-35-1A Forward Cargo Compartment Protector Kits............................................................52-12
52-35-1B Forward Cargo Compartment Protector Kits............................................................52-12
52-51-1A Flight Deck Security Door - Door Latch ..................................................................52-16
EN
52-51-1B Flight Deck Security Door - Flight Deck Door Panel- Pressure Relief Latches ......52-16
52-51-1C Flight Deck Security Door - Dead Bolt ....................................................................52-16
52-70-1 Passenger Door Indication System ...........................................................................52-18
H
52-70-2 Avionic Compartment Door Indication System .......................................................52-20
W
52-70-3 Overwing Emergency Exit Indication Systems........................................................52-21
52-70-4A Cargo Compartment Door Indication System (FWD)..............................................52-22
52-70-4B Cargo Compartment Door Indication System (CTR)...............................................52-22
PY
52-70-4C Cargo Compartment Door Indication System (AFT) ...............................................52-22
52-70-5 Service Door Indication System - (FWD) ................................................................52-24
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
MEL System 52-TOC-i

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
52 - Doors
System Diagrams
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
52 - Doors MEL System 52-1

Revision: 3

D
TE
52-11-1A Passenger Door Power N 1 0 C (M)(O)May be inoperative provided:
Assist System - Power a) Door is verified manually
IN
Assist Sub-System operative (opens and closes)
(Motor, Control Switch, without any interference,
PR
Cables, Pulleys, Fitting) b) Counterbalance Forward and Aft
sides are operative, and
EN
CAUTION:
H
Door is heavy and opens faster.
ground agents must “hand walk”
W
door down and up to prevent injury
or damage.
PY
52-11-1B Passenger Door Assist N 1 0 C (M)(O)May be inoperative provided:
System-Counterbalance a) Door is verified manually
O
Sub-System Forward operative (opens and closes)

side (Gas Springs, without any interference,
C
Cables, Pulleys, Fittings) b) Counterbalance Aft side is

operative, and
ED

LL
CAUTION:
O

TR

or damage.
N
O

C
N
U
MEL System 52-2 52 - Doors

Revision: 3
52-11-1C Passenger Door Assist N 1 0 C (M)(O)May be inoperative provided:

System-Counterbalance a) Door is verified manually
Sub-System Aft side operative (opens and closes)
(Gas Springs, Cables, without any interference,
Pulleys, Fittings) b) Counterbalance Forward side is
D
operative, and
TE
c) Alternate procedures to control
manually the support wheel or to
support door with cable kit are
IN
PR
CAUTION:
EN
or damage.
H
W PLACARD TEXT
PY
52-11-1A Forward Attendant’s Panel WARNING: HEAVY DOOR, Door Assist
52-11-1B Passenger Door Inoperative
O
52-11-1C
C
(M) PROCEDURES
ED
52-11-1A
A. For an inoperative passenger door power assist system, do as follows:
LL
1. Verify passenger door manually opens and closes without interference, and the door assist cable
retracts without interference.
O
2. Do the deactivation of the power assist motor (refer to AMM Task 52-11-00-040-801).
a) Add protective caps one each P/N EC-20 and EC-22 or equivalent.
TR
(M) PROCEDURES
52-11-1B
N
52-11-1C
O
A. For an inoperative Counterbalance Sub-system, do as follows:

C
1. Open and close the passenger door to make sure that the inoperative Counterbalance Sub-
system does not affect the door operation.
N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
52-11-1A
52-11-1B
52-11-1C
D
A. For the Passenger Door Power Assist System when the Counterbalance Sub-systems are
TE
inoperative, use the following alternate procedures:
1. The flight crew shall remind each station upon arrival of the inoperative system.
IN
2. Opening - After receiving the “Open Stair Door” hand signal from the ground agent and prior
to opening of the Passenger Door, ensure the cabin is completely depressurized and the flight
PR
attendant is standing clear of the door. Ground agents will open the door once the “Affirmative”
hand signal is given by a pilot crew member.
3. Closing - The ground agent will signal, as above, when ready to close the door. After receiving
an affirmative signal from the flight crew, ground agents will close the door.
EN
NOTE:
Verbal communications, when available, may be used in lieu of hand signals.
H
52-11-1A W
Passenger Door Power Assist Systems
PY
52-11-1B Passenger Door Assist System-Counterbalance Sub-System Forward side
52-11-1C Passenger Door Assist System-Counterbalance Sub-System Aft side
O
C
FLIGHT PLANNING
REQUIREMENTS None
ED
NOTES • Dispatch will notify each station that the Passenger Door Power Assist
is deferred and the door will need to be opened and closed by ground
LL
agents.
PERFORMANCE
O
CORRECTIONS None
TR
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
N
None
O

None
C
N
U
END PROCEDURE

Revision: 3

D
TE
52-11-5 Passenger Door Handrail Y 2 1 C (M) May be missing provided:
Quick-Release Pins a) The associated cable is stowed.
IN
PR
(M) PROCEDURES
EN
52-11-5
A. Stow the affected Passenger Door Handrail Quick-Release Pin cable with a tie cable.
H
W
END PROCEDURE
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
52-11-6 Passenger Door Support N 1 0 C (M)(O)May be Inoperative or missing
Wheel Assembly provided:
IN
a) Support Wheel Assembly is
deactivated.
PR
b) Alternate procedures to support
door with cable kit are established
and used, and
c) Placarded stairway loading
EN
limitations are maintained.
NOTE:
H
Use of this deferral requires drop
W
down cable kit G601R101004-1
available at all locations where
aircraft will be operated.
PY
O

C
(M) PROCEDURES
ED
52-11-6
A. For an inoperative passenger door support wheel assembly, do as follows:
LL
1. Do the procedure to remove the support wheel assembly (refer to TASK 52-11-13-000-801).
2. Do the procedure to remove the bottom cable assembly (refer to TASK 52-11-13-000-802).
O
3. Do the procedure to remove the top cable assembly (refer to TASK 52-11-13-000-803).
TR
4. Remove the loose items such as the tube and the slotted washer.
B. Install the support drop down cable kit G601R101004-1 as follows:
1. Install the aft cable assembly as follows:
N
a) Install the hook at the bottom of the aft post assembly.

O
b) Install the eye on the tension button at WL 94.65, FS 349.00.

C
2. Install the forward cable assembly as follows:

a) Install the hook at the bottom of the forward post assembly.
N
b) Install the eye on the tension button at WL 123.87, FS 310.00.

U
C. Prior to door closure, remove the support kit.

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
52-11-6
A. When the passenger door stairs are used for boarding/deplaning, do as follows:
1. Prior to opening the aircraft door, ensure maintenance personnel is at the aircraft to support the
D
door until the drop down support kit can be installed.
2. Prior to any person using the passenger door stairs, ensure the drop down support kit has been
TE
installed.
3. A pilot crewmember must stand at the bottom of the door.
IN
NOTE:
PR
Ensure that no more than four passengers or 1,000 pounds (est) are present on the stairs at any one
time.
EN
52-11-6 Passenger Door Support Wheel Assembly
FLIGHT PLANNING
REQUIREMENTS None
H
W
• Notify station maintenance and station operations that the passenger
PY
NOTES door must be manually supported until the drop down support kit is
installed. The door cannot be opened until maintenance personnel are
available to support the door.
O
PERFORMANCE
C
CORRECTIONS None
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
ED
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
LL

None
O
TR
END PROCEDURE
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
52-21-1 Doors and Overwing (O) One Overwing Emergency Exit or one
Emergency Exits Door may be inoperative provided:
a) No passengers are carried except
IN
CRJ-900 Y 6 5 A
aircraft crew,
CRJ-700 Y 4 3 A
b) Affected Door or Emergency Exit
PR
is verified CLOSED, LATCHED,
and LOCKED before each
departure, and
EN
c) Repairs are made within three
flight days.
H
W
52-21-1 On the inside and on the outside of the affected Door or
Overwing Emergency Exit
PY
(O) PROCEDURES
O
52-21-1
Before each departure:
C
A. For an inoperative passenger door, do as follows:

ED
1. On the EICAS primary display, make sure that the PASSENGER DOOR warning message and
the PAX DR LATCH, PAX DR OUT HNDL caution messages do not show.
2. Make sure the passenger door is in the closed position with the interior lever and exterior
LL
handle in the locked position.

B. For an inoperative galley service door, do as follows:
O
1. On the EICAS primary display, make sure that the SERVICE DOOR caution message does not
show.
TR
2. Make sure the galley service door is in the closed position with the interior and exterior handles
in the locked position.
N
C. For an overwing emergency exit, do as follows:

O
1. On the EICAS primary display, make sure that the L(R) EMER DOOR caution message does
not show.
C
2. Make sure the overwing emergency exit doors are in the closed position with the interior handle
N
in the locked position and the exterior push plate closed.

U

Revision: 3
52-21-1 Doors and Overwing Emergency Exits
D
REQUIREMENTS
TE
• The carriage of passengers other than crew members is prohibited.
NOTES
IN
PERFORMANCE
CORRECTIONS None
PR
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
WORKSHEET LANDING
EN
None
None
H
END PROCEDURE
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
52-31-1 Balance Springs - Aft Y 2 1 C (M)(O)May be inoperative provided:
Cargo Compartment a) Door is verified operative (opens
IN
Door and closes) without any
interference and affected spring is
PR
deactivated.
NOTE:
Door may close faster
EN
H
W
PY
52-31-1 Balance Springs - Aft Cargo Compartment Door
O
FLIGHT PLANNING
REQUIREMENTS None
C
NOTES • The dispatcher shall notify each station that the aft cargo compartment
ED
door springs are inoperative and the door may close faster than normal.
PERFORMANCE
LL
CORRECTIONS None
O
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
TR
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
N
None
O
C

N
U

Revision: 3
(M) PROCEDURES
52-31-1
A.For an inoperative Aft cargo door balance assembly do as follows:
1. Do the deactivation of the Aft-Baggage-Bay Door Balance-Spring-Assembly (refer to AMM
D
TASK 52-31-17-040-801).
TE
(O) PROCEDURES
NOTE:
IN
The cargo compartment door may not stay open with only one balance spring assembly operative.
PR
END PROCEDURE
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
52-35-1A Forward Cargo N 1 0 D (M)(O)May be inoperative provided:
Compartment Protector a) Affected protector kit is removed,
IN
Kits b) Associated vent flap mechanism is
visually inspected for damage and
PR
checked for correct operation, and
c) Associated cargo compartment or
sub-compartment remains empty.
52-35-1B Forward Cargo N 1 0 D (M)(O)May be inoperative provided:
EN
Compartment Protector a) Affected protector kit is removed,
Kits b) Associated vent flap mechanism is
H
visually inspected for damage and
checked for correct operation, and
W
c) Associated Cargo Compartment
Door Restraint Nets are verified
PY
operative and properly installed
after every cargo/baggage loading
O
NOTE:
C
MELs:
ED
25-51-2
52-51-1C
LL

O

TR

N
O

C
N
U

Revision: 3
(M) PROCEDURES
52-35-1A
52-35-1B
A. If the forward baggage-bay is empty, do as follows:
D
1. Remove the affected vent flap protector kit as follows:
TE
a) Remove the four screws, washers, and spacers.
b) Remove the protector plate.
IN
c) With a phenolic scraper, cut and remove the sealant from the liner.
d) Clean the holes with a clean lint-free cloth made moist with methyl ethyl ketone (MEK).
PR
e) Dry the door with a clean lint-free cloth to remove the solvent.
2. Do a detailed inspection of the forward baggage-bay door (refer to AMM TASK 52-35-00-220-
805).
EN
3. Do an operational test of the forward baggage-bay door (refer to AMM TASK 52-35-00-710-
801).
B. If the forward baggage-bay is used, do as follows:
H
W
PY
O
2. Do a detailed inspection of the forward baggage-bay door (refer to AMM TASK 52-35-00-220-
C
805).
3. Do an operational test of the forward baggage-bay door (refer to AMM TASK 52-35-00-710-
ED
801).
4. When the forward baggage-bay is filled, do as follows:
a) Make sure that the cargo in the forward baggage-bay is correctly attached.
LL
b) Do a general visual inspection of the forward cargo compartment restraint nets and
attachments (refer to AMM TASK 25-51-01-220-802).
O
c) Make sure that the cargo cannot touch the forward baggage-bay-door or its mechanism.
TR
C. If the center baggage-bay is empty, do as follows:

N

O
C
N
2. Do a detailed inspection of the center baggage-bay door (refer to AMM TASK 52-35-00-220-
U
805).

Revision: 3
3.
Do an operational test of the center baggage-bay door (refer to AMM TASK 52-35-00-710-
801).
D. If the center baggage-bay is used, do as follows:
D
TE
IN
2. Do a detailed inspection of the center baggage-bay door (refer to AMM TASK 52-35-00-220-
PR
805).
3. Do an operational test of the center baggage-bay door (refer to AMM TASK 52-35-00-710-
801).
EN
4. When the center baggage-bay is filled, do as follows:
a) Make sure that the cargo in the center baggage-bay is correctly attached.
H
b) Do a general visual inspection of the center cargo compartment restraint nets and
attachments (refer to AMM TASK 25-51-01-220-802).
W
c) Make sure that the cargo cannot touch the center baggage-bay-door or its mechanism.
(O) PROCEDURES
PY
52-35-1A
O
1. Verify with each cargo load report that the forward cargo compartment is empty.
C

ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 2
(O) PROCEDURES
52-35-1B
1. Communicate with station/maintenance personnel prior to each departure to ensure that the
D
restraint nets are operative and properly installed.
TE
52-35-1A Forward Cargo Compartment Protector Kits
IN
REQUIREMENTS
PR
NOTES • Notify station operations that the forward cargo compartment must
remain empty.
PERFORMANCE
EN
CORRECTIONS None
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
H
PERFORMANCE None
W
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
PY
None
END PROCEDURE
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
52-51-1A Flight Deck Security Y 1 0 A (O) May be inoperative provided:
Door - Door Latch a) Door Dead Bolt is operative,
b) Door Dead Bolt is used to lock and
IN
(FAR 25.795 Compliant)
unlock the door, and
c) Repairs are made within two flight
PR
days.
NOTE:
EN
MEL:
H
52-51-1C
52-51-1B Flight Deck Security May be inoperative in the latched position
W
Y 1 0 A
Door - Flight Deck Door provided:
Panel- Pressure Relief a) Repairs are made within two flight
PY
Latches days.
(FAR 25.795 Compliant)
O
52-51-1C Flight Deck Security Y 1 0 A May be inoperative provided:

Door - Dead Bolt a) Repairs are made within two flight
C
(FAR 25.795 Compliant) days

ED
NOTE:
MEL:
LL
52-51-1A
O

TR

N

O

C
N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
52-51-1A
1. Use dead bolt to lock and unlock the flight deck door.
D
TE
END PROCEDURE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
52-70-1 Passenger Door N 1 0 A (O) May be inoperative provided before
Indication System each flight:
IN
a) Door is CLOSED, LATCHED and
LOCKED,
PR
b) Internal green witness marks on
four door latch pins are aligned,
c) Green witness marks on two upper
roll latches are aligned,
EN
d) Green witness mark on upper lock
on upper roll shaft is aligned,
e) Door lock flag indicator indicates
H
LOCKED,
W
f) External handle is verified
STOWED,
PY
g) External pressure vent flap is
verified fully CLOSED,
h) No door warning EICAS messages
O
are displayed,
i) Ground Valve (Avionics Cooling)
C
is considered inoperative, and

j) Repairs are made within three
ED
flight days.
NOTE:
LL

also used:
O
21-24-7
TR

N

O
C
N

U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
52-70-1
A. Communicate with the flight attendants to ensure that the passenger door is CLOSED, LATCHED,
and LOCKED prior to each flight as follows:
D
1. Make sure the passenger door is in the closed position, with the inner handle fully down in the
stowed detent.
TE
2. Check the four latch pin indicator windows to make sure that the latch pin green witness marks
are aligned.
IN
3. Check the two upper roll latches to make sure that the green witness marks are aligned.
4. Check the upper lock on the upper roll shaft to make sure that the green witness marks are
PR
aligned.
5. Check that the LOCKED/UNLCKD indicator shows LOCKED
EN
END PROCEDURE
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
52-70-2 Avionic Compartment Y 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided before
Door Indication System each flight:
IN
a) Door is CLOSED, LATCHED, and
LOCKED, and
PR
b) Handle is verified STOWED
EN
H
(O) PROCEDURES
52-70-2
W
1. Before each departure, check to ensure that the avionic compartment door is closed, latched,
PY
locked, and the handle is stowed.
O
END PROCEDURE
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
52-70-3 Overwing Emergency Y 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided before
Exit Indication Systems each flight:
IN
a) Affected door is CLOSED,
LATCHED, and LOCKED, and
PR
b) External push plate is verified
FLUSH.
EN
H
(O) PROCEDURES
W
52-70-3
PY
1. Before each departure, make sure that the L and R overwing emergency exit doors are in the
closed position with the interior EXIT-PULL handle in the locked position and the exterior
O
push plate flush to the door skin (locked position).

C
END PROCEDURE
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
52-70-4A Cargo Compartment Y 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided before
IN
(FWD) a) Door is verified CLOSED,
PR
b) Handle is verified STOWED.
c) External pressure vent flap is
verified CLOSED, and
d) Gap between door and fuselage is
EN
verified not present
52-70-4B Cargo Compartment Y 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided before
H
(CTR) a) Door is verified CLOSED,
W
PY
d) Gap between door and fuselage is
O
verified not present

52-70-4C Cargo Compartment (O) May be inoperative provided before
C
Y 1 0 C
(AFT) a) Door is verified CLOSED,
ED

LL

O

TR

N
O
C

N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
52-70-4A
52-70-4B
D
1. Before each flight, crew to establish communication with a qualified person outside of the
TE
aircraft to make sure the FWD (CTR) cargo baggage bay door properly closed, latched and
locked.External pressure vent flap is verified CLOSED Gap between door and fuselage is
verified not present.
IN
(O) PROCEDURES
PR
52-70-4C
1. Before each flight, crew to establish communication with a qualified person outside of the
EN
aircraft to make sure the AFT cargo baggage bay door properly closed, latched and locked.
END PROCEDURE
H
W
‘
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
52-70-5 Service Door Indication N 1 0 C (O) May be inoperative provided before
System - (FWD) each flight:
IN
a) Door is CLOSED, LATCHED,
and LOCKED,
PR
b) Handle is verified STOWED,
d) Ground Valve (Avionics Cooling)
EN
is considered inoperative.
NOTE:
H
W
also used:
21-24-7
PY
O

C
(O) PROCEDURES
ED
52-70-5
LL
1. Before each departure, crew must establish communication with a qualified person outside of
the aircraft to make sure the forward service door is properly closed, latched and locked.
O
TR
END PROCEDURE
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
73 - Engine Fuel and Control

73-21-1A Full Authority Digital Engine Control System (FADEC) ..........................................73-1
73-21-1B Full Authority Digital Engine Control System (FADEC) ..........................................73-1
73-21-1C Full Authority Digital Engine Control System (FADEC) ..........................................73-1
D
73-21-1D Full Authority Digital Engine Control System (FADEC) ..........................................73-1
73-21-1E Full Authority Digital Engine Control System (FADEC) ..........................................73-1
TE
73-31-3 Fuel Low Pressure Indicating Systems.......................................................................73-5
73-31-4A Fuel Feed Temperature Indicating System .................................................................73-6
IN
73-31-4B Fuel Feed Temperature Indicating System .................................................................73-6
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
MEL System 73-TOC-i

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18
73 - Engine Fuel and Control

D
TE
73-21-1A Full Authority Digital Y 1 1 A System redundancy may be degraded
IN
Engine Control System as indicated by “L FADEC FAULT 1"
(FADEC) status message provided:
PR
a) “R FADEC FAULT 1" status
message is not displayed, and
days.
EN
73-21-1B Full Authority Digital Y 1 1 A System redundancy may be degraded
Engine Control System as indicated by “R FADEC FAULT 1"
H
a) “L FADEC FAULT 1" status
W
message is not displayed, and
PY
days.
73-21-1C Full Authority Digital N 1 1 A (M) System redundancy may be
Engine Control System degraded as indicated by “L
O
(FADEC) FADEC FAULT 1" and “R

C
FADEC FAULT 1" status

messages provided:
ED
a) Non-dispatchable FADEC
failures are verified not
present on both engines, and
LL

days.
O
73-21-1D Full Authority Digital Y 1 1 A System redundancy may be degraded

Engine Control System as indicated by “L FADEC FAULT 2"
TR

a) Repairs are made within 30
days.
N
73-21-1E Full Authority Digital Y 1 1 A System redundancy may be degraded

O
Engine Control System as indicated by “R FADEC FAULT 2"

C
a) Repairs are made within 30

N
days.
U

Revision: 3

73-21-1A Below the Secondary EICAS Display 2 (ED 2)
73-21-1B Below the Secondary EICAS Display 2 (ED 2)
D
73-21-1C Below the Secondary EICAS Display 2 (ED 2)
TE
73-21-1D Below the Secondary EICAS Display 2 (ED 2)
IN
73-21-1E Below the Secondary EICAS Display 2 (ED 2)
PR
73-21-1C
(M) PROCEDURES
73-21-1C
EN
A. After the failure occurred, make sure that non-dispatchable engine FADEC failures are not present
as follows:
H
1. On the FS280.00 bulkhead panel behind the pilot seat, set the MAIN switch to MFD1 or
MFD2.
W
2. On the multifunction display (MFD1 or MFD2), make sure that the MAINTENANCE MAIN
MENU page shows.
PY
3. On the EICAS Control Panel (ECP), push the UP or DN pushbuttons to move the cursor (>) to
the CURRENT FAULTS line.
O
NOTE:
C
The function of the pushbuttons on the ECP shows at the bottom of the MFD display.
4. On the ECP, push the SEL pushbutton to make a selection of the CURRENT FAULTS page.
ED
5. Wait for a minimum of one minute until all of the faults show.
6. Make sure that any of these messages for both engine FADEC do not show at the same time,
LL
as follows:
NOTE:
O
Dispatch is not permitted if any of these messages show for both engine FADEC.
TR

N
O
C
N
U
MEL System 73-2 73 - Engine Fuel and Control

Revision: 3
a) Look for the VGAL LRU messages as follows:

MDC Message LRU ATA Chapter
LVDT OUT OF RANGE CH A VGAL (L VG ACTUATOR) 71-00
LVDT OUT OF RANGE CH B VGAL (L VG ACTUATOR) 71-00
LVDT CHA/B DISAGREE VGAL (L VG ACTUATOR) 71-00
D
b) Look for the VGAR LRU messages as follows:
TE
LVDT OUT OF RANGE CH A VGAR (R VG ACTUATOR) 71-00
LVDT OUT OF RANGE CH B VGAR (R VG ACTUATOR) 71-00
IN
LVDT CHA/B DISAGREE VGAR (R VG ACTUATOR) 71-00
7. Make sure that the same messages for both engine FADEC do not show at the same time, as
PR
follows:
NOTE:
EN
Dispatch is not permitted if the same messages show for both engine FADEC.
a) Look for the L MAIN FUEL PUMP messages as follows:
H
N2 OUT OF RANGE CH A&B L MAIN FUEL PUMP 71-00
W
N2 CH A/B DISAGREE L MAIN FULE PUMP 71-00
b) Look for the R MAIN FUEL PUMP messages as follows:
PY
N2 OUT OF RANGE CH A&B R MAIN FUEL PUMP 71-00
N2 CH A/B DISAGREE R MAIN FUEL PUMP 71-00
O
8. On the ECP, push the DOORS pushbutton to go back to the MAINTENANCE MAIN MENU
C
page.
9. On the ECP, push the UP or DN pushbuttons to move the cursor (>) to the ATA INDEX line.
ED
10. Push the SEL pushbutton to make a selection of the ATA INDEX line.
11. On the ATA INDEX page, get access to the ATA INDEX second page.
LL
12. Through the ATA 71-00 page, select the LRU alternatively, VGAL and VGAR.
13. Make sure that any of these bits are not set to 1 on the label for both engines.
O
NOTE:
TR
Dispatch is not permitted if any of these bits are set to 1 on the same label for both engine FADEC.
N

O
C
N
U
73 - Engine Fuel and Control MEL System 73-3

Revision: 3
a) Look for the bits and labels for the VGAL LRU as follows:
Label Bit LRU ATA Chapter
355A 19 VGAL (L VG ACTUATOR) 71-00
355B 19 VGAL (L VG ACTUATOR) 71-00
355A 24 VGAL (L VG ACTUATOR) 71-00
D
355B 24 VGAL (L VG ACTUATOR) 71-00
b) Look for the bit and labels for the VGAR LRU as follows:
TE
355A 19 VGAR (R VG ACTUATOR) 71-00
IN
355B 19 VGAR (R VG ACTUATOR) 71-00
355A 24 VGAR (R VG ACTUATOR) 71-00
PR
355B 24 VGAR (R VG ACTUATOR) 71-00
14. Through the ATA 71-00 page, select the LRU alternatively, L MAIN FUEL PUMP and R
MAIN FUEL PUMP.
EN
15. Make sure that the bit is not set to 1 on the label for both engine.
NOTE:
H
Dispatch is not permitted if the same bit is set to 1 on the same label for both engine FADEC.
W
a) Look for the bits and labels for LRU, L MAIN FUEL PUMP as follows:
PY
353A 14 L MAIN FUEL PUMP 71-00
353B 14 L MAIN FUEL PUMP 71-00
353A 16 L MAIN FUEL PUMP 71-00
O
353B 16 L MAIN FUEL PUMP 71-00

b) Look for the bit and labels for LRU, R MAIN FUEL PUMP as follows:
C

353A 14 R MAIN FUEL PUMP 71-00
ED
353B 14 R MAIN FUEL PUMP 71-00

353A 16 R MAIN FUEL PUMP 71-00
LL
353B 16 R MAIN FUEL PUMP 71-00

16. Exit from the MDC as follows:
O
a) On the ECP, push the MENU pushbutton to go back to the MAIN MENU page.
b) On the FS280.00 bulkhead behind the pilot seat, set the MAINT switch to OFF.
TR
c) Make sure that the navigation data shows on the MFD 1 (MFD 2).
N
END PROCEDURE
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
73-31-3 Fuel Low Pressure Y 2 1 B (O) May be inoperative provided:
Indicating Systems a) Both Fuel Boost Pumps are
IN
operative, and
b) Monitor fuel level and
PR
quantity during flight.
NOTE:
Fuel system check valve test
EN
(First flight of day - Before
Engine Shutdown) is waived
for the inoperative fuel low
H
pressure indication.
W
PY
73-31-3 Below the Secondary EICAS Display 2 (ED 2)
O
C
(O) PROCEDURES
A. For a subsequent in-flight failure with an inoperative fuel low pressure indicating system.
ED
1. If the L (R) MAIN EJECTOR and/or the L (R) SCAV EJECTOR caution message(s) appears
for the affected side, do as follows:
a) Monitor the fuel flow indication for the affected engine.
LL
b) Monitor the fuel quantities.

O
If fuel tank quantity is depleting abnormally

c) Do the QRH Procedures L FUEL LO PRESS or R FUEL LO PRESS
TR
If fuel tank quantity is depleting normally

d) Do the QRH Procedures L MAIN EJECTOR or R MAIN EJECTOR and/or the L SCAV
N
EJECTOR or R SCAV EJECTOR

O
END PROCEDURE
C
N
U
73 - Engine Fuel and Control MEL System 73-5

Revision: 3

D
TE
73-31-4A Fuel Feed Temperature Y 2 1 C One may be inoperative provided:
Indicating System a) Icing inhibitor is added to the
IN
fuel.
73-31-4B Fuel Feed Temperature Y 2 1 C (O) May be inoperative provided:
PR
Indicating System a) EICAS oil temperature
readout is checked to be
stable within limits prior to
each flight.
EN
H
W
PY
(O) PROCEDURES
O
73-31-4B
C

ED
1. After engine start and prior to takeoff, verify the EICAS oil temperature readouts are stable
and within limits.
LL
END PROCEDURE
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
74 - Ignition
74-11-1A Ignition Systems (A Systems) ....................................................................................74-1
74-11-1B Ignition Systems (B Systems).....................................................................................74-1
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
MEL System 74-TOC-i

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18
74 - Ignition
D
TE
74-11-1A Ignition Systems (A Y 2 1 B (O) One may be inoperative provided:
Systems) a) Both B Systems are
IN
operative.
NOTE:
PR
with MEL:
EN
74-11-1B
74-11-1B Ignition Systems (B Y 2 0 B (O) Both may be inoperative provided:
Systems) a) Both A Systems are
H
operative.
W
NOTE:
PY
with MEL:
74-11-1A
O
C

74-11-1A Engine Start/Ignition Panel
ED
74-11-1B Engine Start/Ignition Panel

LL
O

TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
74-11-1A
74-11-1B
A. For an inoperative ignition system(s), do as follows before engine start:
D
1. When ready to start the affected engine, do as follows:
TE
a) On the ENGINE/START and /IGNITION control panel, push the IGNITION switch.
NOTE:
IN
The switch will come on and the CONT IGNITION status message will show on the EICAS secondary
page.
PR
b) On the ENGINE/START and IGNITION control panel, push the affected engine (L or R)
START switch.
EN
NOTE:
The L (R) ENGINE START status message will show on the EICAS secondary page.
H
2. When N2 reaches 20%, RPM and ITT is below 120°C, do as follows:
W
a) Advance affected engine L(R) thrust lever to IDLE
NOTE:
PY
Fuel flow increasing and L(R) AUTO IGNITION advisory message shows on the EICAS secondary
page.
O
b) Check engine indications on the EICAS primary page.

C
c) On the ENGINE/START and /IGNITION control panel, push the IGNITION switch.
ED
NOTE:
The switch will go out and the CONT IGNITION status message will come out of view from the
LL
O
END PROCEDURE
TR
N
O
C
N
U
MEL System 74-2 74 - Ignition

Revision: 3

D
TE
74-30-2 IGNITION CONT “ON” Switch Y 1 0 C
Light
IN
PR
74-30-2 Engine Start/Ignition Panel
EN
END PROCEDURE
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
74 - Ignition MEL System 74-3

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
MEL System 74-4 74 - Ignition

Revision: 3
76 - Engine Controls
76-10-1 SYNC SEL Switch .....................................................................................................76-1
76-11-3 Thrust Lever (FADEC) RVDTs .................................................................................76-2
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
MEL System 76-TOC-i

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18
76 - Engine Controls

D
TE
76-10-1 SYNC SEL Switch Y 1 0 C
IN
PR
76-10-1 On the Engine Start/Ignition Panel
EN
END PROCEDURE
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
76-11-3 Thrust Lever (FADEC) Y 4 2 C One per thrust lever may be
RVDTs inoperative.
IN
PR
76-11-3 On the Engine Start/Ignition Panel
EN
END PROCEDURE
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
MEL System 76-2 76 - Engine Controls

Revision: 3
77 - Engine Indicating
77-31-1 Engine Vibration Monitoring Systems .......................................................................77-1
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
MEL System 77-TOC-i

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18
77 - Engine Indicating

D
TE
77-31-1 Engine Vibration Y 2 1 B One may be inoperative provided:
Monitoring Systems a) Operations are not conducted in
IN
conditions, and
PR
operative.
EN
NOTE:
MELs:
H
30-81-1A
W
30-81-1B
30-81-1C
PY
O

C
ED
77-31-1 Engine Vibration Monitoring Systems

LL

REQUIREMENTS
O
TR
NOTES None
PERFORMANCE
N
CORRECTIONS None
O
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE None
C
WORKSHEET LANDING
None
N

U
None
END PROCEDURE

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
MEL System 77-2 77 - Engine Indicating

Revision: 3
78 - Engine Exhaust
78-30-1 Thrust Reverser Systems ............................................................................................78-1
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
MEL System 78-TOC-i

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18
78 - Engine Exhaust

D
TE
78-30-1 Thrust Reverser Systems N 2 1 C (M)(O)One may be inoperative
IN
provided:
a) There is no structural damage
PR
to thrust reverser system
beyond approved acceptable
damage limits,
EN
b) Inoperative thrust reverser is
deactivated, stowed, and
locked in the forward thrust
H
position, and
W
accordance with AFM
performance data
PY
NOTE 1: SWOA restrictions apply.
See FOM for further
O
guidance.
C
with MELs:
ED
27-65-1
32-44-1
LL

O
78-30-1 Spoilers/Thrust Reverser Panel

TR
N

O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
(M) PROCEDURES
78-30-1
A. For a thrust reverser system inoperative, do as follows:
1. Do the deactivation of the thrust reverser (refer to AMM TASK 78-30-00-040-801).
D
NOTE 1: When the deactivation procedure is completed, the L (R) REV UNSAFE caution message or L (R)
TE
REV UNLOCKED caution message or L (R) REV INOP caution message may show continuously
or intermittently on the EICAS primary page and the L(R) REV FAULT status message may show
continuously or intermittently on the EICAS secondary page during aircraft operation and the T/O
IN
CONFIG OK advisory message may not show on the EICAS secondary page before takeoff.
PR
NOTE 2: The red REV icon may show in the engine N1 gauge of the inoperative thrust reverser.
2. If there is structural damage on the affected thrust reverser, make sure that it is within approved
serviceable damage limits.
EN
NOTE:
Refer to the Structure Repair Manual (SRM), CSP B-008, TASK 54-24-00 - Thrust Reverser Structure.
H
3.
If applicable, make sure that damage does not exceed the limits stated in the various related
W
REO’s, example: REO 670-78-34-378 - Wear Limits for Upper and Lower Torque Box Frames.
(O) PROCEDURES
PY
78-30-1
NOTE 1: When the deactivation procedure is completed, the L (R) REV UNSAFE caution message or L (R)
O
REV UNLOCKED caution message or L (R) REV INOP caution message may show continuously
or intermittently on the EICAS primary page and the L(R) REV FAULT status message may show
C
continuously or intermittently on the EICAS secondary page during aircraft operation and the T/O
CONFIG OK advisory message may not show on the EICAS secondary page before takeoff.
ED
NOTE 2: The red REV icon may show in the engine N1 gauge of the inoperative thrust reverser.
LL
1. Ensure that “1 Reverser Inop” performance penalties are applied for takeoff and landing.
O
3. Dispatch prohibited if braking action is reported as POOR or less for takeoff or landing.
TR
4. The inoperative thrust reverser system switch must be kept to OFF, as required by the
Maintenance procedure.
N
O

C
N
U
MEL System 78-2 78 - Engine Exhaust

Revision: 3
78-30-1 Thrust Reverser Systems
FLIGHT PLANNING • SWOA restrictions apply. See FOM for further guidance.
D
REQUIREMENTS • Dispatch prohibited if braking action is reported as POOR or less for
takeoff or landing.
TE
NOTES None
IN
PERFORMANCE
PR
CORRECTIONS Ensure “1 Reverser Inop” performance penalties are applied.
TAKEOFF TAKEOFF
PERFORMANCE Select “1 Reverser inop” in the flight planning client,
EN
WORKSHEET LANDING
Select “1 Reverser inop” in the flight planning client,
H
None
END PROCEDURE
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
78 - Engine Exhaust MEL System 78-3

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
MEL System 78-4 78 - Engine Exhaust

Revision: 3
79 - Engine Oil
79-12-1 Oil Replenishment System .........................................................................................79-1
79-21-1 Engine Oil Filter Impending Bypass and Chip Detector Panel ..................................79-2
79-30-1A Low Oil Pressure Switch ............................................................................................79-4
D
79-30-1B Low Oil Pressure Switch ............................................................................................79-4
79-30-3 Engine Oil Level Indications......................................................................................79-7
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
MEL System 79-TOC-i

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
79 - Engine Oil

D
TE
79-12-1 Oil Replenishment N 1 0 D (M) May be inoperative provided alternate
IN
System method for checking engine oil levels
and servicing engine oil is established
PR
and used.
EN
79-12-1 Below EICAS Display 2 (ED2) Oil Replenishment INOP
H
On Oil replenishment system in Aft equipment INOP DO NOT USE
W
bay.
PY
(M) PROCEDURES
79-12-1
A. Do the servicing of the engine oil tank (refer to AMM TASK 79-10-00-612-801).
O
C
END PROCEDURE
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
79 - Engine Oil MEL System 79-1

Revision: 3

D
TE
79-21-1 Engine Oil Filter N 1 0 C (M) May be inoperative provided:
Impending Bypass and a) The approved maintenance
IN
Chip Detector Panel procedure is accomplished and
(Engine Oil Detection does not exceed 100 flight hours in
PR
Panel) between.
EN
79-21-1 ENGINE OIL DETECTION panel
H
(M) PROCEDURES
W
79-21-1
A. For an inoperative Engine Oil Filter Impending Bypass and Chip Detector Panel, do as follows:
PY
1. Open the access panel that follows:
O
ACCESS DESIGNATION
C
311BB Aft equipment-compartment door

ED
2. Open and tag the circuit breaker that follows:

LL
CB PANEL CB NO. NAME ZONE

O
CBP-5 B2 ENG OIL IND 311

TR
3. Remove the Engine Oil Detection Panel as follows:

a) Remove the screws and washers that attach the panel.
N
b) Carefully pull the panel and disconnect the electrical connector A150P1.
O
4. With the engine at idle, at the Engine Oil Detection Panel connector A150P1, check the
C
continuity of the Oil Filter Impending Bypass Switch and the continuity of the Chip Detector
as follows:
N
a) Use a multimeter to check continuity between pins.

U
b) Make sure that the circuits that follow read OPEN:
MEL System 79-2 79 - Engine Oil

Revision: 3
Right Engine
1) Between pin L and pin K, for the Oil Impending Bypass Switch
2) Between pin A and pin K, for the Oil Chip Detector.
Left Engine
D
1) Between pin E and pin K, for the Oil Impending Bypass Switch.
2) Between pin F and pin K, for the Oil Chip Detector.
TE
5. If the continuity does not read open, investigate the cause in accordance with the AMM.
6. If the continuity reads open, continue with the procedure.
IN
7. Put caps on connector and receptacle A150P1.
8. Stow connector A150P1.
PR
9. Install the Engine Oil Detection Panel as follows:
a) Attach the panel to the enclosure with the washers and the screws.
10. Close the access panel that follows:
EN
ACCESS DESIGNATION
H
311BB Aft equipment-compartment door
NOTE:
W
When the circuit breaker CBP-5 B2 is open, the Oil Replenishment System and the optional Remote
PY
Oil Replenishment System will be inoperative.
O
END PROCEDURE
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
79-30-1A Low Oil Pressure Switch Y 2 1 A (O) May be inoperative OPEN provided:
a) Both oil pressure readouts are
verified operative, and
IN
b) Repairs are made within one flight.
79-30-1B Low Oil Pressure Switch N 2 1 A (M)(O) May be inoperative CLOSED
PR
provided:
a) Both oil pressure readouts are
verified operative,
EN
b) Inoperative Low Oil Pressure
Switch is deactivated, and
c) Repairs are made within one flight.
H
NOTE:
W
Aural warning “Engine Oil” will not
be functional.
PY
O
79-30-1A Below the Primary EICAS Display 1 (ED1)

C
79-30-1B Below the Primary EICAS Display 1 (ED1)

ED
(O) PROCEDURES
79-30-1A
LL

1. Since the oil pressure switch might have failed closed, “L(R) ENG OIL PRESS” warning
O
message may be displayed on EICAS.

TR
2. Low oil pressure is to be monitored through the engine oil pressure readouts. Pressure readout
indication flashes four seconds and turns to red when pressure drops below 25 psi
N

O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
(M) PROCEDURES
79-30-1B
A. For an inoperative Oil Pressure Switch, do as follows:
1. For the left engine, open and collar the circuit breakers that follow:
D
CBP-1 M1 L ENG OIL PRESS 221
CBP-1 M5 ENG START L 221
TE
CBP-1 LOWER U7 ENG IGN A 221
CBP-2 Q1 EICAS DCU 1 222
IN
CBP-2 LOWER S5 THRUST REV 1 222
PR
CBP-2 LOWER U8 EICAS DCU 1 222
OR
2. For the right engine, open and collar the circuit breakers that follow:
EN
CBP-1 M4 ENG START R 221
H
W
CBP-2 LOWER U8 EICAS DCU 1 222
CBP-2 LOWER S7 R ENG OIL PRESS 222
PY
3. Open the Aft Equipment Compartment Door 311BB
CBP-5 B10 ENG IGN B 311
O
5. Open the engine cowlings (refer to AMM TASK 71-10-00-010-801).

C
6. Disconnect the W5 green cable P36 from the oil pressure switch S19 as follows:
ED
CAUTION:
Do not try to loosen the hex flat or the backshell, and do not use an unauthorized tool to loosen the
knurled coupling. otherwise, you may cause damage to the electrical cable.
LL
O
a) Hold the hex flat and use soft-jaw pliers to fully loosen the knurled coupling of the cable.
b) Install protective covers on all of the connector/connection.
TR
c) Stow and secure the electrical connector.

7. Close the engine cowlings (refer to AMM TASK 71-10-00-410-801).
N
8. Remove collars and close the circuit breakers that were previously opened.
O
9. Close the Aft Equipment Compartment Door 311BB

C

N
U

Revision: 3
(O) PROCEDURES
79-30-1B
1. Since the oil pressure switch might have failed closed, “L(R) ENG OIL PRESS” warning
message may be displayed on EICAS.
D
2. When the oil pressure switch is deactivated, do not expect the aural warning “Engine Oil”.
TE
3. Low oil pressure is to be monitored through the engine oil pressure readouts. Pressure readout
indication flashes four seconds and turns to red when pressure drops below 25 psi
IN
END PROCEDURE
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
79-30-3 Engine Oil Level N 2 0 C (M) Both may be inoperative provided:
Indications a) Engine oil reservoir is refilled within the
permissible time interval, and
IN
b) There is no evidence of excessive oil
consumption.
PR
NOTE:
This MEL does NOT apply to oil
replenishment system indication.
EN
Reference: MEL 79-12-1
H
(M) PROCEDURES
W
PY
79-30-3
O
NOTE:
C
A. For an inoperative oil level indication system, do as follows:

ED

a) For the left engine:
LL

O
b) For the right engine:

TR

N
2. Open the Aft Equipment Compartment Door 311B, then open and collar the circuit breaker that
O
follows:
C
N

U

Revision: 3
3. Open the access door that follows:

a) For the left engine - Panel 434CT - Nacelle Access
b) For the right engine - Panel 444CT - Nacelle Access
D
WARNING
TE
Engine oil is toxic and flammable. Use personal protection equipment. Use in a well-ventilated
area.
IN
CAUTION:
PR
Add a maximum of 2.0 u.s. quarts (1.9 l) to the engine oil tank at one time. An incorrect quantity of oil
can cause damage to the engine.
EN
CAUTION:
Do not add more than 8 quarts 7.6 L) of oil to an engine that does not have oil in the oil system.
H
Otherwise, engine damage may occur.
5.
W
Remove the fill cap on the oil tank upper adapter as follows:
PY
a) Lift the handle to a vertical position.
b) Turn the handle in a counterclockwise (CCW) direction.
O
c) Remove the fill cap.

6. Visually examine the oil level in the oil tank upper adapter for a full condition.
C
7. If the oil level is not satisfactory, do as follows:

a) Refill a required amount of oil until you see the oil level in the oil tank upper adapter.
ED
b) Record the oil level.

c) Install the filler cap as follows:
LL
1) If necessary, lift the handle to a vertical position. Turn the handle CCW.
2) Put the fill cap on the oil tank upper adapter.
O
3) Turn the handle in a clockwise (CW) direction.

TR
4) Lower the handle to a horizontal position.

d) Close the circuit breaker that follows:
For the left engine:
N

O
For the right engine:

C
e) Motor the engine at 28% N2 for 30 seconds (refer to AMM TASK 71-00-00-866-809).
N
f) Wait for two minutes before you examine the oil level.
U

Revision: 3
g) Remove the fill cap on the oil tank upper adapter as follows:
1) Lift the handle to a vertical position.
2) Turn the handle in a counter clockwise (CCW) direction.
3) Remove the fill cap.
h) Visually examine the oil level in the oil tank upper adapter for a too full condition.
D
8. If the oil level is not satisfactory, repeat steps (5), (6), and (7).
TE
9. If the oil level is satisfactory, do as follows:
a) Make appropriate records of the oil level.
IN
b) Install the filler cap as follows:
1) If necessary, lift the handle to a vertical position. Turn the handle CCW.
PR
2) Put the fill cap on the oil tank upper adapter.
3) Turn the handle in a clockwise (CW) direction.
4) Lower the handle to a horizontal position.
EN
c) Make sure that the filler cap is installed correctly.
10. Close the circuit breakers that follow:
H
For the left engine:
W
PY
For the right engine:
O

C
11. Close the access door that follows:

a) For the left engine - Panel 434CT - Nacelle Access
ED
b) For the right engine - Panel 444CT - Nacelle Access

LL
END PROCEDURE
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
80 - Starting
80-10-1 Engine L/R “STOP” Switch Lights (light function only)...........................................80-1
80-10-2 Engine “START” Switch Lights (light function only)...............................................80-2
80-11-1 Starter Air Valves .......................................................................................................80-3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
MEL System 80-TOC-i

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18
80 - Starting

D
TE
80-10-1 Engine L/R “STOP” Y 2 0 C Both may be inoperative provided:
IN
Switch Lights (light a) N2 is monitored.
function only)
PR
EN
H
END PROCEDURE
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
80-10-2 Engine “START” Switch Y 2 0 C
Lights (light function
IN
only)
PR
EN
END PROCEDURE
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
MEL System 80-2 80 - Starting

Revision: 3

D
TE
80-11-1 Starter Air Valves N 2 1 C (M)(O)One may be inoperative CLOSED
provided:
IN
a) Alternate starting procedures are
PR
EN
(M) PROCEDURES
H
80-11-1
W
A. Do the manual operation of the starter control valve (refer to AMM TASK 80-11-03-980-801).
(O) PROCEDURES
PY
80-11-1
A. Before departure, do as follows:
1. Establish communication between flight deck and ground crew.
O
2. On the EICAS control panel, press the ECS button to get access to the Environmental Control
C
System (ECS) synoptic page.

3. Make sure that sufficient start air pressure is available.
ED
4. Announce “Open Starter Air Valve” to the maintenance crew.

5. Select the affected engine START switch.
LL
6. When N2 reaches 20%, advance Thrust Lever to IDLE.

7. At 50% N2, announce “Close Starter Air Valve” to the maintenance crew.
O
8. Monitor engine indication to be within limits during start.

TR
NOTE:
After a manual start, the or NO STRTR CUTOUT or L(R) STRT VLV OPEN caution message, as
applicable, may show on the primary EICAS display.
N
B. For a subsequent in-flight failure of the affected engine, do as follows:

O
1. If an in-flight engine restart is necessary, use “Windmill Relight” procedure found in the QRH.
C
N
END PROCEDURE
U
80 - Starting MEL System 80-3

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
MEL System 80-4 80 - Starting

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18
Chapter 4: Configuration Deviation List Introduction
General Limitations ......................................................................................................... 4-1
Definitions........................................................................................................................ 4-1
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
CRJ 700/900 Series MEL/CDL CDL 4-i

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
CDL 4-ii Chapter 4: Configuration Deviation List Introduction

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18
Chapter 4: Configuration Deviation List Introduction
General Limitations
D
1. This Configuration Deviation List contains additional limitations for operation of the CL600-2D24
Regional Jet (CRJ-900) and CL600-2C10 Regional Jet (CRJ-700) without certain secondary airframe
TE
and/or nacelle parts as listed herein. The Limitations in the The Company Pilot Operating Manual are
applicable except as amended in this appendix.
IN
2. The Associated limitations must be accounted for in the aircraft performance calculations by
inclusion on the Takeoff and Landing Report remarks sections for takeoff and/or landing as
PR
applicable.
3. The pilot in command will be notified of each operation with a missing part(s) by listing the
applicable CDL item number and abbreviated description on the dispatch release.
EN
4. The Company will list in the aircraft MM02 logbook the applicable CDL item number, description
and date deferred for each missing part(s).
H
5. If an additional part is lost in flight, the airplane may not depart the airport at which it landed
W
following this event until it again complies with the limitations of this appendix. This, of course, does
not preclude the issuance of a ferry permit to allow the airplane to be flown to a point where the
necessary repairs or replacements can be made.
PY
6. No more than one part for any one sub-system in this appendix may be missing unless specifically
designated combinations are indicated herein. Unless otherwise specified herein, parts from different
O
systems may be missing. The performance penalties are cumulative unless specifically designated
penalties for a combination of missing parts are indicated.
C
7. Where performance penalties are listed as negligible, no more than three negligible items may be
ED
missing for take-off unless the following performance penalty, for takeoff, enroute and landing, is
applied:
100 lbs per additional item in excess of three (3).
LL
Definitions
O
TR
1. Takeoff performance decrements are applicable to takeoff gross weights which are limited by field
length, first segment climb, second segment climb, final segment climb, or takeoff flight path. The
actual takeoff weight must not exceed the normal takeoff weight limit minus the CDL takeoff weight
N
penalty.
O
2. Enroute performance decrements are applicable to operations which are limited by enroute, one
engine inoperative climb performance as governed by 14 CFR 121.191.
C
3. Landing performance decrements are applicable to landing gross weights which are limited by
N
landing field length, landing climb, or approach climb. The maximum allowable landing weight must
U
not exceed the normal landing weight limit minus the CDL landing weight penalty.
4. The numbering and designation of systems in this appendix is based on ATA Spec. 100. The parts
within each system are identified by functional description and, when necessary, by part numbers.
CRJ 700/900 Series MEL/CDL CDL 4-1

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
CDL 4-2 Chapter 4: Configuration Deviation List Introduction

U
N
C
O
N
TR
O
LL
ED
C
O
PY
CDL Sections
W
H
EN
PR
IN
TE
D
CRJ 700/900 Series MEL/CDL
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
Revision: 3
CDL Table of Contents
21 - Air Conditioning (900)

21-51 Ram air exhaust duct assembly (L/R) vanes. .............................................................21-1
23 - Communications (900)
D
23-61A Static Dischargers .......................................................................................................23-1
TE
23-61B Static Dischargers .......................................................................................................23-1
23-61 Logbook......................................................................................................................23-1
IN
27 - Flight Controls (900)
PR
27-10 Seals between aileron side end and wing. ..................................................................27-1
27-20A Seals between rudder and vertical stabilizer...............................................................27-3
27-20B Seals between inboard flaps and fuselage fairing.......................................................27-3
27-30 Seals between elevator and horizontal stabilizer upper surface. ................................27-6
EN
27-50A Inboard flap - outboard seal (seal between flap side end and wing). .........................27-8
27-50B Outboard flap - inboard seal (seal between flap side end and wing)..........................27-8
27-50C Outboard flap - outboard seal (seal between flap side end and wing)........................27-9
H
27-50D Seals around flap fairing:............................................................................................27-9
W
27-50A Logbook....................................................................................................................27-10
27-50B Logbook....................................................................................................................27-10
27-50C Logbook....................................................................................................................27-10
PY
27-50D Logbook....................................................................................................................27-10
27-54A Bute door seals, outboard flap. .................................................................................27-15
O
27-54B Skin panel seals, inboard flap ...................................................................................27-15

27-64 P-seal under the multi-function flight spoilers (MFS) shroud..................................27-18
C
28 - Fuel (900)
ED
28-41 Magnetic level indicators............................................................................................28-1
32 - Landing Gear (900)

LL
32-12A Main landing gear door - Inboard door, P/N CC670-10520.......................................32-1

32-12B Main landing gear door - Inboard door, P/N CC670-10520.......................................32-1
O
32-12C Main landing gear door brush.....................................................................................32-2

See Figure 32-12C ......................................................................................................32-2
TR
32-12D Main landing gear door blade seal..............................................................................32-2
33 - Lighting (900)
N
33-42 Navigation light covers on vertical stabilizer. ............................................................33-1

O
33-43 Wing inspection light covers ......................................................................................33-3

C
33-44A Anti-collision light cover on vertical stabilizer ..........................................................33-5

33-44B Lower/upper beacon (red) light covers.......................................................................33-5
N
33-46 Logo Light Covers......................................................................................................33-8

U
33-50 Exterior emergency light covers...............................................................................33-10
51 - Structures (900)
51-23 Aerodynamic Sealant..................................................................................................51-1
MEL System CDL-TOC-1

Revision: 3
52 - Doors (900)
52-45A Low Pressure ground air connection panel door (182BR). ....................................... 52-1
52-45B Aft lavatory service door (196ER)............................................................................. 52-1
52-45C Forward waste water service door (142BR). ............................................................. 52-1
52-45D Forward potable water service door (142AR). .......................................................... 52-1
D
52-45E AC ground power door (122DR). .............................................................................. 52-1
52-45F Aft potable water service door (195EL). ................................................................... 52-2
TE
52-45G High Pressure ground air connection panel door (311AL)........................................ 52-2
52-45H Weather seal around the forward cargo doors ........................................................... 52-2
IN
53 - Fuselage (900)
PR
53-12 Forward Jacking Pad Nylon Plug. ............................................................................. 53-1
53-20 Passenger Door Hinge Fairing ................................................................................... 53-2
53-82 Flap Stub Fairings ...................................................................................................... 53-3
53-83A Wheel bin brushes (3 brushes per wheel bin). ........................................................... 53-5
EN
53-83B Small 4th Wheel Bin Brush ....................................................................................... 53-5
55 - Stabilizer (900)
H
55-32 Horizontal Stabilizer Root Seal Assembly. ............................................................... 55-1
57 - Wing (900)
57-20 W
Wing Jacking Pad Nylon Plugs. ................................................................................ 57-1
PY
57-21A Main Landing Gear Door Cut-Out Seals - Flat Seals ................................................ 57-2
57-21B Main Landing Gear Door Cut-Out Seals - D Seals ................................................... 57-2
O
57-41A Left hand or right hand wing slat closing plates:....................................................... 57-5
57-41B Left hand or right hand wing slat seals: ..................................................................... 57-5
C
78 - Exhaust (900)
ED
78-33 Transcowl Omega Seal .............................................................................................. 78-1

LL
21-51 Ram air exhaust duct assemby (L/R) vanes............................................................... 21-1

O
23-61A Static Dischargers ...................................................................................................... 23-1
TR
23-61B Static Dischargers ...................................................................................................... 23-1

23-61-1 Logbook ..................................................................................................................... 23-1
N

O
27-10 Seals between aileron side end and wing................................................................... 27-1

27-20A Seals between rudder and vertical stabilizer.............................................................. 27-3
C
27-20B Seals between inboard flaps and fuselage fairing. ..................................................... 27-3
N
27-30 Seals between elevator and horizontal stabilizer upper surface................................. 27-6
U
27-50A Inboard flap - outboard seal (seal between flap side end and wing).......................... 27-8
27-50B Outboard flap - inboard seal (seal between flap side end and wing). ........................ 27-8
27-50C Outboard flap - outboard seal (seal between flap side end and wing). ...................... 27-9
27-50D Seals around flap fairing: ........................................................................................... 27-9

Revision: 3
27-50A Logbook....................................................................................................................27-10
27-50B Logbook....................................................................................................................27-10
27-50C Logbook....................................................................................................................27-10
27-50D Logbook....................................................................................................................27-10
27-54A Bute door seals, outboard flap. .................................................................................27-15
D
27-54B Skin panel seals, inboard flap ...................................................................................27-15
27-64 P-seal under the multi-function flight spoilers (MFS) shroud..................................27-18
TE
28 - Fuel (700)
IN
28-41 Magnetic level indicators............................................................................................28-1
PR
32-12A Main landing gear door - Inboard door, P/N CC670-10520.......................................32-1
32-12B Main landing gear door - Inboard door, P/N CC670-10520.......................................32-1
32-12C Main landing gear door brush.....................................................................................32-2
EN
32-12D Main landing gear door blade seal..............................................................................32-2
33 - Lighting (700)
H
33-42 Navigation light covers on vertical stabilizer. ............................................................33-1
W
33-43 Wing inspection light covers ......................................................................................33-3
33-44A Anti-collision light cover on vertical stabilizer ..........................................................33-5
33-44B Lower/upper beacon (red) light covers.......................................................................33-5
PY
33-46 Logo Light Covers......................................................................................................33-8
33-50 Exterior emergency light covers...............................................................................33-10
O
C
51-23 Aerodynamic Sealant..................................................................................................51-1

ED
52 - Doors (700)
52-45A Low Pressure ground air connection panel door (182BR). ........................................52-1
52-45B Aft lavatory service door (196ER). ............................................................................52-1
LL
52-45C Forward waste water service door (142BR). ..............................................................52-1

52-45D Forward potable water service door (142AR). ...........................................................52-1
O
52-45E AC ground power door (122DR)................................................................................52-1

52-45F Aft potable water service door (195EL). ....................................................................52-2
TR
52-45G High Pressure ground air connection panel door (311AL).........................................52-2

52-45H Weather seal around the forward cargo doors ............................................................52-2
N
53 - Fuselage (700)
O
53-12 Forward Jacking Pad Nylon Plug. ..............................................................................53-1

53-20 Passenger Door Hinge Fairing....................................................................................53-2
C
53-82 Flap Stub Fairings.......................................................................................................53-3

N
53-83A Wheel bin brushes (3 brushes per wheel bin).............................................................53-5

53-83B Small 4th Wheel Bin Brush ........................................................................................53-5
U
55-32 Horizontal Stabilizer Root Seal Assembly. ................................................................55-1

Revision: 3
57 - Wing (700)
57-20 Wing Jacking Pad Nylon Plugs. ................................................................................ 57-1
57-21A Main Landing Gear Door Cut-Out Seals - Flat Seals ................................................ 57-2
57-21B Main Landing Gear Door Cut-Out Seals - D Seals ................................................... 57-2
D
57-41A Left hand or right hand wing slat closing plates:....................................................... 57-5
57-41B Left hand or right hand wing slat seals: ..................................................................... 57-5
TE
78 - Exhaust (700)
78-33 Transcowl Omega Seal .............................................................................................. 78-1
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18

D
TE
21-51 Ram air exhaust duct N 8 0 - Any number or combination of vanes
IN
assembly (L/R) vanes. may be missing with no performance
penalty.
PR
21-51 Logbook
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
END PROCEDURE
N
O
C
N
U
CRJ900 Series CDL CDL System 21-1

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18 CRJ900 Series CDL
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
CDL System 21-2 21 - Air Conditioning (900)

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18
D
TE
23-61A Static Dischargers N 31 25 - Certain static dischargers and static
See Figure 23 discharger bases may be damaged or
missing, as detailed in the deviation
IN
(This CDL is NOT table below.
APPROVED for aircraft with a) No more than 6 static
PR
Dayton-Granger Lightning dischargers total may be
Protection Kit installed) damaged or missing from the
airplane at any given time
EN
b) Missing base must be
replaced within 600 flight
hours
H
c) Apply SRM Task 51-27-15-
W
001-001-A01
d) Detailed speed tape
inspection required at each
PY
200 flight hour interval
23-61B Static Dischargers N 35 27 - Certain static dischargers and static
O

C
(This CDL is only approved table below.

for aircraft with Dayton- a) No more than 6 static
ED
Granger Lightning Protection dischargers total may be

Kit installed) damaged or missing from the
LL

O
hours
TR
001-001-A01
N

O
C

N
23-61 Logbook
U

Revision: 3
23-61A
Letter Quantity
Reference Location Installed Deviation
D
A Rudder 3 2 may be damaged or missing
TE
B Horizontal Stabilizer tip trailing edge 2 1 side may be damaged or
(1 each side) missing
IN
C Elevators (2 each side) 4 1 may be damaged or missing
PR
D Tailcone (APU exhaust area) 2 1 may be damaged or missing
E Horizontal stabilizer tail bullet fairing 2 1 may be damaged or missing
H Aileron (1 each side) 2 1 may be damaged or missing
EN
J Wing trailing edge (3 each side) 6 1 may be damaged or missing
K Winglet trailing edge (3 each side) 6 1 may be damaged or missing
H
L Upper Winglet (2 each side) 4 1 per side may be damaged or
W
missing
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
CDL System 23-2 23 - Communications (900)

Revision: 3
CRJ900 Series CDL Date: 15 Feb 18
23-61A
D
TE
IN
B
C
PR
E C
EN
B
A
H
W D
PY
O
C
ED
H J
LL
O
L
TR
K
N
Figure 23
O
C
N
U
23 - Communications (900) CDL System 23-3

Revision: 3
23-61B
Letter Quantity
D
B Horizontal Stabilizer tip trailing edge 4 1 maybe damage or missing per
TE
(2 each side) side.
NOTE:
IN
See note 1 & 3 below
PR
per side
E Horizontal stabilizer tail bullet fairing 2
EN
H Aileron (1 each side) 2 -
H
per side
K Winglet trailing edge (3 each side) 6
W
L Upper Winglet (3 each side) 6 2 maybe damaged or missing per
side.
PY
NOTE:
O
NOTE 1: If outboard discharger/retainer is damaged or missing, relocate one of the inner static
dischargers to the outermost position.
C
If this cannot be accomplished the replacement/repair must be performed upon the

availability of replacement discharger/retainer and maintenance resources.
ED
NOTE 2: If upper discharger/retainer is damaged or missing, relocate one of the lower static
dischargers to the uppermost position.
LL
If this cannot be accomplished the replacement/repair must be performed upon the

availability of replacement discharger/retainer and maintenance resources.
O
NOTE 3: Flying the aircraft without the uppermost discharger/retainer on the winglet and/or the
TR
outermost discharger/retainer on the horizontal stabilizer may result in damage if the aircraft
is struck by lightning.
N
O
C
N

U

Revision: 3
23-61B
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
END PROCEDURE
N
U

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
27-10 Seals between aileron side N 2 0 - Any number or combination of vanes
IN
end and wing. may be missing or degraded provided:
a) the performance weights are
PR
reduced by:
See Figure 27-10
– Takeoff - 45 lb/seal
– Enroute - 100 lb/seal
EN
– Landing - 45 lb/seal
b) the mission fuel
H
requirements are increased
by:
W
– +0.30% on fuel
used/seal
PY
O
27-10 Logbook
C
ED

LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
27 - Flight Controls (900) CDL System 27-1

Revision: 3
Figure 27-10: Seals, Aileron Side End and Wing
D
A
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
A
TR
END PROCEDURE
N
O
C
N
U
CDL System 27-2 27 - Flight Controls (900)

Revision: 3

D
TE
27-20A Seals between rudder and N 2 0 - Any number or combination may be
vertical stabilizer. missing or degraded provided:
IN
reduced by:
See Figure 27-20A
PR
EN
b) the mission fuel
by:
H
– +0.25% on fuel used/
W
seal
27-20B Seals between inboard flaps N 2 0 - Any number or combination may be
PY
and fuselage fairing. missing or degraded provided:
reduced by:
O
See Figure 27-20B

C

ED
b) the mission fuel

by:
LL

seal
O
TR
27-20A Logbook
N
27-20B Logbook
O
C
N

U

Revision: 3
Figure 27-20A: Seals, Rudder and Vertical Stabilizer
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Figure 27-20B: Seals, Inboard Flaps and Fuselage Fairing
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
END PROCEDURE

Revision: 3

D
TE
27-30 Seals between elevator and N 4 0 - Any number or combination may be
horizontal stabilizer upper missing or degraded provided:
IN
surface. a) The performance limited
weights are reduced by:
PR
See Figure 27-30
EN
b) the mission fuel
by:
H
W
seal
PY
27-30 Logbook
O
C

ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Figure 27-30: Seals, Elevator and Horizontal Stabilizer Upper Surface
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
A
U
END PROCEDURE

Revision: 3

D
TE
27-50A Inboard flap - outboard seal N 2 0 - Any number or combination may be
(seal between flap side end missing or degraded provided:
and wing). a) the performance limited
IN
PR
See Figure 27-50A
EN
b) the mission fuel
by:
H
W
seal
27-50B Outboard flap - inboard seal N 2 0 - Any number or combination may be
PY
O
See Figure 27-50B
C
ED
b) the mission fuel

by:
LL

seal
O
TR

N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
27-50C Outboard flap - outboard N 2 0 - Any number or combination may be
TE
seal (seal between flap side missing or degraded provided:
end and wing). a) the performance limited
IN
See Figure 27-50C
PR
b) the mission fuel
EN
by:
H
seal
W
27-50D Seals around flap fairing: N 2 0 - Any number or combination may be
Inboard flaps missing or degraded provided:
WS54.00 a) the performance limited
PY
WS128.00 weights are reduced by:
Outboard flaps
WS178.00 – Takeoff - 15 lb/seal
O
WS220.00 – Enroute - 25 lb/seal

WS264.00
C
See Figure 27-50D b) the mission fuel
ED

by:
LL
seal
O

TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
27-50A Logbook
27-50B Logbook
D
27-50C Logbook
TE
27-50D Logbook
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Figure 27-50A: Inboard Flap - Outboard Seal
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Figure 27-50B: Outboard Flap - Inboard Seal
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Figure 27-50C: Outboard Flap - Outboard Seal
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Figure 27-50D: Seals, Flap Fairing
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
END PROCEDURE

Revision: 3

D
TE
27-54A Bute door seals, outboard N 8 0 - Any number or combination may be
flap. missing or degraded provided:
IN
a) the performance limited
See Figure 27-54A
PR
EN
b) the mission fuel
by:
H
W
seal
27-54B Skin panel seals, inboard N 6 0 - Any number or combination may be
PY
flap missing or degraded provided:
O
See Figure 27-54B

C
ED
b) the mission fuel

by:
LL

seal
O
TR
27-54A Logbook
N
27-54B Logbook
O
C
N

U

Revision: 3
Figure 27-54A: Seals, Bute Doors - Outboard Flap
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Figure 27-54B: Seals, Skin Panels - Inboard Flap
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
END PROCEDURE

Revision: 3

D
TE
27-64 P-seal under the multi- N 2 0 - Any number or combination may be
function flight spoilers missing or degraded with no
IN
(MFS) shroud. performance penalty.
PR
See Figure 27-64
EN
27-64 Logbook
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Figure 27-64: P-Seal, Multi-Function Flight Spoilers (MFS) Shroud
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
END PROCEDURE

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18
28 - Fuel (900)
D
TE
28-41 Magnetic level indicators N 5 0 - Any number or combination may be
IN
missing with no performance penalty.
PR
See Figure 28-41
EN
28-41 Logbook
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Figure 28-41: Magnetic Level Indicators
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
END PROCEDURE
CDL System 28-2 28 - Fuel (900)

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18

D
TE
32-12A Main landing gear door - N 2 1 - One door may be missing provided:
Inboard door, P/N CC670- a) the performance weights are
IN
10520. reduced by:
– Takeoff - 540 lb
PR
See Figure 32-12A – Enroute - 1215 lb
– Landing - 540 lb
b) the mission fuel requirements
EN
are increased by:
– +2.5% on fuel used
H
NOTE:
W
Enroute altitude capability (ODH
Chart) must be reduced by 1,000
ft.
PY
32-12B Main landing gear door - N 2 0 - Both doors may be missing provided:
O
10520. reduced by:

C

ED
are increased by:
LL
– +5% on fuel used

O
NOTE:
TR

ft.
N

O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
32-12C Main landing gear door N 2 0 - Any number or combination of vanes may
TE
brush. be missing provided:
See Figure 32-12C reduced by:
IN
– Takeoff - 70 lb/brush
PR
– Enroute - 155 lb/brush
– Landing - 70 lb/brush
EN
are increased by:
– +0.45% on fuel used/brush
32-12D Main landing gear door N 2 0 - One or both may be missing with no
H
blade seal. performance penalty.
W
See Figure 32-12D
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
CDL System 32-2 32 - Landing Gear

Revision: 3

32-12A Logbook
D
32-12B Logbook
TE
32-12C Logbook
32-12D Logbook
IN
Figure 32-12A: Main Landing Gear Door - Inboard Door
PR
EN
B
H
A
W
A
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
B
N
U
32 - Landing Gear CDL System 32-3

Revision: 3
Figure 32-12C: Main Landing Gear Door - Door Brush
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
BRUSH
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Figure 32-12D: Main Landing Gear Door - Blade Seal
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
END PROCEDURE

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18
33 - Lighting (900)

D
TE
33-42 Navigation light covers on N 2 0 - One or both may be missing with no
IN
vertical stabilizer. performance penalty.
PR
NOTE:
See Figure 33-42 Only one flight is permitted, to
an airport where the necessary
repairs or replacements can be
EN
made. This flight must not be
carried out in know, forecast or
H
anticipated lightning
conditions.

W PLACARD TEXT
PY
33-42 Logbook
O
C

ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Figure 33-42 Navigation Light Covers, Vertical Stabilizer
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
END PROCEDURE
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
CDL System 33-2 33 - Lighting (900)

Revision: 3

D
TE
33-43 Wing inspection light N 2 0 - One or both may be missing with no
covers performance penalty.
IN
NOTE:
PR
EN
conditions.
H
W
33-43 Logbook
PY
O

C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
33 - Lighting (900) CDL System 33-3

Revision: 3
Figure 33-43: Wing Inspection Light Covers
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
END PROCEDURE
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
33-44A Anti-collision light cover May be missing with no performance
TE
N 1 0 -
on vertical stabilizer penalty.
IN
NOTE:
See Figure 33-44A Only one flight is permitted, to
PR
EN
conditions.
H
33-44B Lower/upper beacon (red) N 2 0 - May be missing provided:
light covers a) the performance weights are
W
reduced by:
– Takeoff - 55 lb/cover
See Figure 33-44B
PY
– Enroute - 120 lb/cover
– Landing - 55 lb/cover
O
b) the mission fuel

C
by:
ED
seal
NOTE:
LL
Only one flight is permitted, to

O

TR

N
conditions.
O

C
N
U

Revision: 3

33-44A Logbook
D
33-44B Logbook
TE
Figure 33-44A: Anti-Collision Light Cover, Vertical Stabilizer
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Figure 33-44B: Beacon Light (Red) Covers, Upper/Lower
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
END PROCEDURE

Revision: 3

D
TE
33-46 Logo Light Covers N 2 0 - One or both may be missing with no
performance penalty.
IN
See Figure 33-46 NOTE:
PR
EN
conditions.
H
W
33-46 Logbook
PY
O

C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Figure 33-46: Logo Light Covers
COVER
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
END PROCEDURE
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
33-50 Exterior emergency light N 8 0 - Any number or combination may be
covers. missing with no performance penalty.
IN
NOTE 1: The minimum number of
See Figure 33-50 lights required by the
PR
operating rules MUST be
operative.
NOTE 2: Only one flight is permitted,
EN
to an airport where the
necessary repairs or
replacements can be made.
H
This flight must not be
W
carried out in know, forecast
or anticipated lightning
conditions.
PY
O
33-50 Logbook
C
ED

LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Figure 33-50: Exterior Emergency Light Covers
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
END PROCEDURE
N
U

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18

D
TE
51-23 Aerodynamic Sealant N - - - Aerodynamic sealant may be missing
IN
on external surfaces provided:
PR
See Figure 51-23-1 and reduced by:
51-23-2
– Takeoff - 30 lb/10 ft.or
less missing
EN
– Enroute - 60 lb/10 ft. or
less missing
– Landing - 30 lb/10 ft. or
H
less missing
W
b) the mission fuel
PY
by:
– +0.20% on fuel used/10
ft. or less missing
O
NOTE 1: Aerodynamic sealant must

C
not be missing on the

fuselage in the RVSM critical
ED
area unless RVSM

operations are restricted and
MEL 34-00-00 is applied.
LL
NOTE 2: The corners of the RVSM

zones defined above are
O
painted on the aircraft.

TR

N
51-23 Logbook
O
C
N

U

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
Figure 51-23-1
N
O
C
N
U
CDL System 51-2 51 - Structures

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
Figure 51-23-2
C
N
END PROCEDURE
U
51 - Structures CDL System 51-3

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18
52 - Doors (900)

D
TE
52-45A Low Pressure ground air N 1 0 - May be missing with no performance
IN
connection panel door penalty.
(182BR).
PR
See Figure 52-45A
52-45B Aft lavatory service door N 1 0 - May be missing provided:
EN
(196ER). a) the performance weights are
reduced by:
H
See Figure 52-45A – Takeoff - 65 lb
– Enroute - 145 lb
W
– Landing - 65 lb
b) the mission fuel
PY
by:
O

52-45C Forward waste water May be missing with no performance
C
N 1 0 -
service door (142BR). penalty.
ED
See Figure 52-45A

52-45D Forward potable water N 1 0 - May be missing with no performance
service door (142AR). penalty.
LL
See Figure 52-45A

52-45E AC ground power door N 1 0 - May be missing with no performance
O
(122DR). penalty.
TR
See Figure 52-45A

NOTE:
N

O

C

N
conditions.
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
52-45F Aft potable water service N 1 0 - May be missing provided:
door (195EL). a) the performance weights are
reduced by:
IN
See Figure 52-45B – Takeoff - 65 lb
PR
– Landing - 65 lb
b) the mission fuel
EN
by:
H
52-45G High Pressure ground air N 1 0 - May be missing with no performance
W
(311AL).
PY
See Figure 52-45B
52-45H Weather seal around the N 2 0 - One or both may be missing or
O
forward cargo doors degraded with no performance penalty.

C
NOTE:
See Figure 52-45B Any loose sections of seal
ED
maybe trimmed appropriately.

LL

52-45X Logbook
O
TR
END PROCEDURE
N
O
C
N
U
CDL System 52-2 52 - Doors (900)

Revision: 3
Figure 52-45A: Doors
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O

C
N
U
52 - Doors (900) CDL System 52-3

Revision: 3
Figure 52-45B: Doors
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
END PROCEDURE
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18
53 - Fuselage (900)
D
TE
53-12 Forward Jacking Pad Nylon N 1 0 - May be missing with no performance
Plug. penalty.
IN
See Figure 53-12
PR
EN
53-12 Logbook
Figure 53-12: Forward Jacking Pad Nylon Plug
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
END PROCEDURE
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
53-20 Passenger Door Hinge N 2 0 - Forward and/or aft fairing may be
Fairing missing with no performance penalty.
IN
See Figure 53-20
PR
EN
53-20 Logbook
Figure 53-20: Passenger Door Hinge Fairing
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
END PROCEDURE
N
U
CDL System 53-2 53 - Fuselage (900)

Revision: 3

D
TE
53-82 Flap Stub Fairings N 2 0 - Any number or combination may be
missing provided:
IN
See Figure 53-82 reduced by:
PR
– Takeoff - 60 lb/fairing
– Enroute - 135 lb/fairing
– Landing - 60 lb/fairing
EN
b) the mission fuel
by:
H
W
fairing
PY
53-82 Logbook
O
C

ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
53 - Fuselage (900) CDL System 53-3

Revision: 3
Figure 53-82: Flap Stub Fairings
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
END PROCEDURE
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
53-83A Wheel bin brushes (3 N 6 0 - Any number or combination may be
brushes per wheel bin). missing provided:
IN
reduced by:
See Figure 53-83
PR
EN
b) the mission fuel
by:
H
W
brush
53-83B Small 4th Wheel Bin Brush N 2 0 - One or both may be missing with no
PY
See Figure 53-83

O

C
53-83A Logbook
ED
53-83B Logbook
LL
O

TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Figure 53-83: Wheel Bin Brushes
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
END PROCEDURE

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18
D
TE
55-32 Horizontal Stabilizer Root N 2 0 - One or both may be missing with no
Seal Assembly. performance penalty.
IN
See Figure 55-32
PR
EN
55-32 Logbook
Figure 55-32: Horizontal Stabilizer Root Seal Assembly
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
END PROCEDURE

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
CDL System 55-2 55 - Stabilizer (900)

Revision: TR 18-01
CRJ900 Series CDL Date: 01 Aug 18
57 - Wing (900)
D
TE
57-20 Wing Jacking Pad Nylon N 2 0 - One or both may be missing with no
Plugs. performance penalty.
IN
NOTE:
See Figure 57-20 This CDL is not applicable if
PR
the nylon plug is missing/
cannot be installed due to a
damaged wing jacking pad
EN
helicoil. Reference REO 670-
57-22-004 to disposition
damage to the wing jacking pad
H
helicoil.

W PLACARD TEXT
PY
57-20 Logbook
O
Figure 57-20 Wing Jacking Pad Nylon Plugs

C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
END PROCEDURE
57 - Wing (900) CDL System 57-1

Revision: 3

D
TE
57-21A Main Landing Gear Door N 12 0 - Any number or combination may be
Cut-Out Seals - Flat Seals missing with no performance penalty.
IN
See Figure 57-21A
PR
57-21B Main Landing Gear Door N 8 0 - Any number or combination may be
Cut-Out Seals - D Seals missing with no performance penalty.
EN
See Figure 57-21B
H
W
57-21A Logbook
57-21B Logbook
PY
O

C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
CDL System 57-2 57 - Wing (900)

Revision: 3
Figure 57-21A: Main Landing Gear Door Cut-Off Seals (Flat Seals)
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N

O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Figure 57-21B: Main Landing Gear Door Cut-Off Seals (D-Seals)
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
END PROCEDURE
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
57-41A Left hand or right hand N - 0 - Any number or combination may be
wing slat closing plates: missing with no performance penalty.
IN
• Closing plate,
NOTE:
telescopic anti-ice duct; Release will show:
PR
• Bracket, closing plate,
telescopic anti-ice duct; CD57-41A CDL WNG SLT CLS PLTS
and
EN
• Closing plate, slat track.
H
See Figure 57-41A
57-41B Left hand or right hand N - 0 - Any number or combination of seals
W
wing slat seals: may be missing provided:
• Main slat seal between a) the performance and
PY
slat back-end and wing structurally limited weights
under slat surface; are reduced by:
– Takeoff - 720 lb/wing
O
• Dog bone seals;

– Enroute - 810 lb/wing
C
• Seals between inboard

– Landing - 720 lb/wing
and outboard slat and
b) the mission fuel
ED
fixed leading edge; and

• Chord-wise slat seals by:
fitted on the back face of
LL
the slat and sealing the – +1.55% on fuel used/

opening made on the wing
O
wing under slat surface NOTE 1: Enroute altitude capability

for actuators. (ODH Chart) must be
TR
reduced by 500 ft. per wing.

See Figure 57-41B, NOTE 2: Release will show:
N
and Figure 57-41C CD57-41B CDL WNG SLT CLS

O
SEAL
C

N
U

Revision: 3

57-21A Logbook
57-21B Logbook
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Figure 57-41A: Left Hand or Right Hand Wing Slat Closing Plates
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
BRACKET SLAT TRACK

CLOSING
PLATE
LL
O
TR
TELESCOPIC
N
ANTI-ICE
DUCT
O
CLOSING
PLATE
C
N
NOTE:
Item B has been permanently removed from both wings on all aircraft.
U

Revision: 3
Figure 57-41B: Left Hand or Right Hand Wing Slat Seals
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Figure 57-41C: Left Hand or Right Hand Wing Slat Seals
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
END PROCEDURE

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18
78 - Exhaust (900)
D
TE
78-33 Transcowl Omega Seal N 4 2 - One (1) or two (2) omega seals may be
missing (see notes) provided:
IN
NOTE 1: The penalties are a) the performance limited
for one (1) weights are reduced by:
PR
missing omega – Takeoff - 800 lb/
seal per missing omega seal
propulsion – Enroute - 1235 lb/
system, with the
EN
missing omega seal
other omega seal
– Landing - 765 lb/
and the
missing omega seal
arrowhead seals
H
of that propulsion b) the mission fuel
W
system inspected requirements are increased
and in good by:
condition. – +1.0% on fuel used/
PY
missing omega seal
NOTE 2: A maximum of
one (1) omega
O
NOTE:
seal missing per Enroute altitude capability
C
propulsion (ODH Chart) must be reduced

system (i.e. 2 per by 500 ft.
ED
aircraft) is
allowable.
NOTE 3: CDL operation is
LL
not permitted for

scenarios
O
pertaining to
other
TR
combinations of
missing omega
N
seals.
O
See Figure 78-33

C

N
78-33 Logbook
U

Revision: 3
Figure 78-33: Transcowl Omega Seal
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
END PROCEDURE
N
O
C
N
U
CDL System 78-2 78 - Exhaust

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18

D
TE
21-51 Ram air exhaust duct N - 0 - Any number or combination of vanes
IN
assemby (L/R) vanes. may be missing with no performance
penalty.
PR
21-51 Logbook
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
END PROCEDURE
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
CDL System 21-2 21 - Air Conditioning (700)

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18
D
TE
23-61A Static Dischargers N 27 21 - Certain static dischargers and static
IN
(This CDL is NOT table below.
APPROVED for aircraft with a) No more than 6 static
PR
Dayton-Granger Lightning dischargers total may be
Protection Kit installed) damaged or missing from the
EN
hours
H
W
001-001-A01
PY
23-61B Static Dischargers N 35 27 - Certain static dischargers and static
O
See Figure 23 and 24 discharger bases may be damaged or

C
(This CDL is only approved table below.

for aircraft with Dayton- a) No more than 6 static
ED
Granger Lightning Protection dischargers total may be

Kit installed) damaged or missing from the
LL

O
hours
TR
001-001-A01
N

O
C

N
23-61-1 Logbook
U

Revision: 3
CDL 23-61A
Letter Quantity
D
B Horizontal Stabilizer tip trailing edge 2 1 maybe damage or missing per
(1 each side) side.
TE
per side.
IN
PR
E Horizontal stabilizer tail bullet fairing 2 1 may be damaged or missing
H Aileron (1 each side) 2 1 may be damaged or missing
per side.
EN
per side
H
L Upper Winglet (1 each side) 2 1 maybe damaged or missing per
side.
Figure 23
W
PY
O

C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
CDL 23-61B

B* Horizontal Stabilizer tip trailing edge 4 1 maybe damage or missing per
(2 each side) side.
D
NOTE:
TE
IN
per side
PR
E Horizontal stabilizer tail bullet fairing 2
H Aileron (1 each side) 2 -
EN
per side
H
L* Upper Winglet (3 each side) 6 2 maybe damaged or missing per
side.
W NOTE:
PY
NOTE 1: If the top discharger/retainer on the winglet or most outboard discharger/retainer on the
horizontal stabilizer end cap is missing, replace the static discharger/retainer by either
O
installing a replacement or relocating one of the lower static dischargers to the top position.
C
In the event this cannot be accomplished at the time the missing discharger/retainer is found
to be absent, the replacement/repair must be performed upon the availability of replacement
ED
dischargers/retainers and maintenance resources.

NOTE 2: Flying the aircraft without the top/most outboard discharger/retainer may result in damage to
LL
the winglets and horizontal end cap of the aircraft should the winglet/horizontal stabilizer end
cap get struck by lightning. Dispatching the top/most outboard discharger/retainer should be
O
limited to situations when replacement dischargers/retainers and maintenance are

unavailable.
TR
N
Figure 24
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Figure 23
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O

C
N
U

Revision: 3
Figure 24
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
END PROCEDURE
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
27-10 Seals between aileron side N 2 0 - Any number or combination of vanes
IN
end and wing. may be missing or degraded provided:
a) The performance weights
PR
are reduced by:
See Figure 27-10
EN
b) The mission fuel
H
by:
W
– +0.30% on fuel
used/seal
PY
O
27-10 Logbook
C
ED

LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Figure 27-10: Seals, Aileron Side End and Wing
D
A
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
A
TR
END PROCEDURE
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
27-20A Seals between rudder and N 2 0 - Any number or combination may be
vertical stabilizer. missing or degraded provided:
IN
reduced by:
See Figure 27-20A
PR
EN
b) the mission fuel
by:
H
W
seal
27-20B Seals between inboard flaps N 2 0 - Any number or combination may be
PY
and fuselage fairing. missing or degraded provided:
reduced by:
O
See Figure 27-20B

C

ED
b) the mission fuel

by:
LL

seal
O
TR
27-20A Logbook
N
27-20B Logbook
O
C
N

U

Revision: 3
Figure 27-20A: Seals, Rudder and Vertical Stabilizer
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Figure 27-20B: Seals, Inboard Flaps and Fuselage Fairing
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
END PROCEDURE

Revision: 3

D
TE
27-30 Seals between elevator and N 4 0 - Any number or combination may be
horizontal stabilizer upper missing or degraded provided:
IN
surface. a) The performance limited
PR
See Figure 27-30
EN
b) the mission fuel
by:
H
W
seal
PY
27-30 Logbook
O
C

ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Figure 27-30: Seals, Elevator and Horizontal Stabilizer Upper Surface
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
A
U
END PROCEDURE

Revision: 3

D
TE
27-50A Inboard flap - outboard seal N 2 0 - Any number or combination may be
IN
PR
See Figure 27-50A
EN
b) the mission fuel
by:
H
W
seal
27-50B Outboard flap - inboard seal N 2 0 - Any number or combination may be
PY
O
See Figure 27-50B
C
ED
b) the mission fuel

by:
LL

seal
O
TR

N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
27-50C Outboard flap - outboard N 2 0 - Any number or combination may be
TE
seal (seal between flap side missing or degraded provided:
end and wing). a) the performance limited
IN
See Figure 27-50C
PR
b) the mission fuel
EN
by:
H
seal
W
27-50D Seals around flap fairing: N 20 0 - Any number or combination may be
Inboard flaps missing or degraded provided:
WS54.00 a) the performance limited
PY
WS128.00 weights are reduced by:
Outboard flaps
WS178.00 – Takeoff - 10 lb/seal
O
WS220.00 – Enroute - 20 lb/seal

WS264.00
C
See Figure 27-50D b) the mission fuel
ED

by:
LL
seal
O

TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
27-50A Logbook
27-50B Logbook
D
27-50C Logbook
TE
27-50D Logbook
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Figure 27-50A: Inboard Flap - Outboard Seal
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Figure 27-50B: Outboard Flap - Inboard Seal
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Figure 27-50C: Outboard Flap - Outboard Seal
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Figure 27-50D: Seals, Flap Fairing
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
END PROCEDURE

Revision: 3

D
TE
27-54A Bute door seals, outboard N 8 0 - Any number or combination may be
flap. missing or degraded provided:
IN
See Figure 27-54A
PR
EN
b) the mission fuel
by:
H
W
seal
27-54B Skin panel seals, inboard N 6 0 - Any number or combination may be
PY
flap missing or degraded provided:
O
See Figure 27-54B

C
ED
b) the mission fuel

by:
LL

seal
O
TR
27-54A Logbook
N
27-54B Logbook
O
C
N

U

Revision: 3
Figure 27-54A: Seals, Bute Doors - Outboard Flap
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Figure 27-54B: Seals, Skin Panels - Inboard Flap
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
END PROCEDURE

Revision: 3

D
TE
27-64 P-seal under the multi- N 2 0 - Any number or combination may be
function flight spoilers missing or degraded with no
IN
(MFS) shroud. performance penalty.
PR
See Figure 27-64
EN
27-64 Logbook
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Figure 27-64: P-Seal, Multi-Function Flight Spoilers (MFS) Shroud
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
END PROCEDURE

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18
28 - Fuel (700)
D
TE
28-41 Magnetic level indicators N 5 0 - Any number or combination may be
IN
missing with no performance penalty.
PR
See Figure 28-41
EN
28-41 Logbook
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Figure 28-41: Magnetic Level Indicators
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
END PROCEDURE
CDL System 28-2 28 - Fuel (700)

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18

D
TE
32-12A Main landing gear door - N 2 1 - One door may be missing provided:
IN
10520. reduced by:
PR
EN
are increased by:
H
c) Cruise airspeed reduced by
W
– Not more than 0.78 M.
NOTE:
PY
ft.
O
32-12B Main landing gear door - N 2 0 - Both doors may be missing provided:
C

10520. reduced by:
ED
See Figure 32-12A – Enroute - 1,980 lb
LL

are increased by:
O

TR
c) Cruise airspeed reduced by

– Not more than 0.78 M.
N
NOTE:
O

C
ft.
N
U

Revision: 3

D
32-12C Main landing gear door N 2 0 - Any number or combination of vanes may
TE
brush. be missing provided:
See Figure 32-12C reduced by:
IN
PR
EN
are increased by:
– +0.45% on fuel used/brush
32-12D Main landing gear door N 2 0 - One or both may be missing with no
H
blade seal. performance penalty.
W
See Figure 32-12D
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

32-12A Logbook
D
32-12B Logbook
TE
32-12C Logbook
32-12D Logbook
IN
Figure 32-12A: Main Landing Gear Door - Inboard Door
PR
EN
B
H
A
W
A
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
B
N
U

Revision: 3
Figure 32-12C: Main Landing Gear Door - Door Brush
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
BRUSH
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Figure 32-12D: Main Landing Gear Door - Blade Seal
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
END PROCEDURE

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18
33 - Lighting (700)

D
TE
33-42 Navigation light covers on N 2 0 - One or both may be missing with no
IN
vertical stabilizer. performance penalty.
PR
NOTE:
EN
H
conditions.

W PLACARD TEXT
PY
33-42 Logbook
O
C

ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Figure 33-42 Navigation Light Covers, Vertical Stabilizer
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
END PROCEDURE
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
33-43 Wing inspection light N 2 0 - One or both may be missing with no
covers performance penalty.
IN
NOTE:
PR
EN
conditions.
H
W
33-43 Logbook
PY
O

C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Figure 33-43: Wing Inspection Light Covers
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
END PROCEDURE
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
33-44A Anti-collision light cover May be missing with no performance
TE
N 1 0 -
on vertical stabilizer penalty.
IN
NOTE:
See Figure 33-44A Only one flight is permitted, to
PR
EN
conditions.
H
33-44B Lower/upper beacon (red) N 2 0 - May be missing provided:
light covers a) the performance weights are
W
reduced by:
– Takeoff - 45 lb/cover
See Figure 33-44B
PY
– Enroute - 100 lb/cover
– Landing - 45 lb/cover
O
b) the mission fuel

C
by:
ED
seal
NOTE:
LL

O

TR

N
conditions.
O

C
N
U

Revision: 3

33-44A Logbook
D
33-44B Logbook
TE
Figure 33-44A: Anti-Collision Light Cover, Vertical Stabilizer
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Figure 33-44B: Beacon Light (Red) Covers, Upper/Lower
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
END PROCEDURE

Revision: 3

D
TE
33-46 Logo Light Covers N 2 0 - One or both may be missing with no
IN
See Figure 33-46 NOTE:
PR
EN
conditions.
H
W
33-46 Logbook
PY
O

C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Figure 33-46: Logo Light Covers
COVER
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
END PROCEDURE
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
33-50 Exterior emergency light N 6 0 - Any number or combination may be
covers. missing with no performance penalty.
IN
NOTE 1: The minimum number of
See Figure 33-50 lights required by the
PR
operating rules MUST be
operative.
NOTE 2: Only one flight is permitted,
EN
to an airport where the
necessary repairs or
replacements can be made.
H
This flight must not be
W
carried out in know, forecast
or anticipated lightning
conditions.
PY
O
33-50 Logbook
C
ED

LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Figure 33-50: Exterior Emergency Light Covers
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
END PROCEDURE
N
U

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18

D
TE
51-23 Aerodynamic Sealant N - - - Aerodynamic sealant may be missing
IN
on external surfaces provided:
PR
See Figure 51-23-1 and reduced by:
51-23-2
– Takeoff - 25 lb/10 ft.or
less missing
EN
– Enroute - 50 lb/10 ft. or
less missing
– Landing - 25 lb/10 ft. or
H
less missing
W
b) the mission fuel
PY
by:
– +0.20% on fuel used/10
ft. or less missing
O
NOTE 1: Aerodynamic sealant must

C
not be missing on the

fuselage in the RVSM critical
ED
area unless RVSM

operations are restricted and
MEL 34-00-00 is applied.
LL
NOTE 2: The corners of the RVSM

zones defined above are
O
painted on the aircraft.

TR

N
51-23 Logbook
O
C
N

U

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
Figure 51-23-1
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
Figure 51-23-2
C
N
END PROCEDURE
U
51 - Structures CDL System 51-3

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18
52 - Doors (700)

D
TE
52-45A Low Pressure ground air N 1 0 - May be missing with no performance
IN
(182BR).
PR
See Figure 52-45A
52-45B Aft lavatory service door N 1 0 - May be missing provided:
EN
(196ER). a) the performance weights are
reduced by:
H
See Figure 52-45A – Takeoff - 55 lb
W
– Landing - 55 lb
b) the mission fuel
PY
by:
O

52-45C Forward waste water May be missing with no performance
C
N 1 0 -
service door (142BR). penalty.
ED
See Figure 52-45A

52-45D Forward potable water N 1 0 - May be missing with no performance
service door (142AR). penalty.
LL
See Figure 52-45A

52-45E AC ground power door N 1 0 - May be missing with no performance
O
(122DR). penalty.
TR
See Figure 52-45A

NOTE:
N

O

C

N
conditions.
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
52-45F Aft potable water service N 1 0 - May be missing provided:
door (195EL). a) the performance weights are
reduced by:
IN
See Figure 52-45B – Takeoff - 55 lb
PR
– Landing - 55 lb
b) the mission fuel
EN
by:
H
52-45G High Pressure ground air N 1 0 - May be missing with no performance
W
(311AL).
PY
See Figure 52-45B
52-45H Weather seal around the N 2 0 - One or both may be missing or
O
forward cargo doors degraded with no performance penalty.

C
NOTE:
See Figure 52-45B Any loose sections of seal
ED
maybe trimmed appropriately.

LL

52-45X Logbook
O
TR
END PROCEDURE
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Figure 52-45A: Doors
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O

C
N
U
52 - Doors (700) CDL System 52-3

Revision: 3
Figure 52-45B: Doors
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
END PROCEDURE
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18
53 - Fuselage (700)
D
TE
53-12 Forward Jacking Pad Nylon N 1 0 - May be missing with no performance
Plug. penalty.
IN
See Figure 53-12
PR
EN
53-12 Logbook
Figure 53-12: Forward Jacking Pad Nylon Plug
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
END PROCEDURE
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
53-20 Passenger Door Hinge N 2 0 - Forward and/or aft fairing may be
Fairing missing with no performance penalty.
IN
See Figure 53-20
PR
EN
53-20 Logbook
Figure 53-20: Passenger Door Hinge Fairing
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
END PROCEDURE
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
53-82 Flap Stub Fairings N 2 0 - Any number or combination may be
missing provided:
IN
See Figure 53-82 reduced by:
PR
– Takeoff - 50 lb/fairing
– Enroute - 110 lb/fairing
– Landing - 50 lb/fairing
EN
b) the mission fuel
by:
H
W
fairing
PY
53-82 Logbook
O
C

ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Figure 53-82: Flap Stub Fairings
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
END PROCEDURE
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
53-83A Wheel bin brushes (3 N 6 0 - Any number or combination may be
brushes per wheel bin). missing provided:
IN
reduced by:
See Figure 53-83
PR
EN
b) the mission fuel
by:
H
W
brush
53-83B Small 4th Wheel Bin Brush N 2 0 - One or both may be missing with no
PY
See Figure 53-83

O

C
53-83A Logbook
ED
53-83B Logbook
LL
O

TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Figure 53-83: Wheel Bin Brushes
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
END PROCEDURE

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18
D
TE
55-32 Horizontal Stabilizer Root N 2 0 - One or both may be missing with no
Seal Assembly. performance penalty.
IN
See Figure 55-32
PR
EN
55-32 Logbook
Figure 55-32: Horizontal Stabilizer Root Seal Assembly
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
END PROCEDURE

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
CDL System 55-2 55 - Stabilizer (700)

Revision: TR 18-01
CRJ700 Series CDL Date: 01 Aug 18
57 - Wing (700)
D
TE
57-20 Wing Jacking Pad Nylon N 2 0 - One or both may be missing with no
Plugs. performance penalty.
IN
NOTE:
See Figure 57-20 This CDL is not applicable if
PR
the nylon plug is missing/
cannot be installed due to a
damaged wing jacking pad
EN
helicoil. Reference REO 670-
57-22-004 to disposition
damage to the wing jacking pad
H
helicoil.

W PLACARD TEXT
PY
57-20 Logbook
O
Figure 57-20 Wing Jacking Pad Nylon Plugs

C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
END PROCEDURE

Revision: 3

D
TE
57-21A Main Landing Gear Door N 12 0 - Any number or combination may be
Cut-Out Seals - Flat Seals missing with no performance penalty.
IN
See Figure 57-21A
PR
57-21B Main Landing Gear Door N 8 0 - Any number or combination may be
Cut-Out Seals - D Seals missing with no performance penalty.
EN
See Figure 57-21B
H
W
57-21A Logbook
57-21B Logbook
PY
O

C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Figure 57-21A: Main Landing Gear Door Cut-Off Seals (Flat Seals)
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N

O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Figure 57-21B: Main Landing Gear Door Cut-Off Seals (D-Seals)
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
END PROCEDURE
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3

D
TE
57-41A Left hand or right hand N - 0 - Any number or combination may be
wing slat closing plates: missing with no performance penalty.
IN
• Closing plate,
NOTE:
telescopic anti-ice duct; Release will show:
PR
• Bracket, closing plate,
telescopic anti-ice duct; CD57-41A CDL WNG SLT CLS PLTS
and
EN
• Closing plate, slat track.
H
See Figure 57-41A
57-41B Left hand or right hand N - 0 - Any number or combination of seals
W
wing slat seals: may be missing provided:
• Main slat seal between a) the performance and
PY
slat back-end and wing structurally limited weights
under slat surface; are reduced by:
– Takeoff - 600 lb/wing
O
• Dog bone seals;

– Enroute - 660 lb/wing
C
• Seals between inboard

– Landing - 600 lb/wing
and outboard slat and
b) the mission fuel
ED
fixed leading edge; and

• Chord-wise slat seals by:
fitted on the back face of
LL
the slat and sealing the – +1.55% on fuel used/

opening made on the wing
O
wing under slat surface NOTE 1: Enroute altitude capability

for actuators. (ODH Chart) must be
TR
reduced by 500 ft. per wing.

See Figure 57-41B, NOTE 2: Release will show:
N
and Figure 57-41C CD57-41B CDL WNG SLT CLS

O
SEAL
C

N
U

Revision: 3

57-21A Logbook
57-21B Logbook
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Figure 57-41A: Left Hand or Right Hand Wing Slat Closing Plates
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
BRACKET SLAT TRACK

CLOSING
PLATE
LL
O
TR
TELESCOPIC
N
ANTI-ICE
DUCT
O
CLOSING
PLATE
C
N
NOTE:
Item B has been permanently removed from both wings on all aircraft.
U

Revision: 3
Figure 57-41B: Left Hand or Right Hand Wing Slat Seals
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Figure 57-41C: Left Hand or Right Hand Wing Slat Seals
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U
END PROCEDURE

Revision: 3
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
N
O
C
N
U

Revision: 3
Date: 15 Feb 18
78 - Exhaust (700)
D
TE
78-33 Transcowl Omega Seal N 4 2 - One (1) or two (2) omega seals may be
missing (see notes) provided:
IN
NOTE 1: The penalties are a) the performance limited
for one (1) weights are reduced by:
PR
missing omega – Takeoff - 910 lb/
seal per missing omega seal
propulsion – Enroute - 1050 lb/
system, with the
EN
missing omega seal
other omega seal
– Landing - 725 lb/
and the
missing omega seal
arrowhead seals
H
of that propulsion b) the mission fuel
W
system inspected requirements are increased
and in good by:
condition. – +1.0% on fuel used/
PY
missing omega seal
NOTE 2: A maximum of
one (1) omega
O
NOTE:
seal missing per Enroute altitude capability
C
propulsion (ODH Chart) must be reduced

system (i.e. 2 per by 500 ft.
ED
aircraft) is
allowable.
NOTE 3: CDL operation is
LL
not permitted for

scenarios
O
pertaining to
other
TR
combinations of
missing omega
N
seals.
O
See Figure 78-33

C

N
78-33 Logbook
U

Revision: 3
Figure 78-33: Transcowl Omega Seal
D
TE
IN
PR
EN
H
W
PY
O
C
ED
LL
O
TR
END PROCEDURE
N
O
C
N
U
CDL System 78-2 78 - Exhaust

CRJ 700-900 Mel TR 19-02

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

CRJ 700-900 Mel TR 19-02

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Revision: 3

Chapter SOR: 700/900 MEL/CDL Revision 3

Page Revision Comments

21-21 thru Title Change

21-31 Updated reference to QRH

21-33 thru Title Change

21-35 Updated reference to QRH

21-43 Title Change

CRJ 700/900 Series MEL MEL System SOR-1

Page Revision Comments

21-69 Updated Proviso to match MMEL

Added note for deferral.

21-74 updated reference to QRH

21-75 Updated flight planning block

21-81 Update 900 Only Items formatting

21-82 Update list of items not to be used in conjunction with

21-83 thru Title Change

21-86 Updated MELs in the notes

21-87 Title Change

MEL System SOR-2

Page Revision Comments

24-13 thru Title Change

25-1 thru Title Change

25-9 Added seat number differences

25-11 Added seat number differences

25-12 thru Title Change

25-17 Removed the O proviso label. 25-23-1A

25-18 thru Title Change

MEL System SOR-3

Page Revision Comments

29-10 Denoted 900 only Steps

29-11 Updated Flight planning Block for 900 only restriction.

30-17 Updated Note for MELs not o be used with

30-19 thru Updated Note for MELs not o be used with

ATA 31 Title Change

32-3 Updated reference to ODH

32-5 thru Title Change

32-9 Updated reference and relabeled to ODH

MEL System SOR-4

Page Revision Comments

34-24 thru Title Change

34-35 thru Title Change

36-1 Title Change

36-11 procedures and updated references.Added notes for deferral.

36-21 Title Change

MEL System SOR-5

Page Revision Comments

52-22 Removed AC effective due to completion of campaign

ATA 74 Title Change

ATA 76 Title Change

80-3 Updated reference to QRH

CDL Relabeled all 900 CDLs to have “900” in title.

MEL System SOR-6

Printed in U.S.A. © 2015 Endeavor Air, Inc.

Rev. Rev. Rev.

CRJ 700/900 Series MEL/CDL ROR-i

ROR-ii Record of Revisions

List of Temporary Revisions

TR Effective Filing Date

CRJ 700/900 Series MEL/CDL LTR-iii

TR Effective Filing Date

for fleet changes

• 38-4: 38-10-1B M procedures allowing